IBM Personal Computer 300 Series 700 Series IntelliStation Volume

IBM Personal Computer 300 Series 700 Series IntelliStation Volume
IBM Personal Computer
300 Series
700 Series
IntelliStation
Volume 1
Hardware
Maintenance
Manual
July 1999
We Want Your Comments!
(Please see page 592)
This Manual Supports:
300 Series, Type
6263
6561
6265
6588
6267
6591
6272
65XX
6275
6862
6277
6872
6282
6892
6284
6285
6287
700 Series, Type
68XX
IntelliStation, Type
6865
6888
6889
6893
6897
6898
6899
S83G-7789-21
IBM Personal Computer
300 Series
700 Series
IntelliStation
Volume 1
Hardware
Maintenance
Manual
July 1999
We Want Your Comments!
(Please see page 592)
IBM
S83G-7789-21
Note
Before using this information and the product it
supports, be sure to read the general information
under “Notices” on page 601.
Twenty-second Edition (July 1999)
The following paragraph does not apply to the United
Kingdom or any country where such provisions are
inconsistent with local law: INTERNATIONAL
BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS
PUBLICATION “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer of
express or implied warranties in certain transactions,
therefore, this statement may not apply to you.
This publication could include technical inaccuracies or
typographical errors. Changes are periodically made to
the information herein; these changes will be incorporated
in new editions of the publication. IBM may make
improvements and/or changes in the product(s) and/or the
program(s) described in this publication at any time.
This publication was developed for products and services
offered in the United States of America. IBM may not offer
the products, services, or features discussed in this
document in other countries, and the information is subject
to change without notice. Consult your local IBM
representative for information on the products, services,
and features available in your area.
Requests for technical information about IBM products
should be made to your IBM reseller or IBM marketing
representative.
 Copyright International Business Machines
Corporation 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999. All rights
reserved.
Note to U.S. Government users–Documentation related to
Restricted rights–Use, duplication, or disclosure is subject
to restrictions set forth in GSA ADP Schedule Contract
with IBM Corp.
ii
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
About this manual
This manual (Volume 1) contains service and reference
information for IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700
Series, and the Professional Workstation IntelliStation Type
computers listed in front of this manual.
The manual is divided into two sections as follows:
Ÿ
The service section includes procedures for isolating
problems to a FRU, a Symptom-to-FRU Index, related
service procedures, and an illustrated parts catalog.
Ÿ
The reference section includes safety information,
product descriptions, and general information about
system functions, and the advanced diagnostic tests.
This manual should be used along with the advanced
diagnostic tests to troubleshoot problems effectively.
Important
This manual is intended for trained servicers who are
familiar with IBM Personal Computer products. Use
this manual along with advanced diagnostic tests to
troubleshoot problems effectively.
Before servicing an IBM product, be sure to review the
“Safety notices (multi-lingual translations)” on
page 173 and “Safety information” on page 197.
Important safety information
Be sure to read all caution and danger statements in this
book before performing any of the instructions.
Leia todas as instruções de cuidado e perigo antes de
executar qualquer operação.
iii
Prenez connaissance de toutes les consignes de type
Attention et
Danger avant de procéder aux opérations décrites par les
instructions.
Lesen Sie alle Sicherheitshinweise, bevor Sie eine
Anweisung ausführen.
Accertarsi di leggere tutti gli avvisi di attenzione e di
pericolo prima di effettuare qualsiasi operazione.
Lea atentamente todas las declaraciones de precaución y
peligro ante
de llevar a cabo cualquier operación.
iv
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Related publications
The following publications are available for IBM products.
For more information, contact IBM or an IBM Authorized
Dealer.
For Information About
See Publication
PC300, IntelliStaion
computers, Volume 2 HMM
IBM Personal Computer
Hardware Maintenance
Manual - Volume 2 (S00N-4019)
PS/2 Computers
IBM Personal System/2
Hardware Maintenance
Manual (S52G-9971)
PS/ValuePoint Computers
IBM PS/ValuePoint
Hardware Maintenance
Service and Reference
(S61G-1423)
Laptop, Notebook, Portable,
and ThinkPad Computers
(L40, CL57, N45, N51,
P70/P75, ThinkPad 300,
350, 500, 510, 710T,
Expansion Unit, Dock I,
Dock II)
IBM Mobile Systems
Hardware Maintenance
Manual Volume 1
(S82G-1501)
ThinkPad Computers
(ThinkPad 340, 355, 360,
370, 700, 701, 720, 750,
755)
IBM Mobile Systems
Hardware Maintenance
Manual Volume 2
(S82G-1502)
ThinkPad Computers
(ThinkPad 365, 560, 760,
SelectaDock)
IBM Mobile Systems
Hardware Maintenance
Manual Volume 3
(S82G-1503)
Monitors (Displays)
(February 1993)
IBM PS/2 Display HMM
Volume 1 (SA38-0053)
Monitors
(December 1993)
IBM Color Monitor HMM
Volume 2 (S71G-4197)
IBM Monitors (P/G Series)
(June 1996)
IBM Monitor HMM
Volume 3 (S52H-3679)
IBM 2248 Monitor
(February 1996)
IBM Monitor HMM
Volume 4 (S52H-3739)
Disk Array technology
overview and using the IBM
RAID Configuration Program
Configuring Your Disk Array
booklet (S82G-1506)
Installation Planning for
Personal System/2
computers
Personal System/2
Installation Planning and
Beyond (G41G-2927)
Installation Planning for
Advanced Personal
System/2 Servers
Advanced PS/2 Servers
Planning and Selection
Guide (GG24-3927)
v
vi
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Contents
About this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Important safety information
. . . . . . . . . .
Related publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
iii
iii
v
Service information
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General checkout (Type 62XX, 65XX, 68XX) . . . .
General Checkout (Type 6272 Models 88X, 89X, 90X,
91X)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General checkout (Type 6263, 6265, 6267, 6275,
6277, 6285, 6287, 6561, 6591, 6862, 6865, 6872,
6889, 6892, 6893, 6897) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General checkout (Type 6876, 6886) . . . . . . . .
Module test menu and hardware configuration report
Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Symptom-to-FRU index . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Undetermined problem
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing a processor
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing a video cache module . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing a system board . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type 6263, 6265, 6275 parts
. . . . . . . . . . .
Type 6267, 6277, 6287 parts
. . . . . . . . . . .
Type 6272 parts
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type 6282, 6284 parts
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type 6285 parts
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type 6X7X parts
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type 6X8X parts
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type 6560 parts
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type 6561 parts
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type 6562 parts
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type 6588, 6888 parts
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type 6591 parts
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type 6592 parts
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type 6598 parts
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type 6862, 6872 parts
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type 6865 parts
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type 6888 parts
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type 6889/6897 parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type 6892 parts
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type 6893 parts
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type 6898 parts
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type 6899 parts
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Common parts
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special tools
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
2
14
17
26
27
27
28
32
33
82
82
83
84
86
89
92
95
98
101
102
112
115
117
119
122
125
127
129
132
135
136
139
142
145
148
150
161
Reference information .
Safety notices (multi-lingual
Safety information . . . .
Product description . . .
163
173
197
202
. . . . . . . . . .
translations) . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
 Copyright IBM Corp. 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5
vii
Specifications Type 6263, 6265, 6275
. . . . .
Specifications Type 6267, 6277, 6287
. . . . .
Specifications Type 6272
. . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications Type 6282, 6284
. . . . . . . .
Specifications Type 6285
. . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications Type 6X7X . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications Type 6X8X . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications Type 6560
. . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications Type 6561
. . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications Type 6562
. . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications Type 6588
. . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications Type 6589
. . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications Type 6591
. . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications Type 6592
. . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications Type 6598
. . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications Type 6862, 6872
. . . . . . . .
Specifications Type 6865
. . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications Type 6888
. . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications Type 6889/6897 . . . . . . . . .
Specifications Type 6892
. . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications Type 6893
. . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications Type 6898
. . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications Type 6899
. . . . . . . . . . .
Security features
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Universal Management Agent (UMA) . . . . . .
Hard disk drive jumper settings
. . . . . . . .
CD-ROM, PD/CD-ROM drive jumper settings . .
BIOS levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flash (BIOS/VPD) update procedure . . . . . .
Diagnostics and test information . . . . . . . .
Using the test programs . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setup Utility program
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power management . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Network settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recovering from software problems (Type 68X7)
Creating utility diskettes . . . . . . . . . . . .
IBM Wireless LAN
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System board memory
. . . . . . . . . . . .
Computer exploded view (Type 6263, 6265, 6275)
Computer exploded view (Type 6267, 6277, 6287)
Computer exploded view (Type 6272)
. . . . .
Computer exploded view (Type 6282, 6284)
. .
Computer exploded view (Type 6285)
. . . . .
Computer exploded view (Type 6598)
. . . . .
Computer exploded view (Type 6X7X) . . . . .
Computer exploded view (Type 6X8X) . . . . .
Computer exploded view (Type 6560)
. . . . .
Computer exploded view (Type 6561)
. . . . .
Computer exploded view (Type 6562)
. . . . .
Computer exploded view (Type 6588, 6888)
. .
Computer exploded view (Type 6591)
. . . . .
Computer exploded view (Type 6592)
. . . . .
Computer exploded view (Type 6598)
. . . . .
Computer exploded view (Type 6862, 6872)
. .
viii
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
232
235
239
240
241
243
256
261
267
270
272
272
280
289
303
307
317
318
319
324
326
327
328
329
334
338
343
349
352
354
Computer exploded view (Type 6865)
. . . . .
Computer exploded view (Type 6889/6897) . . .
Computer exploded view (Type 6892)
. . . . .
Computer exploded view (Type 6893)
. . . . .
Computer exploded view (Type 6898)
. . . . .
Computer exploded view (Type 6899)
. . . . .
Keylock assembly exploded view (Desktop Models)
System board layouts . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Riser card layouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type/Model number conversion
. . . . . . . .
Country/Language model configuration . . . . .
Miscellaneous information . . . . . . . . . . .
Send us your comments!
. . . . . . . . . . .
Do you need technical references? . . . . . . .
Problem determination tips
. . . . . . . . . .
Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Contents
357
363
368
373
376
380
382
383
459
470
477
590
592
593
594
601
ix
x
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Service information
This section contains the general checkout procedures,
related service procedures, Symptom-to-FRU indexes, and
parts listings for IBM Personal Computer 300/700 Series
(Type 62XX, 65XX, and 68XX) and the IntelliStation
(Type 6865, 6888, 6889, 6893, 6897, 6898, and 6899)
computers.
Note
This manual and the diagnostic tests are intended to
test only IBM products. Non-IBM products of any kind
including adapter cards, accelerator boards, options,
or non-IBM devices, can give false errors and invalid
computer responses. If you remove a non-IBM device
and the symptom goes away, the problem is with the
device you removed.
 Copyright IBM Corp. 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999
1
General checkout (Type 62XX, 65XX,
68XX)
This general checkout procedure is for Type 62XX, 65XX,
and 68XX computers.
If you are servicing a Type 6272 Model 88X, 89X, 90X,
91X, computer, see “General Checkout (Type 6272
Models 88X, 89X, 90X, 91X)” on page 5.
If you are servicing a Type 6263, 6265, 6267, 6275,
6277, 6285, 6287, 6561, 6591, 6862, 6872, 6889, 6892,
6893, or 6897 computer, see General checkout on page
14
If you are servicing a Type 6876 or Type 6886 Micro
Channel computer, see “General checkout (Type
6876, 6886)” on page 17.
Note
See “Universal Management Agent (UMA)” on
page 232. for UMA information and the computer
types that supports UMA.
Attention
The drives in the computer you are servicing might
have been rearranged or the drive startup sequence
changed. Be extremely careful during write operations
such as copying, saving, or formatting. Data or
programs can be overwritten if you select an incorrect
drive.
Diagnostic error messages appear when a test program
finds a problem with a hardware option. For the test
programs to properly determine if a test Passed, Failed, or
Aborted, the test programs check the error-return code at
test completion. See “Return codes” on page 255.
General error messages appear if a problem or conflict is
found by an application program, the operating system, or
both. For an explanation of these messages, refer to the
information supplied with that software package.
2
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Notes
1. Before replacing any FRUs, ensure the latest
level of BIOS is installed on the system. A
down-level BIOS might cause false errors and
unnecessary replacement of the system board.
For more information on how to determine and
obtain the latest level BIOS, see “BIOS levels” on
page 240.
2. If multiple error codes are displayed, diagnose
the first error code displayed.
3. If the computer hangs with a POST error, go to
“Symptom-to-FRU index” on page 33.
4. If the computer hangs and no error is displayed,
go to “Undetermined problem” on page 82.
5. If an installed device is not recognized by the
diagnostics program, that device might be
defective.
001
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Power-off the computer and all external devices.
Check all cables and power cords.
Set all display controls to the middle position.
Insert the Diagnostics diskette into drive A.
Power-on all external devices.
Power-on the computer.
Check for the following response:
1. Readable instructions or the Main Menu.
DID YOU RECEIVE THE CORRECT RESPONSE?
Yes No
002
If Rapid Resume is displayed, do the following:
1. Disable Rapid Resume, see “Running Rapid
Resume Manager” on page 269.
2. Run the diagnostics tests.
3. Enable Rapid Resume after service is
complete.
– or –
If the computer hangs during Rapid Resume, do the
following:
1. Power-off; then, power-on the computer.
2. When the hard-disk drive activity light comes
on, press Ctrl+Alt+Del to exit Rapid Resume
and restart the computer. (Rapid Resume is
now turned off.)
– or –
Go to the “Symptom-to-FRU index” on page 33.
003
(Step 003 continues)
Service information
3
(CONTINUED)
003 (continued)
ARE ALL INSTALLED DEVICES IN THE COMPUTER
HIGHLIGHTED ON THE MODULE TEST MENU OR
HARDWARE CONFIGURATION REPORT?
Yes No
004
Go to “Module test menu and hardware configuration
report” on page 26.
005
Run the Advanced Diagnostics test. If necessary, refer to
“Diagnostics and test information” on page 243.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
4
If you receive an error, go to “Symptom-to-FRU index”
on page 33.
If the test stops and you cannot continue, replace the
last device tested.
If the computer has incorrect keyboard responses, go
to “Keyboard” on page 27.
If the printer has incorrect responses, go to “Printer”
on page 27.
If the display has problems such as jittering, rolling,
shifting, or being out of focus, go to “Display” on
page 32.
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
General Checkout (Type 6272 Models
88X, 89X, 90X, 91X)
This general checkout and diagnostic procedure is for the
Type 6272, Models 88X, 89X, 90X, 91X only. These
models come without a diskette drive (disketteless) and
without a CD-ROM.
Depending on the operating system and network
configuration, the method of running diagnostics varies.
It is the customer's responsibility to make the IBM PC
Enhanced Diagnostics accessible from either:
The local hard disk
-- or -The server
Ÿ
Ÿ
If the computer you are servicing is set up to start
remotely, this general checkout procedure assumes that
the server providing services to the computer and the
network are functioning correctly.
Note
Run the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics under the
DOS operating system. Windows 95 and Windows
NT diagnostics should be run only if the DOS version
is not available.
For more information about the IBM PC Enhanced
Diagnostics, see “Diagnostics test programs” on
page 245.
001
– Power-off the computer and all external devices.
– Check all cables and power cords.
– Make sure the computer is connected to a functioning
network.
– Set all display controls to the middle position.
– Power-on all external devices.
– Power-on the computer.
– Check for the following response:
1. One beep
2. Operating system or diagnostics loaded
Note
If the operating system loader screen appears,
select an operating system.
DID YOU RECEIVE THE CORRECT RESPONSE?
Yes No
002
Check the following for the response you received
and perform the action:
(Step 002 continues)
Service information
5
(CONTINUED)
002 (continued)
Ÿ No beep - See “Beep symptoms” on page 34.
Ÿ One beep; Operating system did not load - Go
to Step 006.
Ÿ Two or more beeps - Go to the
“Symptom-to-FRU index” on page 33.
003
OBSERVE THE GREEN LED ON THE TOKEN-RING
ADAPTER OR THE LNK LED ON THE ETHERNET
ADAPTER FOR 30 SECONDS. IS THE LED ON SOLID
FOR THE ENTIRE 30 SECONDS?
Yes No
004
The computer might not be connected to an active
network or there might be a problem with the
network adapter card. See “Network adapter LED
status” on page 11.
005
Start the PC Enhanced Diagnostics tests. If necessary,
refer to “Starting IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics” on
page 9 and “Diagnostics and test information” on
page 243.
If diagnostic programs are not installed on the computer
you are servicing, contact the system administrator and
ask if the diagnostic programs can be made available over
the LAN. If the diagnostics can not be made available
over the LAN, use the “Symptom-to-FRU index” on
page 33.
006
IS THERE A READABLE SCREEN WITH NO FLASHING,
JITTERING, OR OTHER DISPLAY PROBLEMS?
Yes No
007
Go to “Display” on page 32.
008
OBSERVE THE GREEN LED ON THE TOKEN-RING
ADAPTER OR THE LNK LED ON THE ETHERNET
ADAPTER FOR 30 SECONDS. IS THE LED ON SOLID
FOR THE ENTIRE 30 SECONDS?
Yes No
009
(Step 009 continues)
6
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
009 (continued)
The computer might not be connected to an active
network or there might be a problem with the
network adapter card. See “Network adapter LED
status” on page 11.
010
IS THE COMPUTER STOPPED AT THE RPL SCREEN?
Yes No
011
– The RPL (Remote Program Load) screen displays
a title line at the top of screen such as “IBM PCI
Token-Ring Adapter RPL.”
– Go to Step 026 on page 8.
012
CONTACT THE SYSTEM ADMINISTRATOR AND
PROVIDE THE MAC ADDRESS OF THE COMPUTER
YOU ARE SERVICING. ASK THE SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATOR: SHOULD THE COMPUTER BE
ENABLED FOR RPL?
Yes No
013
Change Startup sequence to remove network as
startup device. (See “Setup Utility program” on
page 261). Go to Step 001 on page 5.
014
ASK THE SYSTEM ADMINISTRATOR: IS AN RPL
IMAGE ASSIGNED TO THE COMPUTER?
Yes No
015
– If a Token-Ring adapter is installed in the
computer, make note of the current startup
sequence, then change startup sequence to
temporarily remove network as a startup device
and make the hard disk the first startup device.
Restart the computer. Go to Step 017.
– If an Ethernet adapter is installed in the computer,
go to Step 020 on page 8.
016
Provide the new MAC address to the system administrator.
017
(Step 017 continues)
Service information
7
(CONTINUED)
017 (continued)
DID THE OPERATING SYSTEM LOAD?
Yes No
018
– Restore the startup sequence.
– Go to Step 023.
019
Go to Step 005 on page 6 to run diagnostics, then restore
startup sequence after determining the problem.
020
PRESS THE HOME KEY. DID THE OPERATING
SYSTEM LOAD?
Yes No
021
Go to Step 023.
022
Go to Step 005 on page 6 to run diagnostics.
023
CONTACT THE SYSTEM ADMINISTRATOR AND ASK:
CAN DIAGNOSTICS BE ASSIGNED FROM THE
SERVER?
Yes No
024
– If you were provided with or have observed any
obvious symptoms, Go to “Symptom-to-FRU
index” on page 33.
– Notify system administrator that you have no
symptoms diagnosed and diagnostics can not be
run on the computer you are servicing.
025
Restart the computer and run diagnostics. See “Starting
IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics” on page 9.
026
AFTER CHECKING THE STARTUP SEQUENCE, IS
NETWORK THE FIRST DEVICE LISTED IN THE
STARTUP SEQUENCE?
Yes No
027
(Step 027 continues)
8
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
027 (continued)
– Go to Step 029.
028
– Replace the network adapter card.
– Contact the system administrator and provide the new
MAC address.
029
IS THE HARD DISK DRIVE THE FIRST DEVICE LISTED
IN THE STARTUP SEQUENCE?
Yes No
030
– If a device other than the hard disk is listed as the
first device, change the startup sequence so the
hard disk is the first device, then return to Step
001 on page 5. (See “Setup Utility program” on
page 261).
031
SHOULD THE COMPUTER BE ENABLED FOR RPL?
Yes No
032
– Ask the system administrator to reinstall the
operating system, then return to Step 001 on
page 5. If the operating system cannot be
installed, replace the hard disk drive.
033
– Change the startup sequence so the network is the first
startup device and the hard disk drive is the second
startup device.
– Return to Step 001 on page 5.
Starting IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics
These steps show how to start the DOS based IBM PC
Enhanced Diagnostics from Windows 95, Windows NT,
and Windows 3.X.
1. Shut down Windows 95 or Windows NT and re-start
in DOS mode. If Windows 3.X is running, close
Windows.
2. At the command prompt type: CD IBMDIAG, then
press the Enter key.
Note
If an invalid directory message appears, IBM PC
Enhanced Diagnostics are not installed. Restart
the computer and go to Step 001 on page 5.
Service information
9
3. Type: PCDR, then press the Enter key.
4. Follow the instructions on the screen to run the
diagnostics.
Note
Do not start the diagnostics in the DOS session
of Windows 95 or from a command prompt under
Windows NT. The system must be shut down
and restarted in DOS.
Starting diagnostics under Windows 95 and
Window NT: Use the Windows diagnostics version
only if you cannot run the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics
under DOS.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Select
Select
Select
Select
Start
Programs
PC-Doctor
PC-Doctor for Windows
Diagnostics on the RTC CD
The IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics are shipped on the
RTC (Ready To Configure) CD. For Type 6272
Disketteless models, the customer has the responsibility to
make the diagnostics available either locally on the PC
hard disk or remotely through a server.
Remote diagnostics
Some computers might not have diagnostics loaded onto
the local hard drive. If the computer you are servicing is
connected to a server and the server has the diagnostic
image, remote diagnostics can be run. (To use the
diagnostics from the RTC CD, a diskette must be made
from the diskette factory, then the diskette files are loaded
on the server). See the customer's System Administrator
for more information about remote diagnostics.
Remote diagnostics require:
Ÿ
Ÿ
10
Access to the network
System Administrator to download the diagnostics or
to execute remote diagnostics to the client computer.
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Network adapter LED status
Use the tables below to determine the status of the
Ethernet and Token-Ring adapter cards for diagnosing
network problems.
Ethernet card LED status:
LED
Name - Status
Explanation
LNK - On
LNK - Off
Successfully linked to the network.
No link established. Check for:
Good network condition.
Good cable between computer and
network receptacle.
Replace:
Ethernet adapter
Riser card
System board
ACT - On
ACT - Off
Activity present (Transmit and Receive
data to and from the network)
No activity.
100 TX - On
100 TX - Off
Network speed equals up to 100 Mbps.
Network speed equals up to 10 Mbps.
Service information
11
Token-ring card LED status:
Note
See “Token-ring table terms and definitions” on
page 13 for definition of terms in this table.
Amber
Green
Explanation
Blinking
Blinking
The adapter is waiting for
initialization (during POST).
Off
Off
The adapter initialization is in
progress (during POST), or the
computer is powered off.
Off
Blinking
The adapter did not detect any
problems during its self-diagnostic
tests and is waiting to open. If this
LED state occurs after the adapter
has been opened, this state
indicates that the adapter has
been closed under software
control.
Off
On
The adapter is open and operating
correctly.
On
Off
The adapter self-diagnostic tests
failed or there is a problem with
the adapter.
Replace:
Adapter
Riser card
System board
Blinking
Blinking
Off
On
The adapter is closed due to an
undetected error. One of the
following exists:
Ÿ
The adapter open failed.
Ÿ
The adapter detected a wire
fault.
Ÿ
The adapter failed the
auto-removal test.
The adapter has detected
beaconing or hard error.
If network is known good, check
cable between computer and
network receptacle.
Replace:
Adapter
Riser card
System board
On
On
The adapter has failed before
running the self-diagnostic tests.
Replace:
Adapter
Riser card
System board
12
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Token-ring table terms and definitions
Auto-removal
The state in which a token-ring adapter
port removes itself from the network to
perform self-tests to verify that it is not
the cause of a hard error. If the tests
are successful, the port will reattach
itself to the network.
Beaconing
The state that a token-ring adapter port
enters after it has detected a hard error.
The error condition is reported to the
other devices on the network.
Beaconing can result in the port
removing itself from the network
(auto-removal) to determine whether it is
the cause of the hard error.
Hard error
An error condition on a network that
requires removing the source of the error
or reconfiguring the network before the
network can resume reliable operation.
Initialization
The first step taken to prepare the port
for use after the computer has been
booted. During initialization, the port
runs a series of internal self-diagnostic
tests.
Open
The state in which the port has
established connection with other
devices on the ring.
Wire fault
An error condition caused by a break or
short circuit in the cable segment that
connects the port to its access unit, such
as an IBM 8230 Token-Ring Network
Controller Access Unit.
Service information
13
General checkout (Type 6263, 6265,
6267, 6275, 6277, 6285, 6287, 6561,
6591, 6862, 6865, 6872, 6889, 6892,
6893, 6897)
This general checkout procedure is for Type 6263, 6265,
6267, 6275, 6277, 6285, 6287, 6561, 6591, 6862, 6865,
6872, 6889, 6892, 6893, 6897 computers.
Attention
The drives in the computer you are servicing might
have been rearranged or the drive startup sequence
changed. Be extremely careful during write operations
such as copying, saving, or formatting. Data or
programs can be overwritten if you select an incorrect
drive.
Diagnostic error messages appear when a test program
finds a problem with a hardware option. For the test
programs to properly determine if a test Passed, Failed, or
Aborted, the test programs check the error-return code at
test completion. See “Return codes” on page 255.
General error messages appear if a problem or conflict is
found by an application program, the operating system, or
both. For an explanation of these messages, refer to the
information supplied with that software package.
Notes
1. Before replacing any FRUs, ensure the latest
level of BIOS is installed on the system. A
down-level BIOS might cause false errors and
unnecessary replacement of the system board.
For more information on how to determine and
obtain the latest level BIOS, see “BIOS levels” on
page 240.
2. If multiple error codes are displayed, diagnose
the first error code displayed.
3. If the computer hangs with a POST error, go to
“Symptom-to-FRU index” on page 33.
4. If the computer hangs and no error is displayed,
go to “Undetermined problem” on page 82.
5. If an installed device is not recognized by the
diagnostics program, that device might be
defective.
The power-on default is quick bring-up. To enable
Enhanced bring-up, select the Start Options in the
Configuration/Setup Utility program (see “Setup Utility
program” on page 261) then, enable Power On Status.
001
(Step 001 continues)
14
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
001 (continued)
– Power-off the computer and all external devices.
– Check all cables and power cords.
– Make sure the system board is seated properly.
For 6263, 6265, 6275, see page 305.
For 6285, see page 322.
For 6561 or 6591, see “System board removal
(Type 6561)” on page 331 or “System board
removal (Type 6591)” on page 346.
For 6862, 6872 see page 356.
For 6892, see page 371.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
– Make sure the processor speed setting matches the
processor installed in the computer.
For
For
For
For
For
For
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
6263,
6267,
6561,
6862,
6889,
6893,
6265, 6275, 6285, see page 387.
6277, 6287, see page 391 and 394.
6591, see page 397.
6872, 6892, see page 430.
see page 446.
see page 450.
– Set all display controls to the middle position.
– Insert the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics diskette into
drive A.
– Power-on all external devices.
– Power-on the computer.
– Check for the following response:
1. Readable instructions or the Main Menu.
Note
Type 6263, 6265, 6267, 6275, 6277, 6285, 6287,
6561, 6591, 6862, 6865, 6872, 6889, 6892, 6893,
6897 computers are default to come up quiet (No
beep and no memory count and checkpoint code
display) when no errors are detected by POST.
To enable Beep and memory count and checkpoint
code display when a successful POST occurs:
Ÿ
Enable Power on Status in setup. See “Setup
Utility program” on page 261.
DID YOU RECEIVE THE CORRECT RESPONSE?
Yes No
002
If the Power Management feature is enabled, do the
following:
1. Start the Configuration/Setup Utility program
(see “Setup Utility program” on page 261)
2. Select Power Management from the
Configuration/Setup Utility program menu.
3. Select APM
(Step 002 continues)
Service information
15
(CONTINUED)
002 (continued)
4. Be sure APM BIOS Mode is set to Disabled.
If it is not, press Left Arrow (←) or Right Arrow
(→) to change the setting.
5. Select Automatic Hardware Power
Management.
6. Set Automatic Hardware Power Management
to Disabled.
– or –
Go to the “Symptom-to-FRU index” on page 33.
003
Run the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics test. If necessary,
refer to “Diagnostics and test information” on page 243.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
16
If you receive an error, replace the part that the
diagnostic program calls out or go to
“Symptom-to-FRU index” on page 33.
If the test stops and you cannot continue, replace the
last device tested.
If the computer has incorrect keyboard responses, go
to “Keyboard” on page 27.
If the printer has incorrect responses, go to “Printer”
on page 27.
If the display has problems such as jittering, rolling,
shifting, or being out of focus, go to “Display” on
page 32.
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
General checkout (Type 6876, 6886)
This general checkout procedure is for Type 6876 and
6886 computers.
On Type 6876 and 6886 Micro Channel computers, you
can start the advanced diagnostics programs in one of
three ways:
1. From the 700 Series 6876/6886 Reference Diskette
2. From the 700 Series 6876/6886 Diagnostics Diskette
3. From the System Partition.
From the reference diskette (Type
6876/6886)
The Reference Diskette is bootable. Starting the
diagnostic programs from the Reference Diskette allows
you to test the options installed in the computer or test the
base system.
To test options (Type 6876/6886)
Notes
1. Ensure that Rapid Resume is disabled before
starting this procedure.
2. If Rapid Resume is displayed during this
procedure, see “Running Rapid Resume
Manager” on page 269.
3. Re-run the diagnostics tests.
To test the options installed in the computer, do the
following.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Power-off the computer and all external devices.
Check all cables and power cords.
Set all display controls to the middle position.
Insert the Reference Diskette into drive A.
Power-on all external devices.
Power-on the computer.
Check for the following responses:
a. One Beep
b. IBM Logo
c. Readable instructions or the Main Menu
8. If you received the correct responses, press Ctrl+A
(Test the Computer screen appears). Select Options
diagnostics and follow the instructions on the screen.
9. If you did not receive the correct responses, go to
“Symptom-to-FRU index” on page 33.
Service information
17
To test the base system (Type 6876/6886)
Notes
1. Ensure that Rapid Resume is disabled before
starting this procedure.
2. If Rapid Resume is displayed during this
procedure, see “Running Rapid Resume
Manager” on page 269.
3. Re-run the diagnostics tests.
To test the base system, do the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Power-off the computer and all external devices.
Check all cables and power cords.
Set all display controls to the middle position.
Insert the Reference Diskette into drive A.
Power-on all external devices.
Power-on the computer.
Check for the following responses:
a. One Beep
b. IBM Logo
c. Readable instructions or the Main Menu
8. If you received the correct responses, do the
following.
a. Press Ctrl+A
(Test the Computer screen appears).
b. Select System board diagnostics and follow
the instructions on the screen.
c. When the QAPlus/PRO Main Menu appears,
press Ctrl+A.
d. Select Diagnostics.
e. Select Module Test.
Ÿ If the Module Test Menu is correct, run
diagnostics.
Ÿ If the Module Test Menu is not correct, go
to “Module test menu and hardware
configuration report” on page 26.
9. If you did not receive the correct responses, go to
“Symptom-to-FRU index” on page 33.
From the diagnostics diskette (Type
6876/6886)
Important
If the diagnostic program is started from the
diagnostics diskette, you will not have the option to
test the Micro Channel options installed in the
computer.
The Diagnostics Diskette is bootable. The procedure
for starting the Diagnostics Diskette when servicing
Type 6876 and 6886 computers is the same as the
Type 62XX, 65XX, and 68XX computer. See “General
checkout (Type 62XX, 65XX, 68XX)” on page 2.
18
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
From the system partition (Type
6876/6886)
Starting the diagnostic programs from the System Partition
gives you the option of testing the options installed in the
computer or testing the base system.
To test options (Type 6876/6886)
Notes
1. Ensure that Rapid Resume is disabled before
starting this procedure.
2. If Rapid Resume is displayed during this
procedure, see “Running Rapid Resume
Manager” on page 269.
3. Re-run the diagnostics tests.
To test the options installed in the computer, do the
following.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Power-off the computer and all external devices.
Check all cables and power cords.
Set all display controls to the middle position.
Remove all media from the drives.
Power-on all external devices.
Power-on the computer.
Check for the following responses:
a. One Beep
b. IBM Logo
When the F1 prompt appears in the lower left-hand
corner of the screen, press F1 (the IBM logo appears,
then the System Programs Main Menu).
Press Ctrl+A
(Test the Computer screen appears).
If you received the correct responses, select Options
and follow the instructions on the screen.
If you did not receive the correct responses, reinstall
the System Partition on the hard disk drive from the
Reference Diskette.
To test the base system (Type 6876/6886)
Notes
1. Ensure that Rapid Resume is disabled before
starting this procedure.
2. If Rapid Resume is displayed during this
procedure, see “Running Rapid Resume
Manager” on page 269.
3. Re-run the diagnostics tests.
To test the base system, do the following.
1. Power-off the computer and all external devices.
2. Check all cables and power cords.
3. Set all display controls to the middle position.
Service information
19
4.
5.
6.
7.
Remove all media from the drives.
Power-on all external devices.
Power-on the computer.
Check for the following responses:
a. One Beep
b. IBM Logo
8. When the F1 prompt appears in the lower left-hand
corner of the screen, press F1 (a second IBM logo
appears followed by the System Programs Main
Menu).
9. If you received the correct responses, do the
following:
a. Press Ctrl+A
(Test the Computer screen appears).
b. Select System board diagnostics and follow
the instructions on the screen.
c. When the QAPlus/PRO Main Menu appears,
press Ctrl+A
d. Select Diagnostics.
e. Select Module Test.
f. If the Module Test Menu is correct, run
diagnostics.
g. If the Module Test Menu is not correct, go to
“Module test menu and hardware configuration
report” on page 26.
10. If you did not receive the correct responses, reinstall
the System Partition on the hard disk drive from the
Reference Diskette.
20
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
System programs (Type 6876/6886)
The system programs are utility programs for Micro
Channel computers that allow you to:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Change the system configuration
Set passwords
Change the date and time
Set power management features
Test the computer
The programs are installed in a special protected area of
the hard disk drive called the System Partition.
The System Partition appears on the FDISK and FDISKPM
screens for DOS and OS/2, so that the partition can be
deleted and the disk space (about 6 MB) can be used for
other programs. Before you delete the System Partition,
you must first use the Back up/Restore system
programs option on the system programs Main Menu to
make current copies of the Reference, Diagnostic, and
QAPlus/PRO diskettes. Without the System Partition, you
must use these diskettes to configure and diagnose the
computer.
If the computer was manufactured without a hard disk
drive, the system programs were provided on three
diskettes:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Reference Diskette
Diagnostics Diskette
QAPlus/PRO for IBM Diskette
Starting the system programs (Type
6876/6886)
You can start the system programs from the hard disk
drive or from the Reference Diskette.
If an error occurs during startup, the computer
automatically starts the system programs to help you
isolate and correct the problem. If you do not want the
system programs to automatically start when an error
occurs, change the Bypass System Programs on error
setting in the system programs.
From the hard disk drive (Type 6876/6886)
To start the system programs from the hard disk drive, do
the following:
1. Remove all media from all the drives.
2. Power-off the computer; then, power it back on. (The
IBM logo appears on the screen.)
3. When the F1 prompt appears, press F1. (A second
IBM logo appears, followed by the system programs
main menu.
Service information
21
From the reference diskette (Type
6876/6886)
To start the system programs from the Reference Diskette,
do the following:
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Remove all media from the drives.
3. Insert the Reference Diskette into the primary diskette
drive.
4. Power-on the computer.
After a few seconds, the IBM logo appears on the screen;
then a second IBM logo screen appears, followed by the
system programs main menu.
Power-on password
To service Type 62XX, 65XX, and 68XX computers with
an active and unknown power-on password, power-off the
computer and do the following:
Note
On some models, this procedure will also remove the
administrator password. See “Passwords” on
page 228 for more information.
1. Unplug the power cord and remove the top cover.
2. Refer to “System board layouts” on page 383 and
locate the system board type you are servicing.
Depending on the system board, the password is
reset by a jumper or switch setting.
3. Move the password jumper to connect the center pin
and the pin on the opposite end of the connector; or,
short then open the password jumper; or, change the
switch setting as appropriate. See “System board
layouts” on page 383.
4. Power-on the computer. The system senses the
change in the position and erases the password.
Ÿ
It is necessary to move the jumper back to the
previous position and to reset the switch setting.
5. Remind the user to enter a new password when
service is complete.
System programs main menu (Type
6876/6886)
The following tables contain a listing of the System
Programs Main Menu items followed by a description of
the item.
22
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Service information
23
Makes a backup copy of the Reference, Diagnostic, and QAPlus/PRO diskettes.
Copies the system programs from the System Partition to the backup diskettes. Also creates backup Reference,
Diagnostic, and QAPlus/PRO diskettes. You need at least three 2 MB diskettes for the backup procedure.
Reinstalls the system programs from backup diskettes to the System Partition. Use this program to rebuild the System
Partition in case of accidental loss or damage.
Copies a new version of the system programs to the System Partition from an updated set of system diskettes.
Views, changes, backs up, or restores the configuration information stored in the battery-backed memory. The
configuration information consist of:
Back up/Restore system programs:
Ÿ Back up the system diskettes
Ÿ Back up the System Partition
Ÿ Restore the System Partition
Update System Programs
Set Configuration
Shows the present configuration information for Micro Channel adapters and built-in features.
Allows you to change the configuration of the Micro Channel adapters. You can also change the Bypass System
Programs setting from this menu.
Copies the configuration information from the battery-backed memory to the hard disk drive.
Ÿ View configuration
Ÿ Change configuration
Ÿ Back up configuration
The amount of memory installed
The built-in features and their assignments
The installed options with their location and assignments
Exits from the system programs and loads the operating system.
Start operating system
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Description
Item
24
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Description
Retrieves the Micro Channel configuration copied by the Back up Configuration program and restores that information
to the battery-backed memory.
Verifies and updates the configuration information for the Micro Channel adapters and built-in features.
Displays the memory address assigned to the adapters.
Shows the existing Micro Channel device settings and allows you to make limited modification to some devices. Only
the information enclosed in brackets ([...]) can be changed.
Shows the current configuration of Peripheral Component Interconnect devices and adapters. Because PCI
components are automatically configured each time the computer starts up, you cannot change these settings.
Changes the date and time in battery-backed memory.
Helps prevent the use of the computer by unauthorized persons. Two types of passwords are available from this
program: a power-on password and a privileged-access password.
Changes the speed at which a character repeats when a key is held down.
Select this choice if the computer is going to be used as a server, without a keyboard.
Allows you to specify the sequence of the drives that the computer will attempt to start from when you power it on.
Item
Ÿ Restore Configuration
Ÿ Run Automatic Configuration
Ÿ Display memory map
Ÿ Set and View Micro Channel
SCSI devices
Ÿ View PCI configuration
Set Features
Ÿ Set date and time
Ÿ Set password and security features
Ÿ Set keyboard speed
Ÿ Set console
Ÿ Set startup sequence
Service information
25
Shows entries in the error log. Any memory and privileged-access password errors are recorded in this log.
Describes how to use the UINSTALL program to get information about additional utility programs available on the
Diagnostics Diskette. Some of these programs can be used only with specific operating systems. Make sure you read
all of the information before installing any of these utility programs.
Records the computer serial number and displays the identification numbers for the system unit, processor board, and
system board. This information is also know as the vital product data (VPD).
Allows you to choose the display type and set a horizontal frequency and refresh rate.
Ÿ Set and view system identification
Ÿ Set video display information
Displays updates and changes.
More Utilities
Ÿ Display revision levels
Ÿ Stand alone utility information
Allows you to test the base computer by selecting System board diagnostics, or test the Micro Channel options by
selecting Option diagnostics.
Test the Computer
Ÿ Display system error log
Copies configuration and diagnostic files from a diskette that comes with an optional device.
Rapid Resume
Standby Timeout
Wake Up on Ring
Wake Up on Alarm
Copy an option diskette
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Allows you to change the settings for the following:
Ÿ Set power management features
Note: If similar power management
features are set in the operating
system, they will override these
settings.
Description
Item
Module test menu and hardware
configuration report
Depending on the diagnostics version level you are using,
the installed devices in the computer are verified in one of
two ways:
1. At the start of the diagnostic tests, the Module Test
Menu is displayed. Normally, all installed devices in
the computer are highlighted on the menu.
2. At the start of the diagnostic tests, the main menu
appears. From this menu, select System Info then
select Hardware Configuration from the next menu.
Normally, all installed devices in the computer are
highlighted on this report.
If an installed device is not recognized by the diagnostics
program:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
The diagnostic code for the device is not on the
diagnostic diskette. Run the diagnostics provided
with that device.
The missing device is defective or it requires an
additional diskette or service manual.
An unrecognizable device is installed.
A defective device is causing another device not to be
recognized.
The SCSI controller failed (on the system board or
SCSI adapter).
Use the procedure in “Undetermined problem” on
page 82 to find the problem.
If a device is missing from the list, replace it. If this does
not correct the problem, use the procedure in
“Undetermined problem” on page 82.
26
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Keyboard
Note
If a mouse or other pointing device is attached,
remove it to see if the error symptom goes away. If
the symptom goes away, the mouse or pointing device
is defective.
001
– Power-off the computer.
– Disconnect the keyboard cable from the system unit.
– Power-on the computer and check the keyboard cable
connector on the system unit for the voltages shown.
All voltages are ± 5%.
Voltage (Vdc)
+5.0
Not Used
6
Ground
4
+5.0
+5.0
5
6
2
Not Used
ARE THE VOLTAGES CORRECT?
Yes No
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
3
1
002
Replace the system board.
003
On keyboards with a detachable cable, replace the cable.
If the problem remains or if the cable is permanently
attached to the keyboard, replace the keyboard. If the
problem remains, replace the system board.
Printer
1. Make sure the printer is properly connected and
powered on.
2. Run the printer self-test.
If the printer self-test does not run correctly, the problem is
in the printer. Refer to the printer service manual.
If the printer self-test runs correctly, install a wrap plug in
the parallel port and run the diagnostic tests to determine
which FRU failed.
If the diagnostic tests (with the wrap plug installed) do not
detect a failure, replace the printer cable. If that does not
correct the problem, replace the system board or adapter
connected to the printer cable.
Service information
27
Power supply
If the power-on indicator is not on, the power-supply fan is
not running, or the computer will not power-off, do the
following.
Check/Verify
FRU/Action
1. Verify that the
voltage-selector switch
is set for the correct
voltage.
Correct the
voltage-selector switch
setting.
2. Check the following for
proper installation.
Ÿ Power Cord
Ÿ On/Off Switch
connector
Ÿ On/Off Switch
Power Supply
connector
Ÿ System Board
Power Supply
connectors
Ÿ microprocessor(s)
connection
Reseat
3. Check the power cord
for proper continuity.
Power Cord
4. Check the power-on
switch for continuity.
Power-on Switch
If the above are correct, check the following voltages.
PC 300/700 Series system board
power-supply connections
If the computer you are servicing has a 20-pin power
connector on the riser card or system board, see
“20-pin main power supply connection” on page 30.
Note: These voltages must be checked with the power
supply cables connected to the system board.
28
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
PWR GOOD
– 10.8 to 13.2 V dc
+ 11.4 to 12.6 V dc
+ 4.75 to 5.25 V dc
GND
– 4.5 to 5.5 V dc
+ 4.75 to
5.25 V dc
REAR
P2
GND
+ 3.46
+ 3.3
P1
P11
If the voltages are not correct, and the power cord is good,
replace the power supply.
If the voltages are correct, and the computer you are
servicing has a power supply connector on the riser card,
check the following riser card voltages.
Riser Card Connections
GND
+ 3.17
+ 3.46
Note: These voltages must be checked with the power
supply cable connected to the riser card.
P10
If the voltages are not correct, and the power cord is good,
replace the power supply.
Service information
29
20-pin main power supply connection
The 20-pin main power supply connector is located on the
riser card for PC-300, Types:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
6263,
6561,
6562,
6862,
6265, 6275, 6285
6591
6592
6872, 6892
See “Riser card layouts” on page 459 and “System board
layouts” on page 383 for connector location.
For PC360-S150, PC 300 Type 6267, 6277, 6287, and all
IntelliStation models, the 20-pin main power supply
connector is located on the system board.
Attention
These voltages must be checked with the power
supply cables connected to the system board or riser
card.
Note
Pin 18 is not used for Type 6267, 6277, 6287.
Pin
30
1
10
11
20
Signal
Function
1
3.3 V
+3.3 V dc
2
3.3 V
+3.3 V dc
3
COM
Ground
4
5V
+5 V dc
5
COM
Ground
6
5V
+5 V dc
7
COM
Ground
8
POK
Power Good
9
5VSB
Standby Voltage
10
12 V
+12 V dc
11
3.3 V
+3.3 V dc
12
-12 V
-12 V dc
13
COM
Ground
14
PS-ON
DC Remote Enable
15
COM
Ground
16
COM
Ground
17
COM
Ground
18
-5 V
-5 V dc
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Pin
Signal
Function
19
5V
+5 V dc
20
5V
+5 V dc
Service information
31
Display
If the screen is rolling, replace the display assembly. If
that does not correct the problem, replace the video
adapter (if installed) or replace the system board.
If the screen is not rolling, do the following to run the
display self-test:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Power-off the computer and display.
Disconnect the display signal cable.
Power-on the display.
Turn the brightness and contrast controls clockwise to
their maximum setting.
5. Check for the following conditions:
Ÿ You should be able to vary the screen intensity
by adjusting the contrast and brightness controls.
Ÿ The screen should be white or light gray, with a
black margin (test margin) on the screen.
Note
The location of the test margin varies with the
type of display. The test margin might be on the
top, bottom, or one or both sides.
If you do not see any test margin on the screen,
replace the display. If there is a test margin on the
screen, replace the video adapter (if installed) or
replace the system board.
Note
During the first two or three seconds after the
display is powered on, the following might occur
while the display synchronizes with the computer.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Unusual patterns or characters
Static, crackling, or clicking sounds
A “power-on hum” on larger displays
A noticeable odor might occur on new displays or
displays recently removed from storage.
These sounds, display patterns, and odors are
normal; do not replace any parts.
If you are unable to correct the problem, go to
“Undetermined problem” on page 82.
32
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Symptom-to-FRU index
The Symptom-to-FRU Index lists error symptoms and
possible causes. The most likely cause is listed first.
Always begin with “General checkout (Type 62XX, 65XX,
68XX)” on page 2. This index can also be used to help
you decide which FRUs to have available when servicing a
computer. If you are unable to correct the problem using
this index, go to “Undetermined problem” on page 82.
Notes
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
If you have both an error message and an
incorrect audio response, diagnose the error
message first.
If you cannot run the diagnostic tests or you get
a diagnostic error code when running a test, but
did receive a POST error message, diagnose the
POST error message first.
If you did not receive any error message, look for
a description of your error symptoms in the first
part of this index.
Check all power supply voltages before you
replace the system board. (See “Power supply”
on page 28.)
Check the hard disk drive jumper settings before
you replace a hard disk drive. (See “Hard disk
drive jumper settings” on page 235.)
Important
1. Some errors are indicated with a series of beep
codes. (See “Beep symptoms” on page 34.)
Type 6263, 6265, 6267, 6275, 6277, 6285, 6287,
6561, 6591, 6862, 6865, 6872, 6889, 6892, 6893,
6897 computers are default to come up quiet (No
beep and no memory count and checkpoint code
display) when no errors are detected by POST.
To enable Beep and memory count and
checkpoint code display when a successful
POST occurs:
Ÿ Enable Power on Status in setup. See
“Setup Utility program” on page 261.
2. The processor is a separate FRU from the
system board; the processor is not included with
the system board FRU. (See “Replacing a
system board” on page 84.)
Service information
33
Beep symptoms
Beep symptoms are short tones or a series of short tones
separated by pauses (intervals without sound). See the
following examples.
Beeps
1-2-X
Description
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
One Beep
A pause (or break)
Two beeps
A pause (or break)
Any number of beeps
4
Four continuous beeps
Beep Symptom
FRU/Action
1-1-3
CMOS read/write error
1. Run Setup
2. System Board
1-1-4
ROM BIOS check error
1. System Board
1-2-X
DMA error
1. System Board
1-3-X
1. Memory Module
2. System Board
1-4-4
1. Keyboard
2. System Board
1-4-X
Error detected in first 64 KB
of RAM.
1. Memory Module
2. System Board
2-1-1, 2-1-2
1. Run Setup
2. System Board
2-1-X
First 64 KB of RAM failed.
1. Memory Module
2. System Board
2-2-2
1. Video Adapter
(if installed)
2. System Board
2-2-X
First 64 KB of RAM failed.
1. Memory Module
2. System Board
2-3-X
1. Memory Module
2. System Board
2-4-X
1. Run Setup
2. Memory Module
3. System Board
3-1-X
DMA register failed.
1. System Board
3-2-4
Keyboard controller failed.
1. System Board
2. Keyboard
3-3-4
Screen initialization failed.
1. Video Adapter
(if installed)
2. System Board
3. Display
34
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Beep Symptom
FRU/Action
3-4-1
Screen retrace test detected
an error.
1. Video Adapter
(if installed)
2. System Board
3. Display
3-4-2
POST is searching for video
ROM.
1. Video Adapter
(if installed)
2. System Board
4
1. Video Adapter
(if installed)
2. System Board
All other beep code
sequences.
1. System Board
One long and one short
beep during POST.
Base 640 KB memory error
or shadow RAM error.
1. Memory Module
2. System Board
One long beep and two or
three short beeps during
POST.
(Video error)
1. Video Adapter
(if installed)
2. System Board
Three short beeps during
POST.
1. See “System board
memory” on
page 289.
2. System Board
Continuous beep.
1. System Board
Repeating short beeps.
1. Keyboard stuck key?
2. Keyboard Cable
3. System Board
No beep symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
No beep during POST but
computer works correctly.
1. System Board
No beep during POST.
1. See “Undetermined
problem” on
page 82.
2. System Board
3. Memory Module
4. Any Adapter or Device
5. Riser Card
6. Power Cord
7. Power Supply
Service information
35
POST error codes
In the following index, “X” can represent any number.
POST Error Code
FRU/Action
000
SCSI Adapter not enabled.
1. Verify adapter device
and Bus Master fields
are enabled in PCI
configuration
program. See
documentation
shipped with
computer.
02X
1. SCSI Adapter
08X
Check SCSI terminator
installation.
1.
2.
3.
4.
101
System board interrupt
failure.
1. System Board
102
System board timer error.
1. System Board
106
1. System Board
110
System board memory
parity error.
1. Memory Module
2. System Board
111
I/O channel parity error.
1. Reseat adapters
2. Any Adapter
3. System Board
114
Adapter ROM error.
1. Adapter Memory
2. System Board
129
Internal cache test error.
1. Processor
2. L2 Cache Memory
3. System Board
151
Real-time clock failure.
1. System Board
161
Bad CMOS battery.
1. Run Setup
2. CMOS Backup Battery
(See page “Safety
information” on
page 197.)
3. System Board
36
SCSI
SCSI
SCSI
SCSI
Cable
Terminator
Device
Adapter
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
POST Error Code
FRU/Action
162
Configuration mismatch.
Type 6267, 6277, 6287,
6562, 6592, 6862, 6872,
6889, 6892
1. Run Setup and verify
Configuration
2. Had a device been
added, removed,
changed location? If
not, suspect that
device.
3. Power-on external
devices first, then
power-on computer.
4. CMOS Backup Battery
(See page “Safety
information” on
page 197.)
5. System Board
162
And unable to run
diagnostics.
1. Diskette Drive
2. System Board
3. Diskette Drive Cable
163
Clock not updating or invalid
time set.
1. Time and Date Set?
2. CMOS Backup Battery
(See page “Safety
information” on
page 197.)
3. System Board
164
POST detected a base
memory or extended
memory size mismatch
error.
1. Run Setup. Check
System Summary
menu for memory
size change. (See
“Setup Utility
program” on
page 261.)
2. Run the Extended
Memory Diagnostic
tests.
166
Boot Block Check Sum
Error
1. Run Flash Recovery
using Boot Block.
See “Flash recovery
boot block jumper”
on page 241
2. System Board
167
Microprocessor installed
that is not supported
by the current POST/BIOS.
1. Run Setup. Check
Stepping level for the
BIOS level needed,
then perform the
flash update.
2. Processor
168
Alert on LAN error
1. Run Setup. Check to
see that Ethernet and
Alert on LAN are
enabled.
2. System Board
3. Riser Card, if installed.
17X, 18X
1. C2 Security
Service information
37
POST Error Code
FRU/Action
175
1. Run Configuration
(See “Setup Utility
program” on
page 261.)
2. Riser Card, if installed
3. System Board
176
1. Covers were removed
from the computer.
177
Corrupted Administrator
Password.
1. Riser Card
2. System Board
178
1. Riser Card
2. System Board
183
1. Enter the
administrator
password
184
Password removed due to
check-sum error.
(See next 184 for Type
6862, 6872, 6889, 6892)
1. Enter new password
184
Type 6862, 6872, 6889,
6892
No RFID Antenna
1. Make sure Asset
Care and Asset ID
are enabled in
Configuration/Setup.
2. RFID Antenna
3. System Board
185
Corrupted boot sequence.
1. Set configuration and
reinstall the boot
sequence.
186
Type 6562, 6592, 6862,
6872, 6889, 6892
1. Riser Card, if
installed
2. System Board
187
1. Clear Administration
password
2. System Board
189
1. More than three
password attempts
were made to access
the computer.
190
Chassis intrusion detector
was cleared.
This is information only, no
action required.
If this code does not clear:
1. System Board
2. Riser Card, if installed
1XX
Not listed above.
1. System Board
201, 20X
Memory data error.
1. Run Enhanced Diag.
Memory Test
2. Memory Module
3. System Board
38
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
POST Error Code
FRU/Action
225
1. Unsupported Memory
229
External cache test error.
1. L2 Cache Memory
2. System Board
262
POST detected a base
memory or extended
memory type error.
1. Run Setup. Check
System Summary
menu for memory
type change. (See
“Setup Utility
program” on
page 261.)
2. Run the Extended
Memory Diagnostic
tests.
301
1. Keyboard
2. Keyboard Cable
3. System Board
303
With an 8603 error.
1.
2.
3.
4.
303
With no 8603 error.
1. Keyboard
2. Keyboard Cable
3. System Board
3XX
Not listed above.
1. Keyboard
2. Keyboard Cable
3. System Board
5XX
1. Video Adapter
(if installed)
601
1. Diskette Drive A
2. Diskette Drive Cable
3. System Board
601
Type 6562, 6592, 6862
6872, 6889, 6892
1.
2.
3.
4.
602
1. Bad Diskette ?
2. Verify Diskette and
retry.
604
And able to run diagnostics.
1. Run Setup and verify
diskette configuration
settings
2. Diskette Drive A/B
3. Diskette Drive Cable
4. Riser Card if drive
cable connected
5. System Board
605
POST cannot unlock the
diskette drive.
1. Diskette Drive
2. Diskette Drive Cable
3. System Board
Mouse
Keyboard
Keyboard Cable
System Board
2. System Board
Diskette Drive A
Diskette Drive Cable
Riser Card, if installed
System Board
Service information
39
POST Error Code
FRU/Action
662
1. Diskette drive
configuration error or
wrong diskette drive
type, run Setup
Configuration.
6XX
Not listed above.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
762
Math coprocessor
configuration error.
1. Run Setup
2. Processor
3. System Board
7XX
Not listed above.
1. Processor
2. System Board
962
Parallel port configuration
error.
1. Run Configuration
2. Parallel Adapter
(if installed)
3. System Board
9XX
1. Printer
2. System Board
1047
1. 16-Bit AT Fast SCSI
Adapter
107X
Check SCSI terminator
installation.
1. Check SCSI
terminator
installation.
2. SCSI Cable
3. SCSI Terminator
4. SCSI Device
5. SCSI Adapter
1101
Serial connector error,
possible system board
failure.
1. Run Advanced
Diagnostics
1101, 1102, 1106,
1108, 1109
1. System Board
2. Any Serial Device
1107
1. Communications
Cable
2. System Board
1102
Card selected feedback
error.
1. Run Advanced
Diagnostics
1103
Port fails register check.
1. Run Advanced
Diagnostics
2. System Board
1106
Serial option cannot
be turned off.
1. Run Advanced
Diagnostics
2. System Board
1107
1. Serial Device Cable
2. System Board
40
Diskette Drive
System Board
External Drive Adapter
Diskette Drive Cable
Power Supply
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
POST Error Code
FRU/Action
1110
Register test failed.
1. Run Advanced
Diagnostics
2. System Board
1116
Interrupt error.
1. Run Advanced
Diagnostics
1117
Failed baud rate test.
1. Run Advanced
Diagnostics
1162
Serial port configuration
error.
1. Run Configuration
2. Serial Adapter
(if installed)
3. System Board
11XX
Not listed above.
1. System Board
1201
1. System Board
2. Any Serial Device
1202, 1206, 1208,
1209, 12XX
1. Dual Async
Adapter/A
2. System Board
3. Any Serial Device
1207
1. Communications
Cable
2. Dual Async Adapter/A
13XX
1. Game Adapter
1402
Printer not ready.
Information only
1403
No paper error, or
interrupt failure.
Information only
1404
System board timeout
failure.
1. Run Advanced
Diagnostics
1405
Parallel adapter error.
1. Run Advanced
Diagnostics
1406
Presence test error.
1. Run Advanced
Diagnostics
14XX
Not listed above.
Check printer before
replacing system board.
1. Printer
2. System Board
15XX
1. SDLC Adapter
1692
Boot sequence error.
1. Run FDISK to ensure
at least one active
partition is set active.
16XX
1. 36/38 Workstation
Adapter
1762
Hard disk drive configuration
error.
1. Run Configuration
(See “Setup Utility
program” on
page 261.)
Service information
41
POST Error Code
1780
1781
1782
1783
0)
1)
2)
3)
1. See “Power supply”
on page 28.
2. Hard Disk Drive
3. Riser Card, if hard disk
cable connected
4. System Board
5. Hard Disk Cable
6. Power Supply
180X, 188X
PCI configuration or
resource error.
1. Run Setup and verify
PCI/ISA configuration
settings.
2. If necessary, set ISA
adapters to “Not
available” to allow PCI
adapters to properly
configure.
3. Remove any suspect
ISA adapters.
4. Rerun diagnostics.
5. PCI Adapter
6. PCI Riser Card
1962
Boot sequence error.
1. Possible hard disk
drive problem, see
“Hard disk drive boot
error” on page 262.
209X
1. Diskette Drive
2. Diskette Cable
3. 16-bit AT Fast SCSI
Adapter
20XX
Not listed above
1. BSC Adapter
2. Riser Card
21XX
1. SCSI Device
2. 16-bit AT Fast SCSI
Adapter
3. Alternate BSC Adapter
4. Riser Card
2401, 2402
If screen colors change.
1. Display
2401, 2402
If screen colors are OK.
1. System Board
2. Display
2409
1. Display
2410
1. System Board
2. Display
2462
Video memory configuration
error.
1. Check cable
connections.
2. Run Setup and verify
video configuration
settings.
3. Video Memory
Modules
4. Video Adapter
(if installed)
5. System Board
42
(Disk
(Disk
(Disk
(Disk
Drive
Drive
Drive
Drive
FRU/Action
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
POST Error Code
FRU/Action
3015, 3040
Check for missing wrap
or terminator plug on the
adapter.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Network Attached?
LF Translator
Cable Problem
PC Network Adapter
Riser Card
30XX
1.
2.
3.
4.
PC Network Adapter
LF Translator
Cable Problem?
Riser Card
3115, 3140
1. Network Attached?
2. LF Translator
3. Alternate PC
Network-Adapter
4. Cable Problem
5. Riser Card
31XX
1. Alternate PC Network
Adapter
2. LF Translator
3. Cable Problem?
4. Riser Card
36XX
1. GPIB Adapter
2. Riser Card
38XX
1. DAC Adapter
2. Riser Card
4611, 4630
1. Multiport/2 Interface
Board
2. Multiport/2 Adapter
4612, 4613 4640, 4641
1. Memory Module
Package
2. Multiport/2 Adapter
4650
1. Multiport Interface
Cable
46XX
Not listed above.
1. Multiport/2 Adapter
2. Multiport/2 Interface
Board
3. Memory Module
5600
1. Financial System
Controller Adapter
5962
An IDE device (other than
hard drive) configuration
error.
1.
2.
3.
4.
62XX
1. 1st Store Loop
Adapter
2. Adapter Cable
63XX
1. 2nd Store Loop
Adapter
2. Adapter Cable
64XX
1. Network Adapter
71XX
1. Voice Adapter
Run Configuration
CD-ROM Drive
CD-ROM Adapter
ZIP or other ATAPI
device
5. System Board
Service information
43
POST Error Code
FRU/Action
74XX
1. Video Adapter
(if installed)
2. Riser Card
76XX
1. Page Printer Adapter
78XX
1. High Speed Adapter
79XX
1. 3117 Adapter
80XX
1. PCMCIA Adapter
84XX
1. Speech Adapter
2. Speech Control Assy.
3. Riser Card
8601, 8602
1. Pointing Device
(Mouse)
2. System Board
8603, 8604
1. System Board
2. Pointing Device
(Mouse)
86XX
Not listed above
1. Mouse
2. System Board
89XX
1. PC Music Adapter
2. MIDI Adapter Unit
3. Riser Card
91XX
1. Optical Drive
2. Adapter
96XX
1. SCSI Adapter
2. Any SCSI Device
3. System Board
10101,
10105,
10108,
10112,
10115,
10102,
10106,
10109,
10113,
10116
10104
10107
10111
10114
1. Have customer verify
correct operating
system device
drivers are installed
and operational.
2. Modem
10103, 10110, 101171
1. System Board
2. Data/Fax Modem
10117
Not listed above.
1. Check system
speaker
2. Check PSTN cable
3. External DAA
(if installed)
4. Modem
10118
1. Run Diagnostics and
verify the correct
operation of the
modem slot
2. Modem
10119
1. Diagnostics detected
a non-IBM modem
2. Modem
44
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
POST Error Code
10120
10132,
10135,
10138,
10141,
10144,
10147,
10150,
FRU/Action
1. Check PSTN Cable
2. External DAA
(if installed)
3. Modem
10133,
10136,
10139,
10142,
10145,
10148,
10151,
10134
10137
10140
10143
10146
10149
10152
1. Modem
10153
1. Data/Fax Modem
2. System Board
101XX
Not listed above.
1. Modem Adapter/A
2. Data/Fax Modem
3. System Board
10450, 10451, 10490
10491, 10492, 10499
Read/write error.
1. Run Advanced
Diagnostics
2. Riser Card
3. Hard Disk Drive
4. System Board
10452
Seek test error.
1. Run Advanced
Diagnostics
10453
Wrong drive type?
Information only
10454
Sector buffer test error.
1. Run Advanced
Diagnostics
10455, 10456
Controller error.
1. Run Advanced
Diagnostics
10459
Drive diagnostic command
error.
Information only
10461
Drive format error
1. Run Advanced
Diagnostics
10462
Controller seek error.
1. Run Advanced
Diagnostics
10464
Hard Drive read error.
1. Run Advanced
Diagnostics
10467
Drive non fatal seek error.
1. Run Advanced
Diagnostics
10468
Drive fatal seek error.
1. Run Advanced
Diagnostics
10469
Drive soft error count
exceeded.
1. Run Advanced
Diagnostics
10470, 10471, 10472
Controller wrap error.
1. Run Advanced
Diagnostics
10473
Corrupt data. Low level
format might be required.
Information only
Service information
45
POST Error Code
FRU/Action
10480
1. Hard Disk Drive
(ESDI)
2. Drive Cable
3. System Board
10481
ESDI drive D seek error.
1. Run Advanced
Diagnostics
10482
Drive select
acknowledgement bad.
1. Run Advanced
Diagnostics
106X1
1. Check Configuration
2. Ethernet Adapter
10635
1. Power-off computer,
wait ten seconds;
then power-on the
computer.
2. Ethernet Adapter
10651, 10660
1. Check Cables
2. Ethernet Adapter
106XX
Not listed above.
1. Ethernet Adapter
107XX
1. 5.25-inch External
Diskette Drive
2. 5.25-inch Diskette
Drive Adapter/A
109XX
Check the adapter cables.
1. ActionMedia
Adapter/A
2. System Board
112XX
This adapter does
not have cache.
1. SCSI Adapter
2. Any SCSI Device
3. System Board
119XX
1. 3119 Adapter
121XX
1. Modem Adapter
2. Any Serial Device
3. System Board
136XX
1. ISDN Primary Rate
Adapter
2. System Board
137XX
1. System Board
141XX
1. Realtime Interface
Coprocessor
Portmaster
Adapter/A
143XX
1. Japanese Display
Adapter
2. System Board
14710, 14711
1. System Board
Video Adapter
2. Adapter Video Memory
148XX
1. Video Adapter
46
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
POST Error Code
FRU/Action
14901, 14902
1491X, 14922
1. Video Adapter
(if installed)
2. System Board
3. Display (any type)
14932
1. External Display
2. Video Adapter
16101
1. Riser Card Battery
(See page “Safety
information” on
page 197.)
161XX
1. FaxConcentrator
Adapter
164XX
1. 120 MB Internal Tape
Drive
2. Diskette Cable
3. System Board
16500
1. 6157 Tape
Attachment Adapter
16520, 16540
1. 6157 Streaming Tape
Drive
2. 6157 Tape Attachment
Adapter
166XX, 167XX
1. Token Ring Adapter
2. System Board
3. Riser Card
18001 to 18029
1. Wizard Adapter
2. Wizard Adapter
Memory
18031 to 18039
1. Wizard Adapter Cable
185XXXX
1. DBCS Japanese
Display Adapter/A
2. System Board
20001 to 20003
1. Image Adapter/A
Image-I Adapter/A
2. Memory Module
DRAM, VRAM
20004
1. Memory Module
DRAM, VRAM
2. Image Adapter/A
Image-I Adapter/A
20005 to 20010
1. Image Adapter/A
Image-I Adapter/A
2. Memory Module
DRAM, VRAM
200XX
Not listed above.
1. Image Adapter/A
Image-I Adapter/A
2. Memory Module
DRAM, VRAM
3. System Board
Service information
47
POST Error Code
FRU/Action
20101 to 20103
1. Printer/Scanner
Option
2. Image Adapter/A
3. Memory Module
DRAM, VRAM
20104
1. Memory Module
DRAM, VRAM
2. Printer/Scanner Option
3. Image Adapter/A
20105 to 20110
1. Printer/Scanner
Option
2. Image Adapter/A
3. Memory Module
DRAM, VRAM
Image Adapter/A
Memory Test failure
indicated by graphic
of adapter.
1. Replace memory
module (shown in
graphic.)
206XX
1. SCSI-2 Adapter
2. Any SCSI Device
3. System Board
208XX
Verify there are no duplicate
SCSI ID settings on the
same bus.
1. Any SCSI Device
210XXXX
Internal bus, size unknown.
1. SCSI Hard Disk Drive
2. SCSI Adapter or
System Board
3. SCSI Cable
4. SCSI ID Switch
(on some models)
210XXX1
External bus, size unknown.
Tape Drive amber LED
remains on.
1. Tape Drive
2. SCSI Cable (internal)
3. SCSI Adapter or
System Board
Tape Drive green “in use”
LED fails to come on.
1. Tape Drive
2. SCSI Adapter or
System Board
3. SCSI Cable (internal)
SCSI Cable (external)
Tape automatically ejected
from drive.
1. Tape Cassette
2. Drive
SCSI ID on rotary switch
does not match SCSI ID
set in configuration.
Verify drive switches
inside cover are set to
zero.
1. Rotary Switch Circuit
Board
2. Circuit Board Cable
3. Tape Drive
Tape sticks/breaks in
drive.
Verify that the tapes used
meet ANSI standard X3B5.
1. Tape Cassette
48
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
POST Error Code
FRU/Action
212XX
1. SCSI Printer
2. Printer Cable
213XX
1. SCSI Processor
214XX
1. WORM Drive
215XXXC
215XXXD
215XXXE
215XXXU
If an external device, and
power-on LED is off, check
external voltages.
1. CD-ROM Drive I
CD-ROM Drive II
Enhanced CD-ROM
Drive II
Any CD-ROM Drive
2. SCSI Cable
3. SCSI Adapter or
System Board
216XX
1. Scanner
217XX
If an external device, and
power-on LED is off, check
external voltages.
1. Rewritable Optical
Drive
2. SCSI Adapter or
System Board
3. SCSI Cable
218XX
Check for multi CD
tray, or juke box.
1. Changer
219XX
1. SCSI
Communications
Device
24201Y0, 24210Y0
Be sure wrap plug is
attached.
1. ISDN/2 Adapter
2. ISDN/2 Wrap Plug
3. ISDN/2
Communications
Cable
273XX
1. 1 Mbps Micro
Channel Infrared LAN
Adapter
27501, 27503
27506, 27507
1. ServerGuard Adapter
2. System Board
27502, 27504, 27510
27511, 27533, 27534
27536, 27537
1. ServerGuard Adapter
27509
1. Remove redundant
adapters, run Auto
Configuration
program, then retest.
27512
1. WMSELF.DGS
diagnostics file
missing.
2. WMSELF.DGS
diagnostics file
incorrect.
27535
1. 3V Lithium Backup
Battery
2. ServerGuard Adapter
Service information
49
POST Error Code
FRU/Action
27554
1. Internal Temperature
out of range
2. ServerGuard Adapter
27555, 27556
1. ServerGuard Adapter
2. Power Supply
27557
1. 7.2V NiCad Main
Battery Pack
2. ServerGuard Adapter
27558, 27559
27560, 27561
1. PCMCIA Type II
Modem
2. ServerGuard Adapter
27562
1. External Power
Control not
connected
2. External Power Control
3. ServerGuard Adapter
27563, 27564
1. External Power
Control
2. ServerGuard Adapter
275XX
1. Update Diagnostic
Software
27801 to 27879
1. Personal Dictation
System Adapter
2. System Board
27880 to 27889
1. External FRU
(Speaker, Microphone)
I999030X
Hard disk reset failure.
50
Possible hard disk drive
problem, see “Hard disk
drive boot error” on
page 262.
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Error messages
Error Message/Symptom
FRU/Action
Address Exceeds the Size
of Your Memory
An invalid memory address
was entered. Diagnostics
Tests display this message
during the Locate Bad Chips
option.
1. Enter the correct
address.
2. Memory Module
3. System Board
Arithmetic Functions
Failed
An error was detected
during the CPU Test.
1. Microprocessor
2. System Board
Base Memory Test Failed
An error was detected in
base memory.
1. Memory Module
2. System Board
Boot Sector Unreadable
A boot sector read error
was detected on the hard
disk drive.
1. Hard Disk Drive
2. Hard Disk Drive Cable
3. Hard Disk Drive
Adapter
(if installed)
4. System Board
Bus Noise Test Failed
RAM Test detected an error
in the memory bus.
1. Memory Module
2. System Board
Butterfly Cylinder Access
Test Failed
Hard Disk Drive Test
detected mismatch between
the data read and the data
stored on the drive.
1. Hard Disk Drive
2. Hard Disk Drive Cable
3. Hard Disk Drive
Adapter
(if installed)
4. System Board
Clock Stopped
Real-time clock has stopped
working.
1. Real-Time Clock
Assembly
2. System Board
CMOS Clock Test Failed
Time and Date Settings for
CMOS and DOS do not
Match.
1. Real-Time Clock
Assembly
2. System Board
Controller Diagnostic Test
Failed
An error was detected while
testing the Hard Disk
Controller (Adapter).
1. Hard Disk Drive
Adapter
(if installed)
2. Hard Disk Drive
3. System Board
Cylinder 0 errors
Test detected an error
reading the first cylinder of
the hard disk drive.
1. Hard Disk Drive
2. Hard Disk Drive
Adapter
(if installed)
3. System Board
Device is Not Ready
Ready the Device...
or
Press Any Key
1. Ensure the device is
powered-on.
2. Replace failing device
3. Device Adapter
(if installed)
4. System Board
Service information
51
Error Message/Symptom
FRU/Action
Disk Error Encountered
Opening Output File Press
Any Key To Continue.
1. Hard Disk Drive
2. Hard Disk Drive
Adapter
(if installed)
3. System Board
DMA #X Failed
Main Components Test
detected an error while
testing the DMA controller.
1. System Board
DMA Page Register Failed
DMA page register error
1. System Board
Drive (x) Media (y)
Mismatch
FAT ID mismatch with
installed drive.
1. Check diskette and
diskette drive
capacity.
2. Diskette Drive
3. System Board
Error in video buffer.
Bad bits.
Video memory test error.
1. Video Adapter
(if installed)
2. System Board
3. Display
Exception Interrupt In
Protected Mode Diags
Cannot Continue
Server error, remove one
adapter at a time until the
symptom goes away.
1. Any Adapter
2. System Board
3. Processor
Extended Memory Test
Failed
Extended memory error.
1. Memory Module
2. System Board
Floppy Drive Failed
Diskette drive(s) failed.
1. Diskette Drive
2. System Board
3. Diskette Drive Cable
General Function Failed
Remove one adapter at a
time until the symptom goes
away.
1. Any Adapter
2. System Board
3. Processor
Hard Drives Failed
Hard Disk Drive test error.
1. Hard Disk Drive
2. Hard Disk Drive
Adapter
(if installed)
3. System Board
Incorrect DOS version
1. Ensure you are using
DOS version 3.0 or
higher.
INT Mask Register Failed
INT Mask Register error.
1. Microprocessor
2. System Board
Invalid Date
Clock/DOS date mismatch.
1. Real-Time Clock
Assembly
2. System Board
52
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Error Message/Symptom
FRU/Action
Invalid Time
Clock/DOS time mismatch.
Back-up clock and DOS
time of day settings do not
match.
1. Real-Time Clock
Assembly
2. System Board
Linear Cylinder Access
Test Failed
Hard disk drive error.
1. Hard Disk Drive
2. Hard Disk Drive Cable
3. Hard Disk Drive
Adapter
(if installed)
4. System Board
Logic Function Failed
CPU Logic test error.
1. Microprocessor
2. System Board
Loopback Error
COM Port Test or Parallel
Port error.
1. System Board
2. Wrap Plug
A wrap plug must be
installed to successfully
complete these tests.
Main Components Failed
System board error.
1. System Board
2. Processor
Memory test cannot run at
this location in memory
Not enough free memory
available to start the
memory test.
1. Memory Module
2. System Board
Missing QAPlus/PRO
Files(s)
One or more diagnostic
support files are missing.
1. Diagnostic Diskette
NO LOOP-BACK PLUG.
Skipping External
loopback test
No wrap plug installed.
1. Install wrap plug on
the serial port, rerun
test.
2. System Board
Not ready
Printer not on-line or not
ready.
1.
2.
3.
4.
No 'type-amatic' repeat
At least one repeat key
must be tested during this
test or an error will occur.
Type-amatic test error.
1. Keyboard
2. System Board
Not used by any standard
device
IRQ is not currently being
used by a non-standard
device.
1. System Board
Numeric Proc Failed
NPU test error.
1. Microprocessor
2. System Board
Ready Printer
Printer
Printer Cable
System Board
Service information
53
Error Message/Symptom
FRU/Action
Parallel Ports Failed
Test Report Summary
message.
1. System Board
Pass (N): ** Errors ** Drive
(X) Failed
Diskette drive read/write test
error.
1. Diskette Drive
2. System Board
3. Diskette Drive Cable
Pass (N) Drive Not Ready
Diskette drive door is open
or defective.
1. Ensure diskette drive
is ready.
2. Diskette Drive
3. System Board
4. Diskette Drive Cable
Pass (N): Drive (X) Write
Protected or Unformatted
1. Insert a non-write
protected, formatted
diskette into the
diskette drive; then
rerun the test.
2. Diskette Drive
3. System Board
4. Diskette Drive Cable
Pass (N): Unknown Media
Drive (X)
Diskette Drive Test error.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Diskette
Diskette Drive
System Board
Diskette Drive Cable
Place Hi-density Media in
Drive
Media/drive mismatch.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Diskette
Diskette Drive
System Board
Diskette Drive Cable
Printer Failed
Printer powered-on and
ready?
1. Printer
2. Printer Cable
3. System Board
Printer Fault
Printer powered-on and
ready?
1. Printer
2. Printer Cable
3. System Board
Printer Not Selected
Ensure the printer is
powered-on and ready.
1. Printer
2. Printer Cable
3. System Board
Program or File
Not Found
Press Any Key
Diagnostics cannot find the
USER(N).COM file.
1. Diagnostic Diskette
2. Diskette Drive
3. System Board
Program Too Big To Fit In
Memory
Too many Terminate and
Stay Resident programs in
memory.
1. Reboot the system
from the Diagnostic
Diskette.
54
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Error Message/Symptom
FRU/Action
QAPlus/PRO Cannot Be
Re-run Because Of Error
In Relocating Program
Diagnostics failed to
relocate the Diagnostics
Test programs so the
memory space it resides in
was not tested.
1. Diagnostic Diskette
2. Memory Module
3. System Board
RAM Memory Error in
Block n. Bad bits n
Memory error.
1. Memory Module
2. System Board
RAM Test Failed
Memory error.
1. Memory Module
2. System Board
Read error on cylinder n
Hard disk drive format error.
1. Hard Disk Drive
2. Hard Disk Drive
Adapter
(if installed)
3. System Board
Read Errors
Diskette drive read error.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Receive Error
Serial Port loopback test
error.
1. Serial Port Cable
2. System Board
Refresh Failure
Diagnostics Test detected
an error while testing the
DMA controller's RAM
refresh cycle.
1. Memory Module
2. System Board
RTC Interrupt Failure
Diagnostics Test cannot
detect the Real-Time clock
interrupt.
1. Real-Time Clock
Assembly
2. System Board
Serial Chip Error
COM Port error, general.
1. Serial Port Cable
2. System Board
Serial Compare Error
COM Port error, information
transmitted is not the same
as information received.
1. Serial Port Cable
2. System Board
Serial Time-out Error
COM Port error, time
interval is too long between
transmitted and received
data.
1. Serial Port Cable
2. System Board
Serious Memory Error —
Diags Cannot Continue
Memory Test error.
1. Memory Module
2. System Board
Sorry You Need A Mouse
Mouse or mouse driver was
not detected.
1. Mouse
2. System Board
Diskette
Diskette Drive
System Board
Diskette Drive Cable
Service information
55
Error Message/Symptom
FRU/Action
System Hangs
Go to “Undetermined
problem” on page 82.
1. Any device
2. Any adapter
3. System Board
The Address Exceeds The
Size Of Your Memory
An invalid memory address
was entered. The
Diagnostics Tests display
this message during the
Locate Bad Chips option
under the interact menu if
an invalid memory address
was entered at the "Enter
Memory Address Of Bad
Chip" prompt.
1. Enter correct address
2. Memory Module
3. System Board
That Number is Out Of
Range
An invalid bit number was
entered. Diagnostics Tests
display this message during
the Locate Bad Chips
option.
1. Enter the correct
number.
2. Memory Module
3. System Board
Too Many Errors — Test
Aborted
Too many errors, the
Diagnostics Test cannot
continue.
1. Microprocessor
2. System Board
Transmit Error
Internal or external serial
port loopback test failure.
1. Serial Port Cable
2. System Board
Video Adapter Failed
Test Result Summary,
displayed if "Fail" was at the
Quit/Fail/Pass menu of any
video test.
1. Video Adapter
(if installed)
2. System Board
3. Display
Write error on cylinder n
Hard disk drive write error.
1. Hard Disk Drive
2. Hard Disk Drive
Adapter
(if installed)
Write Errors
Diskette drive write error.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Write Protected or
Unformatted
Diskette is Write Protected
or not formatted.
1. Insert a non-write
protected, formatted
diskette into the
diskette drive; then
rerun the test.
2. Diskette Drive
3. System Board
4. Diskette Drive Cable
56
Diskette
Diskette Drive
System Board
Diskette Drive Cable
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Error Message/Symptom
You Cannot Delete the
Motherboard
"Remove Board" option was
selected. The Diagnostics
Tests display this message
during the Locate Bad Chips
option.
FRU/Action
1. Make the correct
selection.
2. Memory Module
3. System Board
4. Processor
Service information
57
Diagnostic error codes
Refer to the following Diagnostic Error Codes when using
the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics test. See “Diagnostics
test programs” on page 245 for information about the IBM
PC Enhanced Diagnostics program.
In the following index, “X” can represent any number.
Diagnostic Error Code
FRU/Action
000-000-XXX
BIOS Test Passed
1. No action
000-002-XXX
BIOS Timeout
1. Flash the system
2. System board
000-024-XXX
BIOS Addressing test failure
1. Flash the system
2. System board
000-025-XXX
BIOS Checksum Value error
1. Flash the system
2. Boot block
3. System board
000-026-XXX
FLASH data error
1. Flash the system
2. Boot block
3. System board
000-027-XXX
BIOS Configuration/Setup
error
1.
2.
3.
4.
Run Setup
Flash the system
Boot block
System board
000-034-XXX
BIOS Buffer Allocation
failure
1.
2.
3.
4.
Reboot the system
Flash the system
Run memory test
System board
000-035-XXX
BIOS Reset Condition
detected
1. Flash the system
2. System board
000-036-XXX
BIOS Register error
1. Flash the system
2. Boot block
3. System board
000-038-XXX
BIOS Extension failure
1. Flash the system
2. Adapter card
3. System board
000-039-XXX
BIOS DMI data error
1. Flash the system
2. System board
000-195-XXX
BIOS Test aborted by user
1. Information
2. Re-start the test, if
need to
000-196-XXX
BIOS test halt, error
threshold exceeded
1. Depress F3 to review
the log file. See
“Viewing the test
log” on page 250.
2. Re-start the test to
reset the log file.
58
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Diagnostic Error Code
FRU/Action
000-197-XXX
BIOS test warning
1. Make sure
component that is
called out is enabled
and/or connected
2. Re-run test
3. Component that is
called out in warning
statement
4. Component under test
000-198-XXX
BIOS test aborted
1. If a component is
called out, make sure
it is enabled and/or
connected
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Go to “Undetermined
problem” on page 82
000-199-XXX
BIOS test failed, cause
unknown
1. Go to “Undetermined
problem” on
page 82.
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Replace component
under function test.
000-250-XXX
BIOS APM failure
1. Flash the system
2. System board
000-270-XXX
BIOS ACPI failure
1. Flash the system
2. System board
001-000-XXX
System Test Passed
1. No action
001-00X-XXX
System Error
1. System board
001-01X-XXX
System Error
1. System board
001-024-XXX
System Addressing test
failure
1. System board
001-025-XXX
System Checksum Value
error
1. Flash the system
2. System board
001-026-XXX
System FLASH data error
1. Flash the system
2. System board
001-027-XXX
System Configuration/Setup
error
1. Run Setup
2. Flash the system
3. System board
001-032-XXX
System Device Controller
failure
1. System board
001-034-XXX
System Device Buffer
Allocation failure
1.
2.
3.
4.
Reboot the system
Flash the system
Run memory test
System board
Service information
59
Diagnostic Error Code
FRU/Action
001-035-XXX
System Device Reset
condition detected
1. System board
001-036-XXX
System Register error
1. System board
001-038-XXX
System Extension failure
1. Adapter card
2. System board
001-039-XXX
System DMI data structure
error
1. Flash the system
2. System board
001-040-XXX
System IRQ failure
1. Power-off/on system
and re-test
2. System board
001-041-XXX
System DMA failure
1. Power-off/on system
and re-test
2. System board
001-195-XXX
System Test aborted by
user
1. Information
2. Re-start the test, if
need to
001-196-XXX
System test halt, error
threshold exceeded
1. Depress F3 to review
the log file. See
“Viewing the test
log” on page 250.
2. Re-start the test to
reset the log file.
001-197-XXX
System test warning
1. Make sure
component that is
called out is enabled
and/or connected
2. Re-run test
3. Component that is
called out in warning
statement
4. Component under test
001-198-XXX
System test aborted
1. If a component is
called out, make sure
it is enabled and/or
connected
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Go to “Undetermined
problem” on page 82
001-199-XXX
System test failed, cause
unknown
1. Go to “Undetermined
problem” on
page 82.
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Replace component
under function test.
001-250-XXX
System ECC error
1. System board
60
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Diagnostic Error Code
FRU/Action
001-254-XXX
001-255-XXX
001-256-XXX
001-257-XXX
System DMA error
1. System board
001-260-XXX
001-264-XXX
System IRQ error
1. System board
001-268-XXX
System IRQ1 failure
1. device on IRQ1
2. System board
001-269-XXX
System IRQ2 failure
1. device on IRQ2
2. System board
001-270-XXX
System IRQ3 failure
1. device on IRQ3
2. System board
001-271-XXX
System IRQ4 failure
1. device on IRQ4
2. System board
001-272-XXX
System IRQ5 failure
1. device on IRQ5
2. System board
001-273-XXX
System IRQ6 (diskette
drive) failure
1. Diskette Cable
2. Diskette drive
3. System board
001-274-XXX
System IRQ7 failure
1. device on IRQ7
2. System board
001-275-XXX
System IRQ8 failure
1. device on IRQ8
2. System board
001-276-XXX
System IRQ9 failure
1. device on IRQ9
2. System board
001-277-XXX
System IRQ10 failure
1. device on IRQ10
2. System board
001-278-XXX
System IRQ11 failure
1. device on IRQ11
2. System board
001-279-XXX
System IRQ12 failure
1. device on IRQ12
2. System board
001-280-XXX
System IRQ13 failure
1. device on IRQ13
2. System board
001-281-XXX
System IRQ14 (hard disk
drive) failure
1. Hard disk drive Cable
2. Hard disk drive
3. System board
001-282-XXX
System IRQ15 failure
1. device on IRQ15
2. System board
001-286-XXX
001-287-XXX
001-288-XXX
System Timer failure
1. System board
001-292-XXX
System CMOS RAM error
1. Run Setup and
re-test
2. System board
001-293-XXX
System CMOS Battery
1. Battery
2. System board
Service information
61
Diagnostic Error Code
FRU/Action
001-298-XXX
System RTC date/time
update failure
1. Flash the system
2. System board
001-299-XXX
System RTC periodic
interrupt failure
1. System board
001-300-XXX
System RTC Alarm failure
1. System board
001-301-XXX
System RTC Century byte
error
1. Flash the system
2. System board
005-000-XXX
Video Test Passed
1. No action
005-00X-XXX
Video error
1. Video card, if
installed
2. System board
005-010-XXX
005-011-XXX
005-012-XXX
005-013-XXX
Video Signal failure
1. Video card, if
installed
2. System board
005-016-XXX
Video Simple Pattern test
failure
1. Video Ram
2. Video card, if installed
3. System board
005-024-XXX
Video Addressing test
failure
1. Video card, if
installed
2. System board
005-025-XXX
Video Checksum Value
error
1. Video card, if
installed
2. System board
005-027-XXX
Video Configuration/Setup
error
1.
2.
3.
4.
Run Setup
Video drivers update
Video card, if installed
System board
005-031-XXX
Video Device Cable failure
1.
2.
3.
4.
Video cable
Monitor
Video card, if installed
System board
005-032-XXX
Video Device Controller
failure
1. Video card, if
installed
2. System board
005-036-XXX
Video Register error
1. Video card, if
installed
2. System board
005-038-XXX
System BIOS extension
failure
1. Video card, if
installed
2. System board
005-040-XXX
Video IRQ failure
1. Video card, if
installed
2. System board
62
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Diagnostic Error Code
FRU/Action
005-195-XXX
Video Test aborted by user
1. Information
2. Re-start the test, if
need to
005-196-XXX
Video test halt, error
threshold exceeded
1. Depress F3 to review
the log file. See
“Viewing the test
log” on page 250.
2. Re-start the test to
reset the log file.
005-197-XXX
Video test warning
1. Make sure
component that is
called out is enabled
and/or connected
2. Re-run test
3. Component that is
called out in warning
statement
4. Component under test
005-198-XXX
Video test aborted
1. If a component is
called out, make sure
it is enabled and/or
connected
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Go to “Undetermined
problem” on page 82
005-199-XXX
Video test failed, cause
unknown
1. Go to “Undetermined
problem” on
page 82.
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Replace component
under function test.
005-2XX-XXX
005-3XX-XXX
Video subsystem error
1. Video card, if
installed
2. System board
006-000-XXX
Diskette interface Test
Passed
1. No action
006-0XX-XXX
Diskette interface error
1. Diskette drive Cable
2. Diskette drive
3. System board
006-195-XXX
Diskette interface Test
aborted by user
1. Information
2. Re-start the test, if
need to
006-196-XXX
Diskette interface test halt,
error threshold exceeded
1. Depress F3 to review
the log file. See
“Viewing the test
log” on page 250.
2. Re-start the test to
reset the log file.
Service information
63
Diagnostic Error Code
FRU/Action
006-197-XXX
Diskette interface test
warning
1. Make sure
component that is
called out is enabled
and/or connected
2. Re-run test
3. Component that is
called out in warning
statement
4. Component under test
006-198-XXX
Diskette interface test
aborted
1. If a component is
called out, make sure
it is enabled and/or
connected
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Go to “Undetermined
problem” on page 82
006-199-XXX
Diskette interface test failed,
cause unknown
1. Go to “Undetermined
problem” on
page 82.
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Replace component
under function test.
006-25X-XXX
Diskette interface Error
1. Diskette drive Cable
2. Diskette drive
3. System board
011-000-XXX
Serial port Interface Test
Passed
1. No action
011-001-XXX
Serial port Presence
1. Remove external
serial device, if
present
2. Run setup, enable port
3. System board
011-002-XXX
011-003-XXX
Serial port Timeout/Parity
error
1. System board
011-013-XXX
011-014-XXX
Serial port Control
Signal/Loopback test failure
1. System board
011-015-XXX
Serial port External
Loopback failure
1. Wrap plug
2. System board
011-027-XXX
Serial port
Configuration/Setup error
1. Run Setup, enable
port
2. Flash the system
3. System board
011-03X-XXX
011-04X-XXX
Serial port failure
1. System board
64
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Diagnostic Error Code
FRU/Action
011-195-XXX
Serial port Test aborted by
user
1. Information
2. Re-start the test, if
need to
011-196-XXX
Serial port test halt, error
threshold exceeded
1. Depress F3 to review
the log file. See
“Viewing the test
log” on page 250.
2. Re-start the test to
reset the log file.
011-197-XXX
Serial port test warning
1. Make sure
component that is
called out is enabled
and/or connected
2. Re-run test
3. Component that is
called out in warning
statement
4. Component under test
011-198-XXX
Serial port test aborted
1. If a component is
called out, make sure
it is enabled and/or
connected
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Go to “Undetermined
problem” on page 82
011-199-XXX
Serial port test failed, cause
unknown
1. Go to “Undetermined
problem” on
page 82.
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Replace component
under function test.
011-2XX-XXX
Serial port signal failure
1. External serial device
2. System board
014-000-XXX
Parallel port Interface Test
Passed
1. No action
014-001-XXX
Parallel port Presence
1. Remove external
parallel device, if
present
2. Run setup, enable port
3. System board
014-002-XXX
014-003-XXX
Parallel port Timeout/Parity
error
1. System board
014-013-XXX
014-014-XXX
Parallel port Control
Signal/Loopback test failure
1. System board
014-015-XXX
Parallel port External
Loopback failure
1. Wrap plug
2. System board
Service information
65
Diagnostic Error Code
FRU/Action
014-027-XXX
Parallel port
Configuration/Setup error
1. Run Setup, enable
port
2. Flash the system
3. System board
014-03X-XXX
014-04X-XXX
Parallel port failure
1. System board
014-195-XXX
Parallel port Test aborted by
user
1. Information
2. Re-start the test, if
need to
014-196-XXX
Parallel port test halt, error
threshold exceeded
1. Depress F3 to review
the log file. See
“Viewing the test
log” on page 250.
2. Re-start the test to
reset the log file.
014-197-XXX
Parallel port test warning
1. Make sure
component that is
called out is enabled
and/or connected
2. Re-run test
3. Component that is
called out in warning
statement
4. Component under test
014-198-XXX
Parallel port test aborted
1. If a component is
called out, make sure
it is enabled and/or
connected
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Go to “Undetermined
problem” on page 82
014-199-XXX
Parallel port test failed,
cause unknown
1. Go to “Undetermined
problem” on
page 82.
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Replace component
under function test.
014-2XX-XXX
014-3XX-XXX
Parallel port failure
1. External parallel
device
2. System board
015-000-XXX
USB port Interface Test
Passed
1. No action
015-001-XXX
USB port Presence
1. Remove USB
Device(s) and re-test
2. System board
015-002-XXX
USB port Timeout
1. Remove USB
Device(s) and re-test
2. System board
66
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Diagnostic Error Code
FRU/Action
015-015-XXX
USB port External Loopback
failure
1. Remove USB
Device(s) and re-test
2. System board
015-027-XXX
USB port
Configuration/Setup error
1. Flash the system
2. System board
015-032-XXX
USB port Device Controller
failure
1. System board
015-034-XXX
USB port buffer allocation
failure
1.
2.
3.
4.
015-035-XXX
USB port Reset condition
detected
1. Remove USB
Device(s) and re-test
2. System board
015-036-XXX
USB port Register error
1. System board
015-040-XXX
USB port IRQ failure
1. Run setup and check
for conflicts
2. Flash the system
3. System board
015-195-XXX
USB port Test aborted by
user
1. Information
2. Re-start the test, if
need to
015-196-XXX
USB port test halt, error
threshold exceeded
1. Depress F3 to review
the log file. See
“Viewing the test
log” on page 250.
2. Re-start the test to
reset the log file.
015-197-XXX
USB port test warning
1. Make sure
component that is
called out is enabled
and/or connected
2. Re-run test
3. Component that is
called out in warning
statement
4. Component under test
015-198-XXX
USB port test aborted
1. If a component is
called out, make sure
it is enabled and/or
connected
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Go to “Undetermined
problem” on page 82
Reboot the system
Flash the system
Run memory test
System board
Service information
67
Diagnostic Error Code
FRU/Action
015-199-XXX
USB port test failed, cause
unknown
1. Go to “Undetermined
problem” on
page 82.
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Replace component
under function test.
018-000-XXX
PCI Card Test Passed
1. No action
018-0XX-XXX
PCI Card Failure
1. PCI card
2. Riser card, if installed
3. System board
018-195-XXX
PCI Card Test aborted by
user
1. Information
2. Re-start the test, if
need to
018-196-XXX
PCI Card test halt, error
threshold exceeded
1. Depress F3 to review
the log file. See
“Viewing the test
log” on page 250.
2. Re-start the test to
reset the log file.
018-197-XXX
PCI Card test warning
1. Make sure
component that is
called out is enabled
and/or connected
2. Re-run test
3. Component that is
called out in warning
statement
4. Component under test
018-198-XXX
PCI Card test aborted
1. If a component is
called out, make sure
it is enabled and/or
connected
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Go to “Undetermined
problem” on page 82
018-199-XXX
PCI Card test failed, cause
unknown
1. Go to “Undetermined
problem” on
page 82.
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Replace component
under function test.
018-250-XXX
PCI Card Services error
1. PCI card
2. Riser card, if installed
3. System board
020-000-XXX
PCI Interface Test Passed
1. No action
020-0XX-XXX
PCI Interface error
1. PCI card
2. Riser card, if installed
3. System board
68
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Diagnostic Error Code
FRU/Action
020-195-XXX
PCI Test aborted by user
1. Information
2. Re-start the test, if
need to
020-196-XXX
PCI test halt, error threshold
exceeded
1. Depress F3 to review
the log file. See
“Viewing the test
log” on page 250.
2. Re-start the test to
reset the log file.
020-197-XXX
PCI test warning
1. Make sure
component that is
called out is enabled
and/or connected
2. Re-run test
3. Component that is
called out in warning
statement
4. Component under test
020-198-XXX
PCI test aborted
1. If a component is
called out, make sure
it is enabled and/or
connected
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Go to “Undetermined
problem” on page 82
020-199-XXX
PCI test failed, cause
unknown
1. Go to “Undetermined
problem” on
page 82.
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Replace component
under function test.
020-262-XXX
PCI system error
1. PCI card
2. Riser card, if installed
3. System board
025-000-XXX
IDE interface Test Passed
1. No action
025-00X-XXX
025-01X-XXX
IDE interface failure
1.
2.
3.
4.
IDE signal cable
Check power supply
IDE device
System board
025-027-XXX
IDE interface
Configuration/Setup error
1.
2.
3.
4.
IDE signal cable
Flash the system
IDE device
System board
025-02X-XXX
025-03X-XXX
025-04X-XXX
IDE Interface failure
1.
2.
3.
4.
IDE signal cable
Check power supply
IDE device
System board
025-195-XXX
IDE interface Test aborted
by user
1. Information
2. Re-start the test, if
need to
Service information
69
Diagnostic Error Code
FRU/Action
025-196-XXX
IDE interface test halt, error
threshold exceeded
1. Depress F3 to review
the log file. See
“Viewing the test
log” on page 250.
2. Re-start the test to
reset the log file.
025-197-XXX
IDE interface test warning
1. Make sure
component that is
called out is enabled
and/or connected
2. Re-run test
3. Component that is
called out in warning
statement
4. Component under test
025-198-XXX
IDE interface test aborted
1. If a component is
called out, make sure
it is enabled and/or
connected
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Go to “Undetermined
problem” on page 82
025-199-XXX
IDE interface test failed,
cause unknown
1. Go to “Undetermined
problem” on
page 82.
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Replace component
under function test.
030-000-XXX
SCSI interface Test Passed
1. No action
030-00X-XXX
030-01X-XXX
SCSI interface failure
1.
2.
3.
4.
030-027-XXX
SCSI interface
Configuration/Setup error
1.
2.
3.
4.
030-03X-XXX
030-04X-XXX
SCSI interface error
1.
2.
3.
4.
030-195-XXX
SCSI interface Test aborted
by user
1. Information
2. Re-start the test, if
need to
70
SCSI signal cable
Check power supply
SCSI device
SCSI adapter card, if
installed
5. System board
SCSI signal cable
Flash the system
SCSI device
SCSI adapter card, if
installed
5. System board
SCSI signal cable
Check power supply
SCSI device
SCSI adapter card, if
installed
5. System board
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Diagnostic Error Code
FRU/Action
030-196-XXX
SCSI interface test halt,
error threshold exceeded
1. Depress F3 to review
the log file. See
“Viewing the test
log” on page 250.
2. Re-start the test to
reset the log file.
030-197-XXX
SCSI interface test warning
1. Make sure
component that is
called out is enabled
and/or connected
2. Re-run test
3. Component that is
called out in warning
statement
4. Component under test
030-198-XXX
SCSI interface test aborted
1. If a component is
called out, make sure
it is enabled and/or
connected
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Go to “Undetermined
problem” on page 82
030-199-XXX
SCSI interface test failed,
cause unknown
1. Go to “Undetermined
problem” on
page 82.
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Replace component
under function test.
035-000-XXX
RAID interface Test Passed
1. No action
035-0XX-XXX
RAID interface Failure
1. RAID signal cable
2. RAID device
3. RAID adapter card, if
installed
4. System board
035-195-XXX
RAID interface Test aborted
by user
1. Information
2. Re-start the test, if
need to
035-196-XXX
RAID interface test halt,
error threshold exceeded
1. Depress F3 to review
the log file. See
“Viewing the test
log” on page 250.
2. Re-start the test to
reset the log file.
035-197-XXX
RAID interface test warning
1. Make sure
component that is
called out is enabled
and/or connected
2. Re-run test
3. Component that is
called out in warning
statement
4. Component under test
Service information
71
Diagnostic Error Code
FRU/Action
035-198-XXX
RAID interface test aborted
1. If a component is
called out, make sure
it is enabled and/or
connected
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Go to “Undetermined
problem” on page 82
035-199-XXX
RAID interface test failed,
cause unknown
1. Go to “Undetermined
problem” on
page 82.
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Replace component
under function test.
071-000-XXX
Audio port Interface Test
Passed
1. No action
071-00X-XXX
071-01X-XXX
071-02X-XXX
Audio port error
1. Run Setup
2. Flash the system
3. System board
071-03X-XXX
Audio port failure
1.
2.
3.
4.
071-04X-XXX
Audio port failure
1. Run Setup
2. Audio card, if installed
3. System board
071-195-XXX
Audio port Test aborted by
user
1. Information
2. Re-start the test, if
need to
071-196-XXX
Audio port test halt, error
threshold exceeded
1. Depress F3 to review
the log file. See
“Viewing the test
log” on page 250.
2. Re-start the test to
reset the log file.
071-197-XXX
Audio port test warning
1. Make sure
component that is
called out is enabled
and/or connected
2. Re-run test
3. Component that is
called out in warning
statement
4. Component under test
071-198-XXX
Audio port test aborted
1. If a component is
called out, make sure
it is enabled and/or
connected
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Go to “Undetermined
problem” on page 82
72
Speakers
Microphone
Audio card, if installed
System board
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Diagnostic Error Code
FRU/Action
071-199-XXX
Audio port test failed, cause
unknown
1. Go to “Undetermined
problem” on
page 82.
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Replace component
under function test.
071-25X-XXX
Audio port failure
1. Speakers
2. Audio card, if installed
3. System board
080-000-XXX
Game Port interface Test
Passed
1. No action
080-XXX-XXX
Game Port interface Error
1. Remove the game
port device and
re-test the system
080-195-XXX
Game Port interface Test
aborted by user
1. Information
2. Re-start the test, if
need to
080-196-XXX
Game Port interface test
halt, error threshold
exceeded
1. Depress F3 to review
the log file. See
“Viewing the test
log” on page 250.
2. Re-start the test to
reset the log file.
080-197-XXX
Game Port interface test
warning
1. Make sure
component that is
called out is enabled
and/or connected
2. Re-run test
3. Component that is
called out in warning
statement
4. Component under test
080-198-XXX
Game Port interface test
aborted
1. If a component is
called out, make sure
it is enabled and/or
connected
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Go to “Undetermined
problem” on page 82
080-199-XXX
Game Port interface test
failed, cause unknown
1. Go to “Undetermined
problem” on
page 82.
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Replace component
under function test.
086-000-XXX
Mouse Port interface Test
Passed
1. No action
Service information
73
Diagnostic Error Code
FRU/Action
086-001-XXX
Mouse Port interface
Presence
1. Mouse
2. System board
086-032-XXX
Mouse Port interface Device
controller failure
1. Mouse
2. System board
086-035-XXX
Mouse Port interface Reset
1. Mouse
2. System board
086-040-XXX
Mouse Port interface IRQ
failure
1. Run Setup
2. Mouse
3. System board
086-195-XXX
Mouse Port interface Test
aborted by user
1. Information
2. Re-start the test, if
need to
086-196-XXX
Mouse Port interface test
halt, error threshold
exceeded
1. Depress F3 to review
the log file. See
“Viewing the test
log” on page 250.
2. Re-start the test to
reset the log file.
086-197-XXX
Mouse Port interface test
warning
1. Make sure
component that is
called out is enabled
and/or connected
2. Re-run test
3. Component that is
called out in warning
statement
4. Component under test
086-198-XXX
Mouse Port interface test
aborted
1. If a component is
called out, make sure
it is enabled and/or
connected
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Go to “Undetermined
problem” on page 82
086-199-XXX
Mouse Port interface test
failed, cause unknown
1. Go to “Undetermined
problem” on
page 82.
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Replace component
under function test.
089-000-XXX
Microprocessor Test Passed
1. No action
089-XXX-XXX
Microprocessor failure
1. Microprocessor(s)
2. System board
089-195-XXX
Microprocessor Test aborted
by user
1. Information
2. Re-start the test, if
need to
74
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Diagnostic Error Code
FRU/Action
089-196-XXX
Microprocessor test halt,
error threshold exceeded
1. Depress F3 to review
the log file. See
“Viewing the test
log” on page 250.
2. Re-start the test to
reset the log file.
089-197-XXX
Microprocessor test warning
1. Make sure
component that is
called out is enabled
and/or connected
2. Re-run test
3. Component that is
called out in warning
statement
4. Component under test
089-198-XXX
Microprocessor test aborted
1. If a component is
called out, make sure
it is enabled and/or
connected
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Go to “Undetermined
problem” on page 82
089-199-XXX
Microprocessor test failed,
cause unknown
1. Go to “Undetermined
problem” on
page 82.
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Replace component
under function test.
170-000-XXX
Voltage Sensor(s) Test
Passed
1. No action
170-0XX-XXX
Voltage Sensor(s) failure
1. Flash system
2. System board
170-195-XXX
Voltage Sensor(s) Test
aborted by user
1. Information
2. Re-start the test, if
need to
170-196-XXX
Voltage Sensor(s) test halt,
error threshold exceeded
1. Depress F3 to review
the log file. See
“Viewing the test
log” on page 250.
2. Re-start the test to
reset the log file.
170-197-XXX
Voltage Sensor(s) test
warning
1. Make sure
component that is
called out is enabled
and/or connected
2. Re-run test
3. Component that is
called out in warning
statement
4. Component under test
Service information
75
Diagnostic Error Code
FRU/Action
170-198-XXX
Voltage Sensor(s) test
aborted
1. If a component is
called out, make sure
it is enabled and/or
connected
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Go to “Undetermined
problem” on page 82
170-199-XXX
Voltage Sensor(s) test
failed, cause unknown
1. Go to “Undetermined
problem” on
page 82.
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Replace component
under function test.
170-250-XXX
170-251-XXX
Voltage Sensor(s) Voltage
limit error
1. Power supply
2. System board
170-254-XXX
Voltage Sensor(s) Voltage
Regulator Module error
1. Voltage Regulator
Module (VRM)
2. Microprocessor
3. System board
175-000-XXX
Thermal Sensor(s) Test
Passed
1. No action
175-0XX-XXX
Thermal Sensor(s) failure
1. Flash system
2. System board
175-195-XXX
Thermal Sensor(s) Test
aborted by user
1. Information
2. Re-start the test, if
need to
175-196-XXX
Thermal Sensor(s) test halt,
error threshold exceeded
1. Depress F3 to review
the log file. See
“Viewing the test
log” on page 250.
2. Re-start the test to
reset the log file.
175-197-XXX
Thermal Sensor(s) test
warning
1. Make sure
component that is
called out is enabled
and/or connected
2. Re-run test
3. Component that is
called out in warning
statement
4. Component under test
175-198-XXX
Thermal Sensor(s) test
aborted
1. If a component is
called out, make sure
it is enabled and/or
connected
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Go to “Undetermined
problem” on page 82
76
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Diagnostic Error Code
FRU/Action
175-199-XXX
Thermal Sensor(s) test
failed, cause unknown
1. Go to “Undetermined
problem” on
page 82.
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Replace component
under function test.
175-250-XXX
175-251-XXX
Thermal Sensor(s) limit
error
1.
2.
3.
4.
185-000-XXX
Asset Security Test Passed
1. No action
185-XXX-XXX
Asset Security failure
1. Assure Asset
Security Enabled
2. Flash system
3. System board
185-278-XXX
Asset Security Chassis
Intrusion
1. C2 Cover Switch
2. System board
201-000-XXX
System Memory Test
Passed
1. No action
201-XXX-XXX
System Memory error
1. Replace the memory
module called out by
the test
2. System board
202-000-XXX
System Cache Test Passed
1. No action
202-XXX-XXX
System Cache error
1. Cache, if removable
2. System board
3. Microprocessor
206-000-XXX
Diskette Drive Test Passed
1. No action
206-XXX-XXX
Diskette Drive error
1. Diskette Drive Cable
2. Check power supply
voltages
3. Diskette drive
4. System board
215-000-XXX
CD-ROM Drive Test Passed
1. No action
215-XXX-XXX
CD-ROM Drive error
1. CD-ROM Drive Cable
2. Check power supply
voltages
3. CD-ROM drive
4. System board
217-000-XXX
Hard Disk Drive Test
Passed
1. No action
Check fans
Check Power supply
Microprocessor
System board
Service information
77
Diagnostic Error Code
FRU/Action
217-25X-XXX
217-26X-XXX
Hard Disk Drive (IDE) error
1. Hard Disk Drive
Cable
2. Check power supply
voltages
3. Hard Disk drive (IDE)
4. System board
217-28X-XXX
217-29X-XXX
Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
error
1. Hard Disk Drive
Cable
2. Check power supply
voltages
3. Hard Disk drive (SCSI)
4. SCSI adapter card
5. System board
220-000-XXX
Hi-Capacity Cartridge Drive
Test Passed
1. No action
220-XXX-XXX
Hi-Capacity Cartridge Drive
error
1. Remove the
Hi-Capacity Cartridge
Drive and re-test the
system
301-000-XXX
Keyboard Test Passed
1. No action
301-XXX-XXX
Keyboard error
1. Keyboard
2. Check and test Mouse
3. System board
302-000-XXX
Mouse Test Passed
1. No action
302-XXX-XXX
Mouse error
1. Mouse
2. Check and test
Keyboard
3. System board
303-000-XXX
Joystick Test Passed
1. No action
303-XXX-XXX
Joystick error
1. Remove the Joystick
and re-test the
system
305-000-XXX
Monitor DDC Test Passed
1. No action
305-250-XXX
Monitor DDC self test failure
1. Run Setup to enable
DDC
2. Cable
3. Monitor
4. Video card
5. System board
415-000-XXX
Modem Test Passed
1. No action
415-XXX-XXX
Modem error
1. Remove the Modem
and re-test the
system
78
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Miscellaneous error messages
Message/Symptom
FRU/Action
CMOS Backup Battery
inaccurate.
1. CMOS Backup
Battery
See page “Safety
information” on
page 197.
2. System Board
Changing colors.
1. Display
Computer will not power-off.
See “Power supply” on
page 28.
1. Power Switch
2. System Board
Computer will not RPL from
server
1. Ensure Network is in
startup sequence as
first device or first
device after diskette.
2. Ensure Network
adapter is enabled for
RPL.
3. Network adapter
(Advise network
administrator of new
MAC address)
Computer will not Wake On
LAN
1. Check power supply
and signal cable
connections to
network adapter.
2. Ensure Wake On LAN
feature is enabled in
Setup/Configuration.
See “Setup Utility
program” on page 261.
3. Ensure network
administrator is using
correct MAC address.
4. Ensure no interrupt or
I/O address conflicts.
5. Network adapter
(Advise network
administrator of new
MAC address)
Dead computer.
See “Power supply” on
page 28.
1. Power Switch
2. Power Supply
3. System Board
Diskette drive in-use light
remains on or does not light
when drive is active.
1. Diskette Drive
2. System Board
3. Diskette Drive Cable
Flashing cursor with an
otherwise blank display.
1. System Board
2. Primary Hard Disk
Drive
3. Hard Disk Drive Cable
Incorrect memory size
during POST.
1. Run the Memory
tests.
2. Memory Module
3. System Board
Service information
79
Message/Symptom
FRU/Action
“Insert a Diskette” icon
appears with a known-good
diagnostics diskette in the
first 3.5-inch diskette drive.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Intensity or color varies from
left to right of characters
and color bars.
1. Display
2. System Board
No power, or fan not
running.
1. See “Power supply”
on page 28.
Nonsystem disk or disk
error-type message
with a known-good
diagnostic diskette.
1. Diskette Drive
2. System Board
3. Diskette Drive Cable
Other display symptoms not
listed above (including blank
or illegible display).
1. See “Display” on
page 32.
2. System Board
3. Display
Power-on indicator or hard
disk drive in-use light
not on, but computer
works correctly.
1. Power Supply
2. System Board
3. LED Cables
Printer problems.
1. See “Printer” on
page 27.
Program loads from the
hard disk with a
known-good diagnostics
diskette in the first 3.5-inch
diskette drive.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
RPL computer cannot
access programs from its
own hard disk.
1. If network admin. is
using LCCM Hybrid
RPL, check startup
sequence: First
device: network;
Second device: hard
disk
2. Hard disk drive
RPL computer does not
RPL from server.
1. Check startup
sequence
2. Check the “Network
adapter LED status” on
page 11.
Serial or parallel port device
failure (system board port).
1. External Device
Self-Test OK?
2. External Device
3. Cable
4. System Board
Serial or parallel port device
failure (adapter port).
1. External Device
Self-Test OK?
2. External Device
3. Cable
4. Alternate Adapter
5. System Board
6. Riser Card
80
Diskette Drive
System Board
Diskette Drive Cable
Network Adapter
Run Setup
Diskette Drive
Diskette Drive Cable
System Board
Power Supply
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Message/Symptom
Some or all keys on the
keyboard do not work.
FRU/Action
1. Keyboard
2. Keyboard Cable
3. System Board
Service information
81
Undetermined problem
Check the power supply voltages. See “Power supply” on
page 28. If the voltages are correct, return here and
continue with the following steps.
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Remove or disconnect the following, one at a time:
a. Non-IBM devices
b. External devices (modem, printer, or mouse)
c. Any adapters
d. Riser card
e. Memory modules
Before removing or replacing memory modules,
see “System board memory” on page 289.
f. Extended video memory
g. External Cache
h. External Cache RAM
i. Hard disk drive
j. Diskette drive
3. Power-on the computer to re-test the system.
4. Repeat steps 1 through 3 until you find the failing
device or adapter.
If all devices and adapters have been removed, and the
problem continues, replace the system board. See
“Replacing a system board” on page 84.
Replacing a processor
For Pentium processors, install the processor with the
beveled corner aligned with the beveled corner of the
processor socket.
For Type 6588, 6888, and other Types that have Pentium
II processors, see “Microprocessor removal (Type 6588,
6888)” on page 339.
For Dual Pentium II processors, jumper the processor
speed to the slowest speed processor.
When a second Pentium Pro or Pentium II microprocessor
is installed for Dual processor operation, the processor
revision must be one under, the same, or one above from
each other. To find the processor revision level, go to the
configuration Setup (see “Setup Utility program” on
page 261) and select:
1. Advanced Setup
2. Processor Control
3. Processor ID
The processor ID has four numbers, such as 0650.
Ÿ
Ÿ
82
The first two numbers, 06, designates the Pentium
processor.
The second two numbers, 50, designates the
processor revision level.
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
In this case, revision levels of 49, 50, or 51 are acceptable.
Important
If the processor is not installed correctly, the system
board and the processor can be damaged.
Replacing a video cache module
Use an appropriate video cache extracting tool to remove
a video cache module from the system board. If a module
is removed without properly using an extracting tool, the
module socket can be damaged. See “Special tools” on
page 161 for the IBM P/N of the video cache extracting
tool.
Service information
83
Replacing a system board
Notes
1. The BIOS and Vital Product Data (VPD) for the
computer you are servicing must be installed on
the new system board (FRU) after it is installed in
the computer. To do this, you must run the
Flash Update program using the Flash Update
diskette. See “BIOS levels” on page 240 “Vital
product data” on page 230, and “Flash
(BIOS/VPD) update procedure” on page 241.
2. Always ensure the latest level of BIOS is installed
on the computer. A down level BIOS may cause
false errors and unnecessary replacement of the
system board.
3. The processor is a separate FRU from the
system board and is not included with the system
board FRU. If you are instructed to replace the
system board, do the following.
4. Remove the processor from the old system board
and install it on the new system board. For Type
6588, 6888, see “Microprocessor removal (Type
6588, 6888)” on page 339.
5. Remove any of the following installed options on
the old system board, and install them on the
new system board.
Ÿ External cache memory and cache tag RAM
Ÿ Memory modules
Ÿ Extended video memory
6. Ensure that the new system board jumper
settings match the old system board jumper
settings.
7. If the new system board does not correct the
problem, reinstall the options on the old system
board, reinstall the old system board, then
replace the processor.
System board replacement (Type 6588,
6888)
To remove the system board, remove:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
System board mounting screws
Four screws holding the microprocessor retention
bracket
Two front screws
Lift the system board out of the system unit. Leave the
system board plate (that was located under the system
board) in the system unit.
To install a system board:
Ÿ
84
Position the new system board over the system board
plate and install:
– Retention bracket and four screws
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
–
–
Two front screws
System board mounting screws
The system board can also be removed by removing the
system board mounting screws, sliding the system board
to the back (toward the fan), and lifting the system board
out of the system unit. See note below.
See “Microprocessor bracket and plate removal/installation
(Type 6588, 6888)” on page 342.
Note
The retention bracket, system board plate, and screws
and washers must be removed from the old system
board and installed on the new system board.
Important
Make sure the plastic washers are attached to the six
mounting tabs of the system board plate, and that the
washers are under the two front screw heads that
secure the system board plate.
If any of the washers are not installed, the system
board can be damaged.
System board replacement (Type 6898)
This notice is for the system board and EMC shield of the
IntelliStation M Pro, Type 6898 computers.
Note
To avoid damage to the vertical fingers on the EMC
shield over the USB, Mouse/Keyboard, and Ethernet
connectors, use caution when installing the system
board.
For removal or installation of the system board, angle
the system board under the EMC shield fingers to
prevent bending or damaging the fingers.
System board replacement (Type 6561,
6591)
For system board replacement, see “System board
removal (Type 6561)” on page 331 and “System board
removal (Type 6591)” on page 346.
Service information
85
Notes:
86
11
13
10
9
12
14
15
8
16
7
17
6
5
18
4
3
2
1
Type 6263, 6265, 6275 parts
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Parts listing
Index
1
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
5
6
6
7
8
9
9
9
10
10
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
12
13
14
15
System (Type 6263, 6265, 6275)
Cover Assembly
Name Plate
(Order either of the below 32X Max
CD-ROM drives)
CD-ROM Drive (32X Max)
CD-ROM Drive (32X Max)
CD-ROM Drive (40X Max)
IDE Cable, CD-ROM (1-drop)
3.2 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
4.2 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
(Order either of the below
6.4 GB hard drives)
6.4 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
6.4 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
6.4 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
8.4 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
Hard Disk Cable, EIDE
EMC Shields
Hard Disk/CD-ROM Cage
1.44 MB 3.5-Inch Diskette Drive
1.44 MB 3.5-Inch Diskette Drive-Japan
Diskette Drive Cable
3.5-Inch Diskette Bracket
Side Bracket
System Board (no processor, memory,
rails)
System Board (no processor, memory,
rails)
(for Intel Celeron processors)
System Board (no processor, memory,
rails)
(for Pentium III processor)
System Board Guide Rails, center and
front
Memory - 32 MB DIMM, Non-Parity
Memory - 64 MB DIMM, Non-Parity
Intel Celeron Processor 300 MHz., 128
KB cache
Intel Celeron Processor 333 MHz., 128
KB cache
Intel Celeron Processor 366 MHz., 128
KB cache
Intel Celeron Processor 433 MHz., 128
KB cache
Processor Pentium II 300 MHz
Air Duct (for 300 MHz. Pentium II
Processor only)
Processor Pentium II 333 MHz ECC
Processor Pentium II 350 MHz
Processor Pentium II 400 MHz
Processor Pentium II 450 MHz
Processor Pentium III 450 MHz
Processor Pentium III 500 MHz
Latch and Screw
Fan/Power Switch Assembly
I/O Bracket
Riser Card
Riser Clips, front and rear
FRU
No.
01K1607
03K9645
02K1115
02K3412
36L8713
03K9724
10L6006
36L8675
10L6012
36L8677
02K3426
36L8679
12J4518
76H7338
03K9641
75H9550
75H9552
76H7340
76H7330
76H7329
61H1072
61H2348
61H2347
03K9626
01K1146
01K1147
28L5017
01K4447
33L2867
37L4864
01K4291
03K9648
01K4390
01K4333
37L5841
37L5842
33L1614
33L1615
01K1612
03K9647
03K9622
61H2330
02K2766
Service information
87
Index
System (Type 6263, 6265, 6275)
16
17
18
18
Chassis Assembly
Side Panel
145 Watt Power Supply
145 Watt Power Supply - Japan
Bezel Kit
Audio Adapter, GVC
Cable, Audio/CDROM
Cable, Wake On Ring
Foot (4)
Jumper Kit
Keylock Assembly
Lithium Battery
Misc. Screw Kit
Processor Mounting Bracket Kit
(for all above processors)
Retention Module (RM) adapter
(for Celeron and Pentium II processors
only)
Video Ram 2 MB
88
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
FRU
No.
03K9646
76H7333
01K9846
01K9848
76H7339
01K2154
75H9219
76H7345
93F2386
93F0067
76H7336
33F8354
93F0041
33L4321
33L4320
01K1185
10
11
9
12
13
8
7
14
6
5
2
1
3
4
Type 6267, 6277, 6287 parts
Service information
89
Parts listing
Index
1
2
2
2
3
4
5
5
6
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
8
8
9
10
11
11
11
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
90
System (Type 6267, 6277, 6287)
Top Cover
(Order either of the below
32X Max CD-ROM drives)
CD-ROM (32X Max)
CD-ROM (32X Max)
CD-ROM (40X Max)
Front Bezel (Panel) assembly
Bezel Kit
Includes:
5.25-Inch Blank Bezel
5.25-Inch Frame Bezel
3.5-Inch Blank Bezel
3.5-Inch Frame Bezel
1.44 MB, 3.5-Inch Diskette Drive
1.44 MB, 3.5-Inch Diskette Drive
(Japan)
Hard Disk Mounting Bracket
3.2 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
4.2 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
6.4 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
(Order either of the below 8.4 GB
hard drives)
8.4 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
8.4 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
12.8 GB EIDE (ATA-33) Hard Disk
Drive
12.8 GB EIDE (ATA-66) Hard Disk
Drive
(Order either of the below 13.5 GB
hard drives)
13.5 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
13.5 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
20.4 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
System Board for Celeron processors
(no audio, no processor, no memory)
System Board for Pentium II, Pentium
III processors (with audio, no memory,
no processor)
Ethernet Adapter - Lake Clark 2.2
(6277, models 35X, 51X, 55X, 70X,
87X - 6287, models 17X, 25X, 26X,
28X, 29X, 50X)
Power Supply Bracket
Power Supply-145W
Power Supply-145W (China)
Power Supply-145W (Japan)
Intel Celeron Processor 300 MHz,
128 KB cache
Celeron Processor 333 MHz,
128 KB cache
Celeron Processor 366 MHz,
128 KB cache
Celeron Processor 400 MHz,
128 KB cache
Celeron Processor 433 MHz,
128 KB cache
Processor, Pentium II 350 MHz
Processor, Pentium II 400 MHz
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
FRU
No.
10L5519
28L1635
28L1641
36L8713
10L5520
20L3089
75H9550
75H9552
10L5521
10L6006
12J3143
36L8677
10L5996
36L8679
36L8635
36L8683
36L8689
36L8707
36L8711
37L5111
37L5110
30L5929
20L3087
01K9870
36L8815
20L2314
28L5017
01K4447
33L2867
37L4732
37L4864
01K4333
37L5841
Index
System (Type 6267, 6277, 6287)
12
12
12
12
13
13
13
14
Processor, Pentium II 450 MHz
Processor, Pentium III 450 MHz
Processor, Pentium III 500 MHz
Processor, Pentium III 550 MHz
Memory - 32 MB DIMM, Non-Parity
Memory - 64 MB DIMM, Non-Parity
Memory - 128 MB DIMM, Non-Parity
Base Frame Assembly
Cable - CD-ROM Audio
Cable - CD-ROM, IDE (2 drop)
Cable - Diskette Drive
Cable - Hard Disk Cable, EIDE
EMC Shield for 3.5-Inch Bay
EMC Shield for 5.25-Inch Bay
EMC Shield Kit for System Board
Foot (4)
LED/Power Switch Assembly
Lithium Battery
Miscellaneous Hardware Kit
Modem - Domestic
Modem - Universal - EMEA and Asia
Pacific South
7 ft. RJ11 Modem/Telephone Cable
Processor Mounting Bracket
(Goal Post)
Speaker with Cable Assembly
ZIP Drive - Iomega
FRU
No.
37L5842
33L1614
33L1615
37L5602
01K1146
01K1147
01K1148
20L3085
75H9219
01K1515
01K1513
01K1514
20L3074
20L3073
20L3083
03K9655
10L5534
33F8354
20L3094
01K4459
01K4461
00K8183
20L3091
01K4909
28L1605
Service information
91
Type 6272 parts
1
3
2
11
4
10
5
6
9
7
8
92
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Parts listing
Index
1
1
2
3
3
3
4
5
6
6
6
7
7
8
9
System (Type 6272)
Cover Assembly
Cover Assembly
(Models 88X, 89X, 90X, 91X)
3.5-Inch Drive Bracket
5.25-Inch Drive Bracket
1.2 GB1 IDE Hard Disk Drive
2.5 GB IDE Hard Disk Drive
4.2 GB IDE Hard Disk Drive (Model
77X)
16X Max CD-ROM Drive
IDE Cable
Riser Card
PCI Etherjet EPROM Card
Models (88X, 89X, 90X, 91X)
Riser Card Bracket
Power Supply (85W, 3.52V)
(For Pentium  processor models)
Power Supply (85W, 3.3V)
(For Pentium MMX  processor
models)
Power Supply - Japan
Base Frame Assembly (with labels)
Base Frame Assembly (with labels)
(Models 88X, 89X, 90X, 91X)
Bezel Covers Kit
3.5-In. Blank Drive Bezel
(Models 88X, 89X, 90X, 91X)
Torx Screw
(Models 88X, 89X, 90X, 91X)
Model Plate
Power button
Power Switch and Cable
Dual LED Cable Assembly, Hard
Disk/Power
LED Cable Assembly, LAN Activity
Cable - Switch to Planar, Security
Serial Port B Connector and Cable
Assembly
60 mm Fan Assembly
(Models 89X, 90X, 91X)
Pedestal Assembly
Wall Mount
EMC Clip
Mounting Screw Kit
Foot (4)
3.5-Inch 1.44 MB Diskette Drive
Diskette Drive Cable
Memory - 8 MB DIMM, Non-Parity
FRU
No.
76H4459
02K2740
76H4465
76H4466
07H1120
75H8978
02K1146
02K1152
76H4491
61H0193
01K2082
76H4464
76H4860
01K9876
76H4858
76H4460
02K2782
76H4461
02K2741
02K2742
76H4462
76H4469
76H4485
76H4463
12J5542
60G2258
76H7122
76H6613
12J3146
12J3147
01K1619
93F0041
03K9655
75H9550
76H4228
42H2807
1
When referring to hard-disk-drive capacity, GB means 1 000
000 000 bytes; total user-accessible capacity may vary
depending on operating environment.
2 MHz measures internal clock speed of the microprocessor only;
not application performance. Many factors affect application
performance.
Service information
93
Index
System (Type 6272)
9
9
10
10
10
10
10
11
Memory - 16 MB DIMM, Non-Parity
Memory - 32 MB DIMM, Non-Parity
Processor, Pentium-133 MHz2
Processor, Pentium-166 MHz
Processor, Pentium MMX-166 MHz
Processor, Pentium MMX-200 MHz
Processor, Pentium MMX-233 MHz
System Board (no processor, memory)
with Ethernet
System Board (no processor, memory)
with Ethernet (Models 76X, 77X, G3X,
G8X, A4X, A6X)
System Board (no processor, memory)
without Ethernet (Models 88X, 89X,
90X, 91X, G2X)
L2 Cache, 256 KB
COAST Cache, 512 KB (EMEA Only)
Video RAM 1 MB
Lithium Battery
Jumper Kit
11
11
94
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
FRU
No.
42H2808
42H2809
76H7116
76H7117
76H7119
01K1699
02K2768
61H2727
61H2735
61H2731
01K4400
61H1048
42H2828
33F8354
93F0067
Type 6282, 6284 parts
1
2
12
11
10
3
4
9
8
7
5
6
Service information
95
Parts listing
Index
1
2
2
2
2
2
3
4
4
5
6
7
7
7
8
8
8
9
9
9
9
96
System (Type 6282, 6284)
Cover Assembly
1.2 GB IDE Hard Disk Drive
2.1 GB IDE Hard Disk Drive
(Models G4X, G5X)
2.5 GB IDE Hard Disk Drive
3.2 GB IDE Hard Disk Drive
4.2 GB IDE Hard Disk Drive
(Models 80X, 81X, 85X)
IDE Cable
Riser Card Bracket
Power Supply (145W)
Power Supply - Japan
Base Frame Assembly (with labels)
Bezel Covers Kit
Model Plate
Power button
Power Switch and Cable
Keylock Assembly
Dual LED Cable Assembly, Hard
Disk/Power
LED Cable Assembly, LAN Activity
Cable - Switch to Planar, Security
Serial Port B Connector and Cable
Assembly
80 mm Fan Assembly
Pedestal Assembly
EMC Clips Kit
Mounting Screw Kit
Foot (4)
16X Max CD-ROM Drive
Audio Card, Crystal CS4236B
ESS Audio Card (Model 78X)
Audio Cable
Memory - 8 MB DIMM, Non-Parity
Memory - 16 MB DIMM, Non-Parity
Memory - 32 MB DIMM, Non-Parity
System Board (no processor, memory)
with Ethernet (Models 24X, 28X, 36X,
48X, 52X, 64X, 67X, 68X, 70X, 71X,
81X,
93X, 94X, C2X)
System Board (no processor, memory)
without Ethernet
System Board (no processor, memory)
without Ethernet (6282 - Models 78X,
85X,
86X, 87X, B4X, G4X, G5X, G6X, G7X,
H3X,
H5X, H7X, K3X; 6284 - all models)
L2 Cache, 256 KB
COAST Cache, 512 KB (EMEA Only)
Video RAM 1 MB
Lithium Battery
Jumper Kit
Processor, Pentium-133 MHz
Processor, Pentium-166 MHz
Processor, Pentium-200 MHz
Processor, Pentium MMX-166 MHz
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
FRU
No.
76H4230
07H1120
12J3141
75H8978
10L6006
02K1146
76H6064
76H1788
76H4856
76H4858
76H4231
76H4232
76H4233
76H4234
76H4485
12J6076
76H4463
12J5542
60G2258
76H7122
06H1796
12J3146
12J4462
93F0041
07H1440
02K1152
12J4437
02K3457
10H2924
42H2807
42H2808
42H2809
61H2727
61H2723
61H2731
01K4400
61H1048
42H2828
33F8354
93F0067
76H7116
76H7117
76H7118
76H7119
Index
9
9
10
11
12
System (Type 6282, 6284)
Processor, Pentium MMX-200 MHz
Processor, Pentium MMX-233 MHz
(Models 85X, 86X, 87X)
Riser Card
3.5-Inch Drive Bracket
3.5-Inch 1.44 MB Diskette Drive
Diskette Drive Cable
FRU
No.
01K1699
02K2768
61H0188
76H1789
75H9550
76H4489
Service information
97
98
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
12
17
20
21
22
23
19 18
24
16
15
14
13
11
10
9
6
7
5
4
3
2
1
8
Type 6285 parts
Parts listing
Index
1
2
3
4
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
6
7
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
14
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
16
16
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
22
System (Type 6285)
Cover and Handle
Power Switch/LED Cable Assembly
Top Cover Assembly
Front Bezel
(Order either 32X Max CD-ROM
drives)
CD-ROM (32X Max)
CD-ROM (32X Max)
CD-ROM Audio Cable
3.2 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
4.2 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
(Order either of the below
6.4 GB hard drives)
6.4 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
6.4 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
6.4 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
8.4 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
Hard Disk Cable, EIDE
1.44 MB, 3.5-Inch Diskette Drive
1.44 MB, 3.5-Inch Diskette Drive-Japan
Diskette Drive Cable
Louver Blank Bezels
Miscellaneous Optional Bezels
3.5-inch Front Panel
Model Plate
Bottom cover
Foot (4)
System Board Latch and Screw
Memory - 32 MB DIMM, Non-Parity
Memory - 64 MB DIMM, Non-Parity
Intel Celeron Processor 300 MHz, 128
KB cache
Intel Celeron Processor 366 MHz, 128
KB cache
Processor Pentium II 300 MHz
Intel Celeron Processor 333 MHz, 128
KB cache
Processor Pentium II 333 MHz ECC
Processor Pentium II 350 MHz
Processor Pentium II 400 MHz
Processor Pentium II 450 MHz
Processor Pentium III 450 MHz
Processor Pentium III 500 MHz
System Board (no proc., memory, rails)
System Board (no processor, memory,
rails) - (for Intel Celeron processors)
System Board (no processor, memory,
rails) - (for Pentium III processor)
System Board Rail Set
Fan Bracket
92 mm Fan with rubber mounts
Fan/Bracket kit
(includes 92 mm Fan and fan bracket)
Card Guide
Access Cover Assembly
Hard Disk Drive Bracket
Power Supply (200W)
Power Supply (200W) - Japan
FRU
No.
12J4494
12J4510
12J4509
12J4495
02K1115
02K3412
75H9219
10L6006
36L8675
10L6012
36L8677
02K3426
36L8679
12J4518
75H9550
75H9552
76H7340
12J4497
12J4498
01K1854
02K2832
03K9602
12J6294
01K1612
01K1146
01K1147
28L5017
33L2867
01K4291
01K4447
01K4390
01K4333
37L5841
37L5842
33L1614
33L1615
61H1072
61H2348
61H2347
03K9626
03K9606
02K2861
37L3062
03K9605
12J4493
03K9608
75H8991
76H4873
Service information
99
Index
System (Type 6285)
23
24
Keylock Assembly
Base Frame Assembly
Cable - Audio/CDROM
Cable - Wake On Ring
Lithium Battery
Miscellaneous Hardware Kit
Miscellaneous Screw Kit
Processor Mounting Bracket Kit
(for all above processors)
Retention Module (RM) adapter
(for Celeron and Pentium II processors
only)
Riser Card
Riser Supports (front and rear)
Video Ram 2 MB
100
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
FRU
No.
12J5102
03K9611
75H9219
76H7345
33F8354
03K9603
93F0041
33L4321
33L4320
61H2331
02K2766
01K1185
Type 6X7X parts
1
10
2
9
3
4
8
5
7
6
Service information
101
Type 6X8X parts
1
2
10
11
3
4
9
8
5
7
6
102
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Parts listing
Index
1
2
3
3
System (Type 6X7X, 6X8X)
Cover
Top Cover 3x3 with Labels (6571,
6573, 6575, 6576, 6577, 6875,
6876, 6877)
Top Cover 5x5 with Labels
(6581, 6583, 6585, 6586, 6587)
Top Cover 5x5 with Labels
(6587, 6589, 6885, 6886, 6887)
Logo Kit
Diskette Drive and Cable
3.5-Inch 1.44 MB Diskette Drive
3.5-Inch 1.44 MB Diskette Drive
(Japan Only - Short Button)
3.5-Inch 1.44 MB Diskette Drive
(Japan Only - Long Button)
3.5-Inch 2.88 MB Diskette Drive
3.5-Inch Auto-Eject Diskette Drive
(Non-EMEA) (6875, 6876, 6885, 6886)
Diskette Drive Cable
Diskette Drive Cable (6577, 6587)
5.25-Inch 1.2 MB Diskette Drive
5.25-Inch Diskette Drive Bracket
(6587, 6589, 6887)
Hard Disk Drive and Cable
170 MB3 IDE Hard Disk Drive
270 MB IDE Hard Disk Drive
(6571, 6573, 6581, 6583)
270 MB IDE Hard Disk Drive
(6575, 6585, 6875, 6876, 6885, 6886)
364 MB IDE Hard Disk Drive
540 MB IDE Hard Disk Drive
540 MB SCSI Hard Disk Drive
635 MB IDE Hard Disk Drive
728 MB IDE Hard Disk Drive
850 MB IDE Hard Disk Drive
1 GB IDE Hard Disk Drive
1 GB SCSI Hard Disk Drive
1.2 GB IDE Hard Disk Drive
1.2 GB SCSI Hard Disk Drive
1.6 GB IDE Hard Disk
(6577, 6587, 6589)
1.6 GB IDE Hard Disk Drive
(6877, 6887)
2.0 GB SCSI Hard Disk Drive
(6877, 6887)
2.2 GB SCSI Hard Disk Drive (6589)
2.5 GB IDE Hard Disk Drive
(6577, 6587)
2.5 GB IDE Hard Disk Drive (6589)
4.2 GB IDE Hard Disk Drive
(6577, 6587, 6589)
SCSI Adapter PCI (6589)
FRU
No.
06H5722
75H7986
75H7986
06H5723
93F2361
41H7675
41H7676
82G1887
71G0660
06H6344
06H6325
82G1824
06H9408
71G4958
06H4152
82G5926
82G5927
82G5928
82G5932
06H9063
82G5929
06H8419
06H6111
06H9079
07H0383
07H0390
75H7497
06H9064
07H1118
76H0958
76H5822
07H1123
76H5820
60H7823
When referring to hard-disk-drive capacity, MB means 1 000
000 bytes; total user-accessible capacity may vary depending
on operating environment.
Service information
103
Index
4
5
104
System (Type 6X7X, 6X8X)
Adaptec SCSI Adapter (6877, 6887)
IDE Cable
Hard Disk Drive LED and Cable
SCSI Hard Disk Drive LED and Cable
Hard Disk Drive Bracket
SCSI Cable PCI 3x3 (6575, 6875,
6876, 6877)
SCSI Cable PCI 5x5 (6585, 6885,
6886, 6887)
SCSI Cable PCI 5x5 (6589)
Power Supply, Cable, Switch
145 Watt Power Supply 3x3
(6571, 6573)
145 Watt Power Supply 3x3 (6575)
145 Watt Power Supply 3x3 (3.3 Volt)
(6576, 6875, 6876)
145 Watt Power Supply 3x3 (3.3 Volt)
(6577, 6877)
210 Watt Power Supply 5x5
(6581, 6583, 6585)
210 Watt Power Supply 5x5 (3.3 Volt)
(6586, 6885, 6886)
200 Watt Power Supply 5x5 (3.3 Volt)
(6587, 6887)
200 Watt Power Supply 5x5 (3.3 Volt)
(6587 - Japan Only)
200 Watt Power Supply 5x5 (3.3 Volt)
(6589)
200 Watt Power Supply 5x5 (3.3 Volt)
(6589 - Japan Only)
Power Switch and Cable
(6576, 6586 Only)
Power Switch and Cable (All Others)
Power Button 3x3
(6571, 6573, 6575, 6576, 6875, 6876)
Power Button 3x3 (6577, 6877)
Power Button 5x5
(6581, 6583, 6585, 6586, 6885, 6886)
Power Button 5x5 (6587, 6887)
LED and Power Cable
System Board
(Without processor, memory, or cache)
6571, 6573, 6581, 6583
6571, 6573, 6581, 6583
6575, 6585
6576, 6586 (Model 3XX, 4XX Only)
6576, 6586 (Model 5XX Only)
6576, 6586 (Models 6XX, 7XX, 8XX,
9XX)
For Pentium processor (6577, 6587)
For Pentium MMX processor (6577,
6587)
6589
6875, 6885 (Model PxH,PxM,RxH,TxH
Only)
6875, 6885 (All Other Models)
6876, 6886 (Model PxH,PxM,RxH,TxH
Only)
6876, 6886 (All Other Models)
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
FRU
No.
07H0132
06H6326
93F2388
75H9217
06H9409
71G2556
06H6062
06H9674
06H2972
06H3861
06H3862
06H8824
06H2967
06H2968
06H8825
55H6636
12J5109
12J5111
06H3863
60G2258
06H5724
06H9414
06H1777
06H9403
93F2389
65G4152
96G1819
88G4282
11H9623
96G3576
96G3573
93H5966
93H4690
94H1251
40H4744
88G4270
40H4743
11H5545
Index
System (Type 6X7X, 6X8X)
6877, 6887
FRU
No.
60H9453
Processor
6571, 6573, 6581, 6583
486SX-25
486SX-33
486SX2-25/50
486DX-33
486DX2-25/50
486DX2-33/66
486DX4-100 with regulator
71G0790
71G0791
71G0792
71G0793
71G0794
71G0795
82G5056
6575, 6585
Pentium-60
06H6055
6576, 6586
Pentium-75
Pentium-9O
Pentium-100
Pentium-133
Pentium-166
06H7589
06H7590
06H7591
06H9492
07H0270
6577, 6587
Pentium-100
Pentium-120
Pentium-133
Pentium-166
Pentium-200
Pentium MMX-166
Pentium MMX-200
Voltage Regulator Card
Shunt Block-Supports Pentium
processor on a Pentium MMX system
board
07H0838
76H5392
07H0843
07H0971
75H9575
12J2758
12J2759
76H3658
01K5755
6589
Pentium PRO-180
Pentium PRO-200
Pentium Pro-200 Optional Second
Processor
Voltage Regulator Card
07H1097
6875, 6876, 6885, 6886
Pentium-75
Pentium-90
Pentium-100
Pentium-120
Pentium-133
06H5210
06H5251
06H6063
06H8212
06H8228
6877, 6887
Petnium-100
Petnium-133
Petnium-150
Petnium-166
07H0311
06H9891
06H9892
07H0971
72-Pin Memory SIMM (Non-parity)
4 MB Non-parity
(6571, 6573, 6575, 6581, 6583, 6585)
Service information
75H9215
75H9212
75H9831
92G7540
105
Index
System (Type 6X7X, 6X8X)
4 MB Non-parity (6576, 6586)
4 MB EDO Non-parity-60 ns
(6577, 6587, 6877, 6887)
8 MB Non-parity
(6571, 6573, 6575, 6581, 6583, 6585)
8 MB Non-parity (6576, 6586)
8 MB EDO Non-parity-60 ns
(6577, 6587, 6877, 6887)
16 MB Non-parity
(6571, 6573, 6575, 6581, 6583, 6585)
16 MB Non-parity (6576, 6586)
16 MB EDO Non-parity-60 ns
(6577, 6587, 6877, 6887)
32 MB Non-parity
(6571, 6573, 6575, 6581, 6583, 6585)
32 MB Non-parity (6576, 6586)
32 MB EDO Non-parity-60 ns
(6577, 6587, 6877, 6887)
72-Pin Memory SIMM (Parity)
4 MB Parity (6875, 6876, 6885, 6886)
4 MB Parity (6877, 6887)
8 MB Parity (6875, 6876, 6885, 6886)
8 MB Parity (6877, 6887)
16 MB Parity (6875, 6876, 6885, 6886)
16 MB Parity (6877, 6887)
32 MB Parity (6875, 6876, 6885, 6886)
32 MB Parity (6877, 6887)
6
106
FRU
No.
60G2900
92G7319
92G7542
92G7245
92G7321
92G7544
92G7247
92G7323
92G7546
92G7249
92G7325
73G3233
42H2785
92G7521
42H2786
60G2950
92G7294
73G3135
92G7295
168-Pin Memory DIMM
16 MB Non-Parity EDO (6577, 6587,
6877, 6887)
32 MB Non-Parity EDO (6577, 6587,
6877, 6887)
16 MB Non-Parity EDO (6589)
32 MB Non-Parity EDO (6589)
32 MB EDO ECC (6589)
16 MB Parity (6877, 6887)
32 MB Parity (6877, 6887)
42H2795
42H2797
42H2801
42H2783
42H2784
L2 Cache
128 KB (6571, 6573, 6581, 6583)
256 KB (6571, 6573, 6581, 6583)
256 KB (6875, 6876, 6885, 6886)
256 KB (6576, 6586)
256 KB (6577, 6587, 6877, 6887)
512 KB (6577, 6587, 6877, 6887)
1 MB (6875, 6876, 6885, 6886)
06H4759
06H4760
06H6052
06H7586
07H1150
42H2781
92G7552
Video Memory
Video DRAM 1 MB
(6575, 6576, 6585, 6586,
6875, 6876, 6885, 6886)
Video DRAM 1 MB (6577, 6587)
Base Frame Assembly
Base Assembly 3x3 (6571, 6573)
Base Assembly 3x3
(6575, 6576, 6875, 6876)
Base Assembly 3x3 (6577, 6877)
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
42H2779
42H2780
92G7432
42H2770
06H5728
06H5727
07H1092
Index
System (Type 6X7X, 6X8X)
Base Assembly 5x5
(6581, 6583, 6585, 6586, 6885, 6886)
Base Assembly 5x5 (6587, 6589, 6887)
Foot (Qty 4) 3x3 (6571, 6573, 6575,
6576, 6577, 6875, 6876, 6877)
Foot (Qty 4) 5x5 (6581, 6583, 6585,
6586, 6587, 6589, 6885, 6886, 6887)
Blank Bezel with and without Audio 3x3
(6571, 6573, 6575, 6576, 6875, 6876)
Blank Bezel with/without Audio 3x3
(6577, 6877)
Blank Bezel with and without Audio 5x5
(6581, 6583, 6585, 6586, 6885, 6886)
Blank Bezel with Audio 5x5 (6587,
6589, 6887)
Bottom Cover 5x5 (6587, 6589, 6885,
6886, 6887)
Floor Stand Assembly
C-2 Switch Assembly 3x3 (6875, 6876)
C-2 Switch Assembly 3x3 (6877)
C-2 Switch Assembly 5x5 (6885, 6886)
C-2 Switch Assembly 5x5 (6887)
PCMCIA Card Assembly ISA
(6571, 6573, 6575, 6875,
6581, 6583, 6585, 6885)
PCMCIA Card Assembly Micro Channel
(6876, 6886)
PCMCIA Bay Assembly
(6571, 6573, 6575, 6875,
6581, 6583, 6585, 6885)
PCMCIA Cable (6876, 6886)
PCMCIA Bracket 3x3
(6571, 6573, 6575, 6576, 6875, 6876)
PCMCIA Bracket 3x3 (6877)
PCMCIA Bracket 5x5
(6581, 6583, 6585, 6586, 6885, 6886,
6887)
Audio Front Panel Assembly 3x3
(6875, 6876)
Audio Front Panel Assembly 3x3
(6877)
Audio Front Panel Assembly 5x5
(6887)
Audio Front Panel Assembly Bracket
5x5 (6887)
Front Panel Card (All Types)
Front Panel Bracket (6877)
Rear Decorative Panel 3x3
(6571, 6573)
Rear Decorative Panel 3x3
(6575, 6576, 6875, 6876)
Rear Decorative Panel 3x3
(6577, 6877)
Rear Decorative Panel 5x5
(6581, 6583, 6585, 6586, 6885, 6886)
Rear Decorative Panel 5x5
(6587, 6589, 6887)
80 mm Fan Assembly
80 mm Fan Guard 3x3
Service information
FRU
No.
06H9405
06H9405
10H3080
06H1773
06H6992
06H9421
06H1774
06H9411
06H1791
06H1792
06H5748
06H9971
06H1788
06H9972
81G4632
81G4261
81G4633
81G4634
82G4982
75H7491
06H1790
06H5749
06H9422
06H9412
06H9413
06H9150
06H9423
10H2925
06H5742
06H9420
06H1785
06H9407
06H1796
06H5733
107
Index
7
8
9
9
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
108
System (Type 6X7X, 6X8X)
Air Duct (Processor)
(6576, 6577, 6586, 6587)
I/O Panel Assembly
Rear I/O Panel Assembly ISA 3x3
(6571, 6573, 6575, 6576, 6577, 6875,
6877)
Rear I/O Panel Assembly MCA 3x3
(6876)
Rear I/O Panel Assembly ISA 5x5
(6581, 6583, 6585, 6586, 6885)
Rear I/O Panel Assembly MCA 5x5
(6886)
Rear I/O Panel Assembly ISA 5x5
(6587, 6589, 6887)
Riser Card
ISA/VESA 3x3 (6571)
ISA/PCI 3x3 (6573)
ISA/PCI 3x3 (6575)
ISA/PCI 3x3 (6576)
ISA/PCI 3x3 (6875)
MCA/PCI 3x3 (6876)
ISA/PCI 3x3 (6577, 6877)
ISA/VESA 5x5 (6581)
ISA/PCI 5x5 (6583)
ISA/PCI 5x5 (6585)
ISA/PCI 5x5 (6586)
ISA/PCI 5x5 (6587, 6589, 6887)
(3 Shared / 2 ISA)
ISA/PCI 5x5 (6589)
(3 Shared / 2 PCI)
ISA/PCI 5x5 (6885)
MCA/PCI 5x5 (6886)
Card Guide
Card Guide 3x3 MCA/PCI (6876)
Card Guide 5x5 MCA/PCI (6886)
Card Guide PCMCIA 3x3
(6571, 6573, 6575, 6576, 6875, 6876)
Card Guide ISA 3x3
(6571, 6573, 6575, 6576, 6875)
Card Guide ISA/PCI 3x3 (6577, 6877)
Card Guide ISA 5x5
(6581, 6583, 6585, 6586, 6589, 6885)
Card Guide ISA/PCI 5x5 (6587, 6887)
DASD Mounting Tray 3x3 (6571, 6573,
6575,
6576, 6577, 6875, 6876, 6877)
Removable DASD Tray 5x5
(6581, 6583, 6585, 6586, 6885, 6886)
Front Bezel w/ Labels and keylock 3x3
(6571, 6573, 6575, 6576, 6875, 6876)
Front Bezel w/ Labels 3x3 (6577)
Front Bezel w/ Labels 3x3 (6877)
Front Bezel w/ Labels 5x5
(6581, 6583, 6585, 6586, 6885, 6886)
Front Bezel w/ Labels 5x5 (6587)
Front Bezel w/ Labels 5x5 (6589)
Front Bezel w/ Labels 5x5 (6877)
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
FRU
No.
72H2545
06H5744
06H5745
06H1786
06H1787
06H9410
88G4250
88G4255
06H4714
11H9624
06H4003
06H4018
01K2028
88G4260
88G4265
06H4715
11H9625
01K2094
93H7830
06H4008
06H4023
06H5729
06H1778
06H5731
06H5730
06H9416
06H1779
07H1091
06H5743
06H9408
06H6994
07H0350
06H9415
06H1775
07H0349
75H9214
06H9404
Index
System (Type 6X7X, 6X8X)
11
Non-removal DASD Tray 5x5
(6581, 6583, 6585, 6586, 6885, 6886)
Non-removal DASD SCSI Tray 5x5
(6589)
EMC Shield (4 each) 3x3 (6571, 6573,
6575, 6576, 6577, 6875, 6876)
EMC Shield 3x3 (6877)
EMC Shield 5.25-Inch (4 each) 5x5
(6581, 6583, 6585, 6586, 6587,
6589, 6885, 6886, 6887)
Speaker (6575, 6585)
Speaker (6877)
Speaker Enhanced
(6875, 6876, 6885, 6886, 6887)
Cover Latch 3x3 (6571, 6573, 6575,
6576, 6577, 6875, 6876, 6877)
Cover Latch 5x5 (6581, 6583, 6585,
6586, 6589, 6885, 6886, 6887)
Cover Latch 5x5 (6587)
Blank Bezel Holder 3x3
(6571, 6573, 6575, 6576, 6875, 6876)
Blank Bezel PCMCIA 3x3
(6571, 6573, 6575, 6576, 6875, 6876)
Blank Bezel PCMCIA 3x3 (6877)
Blank Bezel PCMCIA 5x5 (6581, 6583,
6585, 6586, 6589, 6885, 6886, 6887)
Backup Battery - CMOS (Lithium) (See
page “Safety information” on page 197)
Cover Lock Assembly 3x3 with Pawl
(6577, 6877)
Cover Lock Assembly 5x5
(6581, 6583, 6585, 6586, 6589, 6885,
6886)
Cover Lock Assembly 5x5 (6587, 6887)
Blank Drive Bezel 3.5-Inch 3x3
(6571, 6573, 6575, 6576, 6589, 6875,
6876, 6877, 6887)
Blank Drive Bezel 3.5-Inch 5x5 (6587)
Blank Drive Bezel 5.25-Inch
Mounting Screw Kit
Jumper Kit
EMC Clips (6 each)
11
Multimedia / Options (Type 6X7X and
6X8X)
Audio Card, 16-bit
(6571, 6573, 6575, 6581, 6583, 6585)
Cable - Audio Card
(6571, 6573, 6575, 6581, 6583, 6585)
Audio System Board/Card Cable
(6575, 6585, 6885, 6886)
Audio Cable to CD-ROM (6877, 6887)
Audio Card - DSP (6877, 6887)
Australia
Audio Card - DSP (6877, 6887) Austria
Audio Card - DSP (6877, 6887)
Denmark
Audio Card - DSP (6877, 6887) EMEA
Audio Card - DSP (6877, 6887) Finland
Service information
FRU
No.
06H9409
01K1911
06H5747
75H7928
06H1782
92F0421
06H9417
06H5735
06H5736
06H1783
07H0844
06H5740
06H5741
06H9419
06H1784
33F8354
06H9418
06H1776
06H9406
06H5739
76H5856
06H5738
93F0041
93F0067
06H5734
10H3157
10H2924
06H6068
55H8623
75H7457
75H0448
75H0455
07H0015
75H0449
109
Index
System (Type 6X7X, 6X8X)
Audio Card - DSP (6877, 6887) France
Audio Card - DSP (6877, 6887)
Germany
Audio Card - DSP (6877, 6887) Italy
Audio Card - DSP (6877, 6887) Japan
Audio Card - DSP (6877, 6887)
Netherlands
Audio Card - DSP (6877, 6887) Norway
Audio Card - DSP (6877, 6887)
Portugal
Audio Card - DSP (6877, 6887) Spain
Audio Card - DSP (6877, 6887)
Sweden
Audio Card - DSP (6877, 6887)
Switzerland
Audio Card - DSP (6877, 6887) U.S.
DSP Cable for DSP Audio Card
(6877, 6887)
Cable-Front panel to audio card
(6877, 6887)
Matrox Video Adapter
(6598, 6877, 6887)
S3 Trio Video Adapter (6589)
Auxiliary Video Extension Cable MCA
(6876, 6886)
Video Adapter Matrox-PCI (6589)
Video Card Assembly PCI
(6875, 6876, 6885, 6886)
SCSI Card Assembly PCI
(6575, 6576, 6585, 6586, 6875, 6876,
6885, 6886)
Infrared Dongle Card (6877, 6887)
CD-ROM Drive IDE, Dual-Speed (2X)
CD-ROM Drive IDE, Quad-Speed (4X)
CD-ROM Drive IDE, Six-Speed (6X)
CD-ROM Drive IDE, Six-Speed (6X)
CD-ROM Drive IDE, Six-Speed (6X)
(6598)
PDCD-ROM Drive IDE, Six-Speed (6X)
(6589)
CD-ROM Drive IDE, Eight-Speed (8X)
(6589)
CD-ROM Drive IDE, Eight-Speed (8X)
(6589)
CD-ROM Drive IDE, (16X Max)
(6587 - Japan Models)
CD-ROM Drive IDE, (16X Max) (6589)
Audio Cable (for CD-ROM Drive)
Transformer
(6581, 6583 - U.S./Canada)
Transformer
(6581, 6583 - World Trade)
Microphone (6581, 6583)
Microphone (6885, 6886)
Microphone with Headset
Speaker (6581, 6583)
Communications (Type 6X7X and
6X8X)
110
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
FRU
No.
07H0016
07H0018
75H7453
75H7451
75H0458
75H7460
75H7450
75H0459
75H0454
75H0456
07H0017
76H2654
01K1465
06H9074
75H9213
06H6728
75H9227
06H5249
06H9610
07H0020
06H5906
06H7654
75H9601
06H9429
06H9431
76H0481
75H9748
76H0472
76H6103
76H6101
07H0019
06H3615
06H3618
06H3616
66G1246
30H2312
06H3614
Index
System (Type 6X7X, 6X8X)
Token Ring Card Assembly PCI
Token Ring Card Assembly ISA
Ethernet Card Assembly PCI
Ethernet Card Assembly ISA
Ethernet Card, Intel 10/100
(6587 - Japan)
Wake-On-LAN Cable PCI (6877, 6887)
FAX/Modem Assembly ISA
FAX/Modem Cable ISA
Service information
FRU
No.
04H8098
55H6810
25H4383
25H6151
12J3123
07H0447
04H5788
06H6053
111
Type 6560 parts
1
7
2
3
9
4
8
5
6
112
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Parts listing
Index
1
2
3
4
5
6
System (Type 6560)
FRU
No.
Top Cover and Logo
Top Cover, including front bezel 4x4
Label Plate - Personal Computer 340
(6560)
Bezel Covers Kit
Diskette Drive and Cable
3.5" 1.44 MB Diskette Drive
3.5-Inch 1.44 MB Diskette Drive
(Japan Only - Short Button)
3.5-Inch 1.44 MB Diskette Drive
(Japan Only - Long Button)
Diskette Drive Cable
Hard Disk/CD Drives and Cables
(Order either one of the same capacity
drive)
850 MB Hard Disk Drive IDE
850 MB Hard Disk Drive IDE
1.2 GB Hard Disk Drive IDE
1.2 GB Hard Disk Drive IDE
2.5 GB Hard Disk Drive IDE
CD-ROM Drive 6X IDE
CD-ROM Drive 6X IDE
Toroid Kit for 6X CD-ROM Drive
IDE Cable
LED and Cable Power/Hard Disk Drive
Power Supply
(Order one of the following power
supplies for Type 6560)
145 Watt Power Supply
145 Watt Power Supply
(without switch bracket)
145 Watt Power Supply
200 Watt Power Supply (Japan)
Switch Cable Assembly (Japan)
System Board
(Without processor, memory, or cache)
System Board
System Board (with cache)
L2 Cache
256 KB
Processors
Pentium-100
Pentium-120
Pentium-133
Pentium-166
72-Pin Memory SIMM
4 MB Non-parity EDO
8 MB Non-parity EDO
16 MB Non-parity EDO
Base Assembly
Base Assembly 4x4 (6560)
Fan Assembly 80 mm
Foot 4 each
LED and Cable Power/Hard Disk Drive
Lithium Battery (See page “Safety
information” on page 197)
Power Button
Jumper Kit
Service information
75H7956
75H7959
75H7958
93F2361
41H7675
41H7676
06H6325
06H8419
42H1825
07H0383
07H1120
07H1123
75H9601
06H9429
11H6128
06H6326
07H1444
75H8473
75H8474
07H1441
06H2968
06H3863
93H4641
93H4603
42H2804
07H1446
07H1451
75H8235
75H8261
92G7319
92G7321
92G7323
75H7957
75H8258
07H1440
07H1444
33F8354
75H7979
93F0067
113
Index
7
8
9
114
System (Type 6560)
Mounting Screws
Card Guide
Riser Card Support Bracket
Riser Card
4x4 PCI/ISA
Serial Port Adapter Card
Removable DASD Tray
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
FRU
No.
93F0041
76H1788
12H0897
01K1604
76H1789
10
13
12
11
14
15
16
17
9
18
8
7
6
19
5
3
4
1
2
Type 6561 parts
Service information
115
Parts listing
Index
1
2
3
3
4
5
5
5
5
6
7
7
8
9
10
10
11
11
11
12
12
12
12
12
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
19
116
System (Type 6561)
Cover Assembly
Bezel Kit
Name Plate
CD-ROM Drive/32X
CD-ROM Drive/32X (Models 29J, 42X,
46J, 47J)
Audio Cable, CD-ROM
IDE Cable, CD-ROM (1-drop)
IDE Cable, CD-ROM (2-drop)
EMC Shield Kit
2.1 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
2.5 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
3.2 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
4.2 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
IDE Cable
Hard Disk/CD-ROM Cage
3.5-Inch 1.44 MB Diskette Drive
3.5-Inch 1.44 MB Diskette Drive-Japan
Diskette Drive Cable
3.5-Inch Diskette Bracket
Side Bracket
Fan Assembly 80 mm
Fan Assembly 80 mm (233, 266 MHz.
Proc. only)
Memory - 16 MB DIMM, Non-Parity
Memory - 32 MB DIMM, Non-Parity
Memory - 32 MB DIMM, ECC
Processor Pentium II 233 MHz.
Processor Pentium II 266 MHz.
Intel Celeron Processor 266 MHz., no
cache
Intel Celeron Processor 300 MHz., no
cache
Processor Pentium II 300 MHz. ECC
Processor 333 MHz Pentium II ECC
Goal Posts - Processor support
System Board (no processor, memory
-- with guide rails and shield)
Guide Rail - system board
Lithium Battery
Jumper Kit
Latch and Screw - system board
Power Switch/LED Assembly Cage
Riser Card
Front Riser Support Guide
Chassis Assembly
Keylock Assembly
Foot (4)
Side Panel
145 Watt Power Supply
145 Watt Power Supply - Japan
Audio Adapter
Ethernet Adapter
Cable, Wake On Ring
Misc. Screw Kit
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
FRU
No.
01K1607
76H7339
01K1611
02K3412
02K1115
75H9219
03K9724
12J3432
76H7338
12J3141
75H8978
10L6006
12J3143
76H7341
76H7331
75H9550
75H9552
76H7340
76H7330
76H7329
10L5501
03K9541
01K1104
01K1105
01K1125
01K2165
01K2169
01K4295
01K4463
01K4291
01K4327
02K2856
28L5021
01K1610
33F8354
93F0067
01K1612
03K9542
61H0499
02K2766
01K1608
76H7336
93F2386
76H7333
01K9846
01K9848
01K2154
08L2566
08L2559
93F0041
13
12
14
15
11
10
16
17
9
8
18
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Type 6562 parts
Service information
117
Parts listing
Index
1
2
3
3
3
3
4
5
6
7
7
8
9
10
11
11
11
12
12
12
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
18
118
System (Type 6562)
Cover Assembly
Power Button
EMC Shields
2.5 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
4.2 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
IDE Cable
2.1 GB SCSI Hard Disk Drive
4.3 GB SCSI Hard Disk Drive
SCSI Adapter Card - Adaptec
SCSI Data Cable
SCSI LED Cable
CD-ROM Drive (24X Max)
IDE Cable, CD-ROM (1-drop)
Hard Disk/CD-ROM Cage with
mounting screws
Audio Panel Assembly
Audio Cable
3.5-Inch 1.44 MB Diskette Drive
3.5-Inch 1.44 MB Diskette Drive-Japan
Diskette Drive Cable
Diskette Drive Power Cable
3.5-Inch Diskette Bracket
Side Bracket with Bumpers
Bumper Kit for Side Bracket
System Board Guide Rail
Cable, Wake On Ring
Processor Pentium MMX 166 MHz
Processor Pentium MMX 200 MHz
Processor Pentium MMX 233 MHz
Memory - 16 MB DIMM, Non-Parity
Memory - 32 MB DIMM, Non-Parity
Memory - 16 MB DIMM, EDO ECC
Memory - 32 MB DIMM, EDO ECC
System Board (no processor, memory)
Lithium Battery
Jumper Kit
Chassis Assembly
Keylock Assembly
Foot (4)
Bezel Kit
Bumper Kit
Misc. Screw Kit
Fan/Speaker/Power Switch Assembly
Riser Card
Riser Card Support
Side Panel
145 Watt Power Supply
145 Watt Power Supply - Japan
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
FRU
No.
76H7327
03K9729
76H7338
76H5822
12J4574
76H7341
00K7913
00K7909
12J3094
76H7343
76H7344
12J3521
12J3432
76H7331
76H7171
01K5680
75H9550
75H9552
76H7340
12J3431
76H7330
76H7329
03K9732
76H7335
76H7345
76H7119
76H5509
02K2768
01K1116
01K1117
01K1120
01K1121
07L5487
33F8354
93F0067
76H7328
76H7336
93F2386
76H7339
03K9732
93F0041
76H7332
01K4444
76H7334
76H7333
12J5991
12J5993
Type 6588, 6888 parts
1
2
19
3
4
18
17
16
5
15
11
12
14
13
6
7
10
8
9
Service information
119
Parts listing
Index
1
2
2
2
3
4
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
120
System (Type 6588, 6888)
Top Cover
(6588)
(6888)
Cover Latch (6588)
Cover Latch (6888)
2.5 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive (6588)
4.2 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive (6588)
4.3 GB SCSI Hard Disk Drive (6588,
6888)
SCSI Cable (6588, 6888)
EIDE Cable (6588, 6888)
Riser Card (6588, 6888)
Power Supply-200W (6588, 6888)
Power Supply-200W (Japan)
Rear Fascia
(6588)
(6888)
Rear Panel I/O (6588, 6888)
Base Frame Assembly (with labels)
(6588, 6888)
Rear Panel D Shell (6588, 6888)
Serial Cable 9-pin (6588, 6888)
Power Switch and Cable (6588, 6888)
LED Cable Assembly, Dual Power/Hard Disk (6588, 6888)
LED Cable Assembly, Hard Disk
(6588, 6888)
LED Cable Assembly, Power
(6588, 6888)
SCSI LED Cable (6588, 6888)
IR/Serial Cable (6588, 6888)
Security Switch and Cable Assembly
(6588, 6888)
Keylock and Key (6588)
Keylock and Key (6888)
Bottom Cover (6888)
Pedestal (6888)
Diskette Drive, 3.5-Inch, 1.44 MB
(6588)
(6888)
Diskette Drive Cable (6588, 6888)
Bracket, 5.25-inch (6588, 6888)
CD-ROM (16X Max)
(6588)
(6588, Models 53U, 53O, 72J, 73J
only)
(6888)
Front Bezel Assembly
(6588)
(6888)
Blank Drive Bezel 5.25-inch (6588)
Blank Drive Bezel 5.25-inch (6888)
Blank Drive Bezel 3.5-inch (6588)
Blank Drive Bezel (6588)
Blank Drive Bezel (6888)
Bezel, PCMCIA (6588)
Bezel, PCMCIA (6888)
Card Guide (6588, 6888)
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
FRU
No.
75H7986
12J6023
06H1783
12J6029
07H1123
76H5820
76H4616
01K1459
06H6326
12J3018
12J5109
12J5111
01K1689
12J6028
06H9410
12J3040
12J3023
75H9218
60G2258
76H4463
93F2388
93F2389
75H9217
12J3025
06H1788
06H1776
12J6027
01K1652
12J3038
93F2361
76H4091
06H6344
06H9408
76H6101
02K1152
02K1125
12J3021
12J3039
06H5738
12J6025
06H5739
06H9411
01K1653
06H1784
12J6024
06H1779
Index
System (Type 6588, 6888)
12
13
13
14
Fan Assembly 80 mm (6588, 6888)
Fan Duct (6588, 6888)
Fan Duct (300 MHz Processor)
System Board (no processor, memory)
(6588, 6888). See page84 .
System Board (no processor, memory)
(6588, Model 11X). See page84 .
Cable, Audio-System Board
to CD-ROM (6588, 6888)
Lithium Battery (6588, 6888)
Processor, 233 MHz - 512 KB Cache
(6588)
Processor, 266 MHz - 512 KB Cache
(6588, 6888)
Processor with Fan Sink, 300 MHz 512 KB Cache
(6588, 6888)
Processor Retention Kit (6588, 6888)
Kit includes: Retainer Bracket,
System Board Plate, 6-Screws,
Washers.
Memory
32 MB DIMM, NP EDO (6588)
32 MB DIMM, ECC (6888)
64 MB DIMM, ECC (6888)
SCSI Adapter (6588, 6888)
4 MB Video Adapter - Matrox
(6588, 6888)
Intergraph 3D Graphics Adapter (6888)
Bracket, Hard File (6588, 6888)
EMC Shield (6588, 6888)
Foot (6588, 6888)
Misc. Screw Kit (6588, 6888)
Jumper Kit (6588, 6888)
14
15
15
15
16
17
18
19
Service information
FRU
No.
12J3020
12J3022
01K1894
93H9700
07L7120
75H9219
33F8354
12J3019
12J3024
01K1895
12J6030
42H2797
42H2801
42H2829
12J3094
75H9227
75H9225
06H9409
06H1782
06H1773
93F0041
93F0067
121
6
20
21
19
22
23
18
13
15
16
17
24
14
25
12
11
10
7
8
9
4
1
3
2
5
Type 6591 parts
122
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Parts listing
Index
1
2
3
3
4
4
4
4
5
6
7
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
13
14
14
14
15
15
15
15
15
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
22
23
24
25
System (Type 6591)
Handle and Cap Assembly
Top Cover Assembly
CD-ROM Drive/32X
CD-ROM Drive/32X (Models 74J, 75J,
76X)
Audio Cable, CD-ROM
IDE Cable, CD-ROM (1-drop)
2.1 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
3.2 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
4.2 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
6.4 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
Hard Disk Cable, EIDE
Miscellaneous Blank Bezel
Miscellaneous Optional Bezel
3.5-Inch 1.44 MB Diskette Drive
3.5-Inch 1.44 MB Diskette Drive-Japan
Diskette Drive Cable
Front Panel, 3.5-inch
Model Plate
Front Bezel
Foot (4)
Bottom panel
Fan Assembly 80 mm
80 mm Fan Assembly (233, 266 MHz.
Proc. only)
Memory - 32 MB DIMM, Non-Parity
Memory - 64 MB DIMM, Non-Parity
Memory - 64 MB DIMM, ECC
Processor 233 MHz Pentium II
Processor 266 MHz Pentium II
Intel Celeron Processor 266 MHz., no
cache
Intel Celeron Processor 300 MHz., no
cache
Processor 300 MHz Pentium II ECC
Processor 333 MHz Pentium II ECC
System Board (no processor, memory
-- with guide rails and shield)
Processor Support Posts
System Board Guide Rail
Lithium Battery
Riser Card
Riser Support Clips, Front/Rear
Cable - Wake On Ring
Card Guide
EMC Kit
Access Cover Assembly
DASD Bracket 3.5-inch/5.25-inch and
3.5-inch Drive Bracket
Power Supply (200W)
Power Supply (200W) - Japan
Keylock Assembly
Base Frame Assembly
Latch and Screw, system board
Power Switch/LED Cable Assembly
Audio Adapter
Wake On Ring LAN Cable
Miscellaneous Hardware Kit
Service information
FRU
No.
12J4494
12J4509
02K3412
02K1115
75H9219
03K9724
12J3141
10L6006
12J3143
75H9921
12J4518
12J4497
12J4498
75H9550
75H9552
76H7340
01K1854
02K2832
12J4495
12J6294
03K9602
10L5501
03K9541
01K1105
01K1106
01K1126
01K2165
01K2169
01K4295
01K4463
01K4291
01K4327
28L5021
02K2856
01K1610
33F8354
61H0498
02K2766
08L2559
03K9605
12J4508
12J4493
03K9608
75H8991
76H4873
12J5102
03K9610
01K1612
12J4510
01K2154
76H7345
03K9603
123
Index
System (Type 6591)
Miscellaneous Screw Kit
Jumper Kit
124
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
FRU
No.
93F0041
93F0067
20
Service information
19
22
18
21
23
17
24
16
15
25
13
12
14
26
11
10
2
1
9
8
3
6
7
4
5
Type 6592 parts
125
Parts listing
Index
1
2
3
4
4
4
4
5
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
13
13
14
14
14
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
23
24
25
26
126
System (Type 6592)
Handle Cover
Top Cover Assembly
CD-ROM (24X Max)
CD-ROM Audio Cable
2.5 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
4.2 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
Hard Disk Cable, EIDE
2.1 GB SCSI Hard Disk Drive
4.3 GB SCSI Hard Disk Drive
SCSI Adapter Card - Adaptec
SCSI Data Cable
SCSI LED Cable
3.5-Inch 1.44 MB Diskette Drive
3.5-Inch 1.44 MB Diskette Drive-Japan
Diskette Drive Cable
Miscellaneous Blank Bezel
Miscellaneous Optional Bezel
3.5-inch Bezel Assembly
Model Plate
Front Bezel
Bottom panel
Foot (4)
Processor Pentium MMX 166 MHz
Processor Pentium MMX 200 MHz
Processor Pentium MMX 233 MHz
Memory - 16 MB DIMM, Non-Parity
Memory - 32 MB DIMM, Non-Parity
Memory - 16 MB DIMM, EDO ECC
Memory - 32 MB DIMM, EDO ECC
System Board (no processor, memory)
Lithium Battery
Riser Card
Riser Card Support
Cable - Wake On Ring
92 mm Fan Assembly
Speaker, C2, Card Guide Assembly
EMC Kit
DASD Bracket 3.5-inch/5.25-inch
Access Cover Assembly
Audio, front Panel
3.5-inch Drive Bracket
Power Supply (200W)
Power Supply (200W) - Japan
Keylock Assembly
Base Frame Assembly
Planar Side Guide Rail
Miscellaneous Hardware Kit
Miscellaneous Screw Kit
Jumper Kit
Power Switch/LED Cable Assembly
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
FRU
No.
12J4494
12J4509
12J3521
75H9219
76H5822
12J4574
12J4518
00K7913
00K7909
12J3094
12J4513
76H7344
75H9550
75H9552
76H7340
12J4497
12J4498
12J4496
12J4499
12J4495
12J4504
12J4506
76H7119
76H5509
02K2768
01K1116
01K1117
01K1120
01K1121
07L5487
33F8354
93H7192
76H7334
76H7345
12J5536
12J4507
12J4508
12J4501
12J4493
12J4514
12J4502
75H8991
76H4873
12J5102
12J4500
76H7335
12J4503
93F0041
93F0067
12J4510
Type 6598 parts
1
11
12
2
3
10
9
8
7
4
6
5
Service information
127
Parts listing
Index
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
7
8
9
10
11
12
12
128
System (Type 6598)
Side Cover Access Panel
Base Frame Assembly (with labels)
Rear Frame I/O Icon Label
System Board Label - Inside Cover
EMC Shield
Front Bezel Assembly
80 mm Fan Assembly
DASD Mounting Tray
5.25-Inch Blank Bezel
Hard Disk Drive LED and Cable
3.5-Inch 1.44 MB Diskette Drive
Diskette Drive Cable
1.2GB IDE Hard Disk Drive
IDE Cable
2.2GB SCSI Hard Disk Drive
U-SCSI PCI Cables
CD-ROM (6X)
CD-ROM EMC Shields (2)
Software Recovery CD
Matrox Graphics Adapter - PCI
Ultra-SCSI Adapter - PCI (Adaptec)
LED Cable (for Ultra-SCSI Adapter)
System Board (no processor, memory)
Memory - 8 MB (72-Pin 60 ns
Non-parity)
Memory - 16 MB (72-Pin 60 ns
Non-parity)
Memory - 16 MB (72-Pin 60 ns Parity)
Lithium Battery
Power Supply (200W)
Power Switch and Cable
150 MHz Processor (without heat sink)
200 MHz Processor (without heat sink)
Accessory Kit (4 Rails)
Miscellaneous Parts Kit
Jumper Kit
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
FRU
No.
06H9673
07H0164
07H0174
07H0173
07H0166
06H9659
06H1796
07H0165
07H0167
06H9670
93F2361
06H6344
07H0383
06H6326
06H8561
06H9674
06H9431
07H0171
07H1277
06H9074
07H0141
07H1278
06H9658
42H2776
42H2777
92G7294
33F8354
06H9660
06H9671
07H0163
07H1290
06H9672
07H0170
93F0067
11
13
12
15
14
10
16
9
17 18
8
7
19 20
6
5 4
3
2
1
Type 6862, 6872 parts
Service information
129
Parts listing
Index
1
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
5
6
6
7
8
9
10
10
10
11
11
11
11
11
11
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
130
System (Type 6862, 6872)
Cover Assembly
Name Plate
(Order either of the below 32X Max
CD-ROM drives)
CD-ROM Drive (32X Max)
CD-ROM Drive (32X Max)
CD-ROM Drive (40X Max)
IDE Cable, CD-ROM (1-drop)
4.2 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
6.4 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
(Order either of the below 13.5 GB
hard drives)
13.5 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
13.5 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
20.4 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
IDE Cable
4.5 GB SCSI Hard Disk Drive
9.1 GB SCSI Hard Disk Drive
SCSI Adapter Card - Adaptec
SCSI Data Cable
SCSI LED Cable
EMC Shields
Hard Disk/CD-ROM Cage
1.44 MB 3.5-Inch Diskette Drive
1.44 MB 3.5-Inch Diskette Drive-Japan
Diskette Drive Cable
3.5-Inch Diskette Bracket
RFID Antenna
Side Bracket
System Board (no processor, memory,
rails)
System Board no video,
(for Pentium III processor)
(no processor, memory, rails)
System Board with video,
(for Pentium III processor)
(no processor, memory, rails)
System Board Guide Rails, center and
front
Memory - 32 MB DIMM, EDO ECC
Memory - 32 MB DIMM, Non-Parity
Memory - 64 MB DIMM, EDO ECC
Memory - 64 MB DIMM, Non-Parity
Memory - 128 MB DIMM, EDO ECC
Memory - 128 MB DIMM, Non-Parity
Processor Pentium II 266 MHz
Processor Pentium II 300 MHz
Air Duct for 300 MHz. Processor only
Processor Celeron 433 MHz, 128 KB
Cache
Processor Pentium II 333 MHz ECC
Processor Pentium II 350 MHz
Processor Pentium II 400 MHz
Processor Pentium II 450 MHz
Processor Pentium III 450 MHz
Processor Pentium III 500 MHz
Processor Pentium III 550 MHz
Processor Pentium III 600 MHz
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
FRU
No.
01K1607
03K9625
02K1115
02K3412
36L8713
03K9724
10L6011
10L6012
36L8689
36L8707
36L8711
76H7341
10L6084
36L8648
10L7095
76H7343
76H7344
76H7338
03K9641
75H9550
75H9552
76H7340
76H7330
03K9654
76H7329
11L1619
61H2349
61H2322
03K9626
01K1143
01K1146
01K1140
01K1147
01K1141
01K1148
01K2169
01K4291
03K9648
37L4864
01K4327
01K4333
37L5841
37L5842
33L1614
33L1615
37L5603
01N2037
Index
System (Type 6862, 6872)
13
14
15
16
17
Latch and Screw
Card Blank Bracket (AGP Cover)
Fan/Speaker/Power Switch Assembly
I/O Bracket
Riser Card
Riser Clips, front and rear
Chassis Assembly
Side Panel
145 Watt Power Supply
145 Watt Power Supply - Japan
Bezel Kit
Cable, Wake On Ring
Foot (4)
Jumper Kit
Keylock Assembly
Lithium Battery
Card, Matrox G200-D Video Adapter
S3 2X AGP Video Adapter
Misc. Screw Kit
Processor Mounting Bracket Kit
(for all above processors)
Retention Module (RM) adapter
(for Celeron and Pentium II processors
only)
18
19
20
20
Service information
FRU
No.
01K1612
03K9623
76H7332
03K9622
61H2330
02K2766
03K9621
76H7333
01K9846
01K9848
76H7339
76H7345
93F2386
93F0067
03K9624
33F8354
37L2382
33L1619
93F0041
33L4321
33L4320
131
9
8
4
132
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
19
20
21
18
17 16
24
22
23
27
26
25
28
15
29
14
13
12
11
10
3
1
2
5
6
7
Type 6865 parts
Parts listing
Index
1
2
3
4
4
5
5
5
5
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
21
22
23
24
24
25
25
25
System (Type 6865)
Handle/Cap Assembly
Power Switch/LED Cable Assembly
Top/Side Cover Assembly
CD-ROM Drive 32X Max
CD-ROM Drive (40X Max)
13.5 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
9.1 GB SCSI Hard Disk Drive,
7,000 RPM (non terminated drive)
9.1 GB LVD SCSI Hard Disk Drive,
10,000 RPM
4.5 GB LVD SCSI Hard Disk Drive,
7,200 RPM
3.5-In. 1.44 MB Diskette Drive
3.5-In. 1.44 MB Diskette Drive - Japan
Blank Louver Bezels
(3.5-In. and 5.25-In.)
Miscellaneous Optional Bezels
3.5-In. Bezel Assembly
Name Plate
RFID Antenna
Front Bezel
Fan Assembly 92 mm
System Board-without processor or
memory
Speaker
Card Guide
Fan Assembly, front, 120x25 mm
C2 Switch Assembly
Support Bracket
Access Cover Assembly
LVD SCSI Adapter - Adaptec 2940
U2W
Video Adapter - Matrox G200-D
The below 3D 3600 and 4000GA
adapters are used as a set in certain
models
Video Adapter - Intergraph Intense
3D 3600 (PCI)
Video Adapter - Intergraph Intense
4000GA (AGP)
Video Adapter - 2D Matrox Millenium
G200-REV D 8MB (AGP)
Video Adapter - 2D Matrox Millenium
G400-16 MB (AGP)
Video Adapter - 3D PRO 3400/GA
Video Adapter - 3D PRO 3400/T
Video Adapter - IBM Fire GL1
Air Baffle
Fan Assembly, rear, 120x38 mm
3.5-In. Hard Disk Bracket
128 MB ECC DIMM Memory
256 MB ECC DIMM Memory
450 MHz Pentium II Xeon
microprocessor
500 MHz Pentium III Xeon
microprocessor
550 MHz Pentium III Xeon
microprocessor
Service information
FRU
No.
12J5547
02K1414
01K1637
02K3414
36L8757
36L8689
36L8648
10L6016
10L6084
75H9550
75H9552
01K1888
12J5551
12J5549
10L5597
03K9654
10L5596
02K2861
00N3272
01K4909
10L5592
10L5594
10L5595
10L5626
12J5546
10L7122
37L2382
28L4973
28L4975
37L2382
37L2398
01K4337
01K4336
37L2375
10L5598
10L5593
10L5591
01K1156
01K1142
01K4434
33L4294
00N3397
133
Index
26
27
28
29
134
System (Type 6865)
Terminator Card, Processor
Terminator Card Housing
Voltage Regulator Module (VRM), for
second processor
Processor Retainer Support Bracket
Assembly
Power Supply 330 W.
Keylock Assembly
Chassis Assembly, with support bracket
Cable - Audio CD-ROM
Cable - CD-ROM, IDE
Cable - Diskette Drive
Cable - Hard Disk, IDE
Cable - Intergraph
Cable - LVD SCSI 5 Drop
Cable - SCSI LED
Cable - Wake on LAN
EMC Kit
Foot (Qty 4)
Hard File Tray
Microphone
Miscellaneous Hardware Kit
Miscellaneous Screw Kit
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
FRU
No.
94H0598
10L6936
20L2318
10L5599
20L2316
12J5102
10L5589
75H9219
01K1548
01K1546
01K1547
01K2035
01K1549
76H7344
76H7345
10L5590
12J4506
28L5045
01K4910
10L5600
93F0041
Type 6888 parts
1
2
19
3
4
18
17
16
5
15
11
12
14
13
6
7
10
8
9
Note
See “Type 6588, 6888 parts” on page 119 for Type
6888 parts listing.
Service information
135
8
9
4
13
18
19
17
20
16
21
15
24
14
22
25
23
26
12
11
10
3
1
2
5
6
7
Type 6889/6897 parts
136
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Parts listing
Index
1
2
3
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
System (Type 6889/6897)
Handle/Cap Assembly
Power switch/LED Cable Assembly
Top/Side Cover Assembly
CD-ROM Drive 32X Max
CD-ROM Drive 40X Max
6.4 GB IDE Hard Disk Drive,
7200 RPM
9.1 GB IDE Hard Disk Drive,
7200 RPM
10.1 GB IDE Hard Disk Drive,
7200 RPM
13.5 GB IDE Hard Disk Drive,
4.5 GB SCSI Hard Disk Drive,
(Order either of the below 9.1 GB
SCSI 7200rpm hard drives that
match the FRU number of the drive
being replaced)
9.1 GB SCSI Hard Disk Drive,
7200 RPM
9.1 GB SCSI Hard Disk Drive,
7200 RPM
9.1 GB SCSI Hard Disk Drive,
10,000 RPM
3.5-In. 1.44 MB Diskette Drive
3.5-In. 1.44 MB Diskette Drive - Japan
Blank Louver Bezels
(3.5-In. and 5.25-In.)
Miscellaneous Optional Blank Bezels
CD-ROM Picture Frame Bezel
3.5-In. Bezel Assembly
Model Plate
RFID Antenna
Front Bezel
System Board-without processor or
memory
Fan Assembly 92 mm
Card Guide
C2 Switch Assembly
EMC Kit
3.5/5.25-In. Hard Disk Bracket
Access Cover Assembly
Video Adapter - Appian J Pro 16 MB
Video Adapter - 2D Matrox Millenium
G200-REV D 8MB (AGP)
Video Adapter - IBM Fire GL1
Video Adapter - Matrox G400
The below 3D 3600 and 4000GA
adapters are used as a set in certain
models
Video Adapter - Intergraph Intense
3D 3600 (PCI)
Video Adapter - Intergraph Intense
4000GA (AGP)
Video Adapter - Matrox G200-D
Video Adapter - Matrox Millenium
Video Adapter - 3D PRO 3400/GA
Video Adapter - 3D PRO 3400/T
Video Adapter - Permedia 2A
FRU
No.
12J5547
12J4510
01K1637
02K1119
36L8757
10L6078
10L6079
10L6063
36L8689
10L6084
10L6085
36L8648
10L6016
75H9550
75H9552
01K1888
12J5551
12J6473
12J5549
12J5552
03K9654
12J5548
03N2499
02K2861
10L5607
01K1495
12J4508
12J4501
12J5546
00N3626
37L2382
Service information
37L2375
37L2398
28L4973
28L4975
37L2382
01K4340
01K4337
01K4336
28L4968
137
Index
20
20
21
22
22
22
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
24
25
26
138
System (Type 6889/6897)
Air Baffle
Air Baffle (models 7XX, 8XX)
3.5-In. Hard Disk Bracket
64 MB ECC DIMM Memory
128 MB ECC DIMM Memory
256 MB ECC DIMM Memory
350 MHz Pentium II microprocessor
400 MHz Pentium II microprocessor
450 MHz Pentium II microprocessor
Processor Pentium III 450 MHz
Processor Pentium III 500 MHz
Processor Pentium III 550 MHz
Processor Pentium III 600 MHz
Terminator Card, Processor
Processor Mounting Bracket
Power Supply 330 W.
Keylock Assembly
Chassis Assembly
Cable - Audio CD-ROM
Cable - CD-ROM IDE
Cable - Diskette Drive
Cable - Hard Disk IDE
Cable - Intergraph
Cable - SCSI 2 Drop
Cable - SCSI 4 Drop
Foot (Qty 4)
Microphone
Order both hardware kits below
to receive all hardware kit
components
Miscellaneous Hardware Kit
Miscellaneous Hardware Kit
Miscellaneous Screw Kit
Retention Module (RM) adapter
(for Celeron and Pentium II processors
only)
Speaker
System Board EMC Shield
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
FRU
No.
02K2864
00N3597
12J4516
01K1140
01K1141
01K1142
01K4333
37L5841
37L5842
33L1614
33L1615
37L5603
01N2037
01K7349
02K2903
01K9866
12J5102
12J4515
75H9219
01K1483
01K1541
01K1553
01K2035
01K1485
01K1481
12J4506
01K4910
12J4503
10L5600
93F0041
33L4320
06H9417
01K1855
22
Service information
24
23
21
25
26
27
20 19
28
18
17
29
16
15
13
14
12
11
10
9
6
7
5
4
3
2
1
8
Type 6892 parts
139
Parts listing
Index
1
2
3
4
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
6
7
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
15
15
15
15
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
17
17
18
19
19
140
System (Type 6892)
Cover and Handle
Power Switch/LED Cable Assembly
Top Cover Assembly
Front Bezel
(Order either 32X Max CD-ROM
drives)
CD-ROM (32X Max)
CD-ROM (32X Max)
CD-ROM (40X Max)
CD-ROM Audio Cable
4.2 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
6.4 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
(Order either of the below 13.5 GB
hard drives)
13.5 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
13.5 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
20.4 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
Hard Disk Cable, EIDE
4.5 GB SCSI Hard Disk Drive
SCSI Adapter Card - Adaptec
SCSI Data Cable
SCSI LED Cable
1.44 MB, 3.5-Inch Diskette Drive
1.44 MB, 3.5-Inch Diskette Drive-Japan
Diskette Drive Cable
Louver Blank Bezel
Miscellaneous Optional Bezel
3.5-inch Front Panel
Model Plate
RFID Antenna
Bottom cover
Foot (4)
System Board Latch and Screw
Memory - 32 MB DIMM, EDO ECC
Memory - 32 MB DIMM, Non-Parity
Memory - 64 MB DIMM, EDO ECC
Memory - 64 MB DIMM, Non-Parity
Memory - 128 MB DIMM, Non Parity
Processor Pentium II 266 MHz
Processor Pentium II 300 MHz
Processor Pentium II 333 MHz ECC
Processor Pentium II 350 MHz
Processor Pentium II 400 MHz
Processor Pentium II 450 MHz
Processor Pentium III 450 MHz
Processor Pentium III 500 MHz
Processor Pentium III 550 MHz
Processor Pentium III 600 MHz
System Board (no proc., memory, rails)
System Board (no proc., memory, rails)
(for Pentium III processor)
System Board Rail Set
Fan Bracket
60 mm Fan with rubber mounts
(Open Bay, AAP models only)
92 mm Fan with rubber mounts
Fan/Bracket kit
(includes 92 mm Fan and fan bracket)
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
FRU
No.
12J4494
12J4510
12J4509
12J4495
02K1115
02K3412
36L8713
75H9219
10L6011
10L6012
36L8689
36L8707
36L8711
12J4518
10L6084
10L7095
01K1467
76H7344
75H9550
75H9552
76H7340
01K1889
12J4498
01K1854
12J4499
03K9654
03K9602
12J6294
01K1612
01K1143
01K1146
01K1140
01K1147
01K1148
01K2169
01K4291
01K4327
01K4333
37L5841
37L5842
33L1614
33L1615
37L5603
01N2037
11L1619
61H2322
03K9626
03K9606
10L5513
02K2861
37L3062
Index
System (Type 6892)
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
27
28
29
Speaker/Card Guide Assembly
EMC Kit
Access Cover Assembly
C2 Switch Cable Assembly
AGP Cover
Hard Disk Drive Bracket
I/O Clamp
Power Supply (200W)
Power Supply (200W) - Japan
Keylock Assembly
Base Frame Assembly
Cable - Wake On Ring
Lithium Battery
Miscellaneous Hardware Kit
Miscellaneous Screw Kit
Processor Mounting Bracket Kit
(for all above processors)
Retention Module (RM) adapter
(for Celeron and Pentium II processors
only)
Riser Card
Riser Supports (front and rear)
Speaker Assembly
Service information
FRU
No.
03K9605
12J4508
12J4493
01K1495
03K9623
03K9608
03K9604
75H8991
76H4873
12J5102
03K9609
76H7345
33F8354
03K9603
93F0041
33L4321
33L4320
61H2331
02K2766
03K9607
141
11
13
12
15
14
10
16
9
17 18
8
7
19 20
6
5 4
3
2
1
Type 6893 parts
142
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Parts listing
Index
1
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
5
6
6
7
8
9
10
10
10
11
11
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
System (Type 6893)
Cover Assembly
Name Plate and Bezels Kit
CD-ROM Drive (32X Max)
CD-ROM Drive (40X Max)
IDE Cable, CD-ROM (1-drop)
6.4 GB EIDE 7200rpm Hard Disk Drive
6.8 GB EIDE 7200rpm Hard Disk Drive
10.1 GB EIDE 7200rpm Hard Disk
Drive
13.5 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
IDE Cable
4.5 GB SCSI 7200rpm Hard Disk Drive
9.1 GB SCSI 7200rpm Hard Disk Drive
9.1 GB SCSI 10,000rpm Hard Disk
Drive
9.1 GB SCSI Hard Disk Drive,
7,000 RPM (non terminated drive)
Cable - SCSI (terminated cable)
(used for the above 9.1 GB 7200 rpm
hard drive)
SCSI Adapter Card - Adaptec
SCSI Data Cable
SCSI LED Cable
EMC Shields 5.25-inch
Hard Disk/CD-ROM Cage
1.44 MB 3.5-Inch Diskette Drive
1.44 MB 3.5-Inch Diskette Drive-Japan
Diskette Drive Cable
3.5-Inch Diskette Bracket
RFID Antenna
Side Bracket
System Board (no processor, memory,
rails)
System Board (no processor, memory,
rails, video)
System Board (no processor, memory,
rails, video) - (For Pentium III
processors)
System Board Guide Rails, center and
front
Memory - 64 MB DIMM, EDO ECC
Memory - 128 MB DIMM, EDO ECC
Processor Pentium II 350 MHz
Processor Pentium II 400 MHz
Processor Pentium II 450 MHz
Processor Pentium III 450 MHz
Processor Pentium III 500 MHz
Processor Pentium III 550 MHz
Processor Pentium III 600 MHz
Processor Mounting Bracket kit
(for all processors)
Latch and Screw
Card Blank Bracket (AGP Cover)
Fan/Speaker/Power Switch Assembly
I/O Bracket
Riser Card
Riser Clips, front and rear
Chassis Assembly
Service information
FRU
No.
02K2731
03K9817
02K1119
36L8757
03K9724
10L6078
36L8703
10L6063
36L8689
76H7341
10L6084
10L6085
10L6016
36L8648
37L5445
10L7095
76H7343
76H7344
76H7338
03K9641
75H9550
75H9552
76H7340
76H7330
03K9654
76H7329
11L1619
11L1622
61H2349
03K9626
01K1140
01K1141
01K4333
37L5841
37L5842
33L1614
33L1615
37L5603
01N2037
33L4321
01K1612
03K9623
76H7332
03K9622
61H2330
02K2766
03K9818
143
Index
System (Type 6893)
19
20
20
Side Panel
145 Watt Power Supply
145 Watt Power Supply - Japan
Cable, Wake On Ring
Foot (4)
Jumper Kit
Keylock Assembly
Lithium Battery
Video Adapter - Appian J Pro 16 MB
Video Adapter - 2D Matrox Millenium
G200-REV D 8MB (AGP)
IBM Fire GL1 Video Card
Matrox G400 Video Card
Matrox G200-DVideo Card
Matrox Millenium Video Card
Misc. Screw Kit
Permedia 2A Video Card
Retention Module (RM) adapter
(for Celeron and Pentium II processors
only)
144
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
FRU
No.
02K2728
01K9846
01K9848
76H7345
93F2386
93F0067
03K9624
33F8354
00N3626
37L2382
37L2375
37L2398
37L2382
01K4340
93F0041
28L4968
33L4320
18
19
20
17
21
23
13
14
16
22
12
15
24
11
25
10
9
8
7
2
1
6
4
5
3
Type 6898 parts
Service information
145
Parts listing
Index
1
2
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
12
12
13
14
14
14
14
15
16
17
18
19
19
19
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
146
System (Type 6898)
Handle/Cap Assembly
Top/Side Cover Assembly
(Order either of the below 24X Max
CD-ROM drives that match the FRU
number of the drive being replaced)
CD-ROM Drive 24X Max
CD-ROM Drive 24X Max
4.2 GB Hard Disk Drive EIDE
4.5 GB Hard Disk Drive SCSI
6.4 GB IDE Hard Disk Drive
6.4 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
9.1 GB Hard Disk Drive SCSI
3.5-In. 1.44 MB Diskette Drive
3.5-In. 1.44 MB Diskette Drive - Japan
Blank Louver Bezels (3.5-In. and
5.25-In.)
3.5-In. Bezel Assembly
Name Plate
Front Bezel
Foot (Qty 4)
System Board with SCSI onboard
adapter-without processor or memory
Processor Retainer Support Kit
32 MB ECC DIMM Memory
64 MB ECC DIMM Memory
128 MB ECC DIMM Memory
Terminator Card, Processor
233 MHz Processor
266 MHz Processor
300 MHz Processor
333 MHz Processor
Fan Assembly 92 mm
Card Guide
Speaker
3.5-In. Hard Disk Bracket
Access Cover Assembly
Video Adapter - Appian
Video Adapter - Permedia II
Video Adapter - 3D PRO 2200/T
Video Adapter - Matrox Millenium
3.5/5.25-In. Hard Disk Bracket
EMC Kit
Power Supply 330 W.
Keylock Assembly
Chassis Assembly
Power/LED Panel Cable Assembly
Air Baffle
C2 Switch Assembly
Cable - Audio CD-ROM
Cable - CD-ROM IDE
Cable - Diskette Drive
Cable - Hard Disk IDE
Cable - SCSI 2 Drop
Cable - SCSI 4 Drop
Cable - SCSI LED
Cable - Wake On Ring
Miscellaneous Blank Bezels
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
FRU
No.
12J5547
01K1637
12J3525
12J3527
02K1146
00K7929
75H9921
10L6078
02K1141
75H9550
75H9552
01K1888
12J5549
12J5552
12J5548
12J4506
41L6336
03K9570
01K1125
01K1126
01K1127
36L9420
12J2700
01K2169
01K4291
01K4327
02K2861
10L5607
06H9417
12J4516
12J5546
01K4488
33L1609
01K2014
01K4340
12J4501
12J4508
01K9866
12J5102
12J4515
12J4510
02K2864
01K1495
75H9219
01K1475
76H4228
12J4518
01K1499
01K1497
76H7344
76H7345
12J5550
Index
System (Type 6898)
Miscellaneous Hardware Kit
including card guide
Miscellaneous Optional Bezels
System Board EMC Shield
Service information
FRU
No.
12J4503
12J5551
01K1855
147
Type 6899 parts
1
16
15
14
2
3
4
13
12
5
11
6
7
10
148
9
8
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Parts listing
Index
1
2
3
4
4
5
6
6
7
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
14
15
16
16
System (Type 6899)
Cover
Front Bezel Assembly
Base Frame Assembly (with labels)
Power Switch and Cable
Dual LED Cable Assembly, Hard
Disk/Power
Serial Port B Connector and Cable
Assembly
92 mm Fan Assembly
3.5-Inch 1.44 MB Diskette Drive
Diskette Drive Cable
(Order either of the below 16X Max
CD-ROM drives)
CD-ROM (16X Max)
CD-ROM (16X Max)
5.25-Inch Blank Bezel
3.5-Inch Blank Bezel
Processor, Pentium Pro-200 MHz - 256
KB Cache
Processor, Pentium Pro-200 MHz - 512
KB Cache (Model 17X)
Voltage Regulator Card
Memory - 32 MB DIMM, EDO ECC
Memory - 64 MB DIMM, EDO ECC
Pedestal
Speaker and Cable
Card Guide
Intergraph 3D Graphics Adapter
4 MB Video Adapter - Matrox
Ethernet Adapter, Intel 10/100
Ultra-SCSI Adapter - PCI (Adaptec)
LED Cable (for Ultra-SCSI Adapter)
Riser Card
System Board (no processor, memory)
Cable, Auxiliary Power Extension
Cable, Wake-Up on LAN
Cable, Audio - System Board to
CD-ROM
Lithium Battery
Power Supply (200W)
Power Supply (200W) - Japan
Keylock and Key
2.1 GB SCSI Hard Disk Drive
4.5 GB SCSI Hard Disk Drive
SCSI Cable
IDE Cable
SCSI LED Cable
EMC Clips DASD/FDD
Miscellaneous Hardware Kit
Mounting Screw Kit
Jumper Kit
Service information
FRU
No.
12J3028
12J3027
12J3029
60G2258
93F2389
75H9218
12J3035
76H4091
06H6344
02K1125
76H6107
12J3030
12J3031
75H9212
12J3036
07H1097
42H2801
42H2829
76H1735
01K1479
75H9222
75H9225
75H9227
12J3123
12J3094
75H9217
60H9503
93H3593
76H6766
07H0447
75H9219
33F8354
12J5109
12J5111
61G2177
07H1119
76H2697
06H9674
06H6326
75H9217
12J3033
12J3032
93F0041
93F0067
149
Common parts
Wireless LAN adapter (ISA, Micro
Channel Bus)
2
1
4
3
B
5
A
Index Wireless LAN (ISA, Micro Channel Bus)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
3
4
5
150
Radio Module, Australia
Radio Module, EMEA (Non-Europe)
Radio Module, ETSI Countries
Radio Module, Finland
Radio Module, France
Radio Module, Japan
Radio Module, Korea
Radio Module, Mexico
Radio Module, New Zealand
Radio Module, Singapore
Radio Module US/Canada/Non-EMEA
IBM Wireless LAN Controller Card
IBM Wireless LAN Controller Card, No-Cipher
1.5 m cable
4 m cable
Custom Cable Kit
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
80G2708
80G2714
80G2702
25H0988
80G2706
80G2703
80G2715
80G2705
80G2704
80G2709
80G2701
80G2700
80G2711
80G2713
54G2016
80G4320
Computer Power Cords
Arabic Countries
Argentina
Australia
Belgium
Bulgaria
Canada
Chile
Czechoslovakia
Denmark
Finland
France
Germany
Hungary
Israel
Italy
Latin-America
Netherlands
New Zealand
Norway
Paraguay
Poland
Portugal
Serbia
Slovakia
South Africa
Spain
Switzerland
Switzerland (French, German)
U.S.
UK, Ireland
Uruguay
Yugoslavia
14F0033
36L8880
93F2365
1339520
1339520
93F2364
14F0069
1339520
13F9997
1339520
1339520
1339520
1339520
14F0087
14F0069
6952301
1339520
93F2365
1339520
36L8880
1339520
1339520
1339520
1339520
14F0015
1339520
1339520
14F0051
93F2364
14F0033
36L8880
1339520
Display Power Cord
38F3908
Display and Monitor Information
Display and monitor information is separately available and
is listed under “Related publications” on page v.
Service information
151
Mouse
Mouse (6263, 6265, 6267, 6272, 6275, 6282,
6285, 6287, 6561, 6562, 6588, 6591, 6592)
Mouse Roller and Lid (6263, 6265, 6267, 6272,
6275, 6282, 6285, 6287, 6561, 6562, 6588,
6591, 6592)
Scrollpoint2 Mouse (6277)
Mouse Ball and Clip (6277)
for Scrollpoint2 Mouse
Mouse
Mouse Roller and Clip (Twist-off)
Mouse (6277, 6862, 6872, 6892)
Mouse Roller and Clip (6277, 6862, 6872,
6892)
Mouse, 3 button (6865, 6888, 6889, 6893,
6897, 6898, 6899)
Mouse Roller/Lid (6865, 6888, 6889, 6893,
6897, 6898, 6899)
76H5080
07H0664
28L1865
28L1866
06H4595
06H4585
12J4546
12J4547
76H6620
76H6619
Keyboards (TrackPoint II)
US English
Pointing Stick Caps
Canadian/French
Latin/Spanish
82G3282
66G6444
82G3286
82G3284
Keyboards (IBM Basic II)
Arabic
Belgian-French
Belgian-UK/Dutch
Brazil/Portugal
Bulgarian
Chinese/US
Czech
Danish
Dutch
French
French/Canadian
German 129
German 453
Greek
Hebrew
Hungarian
Icelandic
Italian
Korea
Latin/Spanish
Norwegian
Polish
Portuguese
Romanian
Russian/Cyrillic
Serbian/Cyrillic
Slovak
Spanish
Swiss/Finnish
Swiss (French/German)
Taiwan
Thailand
152
06H5256
06H5257
06H5258
06H5692
06H5259
06H5291
06H5260
06H5261
06H5262
06H5264
06H5691
06H5265
06H5689
06H5266
06H5267
06H5268
06H5269
06H5270
06H5286
06H5690
06H5272
06H5273
06H5274
06H5275
06H5276
06H5277
06H5278
06H5279
06H5263
06H5280
06H5288
06H5287
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Turkish 179
Turkish 440
UK English
US English
Yugoslavia/Lithuania
06H5281
06H5282
06H5283
06H5305
06H5285
Service information
153
Keyboards (IBM Basic, 101-Key Rubberdome)
Arabic
Belgian-French
Belgian-UK/Dutch
Bulgarian
Czech
Danish
Dutch
Swiss/Finnish
French
French/Canadian
German
Greek
Hebrew
Hungarian
Icelandic
Italian
Latin/Spanish
Norwegian
Polish
Portuguese
Romanian
Russian/Cyrillic
Serbian/Cyrillic
Slovak
Spanish
Swiss French/German
Turkish 179
Turkish 440
UK English
US English
Yugoslavia/Lithuania
154
71G4617
71G4618
71G4639
71G4619
71G4620
71G4621
71G4622
71G4623
71G4624
06H2963
71G4625
71G4626
71G4627
71G4628
71G4629
71G4630
82G3291
71G4631
71G4632
71G4633
71G4634
71G4635
71G4636
71G4637
71G4638
71G4640
71G4642
82G3255
71G4643
71G4646
71G4647
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Keyboards (IBM Enhanced, 101-Key Buckling Spring)
Arabic
Belgian
Bulgarian
Czech
Danish
Dutch
Farsi
Finnish
French
French/Canadian
German
Greek
Hebrew
Hungarian
Icelandic (with Cap Set 1391495)
Italian
Latin/Spanish
Norwegian
Polish
Portuguese
Romanian
Russian/Cyrillic
Serbian/Cyrillic
Slovak
South African
Spanish
Swedish
Swiss - French/German
Turkish 179
Turkish 440
UK English
US English
US English - EMEA
Yugoslavia/Lithuania
1391490
1391414
1399583
1399570
1391407
1391511
52G9811
1391411
1391402
82G3280
1391403
1399046
1391408
1399581
1391407
1393395
82G3294
1391409
1399580
1391410
1399582
1399579
1399578
1399571
1396790
1391405
1391411
1391412
1393286
8125409
1391406
82G3278
1396790
1393669
Keyboards (IBM Enhanced, 101-Key Buckling Spring)
(Type 6877, 6887)
Brazil/Portugal (104-Key)
French/Canadian (102-Key)
Latin/Spanish (102-Key)
US English (101-Key)
42H1297
42H1299
42H1298
42H1296
Service information
155
Keyboards (104-Key)
Arabic
Belgian-French
Belgian-UK/Dutch
Brazil/Portugal
Bulgarian
Chinese
Czech
Danish
Dutch
French
French/Canadian
German
German (2137 Standard)
Greek
Hebrew
Hungarian
Icelandic
Italian
Korea
Japan
Latin/Spanish
Norwegian
Polish
Portuguese
Romania
Russian
Russian/Cyrillic
Serbian/Cyrillic
Slovak
Spanish
Swiss/Finnish
Swiss French/German
Thailand
Turkish (ID 179)
Turkish (ID 440)
UK English
US English
US English (ISO 9995 Compliant)
Yugoslavia/Lithuania
156
07H0673
07H0674
07H0675
07H0672
07H0676
07H0705
07H0677
07H0678
07H0679
07H0680
07H0668
07H0681
07H0682
07H0683
07H0684
07H0685
07H0686
07H0687
07H0706
07H0704
07H0670
07H0688
07H0689
07H0690
07H0691
07H0693
07H0692
07H0694
07H0695
07H0696
07H0697
07H0698
07H0707
07H0699
07H0700
07H0701
07H0666
07H0703
07H0702
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Keyboards PC NEXT Pearl White (Type 6263, 6265,
6275, 6285)
Arabic
Belgian-French
Belgian-UK
Brazil/Portugal
Bulgarian
Chinese/US
Czech
Danish
Dutch
French
French/Canadian-ID 058
French/Canadian-ID 445
German
Greek
Hebrew
Hungarian
Icelandic
Italian
Korean
Japan
Latin/Spanish
Norwegian
Polish
Portuguese
Romania
Russian
Serbian/Cyrillic
Slovakian
Spanish
Swed/Finn
Swiss French/German
Thailand
Turkish (ID 179)
Turkish (ID 440)
UK English
US English
US English Intl.
US English (Little Tikes "Young Explorer")
Yugoslavia/Lat
28L1828
28L1829
28L1830
28L1826
28L1831
28L1859
28L1832
28L1833
28L1834
28L1835
28L1824
28L1827
28L1836
28L1838
28L1839
28L1840
28L1841
28L1842
28L1860
28L1858
28L1825
28L1843
28L1844
28L1845
28L1846
28L1847
28L1848
28L1849
28L1850
28L1851
28L1852
28L1861
28L1853
28L1854
28L1855
28L1823
28L1856
28L3583
28L1857
Service information
157
Keyboards PC NEXT Pearl White (Type 6272, 6282,
6561, 6591, 6862, 6872, 6892)
Arabic
Belgian-French
Belgian-UK/Dutch
Brazil/Portugal
Bulgarian
Chinese
Czech
Danish
Dutch
French
French/Canadian-ID 058
French/Canadian-ID 445
German
Greek
Hebrew
Hungarian
Icelandic
Italian
Japan
Latin/Spanish
Norwegian
Polish
Portuguese
Romania
Russian
Serbian/Cyrillic
Slovak
Spanish
Swed/Finn
Swiss French/German
Thailand
Turkish (ID 179)
Turkish (ID 440)
UK English
UK English (ISO Compliant)
US English
US English (Little Tikes "Young Explorer")
Yugoslavia
Key Kit - EURO Symbol
158
02K0815
02K0816
02K0817
02K0814
02K0818
02K0845
02K0819
02K0820
02K0821
02K0822
02K0808
02K0810
02K0823
02K0824
02K0825
02K0826
02K0827
02K0828
02K0844
02K0812
02K0829
02K0830
02K0831
02K0832
02K0833
02K0834
02K0835
02K0836
02K0837
02K0838
02K0847
02K0839
02K0840
02K0841
02K0843
02K0806
28L3583
02K0842
28L1837
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Keyboards - Pearl White (Type 6267, 6277, 6287)
Arabic
Belgian-French
Belgian-UK
Brazil/Portugal
Bulgarian
Czech
Danish
Dutch
French
French/Canadian-ID 058
German
Greek
Hebrew
Hungarian
Icelandic
Italian
Korean
Japan
Latin/Spanish
Norwegian
Polish
Portuguese
Romania
Russian
Serbian/Cyrillic
Slovakian
Spanish
Swed/Finn
Swiss French/German
Taiwanese
Thailand
Turkish (ID 179)
Turkish (ID 440)
UK English
US English
UK English (ISO Compliant)
Yugoslavian
33L1158
33L1159
33L1160
33L1157
33L1161
33L1162
33L1163
33L1164
33L1165
33L1155
33L1166
33L1167
33L1168
33L1169
33L1170
33L1171
33L1189
33L1187
33L1156
33L1172
33L1173
33L1174
33L1175
33L1176
33L1177
33L1178
33L1179
33L1180
33L1181
33L1188
33L1190
33L1182
33L1183
33L1184
33L1154
33L1186
33L1185
Service information
159
Keyboards (IntelliStation Type 6888, 6899)
Arabic
Belgian-French
Belgian-UK/Dutch
Brazil/Portugal
Bulgarian
Chinese
Czech
Danish
Dutch
EMEA Blank - 104 key
EMEA Blank - 105 key
French
French/Canadian
German
Greek
Hebrew
Hungarian
Icelandic
Italian
Korea
Japan
Latin/Spanish
Norwegian
Polish
Portuguese
Romania
Russian
Russian/Cyrillic
Serbian/Cyrillic
Slovak
Spanish
Swedish
Swiss French/German
Thailand
Turkish (ID 179)
Turkish (ID 440)
UK English
US English
US English (ISO 9995 Compliant)
US English (Little Tikes "Young Explorer")
Yugoslavia/Lithuania
160
76H0903
76H0904
76H0905
76H0902
76H0906
76H0934
76H0907
76H0908
76H0909
76H0937
76H0938
76H0910
76H0898
76H0939
76H0912
76H0913
76H0914
76H0915
76H0916
76H0935
76H0933
76H0900
76H0917
76H0918
76H0919
76H0920
76H0922
76H0921
76H0923
76H0924
76H0925
76H0926
76H0927
76H0936
76H0928
76H0929
76H0930
76H0896
76H0932
28L3583
76H0931
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Keyboards PC NEXT Gray (Type 6865, 6889, 6893,
6897, 6898)
Arabic
Belgian-French
Belgian-UK/Dutch
Brazil/Portugal
Bulgarian
Chinese/US
Czech
Danish
Dutch
French
French/Canadian-ID 058
French/Canadian-ID 445
German
Greek
Hebrew
Hungarian
Icelandic
Italian
Korea
Japan
Latin/Spanish
Norwegian
Polish
Portuguese
Romania
Russian
Serbian/Cyrillic
Slovak
Spanish
Swed/Finn
Swiss French/German
Thailand
Turkish (ID 179)
Turkish (ID 440)
UK English
US English
UK English (ISO Compliant)
Yugoslavia/Lithuania
02K0870
02K0871
02K0872
02K0869
02K0873
02K0900
02K0874
02K0875
02K0876
02K0877
02K0863
02K0865
02K0878
02K0879
02K0880
02K0881
02K0882
02K0883
02K0901
02K0899
02K0867
02K0884
02K0885
02K0886
02K0887
02K0888
02K0889
02K0890
02K0891
02K0892
02K0893
02K0902
02K0894
02K0895
02K0896
02K0861
02K0898
02K0897
Special tools
The following tools are required to service these
computers:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
A volt-ohm meter, IBM P/N 73G5404
Wrap Plug, IBM P/N 72X8546
Video cache extracting tool, IBM P/N 73G5523
T15 Torx bit from Torx bit set, IBM P/N 93F2830
Service information
161
162
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Reference information
Safety notices (multi-lingual translations) . . . . .
Safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrical safety
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety Inspection Guide
. . . . . . . . . . .
Handling electrostatic discharge-sensitive devices
Grounding requirements
. . . . . . . . . . .
Product description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications Type 6263, 6265, 6275
. . . . . .
Specifications Type 6267, 6277, 6287
. . . . . .
Specifications Type 6272
. . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications Type 6282, 6284
. . . . . . . . .
Specifications Type 6285
. . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications Type 6X7X . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications Type 6X8X . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications Type 6560
. . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications Type 6561
. . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications Type 6562
. . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications Type 6588
. . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications Type 6589
. . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications Type 6591
. . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications Type 6592
. . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications Type 6598
. . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications Type 6862, 6872
. . . . . . . . .
Specifications Type 6865
. . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications Type 6888
. . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications Type 6889/6897 . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications Type 6892
. . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications Type 6893
. . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications Type 6898
. . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications Type 6899
. . . . . . . . . . . .
Security features
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Passwords
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power-on password . . . . . . . . . . . .
Administrator password . . . . . . . . . .
Administrator password control jumper on riser
card
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Administrator password control jumper/switch
on system board
. . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating system password . . . . . . . .
Vital product data
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Management Information Format (MIF)
. . . .
Alert on LAN
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AssetCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Asset ID
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Universal Management Agent (UMA) . . . . . . .
UMA major components
. . . . . . . . . . .
System monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Resource utilization . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced management tools
. . . . . . .
Inventory data
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
 Copyright IBM Corp. 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999
173
197
197
198
199
201
201
202
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
228
228
229
229
229
230
230
230
231
231
232
232
233
233
234
234
234
163
Configuration and diagnostics . . . . . . .
Accessing UMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
To access UMA on a local computer . . . .
To access UMA on a remote computer
. .
Hard disk drive jumper settings
. . . . . . . . .
IDE hard disk drive settings
. . . . . . . . .
SCSI hard disk drive settings . . . . . . . . .
CD-ROM, PD/CD-ROM drive jumper settings . . .
BIOS levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flash (BIOS/VPD) update procedure . . . . . . .
Flash recovery boot block jumper . . . . . . .
PC 360-S150 (Type 6598) flash recovery jumper
Diagnostics and test information . . . . . . . . .
Power-on self-test (POST) . . . . . . . . . .
POST beep codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Error code format
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostics test programs
. . . . . . . . . .
IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics
. . . . . .
Supported systems
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starting the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Navigating through the diagnostic programs . .
Running diagnostic tests . . . . . . . . . . .
Test selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IBM Advanced Memory Diagnostics . . . . . .
Alert On LAN test
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Asset ID test
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hard file Smart test
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Quick and Full erase - hard drive . . . . . . .
Asset EEPROM backup
. . . . . . . . . . .
Viewing the test log
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
SIMM/DIMM memory errors . . . . . . . .
PC 300/700 Series, IntelliStation diagnostics
QAPlus/WIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
QAPlus/PRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CoSession for Windows . . . . . . . . . .
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Return codes
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the test programs . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Program navigation
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the first letter of a menu choice
. . .
Using the function keys . . . . . . . . . .
Command line options
. . . . . . . . . .
Viewing the test groups
. . . . . . . . . . .
Scripting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changing logical unit numbers
. . . . . . . .
Test group specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Starting the diagnostics diskette
. . . . . . .
Module testing mode . . . . . . . . . . .
Running selected module tests
. . . . . .
Running all selected modules . . . . . . .
Changing selected tests in test groups . . .
Running an individual test . . . . . . . . .
164
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
234
234
234
234
235
235
236
239
240
241
241
242
243
243
243
244
245
245
246
246
246
246
247
247
248
248
248
249
249
250
250
250
251
251
251
252
254
255
256
256
256
256
257
257
258
258
258
258
259
259
259
259
260
Stopping the tests . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setup Utility program
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adapter configuration
. . . . . . . . . . .
Plug and Play adapters
. . . . . . . . . .
Legacy adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Formatting diskettes . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hard disk drive boot error
. . . . . . . . .
When to use the Low-Level Format program
Preparing the hard disk drive for use
. . . .
File Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
File edit function keys
. . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostics control keys . . . . . . . . . .
Power management . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic configuration and power interface
(ACPI) BIOS mode . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Power Management . . . . . . .
Automatic Hardware Power Management
features
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting Automatic Hardware Power
Management features . . . . . . . . .
Automatic Power-On features . . . . . .
Rapid Resume Manager . . . . . . . . . .
Rapid Resume . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Running Rapid Resume Manager
. . . .
Standby
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scheduler
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wake Up on Ring
. . . . . . . . . . .
Network settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flash over LAN (update POST/BIOS over
network) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wake on LAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recovering from software problems (Type 68X7)
Utility diskettes
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Creating utility diskettes . . . . . . . . . . . .
OS/2 Warp Recovery Choices program . . .
Editing the CONFIG.SYS file . . . . . . . .
Using OS/2 Warp to edit the CONFIG.SYS file
Using OS/2 Warp utility diskettes to edit the
CONFIG.SYS file . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the DOS utility diskette to edit the
CONFIG.SYS file . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recovering from OS/2 Warp problems
. . .
Recovering from errors on the hard disk . . .
Correcting disk errors from DOS
. . . . . .
Correcting disk errors from the DOS diskette
Correcting disk errors from OS/2 Warp
. . .
Recovering from a forgotten OS/2 password .
Backing up and restoring files
. . . . . . .
Backing up the hard disk . . . . . . . . . .
Restoring the Hard Disk
. . . . . . . . . .
IBM Wireless LAN
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ISA bus switch settings
. . . . . . . . . .
ISA mode operations parameters . . . . . .
Micro Channel adapter installation
. . . . .
Reference information
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
260
261
261
261
262
262
262
263
263
264
264
265
267
.
.
267
267
.
267
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
268
268
269
269
269
269
270
270
270
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
270
271
272
272
272
273
274
274
.
274
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
275
275
276
277
277
277
278
278
278
279
280
280
280
282
165
PCMCIA portable computer support . . . . . .
Initialization failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Problem 1 - memory allocation conflict
between EMM386 (DOS or Windows) and
Resource Manager
. . . . . . . . . . .
Problem 2 - incorrect or missing parameters for
multiple adapter slots
. . . . . . . . . .
Problem 3 - incompatibility with card and
socket services . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Problem 4 - IO base address or interrupt level
conflicts
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Problem 5 - detection problem for ODI
workstations
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Radio interference problem . . . . . . . . . .
Running adapter diagnostics from the Utilities
diskette
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting wireless network problems . .
Problem resolution worksheet
. . . . . . . .
Obtaining the necessary data . . . . . . .
Making a backup copy of files . . . . . . .
Upgrading adapter microcode from the Utilities
diskette
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System board memory
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Supported memory configurations . . . . . . .
PC 300 (Type 6263, 6265, 6275, 6285)
. .
PC 300 (Type 6267, 6277, 6287)
. . . . .
PC 300 (Type 6272, 6282, 6284)
. . . . .
PC 300 (Type 6561, 6591)
. . . . . . . .
PC 300 (Type 6562, 6592)
. . . . . . . .
PC 300 (Type 6588)
. . . . . . . . . . .
PC 330/350 Series (Type 6571, 6573, 6581,
6583) - 80486
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
PC 330/350 Series (Type 6575, 6585) Pentium 60 MHz
. . . . . . . . . . . .
PC 340 Series (Type 6560) - Pentium
100/133/166 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . .
PC 330/350 Series (Type 6576, 6586) Pentium 75/90/100/120/133/150/166 MHz
PC 330/350 Series (Type 6577, 6587) Pentium 100/133/166/200 MHz
. . . . .
PC 360-S150 Series (Type 6598) - Pentium
Pro 150/200 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . .
PC 365 Series (Type 6589) - Pentium Pro
180/200 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PC 300 (Type 6862, 6872, 6892)
. . . . .
IntelliStation (Type 6865)
. . . . . . . . .
PC 730/750 Series (Type 6875, 6876, 6885,
6886) - Pentium 75/90/100/120/133 MHz .
PC 730/750 Series (Type 6877, 6887) Pentium 100/133/150/166 MHz
. . . . .
IntelliStation (Type 6888, 6899)
. . . . . .
IntelliStation (Type 6889/6897)
. . . . . .
IntelliStation (Type 6893)
. . . . . . . . .
IntelliStation (Type 6898)
. . . . . . . . .
166
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
282
282
282
283
283
283
284
284
284
285
286
286
287
288
289
293
293
293
293
293
293
293
293
295
295
296
297
298
298
299
299
299
300
301
301
302
302
Computer exploded view (Type 6263, 6265, 6275)
Input/Output connectors (Type 6263, 6265, 6275)
Cover removal (Type 6263, 6265, 6275)
. . .
System board removal (Type 6263, 6265, 6275)
System board installation (Type 6263, 6265, 6275)
Drive cage service (Type 6263, 6265, 6275) . .
Computer exploded view (Type 6267, 6277, 6287)
I/O connectors (Type 6267, 6277, 6287)
. . .
Cover removal (Type 6267, 6277, 6287)
. . .
Front bezel (Type 6267, 6277, 6287)
. . . . .
EMC shield (Type 6267, 6277, 6287) . . . . .
CD-ROM drive removal (Type 6267, 6277, 6287)
Front panel (Type 6267, 6277, 6287) . . . . .
ZIP drive removal (Type 6267, 6277, 6287) . .
Processor bracket (Type 6267, 6277, 6287) . .
Power supply removal (Type 6267, 6277, 6287)
Computer exploded view (Type 6272)
. . . . . .
Computer exploded view (Type 6282, 6284)
. . .
Computer exploded view (Type 6285)
. . . . . .
Input/Output connectors (Type 6285)
. . . . .
Cover removal (Type 6285)
. . . . . . . . .
Top handle cover removal (Type 6285) . . . .
System board removal (Type 6285) . . . . . .
System board installation (Type 6285)
. . . .
Non removable hard disk drive cage (Type 6285)
Tab removal (Type 6285)
. . . . . . . . . .
Fan removal (Type 6285)
. . . . . . . . . .
Computer exploded view (Type 6598)
. . . . . .
Side cover removal
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bezel Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Processor removal
. . . . . . . . . . . .
Computer exploded view (Type 6X7X) . . . . . .
Computer exploded view (Type 6X8X) . . . . . .
Computer exploded view (Type 6560)
. . . . . .
Computer exploded view (Type 6561)
. . . . . .
Input/Output connectors (Type 6561)
. . . . .
Cover removal (Type 6561)
. . . . . . . . .
System board removal (Type 6561) . . . . . .
Drive cage service (Type 6561) . . . . . . . .
Fan removal (Type 6561)
. . . . . . . . . .
Computer exploded view (Type 6562)
. . . . . .
Cover removal (Type 6562)
. . . . . . . . .
System board removal (Type 6562) . . . . . .
System board installation (Type 6562)
. . . .
Drive cage service (Type 6562) . . . . . . . .
Computer exploded view (Type 6588, 6888)
. . .
Microprocessor removal (Type 6588, 6888)
. .
Microprocessor removal (Type 6588, 6888) continued
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Microprocessor installation (Type 6588, 6888) .
Microprocessor bracket and plate
removal/installation (Type 6588, 6888) . . . .
Computer exploded view (Type 6591)
. . . . . .
Input/Output connectors (Type 6591)
. . . . .
Reference information
303
304
304
305
305
306
307
308
309
310
310
311
312
313
314
316
317
318
319
320
321
321
322
322
322
323
323
324
325
325
325
326
327
328
329
330
330
331
333
333
334
335
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
167
Cover removal (Type 6591)
. . . . . . . . .
Top handle cover removal (Type 6591) . . . .
System board removal (Type 6591) . . . . . .
Drive cage removal (Type 6591)
. . . . . . .
Non removable drive cage (Type 6591) . . . .
Tab removal (Type 6591)
. . . . . . . . . .
Fan removal (Type 6591)
. . . . . . . . . .
Computer exploded view (Type 6592)
. . . . . .
Cover removal (Type 6592)
. . . . . . . . .
Top handle cover removal (Type 6592) . . . .
Drive cage removal (Type 6592)
. . . . . . .
System Board Removal (Type 6592)
. . . . .
Computer exploded view (Type 6598)
. . . . . .
Side cover removal
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bezel removal
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Processor removal
. . . . . . . . . . . .
Computer exploded view (Type 6862, 6872)
. . .
Input/Output connectors (Type 6862, 6872)
. .
Cover removal (Type 6862, 6872)
. . . . . .
System board removal (Type 6862, 6872) . . .
System board installation (Type 6862, 6872)
.
Drive cage service (Type 6862, 6872) . . . . .
Computer exploded view (Type 6865)
. . . . . .
Input/Output connectors (Type 6865)
. . . . .
Side cover removal (Type 6865)
. . . . . . .
Top handle cover removal (Type 6865) . . . .
Bezel and tab removal (Type 6865) . . . . . .
Drive cage removal (Type 6865)
. . . . . . .
Adapter removal (Type 6865) . . . . . . . . .
Support bar removal (Type 6865) . . . . . . .
Air Baffle removal (Type 6865) . . . . . . . .
Terminator card removal (Type 6865) . . . . .
Computer exploded view (Type 6889/6897) . . . .
Input/Output connectors (Type 6889/6897)
. .
Side cover removal (Type 6889/6897) . . . . .
Top handle cover removal (Type 6889/6897)
.
Cage removal (Type 6889/6897)
. . . . . . .
Baffle removal (Type 6889/6897) . . . . . . .
Computer exploded view (Type 6892)
. . . . . .
Input/Output connectors (Type 6892)
. . . . .
Cover removal (Type 6892)
. . . . . . . . .
Top handle cover removal (Type 6892) . . . .
System board removal (Type 6892) . . . . . .
System board installation (Type 6892)
. . . .
Non removable hard disk drive cage (Type 6892)
Tab removal (Type 6892)
. . . . . . . . . .
Fan removal (Type 6892)
. . . . . . . . . .
Computer exploded view (Type 6893)
. . . . . .
Input/Output connectors (Type 6893)
. . . . .
Cover removal (Type 6893)
. . . . . . . . .
System board removal (Type 6893) . . . . . .
System board installation (Type 6893)
. . . .
Drive cage service (Type 6893) . . . . . . . .
Computer exploded view (Type 6898)
. . . . . .
168
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
345
345
346
347
348
348
348
349
350
350
351
351
352
353
353
353
354
355
355
355
356
356
357
358
359
359
360
361
361
362
362
362
363
364
365
365
366
367
368
369
370
370
371
371
371
372
372
373
374
374
374
375
375
376
Input/Output connectors (Type 6898)
. . . . .
Side cover removal (Type 6898)
. . . . . . .
Top handle cover removal (Type 6898) . . . .
Cage removal (Type 6898) . . . . . . . . . .
Computer exploded view (Type 6899)
. . . . . .
Keylock assembly exploded view (Desktop Models)
System board layouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PC 300 (Type 6272, 6282, 6284) - Pentium
133/233 MHz system board . . . . . . . . .
PC 300 (Type 6272, 6282, 6284) - Pentium
133/233 MHz system board locations
. . . .
PC 300 (Type 6272, 6282, 6284) - Pentium
133/233 MHz switch/jumper settings . . . . .
PC 300 Series (Type 6263, 6265, 6275, 6285) Pentium II, Pentium III, Celeron system board
PC 300 Series (Type 6263, 6265, 6275, 6285) Pentium II, Pentium III, Celeron System Board
Locations
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PC 300 Series (Type 6263, 6265, 6275, 6285) Pentium II, Pentium III, Celeron jumper/switch
settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PC 300 Series (Type 6267, 6277, 6287) - Celeron
system board
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PC 300 Series (Type 6267, 6277, 6287) - Celeron
system board locations . . . . . . . . . . .
PC 300 Series (Type 6267, 6277, 6287) - Celeron
jumper/switch settings
. . . . . . . . . . .
PC 300 Series (Type 6277, 6287) - Pentium II,
Pentium III system board . . . . . . . . . .
PC 300 Series (Type 6277, 6287) - Pentium II,
Pentium III system board locations
. . . . .
PC 300 Series (Type 6277, 6287) - Pentium II,
Pentium III jumper/switch settings . . . . . .
PC 300 Series (Type 6561, 6591) - Pentium II
233/266/333 MHz system board . . . . . . .
PC 300 Series (Type 6561, 6591) - Pentium II
233/266/333 MHz system board locations
. .
PC 300 Series (Type 6561, 6591) - Pentium II
233/266/333 MHz jumper settings . . . . . .
PC 300 Series (Type 6562, 6592) - Pentium Pro
166/200/233 MHz system board . . . . . . .
PC 300 Series (Type 6562, 6592) - Pentium Pro
166/200/233 MHz system board locations
. .
PC 300 Series (Type 6562, 6592) - Pentium Pro
166/200/233 MHz jumper/switch settings . . .
PC 300 (Type 6588) - Pentium II 233/266 MHz
system board
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PC 330/350 Series (Type 657X, 658X) - 80486
system board
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PC 330/350 Series (Type 657X, 658X) - 80486
system board locations . . . . . . . . . . .
PC 330/350 Series (Type 657X, 658X) - 80486
jumper settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reference information
377
378
378
379
380
382
383
383
384
385
386
386
387
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
402
404
169
PC 330/350 Series (Type 65X5) - Pentium 60
MHz system board . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PC 330/350 Series (Type 65X5) - Pentium 60
MHz system board locations
. . . . . . . .
PC 330/350 Series (Type 65X5) - Pentium 60
MHz jumper settings . . . . . . . . . . . .
PC 330/350 Series (Type 65X6) - Pentium
75/90/100 MHz system board . . . . . . . .
PC 330/350 Series (Type 65X6) - Pentium
75/90/100 MHz system board locations
. . .
PC 330/350 Series (Type 65X6) - Pentium
75/90/100 MHz jumper settings . . . . . . .
PC 330/350 Series (Type 65X6) - Pentium
133/166 MHz system board
. . . . . . . .
PC 330/350 Series (Type 65X6) - Pentium
133/166 MHz system board locations
. . . .
PC 330/350 Series (Type 65X6) - Pentium
133/166 MHz jumper settings . . . . . . . .
PC 340 Series (Type 6560) - Pentium
100/133/166 MHz system board . . . . . . .
PC 340 Series (Type 6560) - Pentium
100/133/166 MHz system board locations
. .
PC 340 Series (Type 6560) - Pentium
100/133/166 MHz system board jumper settings
PC 330/350 Series (Type 6577, 6587) - Pentium
100/133/166/200 MHz system board . . . . .
PC 330/350 Series (Type 6577, 6587) - Pentium
100/133/166/200 MHz system board locations
PC 330/350 Series (Type 6577, 6587) - Pentium
100/133/166/200 MHz switch/jumper settings
PC 360-S150 (Type 6598) - Pentium Pro 150/200
MHz system board . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PC 360-S150 (Type 6598) - Pentium Pro 150/200
MHz system board locations
. . . . . . . .
PC 360-S150 (Type 6598) - Pentium Pro 150/200
MHz jumper settings . . . . . . . . . . . .
PC 360-S150 (Type 6598) - Pentium Pro 150/200
MHz jumper setting procedures . . . . . . .
Matrox Graphics Adapter (MGA) switch settings
VGA BIOS flash upgrade enable - Switch 1
VGA enable/disable switch - Switch 2
. . .
PC 365 (Type 6589) - system board
. . . . .
PC 365 (Type 6589) - system board locations .
PC 365 (Type 6589) switch settings . . . . . .
PC 300 Series (Type 6862, 6872, 6892) - Pentium
II, Pentium III, Celeron system board
. . . .
PC 300 Series (Type 6862, 6872, 6892) - Pentium
II, Pentium III, Celeron system board locations
PC 300 Series (Type 6862, 6872, 6892) - Pentium
II, Pentium III, Celeron jumper/switch settings
IntelliStation (Type 6865) - Pentium II Xeon
Pentium III Xeon 400, 500, 550 MHz system
board
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
170
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
406
407
407
408
409
410
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
425
425
426
427
427
428
429
430
432
IntelliStation (Type 6865) - Pentium II Xeon,
Pentium III Xeon 400, 500, 550 MHz system
board locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IntelliStation (Type 6865) - Pentium II Xeon,
Pentium III Xeon 400, 500, 550 MHz jumper
settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PC 730/750 Series (Type 6875, 6876, 6885, 6886)
- Pentium 75/90/100/120/133 MHz system board
PC 730/750 Series (Type 6875, 6876, 6885, 6886)
- Pentium 75/90/100/120/133 MHz system board
locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PC 730/750 Series (Type 6875, 6876, 6885, 6886)
- Pentium 75/90/100/120/133 MHz jumper
settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bus/CPU speed MHz setting
. . . . . . .
Cache jumper settings
. . . . . . . . . .
PC 730/750 Series (Type 6877, 6887) - Pentium
100/133/150/166 MHz system board . . . . .
PC 730/750 Series (Type 6877, 6887) - Pentium
100/133/150/166 MHz system board locations
PC 730/750 Series (Type 6877, 6887) - Pentium
100/133/150/166 MHz switch/jumper settings
IntelliStation (Type 6888) - Pentium II 266/300
MHz system board . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IntelliStation (Type 6888) - Pentium II 266/300
MHz system board locations
. . . . . . . .
IntelliStation (Type 6888) - Pentium II 266/300
MHz jumper settings . . . . . . . . . . . .
IntelliStation (Type 6889/6897) - Pentium II,
Pentium III 350/400/450/500 MHz system board
IntelliStation (Type 6889/6897) - Pentium II,
Pentium III 350/400/450/500 MHz system board
locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IntelliStation (Type 6889/6897) - Pentium II,
Pentium III 350/400/450/500 MHz switch/jumper
settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IntelliStation (Type 6893) - Pentium II, Pentium III
350/400/450/500 MHz system board . . . . .
IntelliStation (Type 6893) - Pentium II, Pentium III
350/400/450/500 MHz system board locations
IntelliStation (Type 6893) - Pentium II, Pentium III
350/400/450/500 MHz jumper/switch settings
IntelliStation (Type 6898) - Pentium II
233/266/300/333 MHz system board . . . . .
IntelliStation (Type 6898) - Pentium II
233/266/300/333 MHz system board locations
IntelliStation (Type 6898) - Pentium II
233/266/300/333 MHz switch/jumper settings
IntelliStation (Type 6899) - Pentium Pro 200 MHz
system board
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IntelliStation (Type 6899) - Pentium Pro 200 MHz
system board locations . . . . . . . . . . .
IntelliStation (Type 6899) - Pentium Pro 200 MHz
second microprocessor option . . . . . . . .
Reference information
433
434
435
436
437
437
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
448
449
450
452
452
453
455
456
457
171
IntelliStation (Type 6899) - Pentium Pro 200 MHz
switch/jumper settings
. . . . . . . . . . .
Riser card layouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PC 300 (Type 6272) PCI/ISA . . . . . . . . .
PC 300 (Type 6263, 6265, 6275) ISA/PCI . . .
PC 300 (Type 6282, 6284) PCI/ISA . . . . . .
PC 300 (Type 6285) ISA/PCI . . . . . . . . .
PC 340 (Type 6560) PCI/ISA . . . . . . . . .
PC 300 (Type 6561) PCI/ISA . . . . . . . . .
PC 300 (Type 6562) PCI/ISA . . . . . . . . .
PC 330 (Type 6571) ISA/VESA . . . . . . . .
PC 330 (Type 6573) PCI/ISA . . . . . . . . .
PC 330 (Type 6575) PCI/ISA . . . . . . . . .
PC 330 (Type 6576) PCI/ISA . . . . . . . . .
PC 330 (Type 6577) ISA/PCI . . . . . . . . .
PC 350 (Type 6581) ISA/VESA . . . . . . . .
PC 350 (Type 6583) PCI/ISA . . . . . . . . .
PC 350 (Type 6585) PCI/ISA . . . . . . . . .
PC 350 (Type 6586) PCI/ISA . . . . . . . . .
PC 350 (Type 6587) ISA/PCI . . . . . . . . .
PC 300 (Type 6588) ISA/PCI . . . . . . . . .
PC 365 (Type 6589) ISA/PCI . . . . . . . . .
PC 300 (Type 6591) ISA/PCI . . . . . . . . .
PC 300 (Type 6592) ISA/PCI . . . . . . . . .
PC 300 (Type 6862, 6872) ISA/PCI . . . . . .
PC 730 (Type 6875) PCI/ISA . . . . . . . . .
PC 730 (Type 6876) PCI/Micro Channel . . . .
PC 730 (Type 6877) ISA/PCI . . . . . . . . .
PC 750 (Type 6885) ISA/PCI . . . . . . . . .
PC 750 (Type 6886) PCI/Micro Channel . . . .
PC 750 (Type 6887) ISA/PCI . . . . . . . . .
IntelliStation (Type 6888) ISA/PCI . . . . . . .
PC 300 (Type 6892) ISA/PCI . . . . . . . . .
IntelliStation (Type 6893) ISA/PCI . . . . . . .
IntelliStation (Type 6899) ISA/PCI . . . . . . .
Type/Model number conversion
. . . . . . . . .
Country/Language model configuration . . . . . .
Type/Model configuration tables
. . . . . . .
Miscellaneous information . . . . . . . . . . . .
Send us your comments!
. . . . . . . . . . . .
Do you need technical references? . . . . . . . .
Problem determination tips
. . . . . . . . . . .
File updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hardware considerations . . . . . . . . . . .
Software considerations
. . . . . . . . . . .
BIOS
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adding adapters to the system . . . . . . . .
System resource conflicts
. . . . . . . . . .
Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
172
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
458
459
459
459
459
460
460
461
461
461
461
462
462
462
462
463
463
463
464
464
465
465
466
466
466
466
467
467
467
467
468
468
469
469
470
477
478
590
592
593
594
595
595
596
596
596
597
597
601
602
Safety notices (multi-lingual
translations)
The caution and danger safety notices in this section are
provided in the following languages:
Ÿ
English
Ÿ
Brazilian/Portuguese
Ÿ
Chinese
Ÿ
French
Ÿ
German
Ÿ
Italian
Ÿ
Korean
Ÿ
Spanish
Reference information
173
DANGER
To avoid a shock hazard, do not connect or
disconnect any cables or perform installation,
maintenance, or reconfiguration of this
product during an electrical storm.
To avoid shock hazard:
Ÿ
The power cord must be connected to a
properly wired and earthed receptacle.
Ÿ
Any equipment to which this product will
be attached must also be connected to
properly wired receptacles.
When possible, use one hand to connect or
disconnect signal cables to prevent a
possible shock from touching two surfaces
with different electrical potentials.
Electrical current from power, telephone, and
communications cables is hazardous. To
avoid shock hazard, connect and disconnect
cables as described following when
installing, moving, or opening covers of this
product or attached devices.
To Connect
To Disconnect
1. Turn Everything OFF.
1. Turn Everything OFF.
2. First, attach all cables
to devices.
2. First, remove power
cord(s) from outlet.
3. Attach signal cables to
receptacles.
3. Remove signal cables
from receptacles.
4. Attach power cord(s) to
outlet.
4. Remove all cables
from devices.
5. Turn device ON.
NOTE: In the UK, by law,
the telephone cable must be
connected after the power
cord.
174
NOTE: In the UK, the power
cord must be disconnected
after the telephone cable.
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Caution:
When replacing the battery, use only IBM Part Number
33F8354 or an equivalent type battery recommended
by the manufacturer. If your system has a module
containing a lithium battery, replace it only with the
same module type made by the same manufacturer.
The battery contains lithium and can explode if not
properly used, handled, or disposed of.
Do not:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Throw or immerse into water
Heat to more than 100°C (212°F)
Repair or disassemble
Dispose of the battery as required by local ordinances
or regulations.
Caution:
When a CD-ROM drive is installed, note the following.
Use of controls or adjustments or performance of
procedures other than those specified herein might
result in hazardous radiation exposure.
Removing the covers of the CD-ROM drive could result
in exposure to hazardous laser radiation. There are no
serviceable parts inside the CD-ROM drive. Do not
remove the CD-ROM drive covers.
DANGER
Some CD-ROM drives contain an embedded
Class 3A or Class 3B laser diode. Note the
following.
Laser radiation when open. Do not stare into
the beam, do not view directly with optical
instruments, and avoid direct exposure to the
beam.
Reference information
175
k32 kg
(70.5 lbs)
k55 kg
(121.2 lbs)
Caution:
Use safe lifting practices when lifting your machine.
Caution:
Electrical current from power, telephone, and
communication cables can be hazardous. To avoid
personal injury or equipment damage, disconnect the
attached power cords, telecommunications systems,
networks, and modems before you open the server
covers, unless instructed otherwise in the installation
and configuration procedures.
176
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
PERIGO
Para evitar choques elétricos, não conecte ou
desconecte nenhum cabo, nem efetue
instalação, manutenção ou reconfiguração
deste produto durante uma tempestade com
raios.
Para evitar choques elétricos:
Ÿ
O cabo de alimentação deve ser
conectado a um receptáculo
corretamente instalado e aterrado.
Ÿ
Todos os equipamentos aos quais este
produto será conectado devem também
ser conectados a receptáculos
corretamente instalados.
Quando possível, utilize uma das mãos para
conectar ou desconectar cabos de sinal, para
evitar um possível choque ao tocar duas
superfícies com potenciais elétricos
diferentes.
A corrente elétrica proveniente de cabos de
alimentação, de telefone e de comunicação é
perigosa. Para evitar choques elétricos,
conecte e desconecte os cabos conforme
descrito a seguir, ao instalar, movimentar ou
abrir tampas deste produto ou de
dispositivos conectados.
Para Conectar
Para Desconectar
1. DESLIGUE tudo.
1. DESLIGUE tudo.
2. Conecte primeiro todos
os cabos nos
dispositivos.
2. Remova primeiro o(s)
cabo(s) de alimentação
das tomadas.
3. Conecte os cabos de
sinal nos receptáculos.
3. Remova os cabos de
sinal dos receptáculos.
4. Conecte o(s) cabo(s)
de alimentação nas
tomadas.
4. Remova todos os
cabos dos dispositivos.
5. LIGUE o dispositivo.
Reference information
177
cuidado:
Ao substituir a bateria, utilize apenas o Número de
Peça IBM 33F8354 ou um tipo de bateria equivalente
recomendado pelo fabricante. Se seu sistema possuir
um módulo com uma bateria de lítio, substitua-o
apenas pelo mesmo tipo de módulo, produzido pelo
mesmo fabricante. A bateria contém lítio e pode
explodir se não for utilizada, manuseada e descartada
de forma adequada.
Não:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Jogue ou coloque na água
Aqueça a mais de 100°C (212°F)
Conserte nem desmonte.
Descarte a bateria conforme requerido pelas
disposições e regulamentações locais.
cuidado:
Quando uma unidade de CD-ROM estiver instalada,
observe o seguinte.
A utilização de controles ou ajustes ou a execução de
procedimentos diferentes daqueles especificados
nesta publicação pode resultar em exposição perigosa
à radiação.
A remoção das tampas da unidade de CD-ROM pode
resultar em exposição a radiação perigosa de laser.
Não existem peças que possam ser consertadas no
interior da unidade de CD-ROM. Não remova as
tampas da unidade de CD-ROM.
PERIGO
Algumas unidades de CD-ROM contém um
diodo de laser da Classe 3A ou da Classe 3B.
Observe o seguinte.
Radiação de laser quando aberto. Não olhe
diretamente para o feixe de laser, não olhe
diretamente com instrumentos óticos, e evite
exposição direta ao raio.
178
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
k32 kg
(70,5 lbs)
k55 kg
(121,2 lbs)
cuidado:
Utilize práticas seguras para levantamento de peso ao
levantar sua máquina.
cuidado:
A corrente elétrica proveniente de cabos de
alimentação, de telefone e de comunicação é perigosa.
Para evitar ferimentos pessoais ou danos aos
equipamentos, desconecte os cabos de alimentação,
sistemas de telecomunicação, redes e modems antes
de abrir as tampas do servidor, a menos que receba
outras instruções nos procedimentos de instalação e
configuração.
Reference information
179
180
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Reference information
181
182
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
PERIGO
Pour éviter tout risque de choc électrique, ne
manipulez aucun câble et n'effectuez aucune
opération d'installation, d'entretien ou de
reconfiguration de ce produit au cours d'un
orage.
Pour éviter tout risque de choc électrique :
Ÿ
Les cordons d'alimentation du présent
produit et de tous les appareils qui lui
sont connectés doivent être branchés
sur des socles de prise de courant
correctement câblés et mis à la terre.
Afin d'éviter tout risque de choc électrique
provenant d'une différence de potentiel de
terre, n'utilisez qu'une main, lorsque cela est
possible, pour connecter ou déconnecter les
cordons d'interface.
Le courant électrique passant dans les
câbles de communication, ou les cordons
téléphoniques et d'alimentation peut être
dangereux. Pour éviter tout risque de choc
électrique, lorsque vous installez ou que
vous déplacez le présent produit ou des
périphériques qui lui sont raccordés,
reportez-vous aux instructions ci-dessous
pour connecter et déconnecter les différents
cordons.
Connexion
1. Mettez les unités hors
tension.
2. Commencez par
brancher tous les
cordons sur les unités.
3. Branchez les câbles
d'interface sur les
prises.
4. Branchez les cordons
d'alimentation sur un
socle de prise de
courant.
5. Mettez les unités sous
tension.
Déconnexion
1. Mettez les unités hors
tension.
2. Commencez pas
débrancher les
cordons alimentation
des socles de prise de
courant.
3. Débranchez les câbles
d'interface des prises.
4. Débranchez tous les
câbles des unités.
Reference information
183
attention:
Remplacez la pile usagée par une pile de référence
identique exclusivement - voir la référence IBM - ou
par une pile équivalente recommandée par le fabricant.
Si votre système est doté d'un module contenant une
pile au lithium, vous devez le remplacer uniquement
par un module identique, produit par le même
fabricant. La pile contient du lithium et présente donc
un risque d'explosion en cas de mauvaise
manipulation ou utilisation.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ne la jetez pas à l'eau.
Ne l'exposez pas à une température supérieure à
100 °C.
Ne cherchez pas à la réparer ou à la démonter.
Pour la mise au rebut, reportez-vous à la
réglementation en vigueur.
attention:
Si une unité de CD-ROM est installée, prenez
connaissance des informations suivantes :
Pour éviter tout risque d'exposition au rayon laser,
respectez les consignes de réglage et d'utilisation des
commandes, ainsi que les procédures décrites dans le
présent document.
Pour éviter une exposition directe au rayon laser,
n'ouvrez pas l'unité de CD-ROM. Vous ne pouvez
effectuer aucune opération de maintenance à
l'intérieur.
PERIGO
Certaines unités de CD-ROM contiennent une
diode laser de classe 3A ou 3B. Prenez
connaissance des informations suivantes :
Rayonnement laser lorsque le carter est
ouvert. Évitez de regarder fixement le
faisceau ou de l'observer à l'aide
d'instruments optiques. Évitez une exposition
directe au rayon.
184
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
k32 kg
k55 kg
attention:
Ce produit pèse un poids considérable. Faites-vous
aider pour le soulever.
attention:
Le courant électrique circulant dans les câbles de
communication et les cordons téléphoniques et
d'alimentation peut être dangereux. Pour votre sécurité
et celle de l'équipement, avant de retirer les carters du
serveur, mettez celui-ci hors tension et déconnectez
ses cordons d'alimentation, ainsi que les câbles qui le
relient aux réseaux, aux systèmes de
télécommunication et aux modems (sauf instruction
contraire mentionnée dans les procédures
d'installation et de configuration).
Reference information
185
VORSICHT
Aus Sicherheitsgründen bei Gewitter an
diesem Gerät keine Kabel anschließen oder
lösen. Ferner keine Installations-, Wartungsoder Rekonfigurationsarbeiten durchführen.
Aus Sicherheitsgründen:
Ÿ
Gerät nur an eine
Schutzkontaktsteckdose mit
ordnungsgemäß geerdetem
Schutzkontakt anschließen.
Ÿ
Alle angeschlossenen Geräte ebenfalls
an Schutzkontaktsteckdosen mit
ordnungsgemäß geerdetem
Schutzkontakt anschließen.
Signalkabel möglichst einhändig anschließen
oder lösen, um einen Stromschlag durch
Berühren von Oberflächen mit
unterschiedlichem elektrischem Potential zu
vermeiden.
Elektrische Spannungen von Netz-, Telefonund Datenübertragungsleitungen sind
gefährlich. Um einen Stromschlag zu
vermeiden, nur nach den Anweisungen
arbeiten, die für Installation, Transport oder
Öffnen von Gehäusen dieses Produkts oder
angeschlossenen Einheiten gelten.
Kabel anschließen
1. Alle Geräte
ausschalten und
Netzstecker ziehen.
2. Zuerst alle Kabel an
Einheiten anschließen.
3. Signalkabel an
Anschlußbuchsen
anschließen.
4. Netzstecker an
Steckdose
anschließen.
Kabel lösen
1. Alle Geräte
ausschalten.
2. Zuerst Netzstecker von
Steckdose lösen.
3. Signalkabel von
Anschlußbuchsen
lösen.
4. Alle Kabel von
Einheiten lösen.
5. Gerät einschalten.
186
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
achtung:
Eine verbrauchte Batterie nur durch eine Batterie mit
der IBM Teilenummer 33F8354 oder durch eine vom
Hersteller empfohlene Batterie ersetzen. Wenn Ihr
System ein Modul mit einer Lithium-Batterie enthält,
ersetzen Sie es immer mit dem selben Modultyp vom
selben Hersteller. Die Batterie enthält Lithium und
kann bei unsachgemäßer Verwendung, Handhabung
oder Entsorgung explodieren.
Die Batterie nicht
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
mit Wasser in Berührung bringen.
über 100 C erhitzen.
reparieren oder zerlegen.
Die örtlichen Bestimmungen für die Entsorgung von
Sondermüll beachten.
achtung:
Wenn ein CD-ROM-Laufwerk installiert ist, beachten
Sie folgendes. Steuer- und Einstellelemente sowie
Verfahren nur entsprechend den Anweisungen im
vorliegenden Handbuch einsetzen. Andernfalls kann
gefährliche Laserstrahlung auftreten.
Das Entfernen der Abdeckungen des
CD-ROM-Laufwerks kann zu gefährlicher
Laserstrahlung führen. Es befinden sich keine Teile
innerhalb des CD-ROM-Laufwerks, die vom Benutzer
gewartet werden müssen. Die Verkleidung des
CD-ROM-Laufwerks nicht öffnen.
VORSICHT
Manche CD-ROM-Laufwerke enthalten eine
eingebaute Laserdiode der Klasse 3A oder
3B. Die nachfolgend aufgeführten Punkte
beachten.
Laserstrahlung bei geöffneter Tür. Niemals
direkt in den Laserstrahl sehen, nicht direkt
mit optischen Instrumenten betrachten und
den Strahlungsbereich meiden.
Reference information
187
k32 kg
k55 kg
achtung:
Beim Anheben der Maschine die vorgeschriebenen
Sicherheitsbestimmungen beachten.
achtung:
An Netz-, Telefon- und Datenleitungen können
gefährliche elektrische Spannungen anliegen. Um eine
Gefährdung des Benutzers oder Beschädigung des
Geräts zu vermeiden, ist der Server auszuschalten. Die
Verbindung zu den angeschlossenen Netzkabeln,
Telekommunikationssystemen, Netzwerken und
Modems ist vor dem Öffnen des Servergehäuses zu
unterbrechen (sofern in Installations- und
Konfigurationsanweisungen nicht anders angegeben).
188
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
PERICOLO
Per evitare il pericolo di scosse elettriche
durante i temporali, non collegare o
scollegare cavi, non effettuare l'installazione,
la manutenzione o la riconfigurazione di
questo prodotto.
Per evitare il pericolo di scosse elettriche:
Ÿ
collegare il cavo di alimentazione ad una
presa elettrica correttamente cablata e
munita di terra di sicurezza;
Ÿ
collegare qualsiasi apparecchiatura
collegata a questo prodotto ad una
presa elettrica correttamente cablata e
munita di terra di sicurezza.
Quando possibile, collegare o scollegare i
cavi di segnale con una sola mano per
evitare il rischio di scosse derivanti dal
contatto con due superfici a diverso
potenziale elettrico.
La corrente elettrica circolante nei cavi di
alimentazione, del telefono e di segnale è
pericolosa. Per evitare scosse elettriche,
collegare e scollegare i cavi come descritto
quando si effettuano l'installazione, la
rimozione o l'apertura dei coperchi di questo
prodotto o durante il collegamento delle
unità.
Per collegare
Per scollegare
1. SPEGNERE tutti i
dispositivi.
1. SPEGNERE tutti i
dispositivi.
2. Collegare prima tutti i
cavi alle unità.
2. Rimuovere prima il(i)
cavo(i) di
alimentazione dalla
presa elettrica.
3. Collegare i cavi di
segnale alle prese.
4. Collegare il(i) cavo(i) di
alimentazione alla
presa elettrica.
5. ACCENDERE le unità.
3. Rimuovere i cavi di
segnale dalle prese.
4. Rimuovere tutti i cavi
dalle unità.
Reference information
189
ATTENZIONE:
Quando si sostituisce la batteria, utilizzare solo una
batteria IBM o batterie dello stesso tipo o di tipo
equivalente consigliate dal produttore. Se il sistema di
cui si dispone è provvisto di un modulo contenente
una batteria al litio, sostituire tale batteria solo con un
tipo di modulo uguale a quello fornito dal produttore.
La batteria contiene litio e può esplodere se utilizzata,
maneggiata o smaltita impropriamente.
Evitare di:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Gettarla o immergerla in acqua
Riscaldarla ad una temperatura superiore ai 100°
C
Cercare di ripararla o smaltirla
Smaltire secondo la normativa in vigore (D.Lgs 22 del
5/2/97) e successive disposizioni nazionali e locali.
ATTENZIONE:
Quando è installata un'unità CD-ROM, notare quanto
segue:
L'utilizzo di controlli, regolazioni o l'esecuzione di
procedure non descritti nel presente manuale possono
provocare l'esposizione a radiazioni pericolose.
L'apertura di un'unità CD-ROM può determinare
l'esposizione a radiazioni laser pericolose. All'interno
dell'unità CD-ROM non vi sono parti su cui effettuare
l'assistenza tecnica. Non rimuovere i coperchi
dell'unità CD-ROM.
PERICOLO
Alcune unità CD-ROM contengono all'interno
un diodo laser di Classe 3A o Classe 3B.
Prestare attenzione a quanto segue:
Aprendo l'unità vengono emesse radiazioni
laser. Non fissare il fascio, non guardarlo
direttamente con strumenti ottici ed evitare
l'esposizione diretta al fascio.
190
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
k32 kg
k55 kg
ATTENZIONE:
Durante il sollevamento della macchina seguire delle
norme di di sicurezza.
ATTENZIONE:
La corrente circolante nei cavi di alimentazione, del
telefono e di segnale è pericolosa. Per evitare
situazioni pericolose per le persone o danneggiamenti
all'apparecchiatura, scollegare i cavi di alimentazione, i
sistemi di telecomunicazioni, le reti e ed i modem
prima di aprire i coperchi del servente se non
diversamente indicato nelle procedure di installazione
e configurazione.
Reference information
191
192
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Reference information
193
PELIGRO
Para evitar una posible descarga eléctrica, no
conecte ni desconecte los cables ni lleve a
cabo ninguna operación de instalación, de
mantenimiento o de reconfiguración de este
producto durante una tormenta eléctrica.
Para evitar una posible descarga:
Ÿ
El cable de alimentación debe
conectarse a un receptáculo con una
instalación eléctrica correcta y con toma
de tierra.
Ÿ
Los aparatos a los que se conecte este
producto también deben estar
conectados a receptáculos con la debida
instalación eléctrica.
Cuando sea posible, utilice una sola mano
para conectar o desconectar los cables de
señal a fin de evitar una posible descarga al
tocar dos superficies con distinto potencial
eléctrico.
La corriente eléctrica de los cables de
comunicaciones, teléfono y alimentación
puede resultar peligrosa. Para evitar una
posible descarga, siga las indicaciones de
conexión y desconexión de los cables
siempre que tenga que instalar, mover o abrir
las cubiertas de este producto o de los
dispositivos acoplados.
Instrucciones de conexión
1. Apague todos los
componentes (OFF).
2. En primer lugar,
conecte todos los
cables a los
dispositivos.
3. Conecte los cables de
señal a los
receptáculos.
4. Conecte los cables de
alimentación a las
tomas.
5. Encienda el dispositivo
(ON).
194
Instrucciones de
desconexión
1. Encienda todos los
componentes (ON).
2. En primer lugar, retire
los cables de
alimentación de las
tomas.
3. Retire los cables de
señal de los
receptáculos.
4. Retire todos los cables
de los dispositivos.
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
percaución:
Al cambiar la batería, utilice únicamente la batería IBM
Número de pieza 33F8354 o un tipo de batería
equivalente recomendado por el fabricante. Si el
sistema tiene un módulo que contiene una batería de
litio, sustitúyalo únicamente por el mismo tipo de
módulo del mismo fabricante. La batería contiene litio
y puede explotar si no se utiliza, manipula o desecha
correctamente.
Lo que no debe hacer
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Tirar o sumergir el producto en agua.
Exponer el producto a una temperatura superior a
100°C.
Reparar o desmontar el producto.
Cuando quiera desechar la batería, siga las
disposiciones y reglamentaciones locales.
percaución:
Cuando instale una unidad de CD-ROM, tenga en
cuenta la siguiente información.
Si se llevan a cabo controles o ajustes o se utilizan
métodos que no se atengan a lo aquí especificado, se
puede producir una exposición peligrosa a las
radiaciones.
Si se retiran las cubiertas de la unidad de CD-ROM, se
puede producir una peligrosa exposición a radiaciones
de láser. Dentro de la unidad de CD-ROM no existen
piezas reparables. No retire las cubiertas de la unidad
de CD-ROM.
PELIGRO
Algunas unidades de CD-ROM tienen
incorporado un diodo de láser de Clase 3A o
de Clase 3B Tenga en cuenta la siguiente
información.
Cuando la unidad está abierta se generan
emisiones de rayos láser. No dirija la mirada
al haz, no lo observe directamente con
instrumentos ópticos y evite la exposición
directa.
Reference information
195
k32 kg
k55 kg
percaución:
Alce la máquina con cuidado; el sobrepeso podría
causar alguna lesión.
percaución:
La corriente eléctrica de los cables de
comunicaciones, de teléfono y de alimentación puede
resultar peligrosa. Para evitar posibles lesiones o
daños del aparato, desconecte los cables de
alimentación, los sistemas de telecomunicaciones, las
redes y los módems antes de abrir las cubiertas del
servidor, salvo que se indique lo contrario en las
instrucciones de las operaciones de instalación y
configuración.
196
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Safety information
The following section contains the safety information that
you need to be familiar with before servicing an IBM
mobile computer.
General safety
Follow these rules to ensure general safety:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Observe good housekeeping in the area of the
machines during and after maintenance.
When lifting any heavy object:
1. Ensure you can stand safely without slipping.
2. Distribute the weight of the object equally
between your feet.
3. Use a slow lifting force. Never move suddenly
or twist when you attempt to lift.
4. Lift by standing or by pushing up with your leg
muscles; this action removes the strain from the
muscles in your back. Do not attempt to lift any
objects that weigh more than 16 kg (35 lb) or
objects that you think are too heavy for you.
Do not perform any action that causes hazards to the
customer, or that makes the equipment unsafe.
Before you start the machine, ensure that other
service representatives and the customer's personnel
are not in a hazardous position.
Place removed covers and other parts in a safe
place, away from all personnel, while you are
servicing the machine.
Keep your tool case away from walk areas so that
other people will not trip over it.
Do not wear loose clothing that can be trapped in the
moving parts of a machine. Ensure that your sleeves
are fastened or rolled up above your elbows. If your
hair is long, fasten it.
Insert the ends of your necktie or scarf inside clothing
or fasten it with a nonconductive clip, approximately 8
centimeters (3 inches) from the end.
Do not wear jewelry, chains, metal-frame eyeglasses,
or metal fasteners for your clothing.
Remember: Metal objects are good electrical
conductors.
Wear safety glasses when you are: hammering,
drilling soldering, cutting wire, attaching springs, using
solvents, or working in any other conditions that might
be hazardous to your eyes.
After service, reinstall all safety shields, guards,
labels, and ground wires. Replace any safety device
that is worn or defective.
Reinstall all covers correctly before returning the
machine to the customer.
Reference information
197
Electrical safety
Observe the following rules when working on electrical
equipment.
Important
Use only approved tools and test equipment. Some
hand tools have handles covered with a soft material
that does not insulate you when working with live
electrical currents.
Many customers have, near their equipment, rubber
floor mats that contain small conductive fibers to
decrease electrostatic discharges. Do not use this
type of mat to protect yourself from electrical shock.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Find the room emergency power-off (EPO) switch,
disconnecting switch, or electrical outlet. If an
electrical accident occurs, you can then operate the
switch or unplug the power cord quickly.
Do not work alone under hazardous conditions or
near equipment that has hazardous voltages.
Disconnect all power before:
– Performing a mechanical inspection
– Working near power supplies
– Removing or installing main units
Before you start to work on the machine, unplug the
power cord. If you cannot unplug it, ask the customer
to power-off the wall box that supplies power to the
machine and to lock the wall box in the off position.
If you need to work on a machine that has exposed
electrical circuits, observe the following precautions:
– Ensure that another person, familiar with the
power-off controls, is near you.
–
–
–
Remember: Another person must be there to
switch off the power, if necessary.
Use only one hand when working with
powered-on electrical equipment; keep the other
hand in your pocket or behind your back.
Remember: There must be a complete circuit to
cause electrical shock. By observing the above
rule, you may prevent a current from passing
through your body.
When using testers, set the controls correctly
and use the approved probe leads and
accessories for that tester.
Stand on suitable rubber mats (obtained locally,
if necessary) to insulate you from grounds such
as metal floor strips and machine frames.
Observe the special safety precautions when you
work with very high voltages; these instructions are in
the safety sections of maintenance information. Use
extreme care when measuring high voltages.
198
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Regularly inspect and maintain your electrical hand
tools for safe operational condition.
Do not use worn or broken tools and testers.
Never assume that power has been disconnected
from a circuit. First, check that it has been
powered-off.
Always look carefully for possible hazards in your
work area. Examples of these hazards are moist
floors, nongrounded power extension cables, power
surges, and missing safety grounds.
Do not touch live electrical circuits with the reflective
surface of a plastic dental mirror. The surface is
conductive; such touching can cause personal injury
and machine damage.
Do not service the following parts with the power on
when they are removed from their normal operating
places in a machine:
– Power supply units
– Pumps
– Blowers and fans
– Motor generators
and similar units. (This practice ensures correct
grounding of the units.)
If an electrical accident occurs:
– Use caution; do not become a victim
yourself.
– Switch off power.
– Send another person to get medical aid.
Asset ID allows the computer to be scanned by
various radio frequency emitting devices supplied by
independent companies. Asset ID is intended for use
only with radio frequency equipment that meets
ANSI/IEEE C95.1 1992 RF Radiation Limits.
Safety Inspection Guide
The intent of this inspection guide is to assist you in
identifying potentially unsafe conditions on these products.
Each machine, as it was designed and built, had required
safety items installed to protect users and service
personnel from injury. This guide addresses only those
items. However, good judgment should be used to identify
potential safety hazards due to attachment of non-IBM
features or options not covered by this inspection guide.
If any unsafe conditions are present, you must determine
how serious the apparent hazard could be and whether
you can continue without first correcting the problem.
Consider these conditions and the safety hazards they
present:
Ÿ
Electrical hazards, especially primary power (primary
voltage on the frame can cause serious or fatal
electrical shock).
Reference information
199
Ÿ
Ÿ
Explosive hazards, such as a damaged CRT face or
bulging capacitor
Mechanical hazards, such as loose or missing
hardware
The guide consists of a series of steps presented in a
checklist. Begin the checks with the power off, and the
power cord disconnected.
Checklist:
1. Check exterior covers for damage (loose, broken, or
sharp edges).
2. Power-off the computer. Disconnect the power cord.
3. Check the power cord for:
a. A third-wire ground connector in good condition.
Use a meter to measure third-wire ground
continuity for 0.1 ohm or less between the
external ground pin and frame ground.
b. The power cord should be the appropriate type
as specified in the parts listings.
c. Insulation must not be frayed or worn.
4. Remove the cover.
5. Check for any obvious non-IBM alterations. Use
good judgment as to the safety of any non-IBM
alterations.
6. Check inside the unit for any obvious unsafe
conditions, such as metal filings, contamination, water
or other liquids, or signs of fire or smoke damage.
7. Check for worn, frayed, or pinched cables.
8. Check that the power-supply cover fasteners (screws
or rivets) have not been removed or tampered with.
200
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Handling electrostatic
discharge-sensitive devices
Any computer part containing transistors or integrated
circuits (ICs) should be considered sensitive to electrostatic
discharge (ESD). ESD damage can occur when there is a
difference in charge between objects. Protect against ESD
damage by equalizing the charge so that the machine, the
part, the work mat, and the person handling the part are all
at the same charge.
Notes:
1. Use product-specific ESD procedures when they
exceed the requirements noted here.
2. Make sure that the ESD protective devices you use
have been certified (ISO 9000) as fully effective.
When handling ESD-sensitive parts:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Keep the parts in protective packages until they are
inserted into the product.
Avoid contact with other people.
Wear a grounded wrist strap against your skin to
eliminate static on your body.
Prevent the part from touching your clothing. Most
clothing is insulative and retains a charge even when
you are wearing a wrist strap.
Use the black side of a grounded work mat to provide
a static-free work surface. The mat is especially
useful when handling ESD-sensitive devices.
Use the ESD ground cord, FRU 25F9727, to protect
the computer against ESD.
Select a grounding system, such as those listed
below, to provide protection that meets the specific
service requirement.
Note: The use of a grounding system is desirable
but not required to protect against ESD
damage.
–
–
–
Attach the ESD ground clip to any frame ground,
ground braid, or green-wire ground.
Use an ESD common ground or reference point
when working on a double-insulated or
battery-operated system. You can use coax or
connector-outside shells on these systems.
Use the round ground-prong of the AC plug on
AC-operated computers.
Grounding requirements
Electrical grounding of the computer is required for
operator safety and correct system function. Proper
grounding of the electrical outlet can be verified by a
certified electrician.
Reference information
201
Product description
The PC 300/700 Series and IntelliStation computers are
available in either 3 x 2, 3 x 3, 4 x 4, 5 x 5, 6 x 6 or 6 x 7
models as follows:
Type 6263, 6265, 6275 Four drive bays, four I/O adapter
slots
Type 6267, 6277, 6287 Four drive bays, four I/O adapter
slots
Type 6272
Three drive bays, two I/O adapter slots
Type 6282, 6284 Four drive bays, four I/O adapter slots
Type 6285
Six drive bays, six I/O adapter slots
Type 6X7X
Three drive bays, three I/O adapter slots
Type 6560
Four drive bays, four I/O adapter slots
Type 6561
Four drive bays, four I/O adapter slots
Type 6562
Four drive bays, four I/O adapter slots
Type 6588
Five drive bays, five I/O adapter slots
Type 6X8X
Five drive bays, five I/O adapter slots
Type 6591
Six drive bays, six I/O adapter slots
Type 6592
Six drive bays, six I/O adapter slots
Type 6598
Six drive bays, six I/O adapter slots
Type 6862, 6872 Four drive bays, four I/O adapter slots,
one AGP adapter slot
Type 6865
Seven drive bays, six I/O adapter slots, one
AGP adapter slot
Type 6888
Five drive bays, five I/O adapter slots
Type 6889/6897 Six drive bays, six I/O adapter slots
Type 6892
Six drive bays, six I/O adapter slots, one
AGP adapter slot
Type 6893
Four drive bays, four I/O adapter slots, one
AGP adapter slot
Type 6898
Six drive bays, six I/O adapter slots
Type 6899
Six drive bays, seven I/O adapter slots
Ÿ
Security
–
–
–
–
–
–
Administrator password
Cover lock (Optional for some models)
Power-on password
Operating system password
U-bolt and cable (Optional for some models)
C2 security on some models
Ÿ
CMOS backup battery (lithium)
Ÿ
Common parts
(Varies with each model, see “Type/Model number
conversion” on page 470.)
202
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
–
–
–
–
–
Diskette drive (Except for Type 6272, Models
88X, 89X, 90X, 91X)
Hard disk drive
Keyboard
Power supply
Mouse
Reference information
203
Specifications Information (ISO/ANSI)
The model specifications information on the following
pages was determined in controlled acoustical
environments according to procedures specified by the
American National Standards Institute (ANSI) S12.10 and
ISO 7779, and are reported in accordance with ISO 9296.
Actual sound pressure levels in your location might differ
from the average values stated because of room
reflections and other nearby noise sources. The declared
sound power levels indicate an upper limit, below which a
large proportion of machines will operate.
204
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Specifications Type 6263, 6265, 6275
Feature
Description
Size
Depth: 450 mm (17.7 in.)
Height: 128 mm (5.0 in.)
Width: 450 mm (17.7 in.)
Weight
Minimum: 9.9 kg (22.0 lb)
Maximum: 11.3 kg (25.0 lb)4
Environment
Air temperature:
- System on: 10° to 32° C
(50° to 90°F)
- System off: 10° to 43° C
(50° to 110°F)
Humidity:
- System on: 8% to 80%
- System off: 8% to 80%
Maximum altitude: 2134 m (7000 ft)
Heat Output
Approximate heat output in BTUs per
hour:
- Minimum: 245 BTU (70 watts)
- Maximum: 700 BTU (204 watts)5
Electrical Input
Sine-wave input (50 to 60 Hz) required.
Low range input voltage:
- Minimum: 90 V ac
- Maximum: 137 V ac
High range input voltage:
- Minimum: 180 V ac
- Maximum: 265 V ac
Input kVA (approximately):
- Minimum: 0.08 kVA
- Maximum: 0.52 kVA
Airflow
Approximately 0.56 cubic
meters/minute (20 CFM)
Acoustical
Noise Emission
Values
Average sound pressure levels:
At operator position:
- 37 dB operating
- 34 dB idle
At bystander position (1 meter):
- 32 dB operating
- 29 dB idle
Declared (upper limit) sound power
levels:
- 4.9 bels operating
- 4.5 bels idle
4
Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed.
Figures above are a system fully populated with options.
5 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the
145-watt maximum capacity of the system power supply.
6 For additional information, see the ISO Supplier's Declaration
available from IBM.
Reference information
205
Specifications Type 6267, 6277, 6287
Feature
Description
Size
Depth: 381 mm (15.0 inches)
Height: 356 mm (14.0 inches)
Width: 194 mm (7.6 inches)
Weight
Weight: 8.28 kg (18.25 lb)
Maximum: 10.2 kg (22.5 lb)7
Environment
Air temperature:
- System on: 10° to 37°C
(50° to 90°F)
- System off: 10° to 43°C
(50° to 110°F)
Humidity:
- System on: 8% to 80%
- System off: 8% to 80%
Maximum altitude: 2134 m (7000 ft)
Heat Output
Approximate heat output in BTUs per
hour:
- Minimum: 256 BTU (75 watts)
- Maximum: 706 BTU (207 watts)8
Electrical Input
Sine-wave input (50 to 60 Hz) required.
Low range input voltage:
- Minimum: 90 V ac
- Maximum: 137 V ac
High range input voltage:
- Minimum: 180 V ac
- Maximum: 265 V ac
Input kVA (approximately):
- Maximum (as shipped): 0.10 kVA
Airflow
Approximately 0.56 cubic
meters/minute (20 CFM)
Acoustical
Noise Emission
Values
Average sound pressure levels:
At operator position:
- 43 dB operating
- 38 dB idle
At bystander position (1 meter):
- 37 dB operating
- 33 dB idle
Declared (upper limit) sound power
levels:
- 5.0 bels operating
- 4.3 bels idle
7
Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed.
Figures above are a system fully populated with options.
8 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the
145-watt maximum capacity of the system power supply.
9 For additional information, see the ISO Supplier's Declaration
available from IBM.
206
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Specifications Type 6272
Feature
Description
Size
Depth: 400 mm (15.8 in.)
Height: 95 mm (3.7 in.)
Width: 369 mm (14.5 in.)
Weight
Minimum: 6.8 kg (15.0 lb)
Maximum: 8.16 kg (18.0 lb)10
Environment
Air temperature:
- System on: 10° to 32° C
(50° to 95°F)
- System off: 10° to 43° C
(50° to 110°F)
Humidity:
- System on: 8% to 80%
- System off: 8% to 80%
Maximum altitude: 2134 m (7000 ft)
Heat Output
Approximate heat output in BTUs per
hour:
- Minimum: 110 BTU (35 watts)
- Maximum: 273 BTU (80 watts)11
- Deep sleep: 15 BTU (4 watts)
Electrical Input
Sine-wave input (50 to 60 Hz) required.
Low range input voltage:
- Minimum: 100 V ac
- Maximum: 127 V ac
High range input voltage:
- Minimum: 200 V ac
- Maximum: 240 V ac
Input kVA (approximately):
- Minimum: 0.08 kVA
- Maximum: 0.30 kVA
Airflow
Approximately 0.56 cubic
meters/minute (20 CFM)
Acoustical
Noise Emission
Values
Average sound pressure levels:
At operator position:
- 43 dB operating
- 38 dB idle
At bystander position (1 meter):
- 37 dB operating
- 33 dB idle
Declared (upper limit) sound power
levels:
- 5.1 bels operating
- 4.8 bels idle
10 Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed.
Figures above are a system fully populated with options.
11 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the
145-watt maximum capacity of the system power supply.
12 For additional information, see the ISO Supplier's Declaration
available from IBM.
Reference information
207
Specifications Type 6282, 6284
Feature
Description
Size
Depth: 420 mm (16.5 in.)
Height: 110 mm (4.3 in.)
Width: 440 mm (17.3 in.)
Weight
Minimum: 9.07 kg (20.0 lb)
Maximum: 11.30 kg (25.0 lb)13
Environment
Air temperature:
- System on: 10° to 32° C
(50° to 95°F)
- System off: 10° to 43° C
(50° to 110°F)
Humidity:
- System on: 8% to 80%
- System off: 8% to 80%
Maximum altitude: 2134 m (7000 ft)
Heat Output
Approximate heat output in BTUs per
hour:
- Minimum: 120 BTU (35 watts)
- Maximum: 685 BTU (200 watts)14
- Deep sleep: 15 BTU (4 watts)
Electrical Input
Sine-wave input (50 to 60 Hz) required.
Low range input voltage:
- Minimum: 100 V ac
- Maximum: 127 V ac
High range input voltage:
- Minimum: 200 V ac
- Maximum: 240 V ac
Input kVA (approximately):
- Minimum: 0.08 kVA
- Maximum: 0.30 kVA
Airflow
Approximately 0.56 cubic
meters/minute (20 CFM)
Acoustical
Noise Emission
Values
Average sound pressure levels:
At operator position:
- 43 dB operating
- 38 dB idle
At bystander position (1 meter):
- 37 dB operating
- 33 dB idle
Declared (upper limit) sound power
levels:
- 5.1 bels operating
- 4.8 bels idle
13 Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed.
Figures above are a system fully populated with options.
14 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the
145-watt maximum capacity of the system power supply.
15 For additional information, see the ISO Supplier's Declaration
available from IBM.
208
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Specifications Type 6285
Feature
Description
Size
Depth: 445 mm (17.5 inches)
Height: 492 mm (19.4 inches)
Width: 200 mm (7.9 inches)
Weight
Weight: 15 kg (33 lb)
Maximum: 17.3 kg (38 lb)16
Environment
Air temperature:
- System on: 10° to 32°C
(50° to 90°F)
- System off: 10° to 43°C
(50° to 110°F)
Humidity:
- System on: 8% to 80%
- System off: 8% to 80%
Maximum altitude: 2134 m (7000 ft)
Heat Output
Approximate heat output in BTUs per
hour:
- Minimum: 245 BTU (70 watts)
- Maximum: 969 BTU (285 watts)17
Electrical Input
Sine-wave input (50 to 60 Hz) required.
Low range input voltage:
- Minimum: 90 V ac
- Maximum: 137 V ac
High range input voltage:
- Minimum: 180 V ac
- Maximum: 265 V ac
Input kVA (approximately):
- Minimum: 0.08 kVA
- Maximum: 0.51 kVA
Airflow
Approximately 0.56 cubic
meters/minute (20 CFM)
Acoustical
Noise Emission
Values
Average sound pressure levels:
At operator position:
- 35 dB operating
- 33 dB idle
At bystander position (1 meter):
- 32 dB operating
- 29 dB idle
Declared (upper limit) sound power
levels:
- 4.8 bels operating
- 4.3 bels idle
16 Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed.
Figures above are a system fully populated with options.
17 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the
200-watt maximum capacity of the system power supply.
18 For additional information, see the ISO Supplier's Declaration
available from IBM.
Reference information
209
Specifications Type 6X7X
Feature
Description
Size
Depth: 450 mm (17.7 in.)
Height: 130 mm (5.1 in.)
Width: 360 mm (14.2 in.)
Weight
Minimum: 8.6 kg (19.0 lb)
Maximum: 10.4 kg (23.0 lb)19
Environment
Air temperature:
- System on: 10° to 32° C
(50° to 95°F)
- System off: 10° to 43° C
(50° to 110°F)
Humidity:
- System on: 8% to 80%
- System off: 8% to 80%
Maximum altitude: 2134 m (7000 ft)
Heat Output
Approximate heat output in BTUs per
hour:
- Minimum: 120 BTU (35 watts)
- Maximum: 685 BTU (200 watts)20
- Deep sleep: 15 BTU (4 watts)
Electrical Input
Sine-wave input (50 to 60 Hz) required.
Low range input voltage:
- Minimum: 100 V ac
- Maximum: 125 V ac
High range input voltage:
- Minimum: 200 V ac
- Maximum: 240 V ac
Input kVA (approximately):
- Minimum: 0.08 kVA
- Maximum: 0.30 kVA
Airflow
Approximately 0.56 cubic
meters/minute (20 CFM)
Acoustical
Noise Emission
Values
Average sound pressure levels:
At operator position:
- 43 dB operating
- 43 dB idle
At bystander position (1 meter):
- 40 dB operating
- 40 dB idle
Declared (upper limit) sound power
levels:
- 5.0 bels operating
- 4.8 bels idle
19 Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed.
Figures above are a system fully populated with options.
20 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the
145-watt maximum capacity of the system power supply.
21 For additional information, see the ISO Supplier's Declaration
available from IBM.
210
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Specifications Type 6X8X
Feature
Description
Size
Depth: 448 mm (17.6 in.)
Height: 160 mm (6.3 in.)
Width: 420 mm (16.5 in.)
Weight
Minimum: 12.7 kg (28.0 lb)
Maximum: 14.1 kg (31.0 lb)22
Environment
Air temperature:
- System on: 10° to 32°C
(50° to 90°F)
- System off: 10° to 43°C
(50° to 110°F)
Humidity:
- System on: 8% to 80%
- System off: 8% to 80%
Maximum altitude: 2134 m (7000 ft)
Heat Output
Approximate heat output in BTUs per
hour:
- Minimum: 120 BTU (35 watts)
- Maximum: 1060 BTU (310 watts)23
- Deep sleep: 15 BTU (4 watts)
Electrical Input
Sine-wave input (50 to 60 Hz) required.
Low range input voltage:
- Minimum: 110 V ac
- Maximum: 125 V ac
High range input voltage:
- Minimum: 200 V ac
- Maximum: 240 V ac
Input kVA (approximately):
- Minimum: 0.08 kVA
- Maximum: 0.52 kVA
Airflow
Approximately 0.56 cubic
meters/minute (20 CFM)
Acoustical
Noise Emission
Values
Average sound pressure levels:
At operator position:
- 43 dB operating
- 43 dB idle
At bystander position (1 meter):
- 40 dB operating
- 40 dB idle
Declared (upper limit) sound power
levels:
- 5.0 bels operating
- 4.8 bels idle
22 Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed.
Figures above are a system fully populated with options.
23 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the
200-watt maximum capacity of the system power supply.
24 For additional information, see the ISO Supplier's Declaration
available from IBM.
Reference information
211
Specifications Type 6560
Feature
Description
Size
Depth: 420 mm (16.53 inches)
Height: 102 mm ( 4.0 inches)
Width: 440 mm (17.32 inches)
Weight
Minimum: 8.0 kg (17.61 lb)
Maximum: 10.0 kg (22.0 lb)25
Environment
Air temperature:
- System on: 10° to 35°C
(50° to 95°F)
- System off: 10° to 43°C
(50° to 110°F)
Humidity:
- System on: 8% to 80%
- System off: 8% to 80%
Maximum altitude: 2134 m (7000 ft)
Heat Output
Approximate heat output in BTUs per
hour:
- Minimum: 120 BTU (35 watts)
- Maximum: 685 BTU (200 watts)26
- Deep sleep: 15 BTU (4 watts)
Electrical Input
Sine-wave input (50 to 60 Hz) required.
Low range input voltage:
- Minimum: 110 V ac
- Maximum: 125 V ac
High range input voltage:
- Minimum: 200 V ac
- Maximum: 240 V ac
Input kVA (approximately):
- Minimum: 0.08 kVA
- Maximum: 0.52 kVA
Airflow
Approximately 0.56 cubic
meters/minute (20 CFM)
Acoustical
Noise Emission
Values
Average sound pressure levels:
At operator position:
- 43 dB operating
- 43 dB idle
At bystander position (1 meter):
- 40 dB operating
- 40 dB idle
Declared (upper limit) sound power
levels:
- 5.0 bels operating
- 4.8 bels idle
25 Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed.
Figures above are a system fully populated with options.
26 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the
200-watt maximum capacity of the system power supply.
27 For additional information, see the ISO Supplier's Declaration
available from IBM.
212
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Specifications Type 6561
Feature
Description
Size
Depth: 450 mm (17.8 in.)
Height: 128 mm (5.0 in.)
Width: 450 mm (17.7 in.)
Weight
Minimum: 9.9 kg (22.0 lb)
Maximum: 11.3 kg (25.0 lb)28
Environment
Air temperature:
- System on: 10° to 32° C
(50° to 90°F)
- System off: 10° to 43° C
(50° to 110°F)
Humidity:
- System on: 8% to 80%
- System off: 8% to 80%
Maximum altitude: 2134 m (7000 ft)
Heat Output
Approximate heat output in BTUs per
hour:
- Minimum: 170 BTU (50 watts)
- Maximum: 700 BTU (204 watts)29
Electrical Input
Sine-wave input (50 to 60 Hz) required.
Low range input voltage:
- Minimum: 90 V ac
- Maximum: 137 V ac
High range input voltage:
- Minimum: 180 V ac
- Maximum: 265 V ac
Input kVA (approximately):
- Minimum: 0.11 kVA
- Maximum: 0.52 kVA
Airflow
Approximately 0.56 cubic
meters/minute (20 CFM)
Acoustical
Noise Emission
Values
Average sound pressure levels:
At operator position:
- 38 dB operating
- 34 dB idle
At bystander position (1 meter):
- 33 dB operating
- 28 dB idle
Declared (upper limit) sound power
levels:
- 4.9 bels operating
- 4.6 bels idle
28 Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed.
Figures above are a system fully populated with options.
29 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the
145-watt maximum capacity of the system power supply.
30 For additional information, see the ISO Supplier's Declaration
available from IBM.
Reference information
213
Specifications Type 6562
Feature
Description
Size
Depth: 450 mm (17.8 in.)
Height: 128 mm (5.0 in.)
Width: 450 mm (17.7 in.)
Weight
Minimum: 9.9 kg (22.0 lb)
Maximum: 11.3 kg (25.0 lb)31
Environment
Air temperature:
- System on: 10° to 32° C
(50° to 90°F)
- System off: 10° to 43° C
(50° to 110°F)
Humidity:
- System on: 8% to 80%
- System off: 8% to 80%
Maximum altitude: 2134 m (7000 ft)
Heat Output
Approximate heat output in BTUs per
hour:
- Minimum: 120 BTU (35 watts)
- Maximum: 700 BTU (204 watts)32
Electrical Input
Sine-wave input (50 to 60 Hz) required.
Low range input voltage:
- Minimum: 90 V ac
- Maximum: 137 V ac
High range input voltage:
- Minimum: 180 V ac
- Maximum: 265 V ac
Input kVA (approximately):
- Minimum: 0.08 kVA
- Maximum: 0.52 kVA
Airflow
Approximately 0.51 cubic
meters/minute (18 CFM)
Acoustical
Noise Emission
Values
Average sound pressure levels:
At operator position:
- 41 dB operating
- 36 dB idle
At bystander position (1 meter):
- 35 dB operating
- 29 dB idle
Declared (upper limit) sound power
levels:
- 5.1 bels operating
- 4.8 bels idle
31 Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed.
Figures above are a system fully populated with options.
32 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the
145-watt maximum capacity of the system power supply.
33 For additional information, see the ISO Supplier's Declaration
available from IBM.
214
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Specifications Type 6588
Feature
Description
Size
Depth: 475 mm (18.7 inches)
Height: 157 mm (6.2 inches)
Width: 419 mm (16.5 inches)
Weight
Weight: 14.1 kg (31.0 pounds)34
Environment
Air temperature:
- System on: 10° to 35°C
(50° to 95°F)
- System off: 10° to 43°C
(50° to 110°F)
Humidity:
- System on: 8% to 80%
- System off: 8% to 80%
Maximum altitude: 2134 m (7000 ft)
Heat Output
Approximate heat output in BTUs per
hour:
- Minimum: 120 BTU (35 watts)
- Maximum: 700 BTU (204 watts)35
- Deep sleep: 15 BTU (4 watts)
Electrical Input
Sine-wave input (50 to 60 Hz) required.
Low range input voltage:
- Minimum: 90 V ac
- Maximum: 137 V ac
High range input voltage:
- Minimum: 180 V ac
- Maximum: 265 V ac
Input kVA (approximately):
- Minimum: 0.08 kVA
- Maximum: 0.52 kVA
Airflow
Approximately 0.56 cubic
meters/minute (20 CFM)
Acoustical
Noise Emission
Values
Average sound pressure levels:
At operator position:
- 43 dB operating
- 38 dB idle
At bystander position (1 meter):
- 37 dB operating
- 33 dB idle
Declared (upper limit) sound power
levels:
- 5.3 bels operating
- 4.9 bels idle
34 Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed.
Figures above are a system fully populated with options.
35 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the
200-watt maximum capacity of the system power supply.
36 For additional information, see the ISO Supplier's Declaration
available from IBM.
Reference information
215
Specifications Type 6589
Feature
Description
Size
Depth: 455 mm (17.9 in.)
Height: 160 mm (6.3 in.)
Width: 420 mm (16.5 in.)
Weight
Minimum: 12.7 kg (28.0 lb)
Maximum: 14.1 kg (31.0 lb)37
Environment
Air temperature:
- System on: 10° to 32°C
(50° to 90°F)
- System off: 10° to 43°C
(50° to 110°F)
Humidity:
- System on: 8% to 80%
- System off: 8% to 80%
Maximum altitude: 2134 m (7000 ft)
Heat Output
Approximate heat output in BTUs per
hour:
- Minimum: 120 BTU (35 watts)
- Maximum: 1060 BTU (310 watts)38
- Deep sleep: 15 BTU (4 watts)
Electrical Input
Sine-wave input (50 to 60 Hz) required.
Low range input voltage:
- Minimum: 90 V ac
- Maximum: 137 V ac
High range input voltage:
- Minimum: 180 V ac
- Maximum: 265 V ac
Input kVA (approximately):
- Minimum: 0.08 kVA
- Maximum: 0.52 kVA
Airflow
Approximately 0.56 cubic
meters/minute (20 CFM)
Acoustical
Noise Emission
Values
Average sound pressure levels:
At operator position:
- 38 dB operating
- 43 dB idle
At bystander position (1 meter):
- 33 dB operating
- 37 dB idle
Declared (upper limit) sound power
levels:
- 5.3 bels operating
- 4.9 bels idle
37 Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed.
Figures above are a system fully populated with options.
38 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the
200-watt maximum capacity of the system power supply.
39 For additional information, see the ISO Supplier's Declaration
available from IBM.
216
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Specifications Type 6591
Feature
Description
Size
Depth: 445 mm (17.5 inches)
Height: 492 mm (19.4 inches)
Width: 200 mm (7.9 inches)
Weight
Weight: 15 kg (33 lb)
Maximum: 17.3 kg (38 lb)40
Environment
Air temperature:
- System on: 10° to 35°C
(50° to 95°F)
- System off: 10° to 43°C
(50° to 110°F)
Humidity:
- System on: 8% to 80%
- System off: 8% to 80%
Maximum altitude: 2134 m (7000 ft)
Heat Output
Approximate heat output in BTUs per
hour:
- Minimum: 170 BTU (50 watts)
- Maximum: 969 BTU (285 watts)41
Electrical Input
Sine-wave input (50 to 60 Hz) required.
Low range input voltage:
- Minimum: 90 V ac
- Maximum: 137 V ac
High range input voltage:
- Minimum: 180 V ac
- Maximum: 265 V ac
Input kVA (approximately):
- Minimum: 0.11 kVA
- Maximum: 0.70 kVA
Airflow
Approximately 0.57 cubic
meters/minute (20 CFM)
Acoustical
Noise Emission
Values
Average sound pressure levels:
At operator position:
- 36 dB operating
- 34 dB idle
At bystander position (1 meter):
- 32 dB operating
- 29 dB idle
Declared (upper limit) sound power
levels:
- 4.8 bels operating
- 4.6 bels idle
40 Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed.
Figures above are a system fully populated with options.
41 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the
200-watt maximum capacity of the system power supply.
42 For additional information, see the ISO Supplier's Declaration
available from IBM.
Reference information
217
Specifications Type 6592
Feature
Description
Size
Depth: 445 mm (17.5 inches)
Height: 492 mm (19.4 inches)
Width: 200 mm (7.9 inches)
Weight
Weight: 15 kg (33 lb)
Maximum: 17.3 kg (38 lb)43
Environment
Air temperature:
- System on: 10° to 35°C
(50° to 95°F)
- System off: 10° to 43°C
(50° to 110°F)
Humidity:
- System on: 8% to 80%
- System off: 8% to 80%
Maximum altitude: 2134 m (7000 ft)
Heat Output
Approximate heat output in BTUs per
hour:
- Minimum: 120 BTU (35 watts)
- Maximum: 969 BTU (285 watts)44
Electrical Input
Sine-wave input (50 to 60 Hz) required.
Low range input voltage:
- Minimum: 90 V ac
- Maximum: 137 V ac
High range input voltage:
- Minimum: 180 V ac
- Maximum: 265 V ac
Input kVA (approximately):
- Minimum: 0.08 kVA
- Maximum: 0.51 kVA
Airflow
Approximately 0.57 cubic
meters/minute (20 CFM)
Acoustical
Noise Emission
Values
Average sound pressure levels:
At operator position:
- 38 dB operating
- 35 dB idle
At bystander position (1 meter):
- 33 dB operating
- 30 dB idle
Declared (upper limit) sound power
levels:
- 5.1 bels operating
- 4.8 bels idle
43 Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed.
Figures above are a system fully populated with options.
44 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the
200-watt maximum capacity of the system power supply.
45 For additional information, see the ISO Supplier's Declaration
available from IBM.
218
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Specifications Type 6598
Feature
Description
Size
Depth: 460 mm (18.0 inches)
Height: 405 mm (16.0 inches)
Width: 210 mm (8.3 inches)
Weight
Weight: 13.4 kg (29.5 pounds)46
Environment
Air temperature:
- System on: 10° to 35°C
(50° to 95°F)
- System off: 10° to 43°C
(50° to 110°F)
Humidity:
- System on: 8% to 80%
- System off: 8% to 80%
Maximum altitude: 2134 m (7000 ft)
Heat Output
Approximate heat output in BTUs per
hour:
- Minimum: 120 BTU (35 watts)
- Maximum: 1060 BTU (310 watts)47
- Deep sleep: 15 BTU (4 watts)
Electrical Input
Sine-wave input (50 to 60 Hz) required.
Low range input voltage:
- Minimum: 110 V ac
- Maximum: 125 V ac
High range input voltage:
- Minimum: 200 V ac
- Maximum: 240 V ac
Input kVA (approximately):
- Minimum: 0.08 kVA
- Maximum: 0.52 kVA
Airflow
Approximately 0.56 cubic
meters/minute (20 CFM)
Acoustical
Noise Emission
Values
Average sound pressure levels:
At operator position:
- 43 dB operating
- 43 dB idle
At bystander position (1 meter):
- 40 dB operating
- 40 dB idle
Declared (upper limit) sound power
levels:
- 5.0 bels operating
- 4.8 bels idle
46 Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed.
Figures above are a system fully populated with options.
47 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the
200-watt maximum capacity of the system power supply.
48 For additional information, see the ISO Supplier's Declaration
available from IBM.
Reference information
219
Specifications Type 6862, 6872
Feature
Description
Size
Depth: 450 mm (17.7 in.)
Height: 128 mm (5.0 in.)
Width: 450 mm (17.7 in.)
Weight
Minimum: 9.9 kg (22.0 lb)
Maximum: 11.3 kg (25.0 lb)49
Environment
Air temperature:
- System on: 10° to 32° C
(50° to 90°F)
- System off: 10° to 43° C
(50° to 110°F)
Humidity:
- System on: 8% to 80%
- System off: 8% to 80%
Maximum altitude: 2134 m (7000 ft)
Heat Output
Approximate heat output in BTUs per
hour:
- Minimum: 245 BTU (70 watts)
- Maximum: 700 BTU (204 watts)50
Electrical Input
Sine-wave input (50 to 60 Hz) required.
Low range input voltage:
- Minimum: 90 V ac
- Maximum: 137 V ac
High range input voltage:
- Minimum: 180 V ac
- Maximum: 265 V ac
Input kVA (approximately):
- Minimum: 0.08 kVA
- Maximum: 0.52 kVA
Airflow
Approximately 0.56 cubic
meters/minute (20 CFM)
Acoustical
Noise Emission
Values
Average sound pressure levels:
At operator position:
- 37 dB operating
- 34 dB idle
At bystander position (1 meter):
- 32 dB operating
- 29 dB idle
Declared (upper limit) sound power
levels:
- 4.9 bels operating
- 4.5 bels idle
49 Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed.
Figures above are a system fully populated with options.
50 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the
145-watt maximum capacity of the system power supply.
51 For additional information, see the ISO Supplier's Declaration
available from IBM.
220
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Specifications Type 6865
Feature
Description
Size
Depth: 460 mm (18.1 inches)
Height: 492 mm (19.4 inches)
Width: 200 mm (7.9 inches)
Weight
- Maximum (as shipped):
Weight: 20.5 kg (45 pounds)52
Environment
Air temperature:
- System on: 10° to 35°C
(50° to 95°F)
- System off: 10° to 43°C
(50° to 110°F)
Humidity:
- System on: 8% to 80%
- System off: 8% to 80%
Maximum altitude: 2134 m (7000 ft)
Heat Output
Approximate heat output in BTUs per
hour:
- Maximum (as shipped): 361 BTU
(106 watts)53
Electrical Input
Sine-wave input (50 to 60 Hz) required.
Low range input voltage:
- Minimum: 90 V ac
- Maximum: 137 V ac
- Current Rating: 5 A
High range input voltage:
- Minimum: 180 V ac
- Maximum: 265 V ac
- Current Rating: 3 A
Input kVA (approximately):
- Maximum (as shipped): 0.75 kVA
Airflow
Approximately 0.92 cubic
meters/minute (32.5 CFM)
Acoustical
Noise Emission
Values
Average sound pressure levels:
At operator position:
- 42 dB operating
- 37 dB idle
At bystander position (1 meter):
- 36 dB operating
- 34 dB idle
Declared (upper limit) sound power
levels:
- 5.2 bels operating
- 5.0 bels idle
52 Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed.
Figures above are a system fully populated with options.
53 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the
330-watt maximum capacity of the system power supply.
54 For additional information, see the ISO Supplier's Declaration
available from IBM.
Reference information
221
Specifications Type 6888
Feature
Description
Size
Depth: 475 mm (18.7 inches)
Height: 450 mm (17.7 inches)
Width: 259 mm (10.2 inches) with
pedestal
Weight
Weight: 14.1 kg (31.0 pounds)55
Environment
Air temperature:
- System on: 10° to 35°C
(50° to 95°F)
- System off: 10° to 43°C
(50° to 110°F)
Humidity:
- System on: 8% to 80%
- System off: 8% to 80%
Maximum altitude: 2134 m (7000 ft)
Heat Output
Approximate heat output in BTUs per
hour:
- Minimum: 120 BTU (35 watts)
- Maximum: 700 BTU (204 watts)56
- Deep sleep: 15 BTU (4 watts)
Electrical Input
Sine-wave input (50 to 60 Hz) required.
Low range input voltage:
- Minimum: 90 V ac
- Maximum: 137 V ac
High range input voltage:
- Minimum: 180 V ac
- Maximum: 265 V ac
Input kVA (approximately):
- Minimum: 0.08 kVA
- Maximum: 0.52 kVA
Airflow
Approximately 0.56 cubic
meters/minute (20 CFM)
Acoustical
Noise Emission
Values
Average sound pressure levels:
At operator position:
- 43 dB operating
- 38 dB idle
At bystander position (1 meter):
- 37 dB operating
- 33 dB idle
Declared (upper limit) sound power
levels:
- 5.3 bels operating
- 4.9 bels idle
55 Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed.
Figures above are a system fully populated with options.
56 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the
200-watt maximum capacity of the system power supply.
57 For additional information, see the ISO Supplier's Declaration
available from IBM.
222
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Specifications Type 6889/6897
Feature
Description
Size
Depth: 445 mm (17.5 inches)
Height: 492 mm (19.4 inches)
Width: 200 mm (7.9 inches)
Weight
- Maximum (as shipped):
Weight: 17.3 kg (38 pounds)58
Environment
Air temperature:
- System on: 10° to 35°C
(50° to 95°F)
- System off: 10° to 43°C
(50° to 110°F)
Humidity:
- System on: 8% to 80%
- System off: 8% to 80%
Maximum altitude: 2134 m (7000 ft)
Heat Output
Approximate heat output in BTUs per
hour:
- Maximum (as shipped): 306 BTU
(90 watts)59
Electrical Input
Sine-wave input (50 to 60 Hz) required.
Low range input voltage:
- Minimum: 90 V ac
- Maximum: 137 V ac
High range input voltage:
- Minimum: 180 V ac
- Maximum: 265 V ac
Input kVA (approximately):
- Maximum (as shipped): 0.75 kVA
Airflow
Approximately 0.92 cubic
meters/minute (32.5 CFM)
Acoustical
Noise Emission
Values
Average sound pressure levels:
At operator position:
- 42 dB operating
- 37 dB idle
At bystander position (1 meter):
- 36 dB operating
- 34 dB idle
Declared (upper limit) sound power
levels:
- 5.2 bels operating
- 5.0 bels idle
58 Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed.
Figures above are a system fully populated with options.
59 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the
330-watt maximum capacity of the system power supply.
60 For additional information, see the ISO Supplier's Declaration
available from IBM.
Reference information
223
Specifications Type 6892
Feature
Description
Size
Depth: 445 mm (17.5 inches)
Height: 492 mm (19.4 inches)
Width: 200 mm (7.9 inches)
Weight
Weight: 15 kg (33 lb)
Maximum: 17.3 kg (38 lb)61
Environment
Air temperature:
- System on: 10° to 32°C
(50° to 90°F)
- System off: 10° to 43°C
(50° to 110°F)
Humidity:
- System on: 8% to 80%
- System off: 8% to 80%
Maximum altitude: 2134 m (7000 ft)
Heat Output
Approximate heat output in BTUs per
hour:
- Minimum: 245 BTU (70 watts)
- Maximum: 969 BTU (285 watts)62
Electrical Input
Sine-wave input (50 to 60 Hz) required.
Low range input voltage:
- Minimum: 90 V ac
- Maximum: 137 V ac
High range input voltage:
- Minimum: 180 V ac
- Maximum: 265 V ac
Input kVA (approximately):
- Minimum: 0.08 kVA
- Maximum: 0.51 kVA
Airflow
Approximately 0.56 cubic
meters/minute (20 CFM)
Acoustical
Noise Emission
Values
Average sound pressure levels:
At operator position:
- 35 dB operating
- 33 dB idle
At bystander position (1 meter):
- 32 dB operating
- 29 dB idle
Declared (upper limit) sound power
levels:
- 4.8 bels operating
- 4.3 bels idle
61 Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed.
Figures above are a system fully populated with options.
62 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the
200-watt maximum capacity of the system power supply.
63 For additional information, see the ISO Supplier's Declaration
available from IBM.
224
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Specifications Type 6893
Feature
Description
Size
Depth: 450 mm (17.7 in.)
Height: 128 mm (5.0 in.)
Width: 450 mm (17.7 in.)
Weight
Minimum: 9.9 kg (22.0 lb)
Maximum: 11.3 kg (25.0 lb)64
Environment
Air temperature:
- System on: 10° to 32° C
(50° to 90°F)
- System off: 10° to 43° C
(50° to 110°F)
Humidity:
- System on: 8% to 80%
- System off: 8% to 80%
Maximum altitude: 2134 m (7000 ft)
Heat Output
Approximate heat output in BTUs per
hour:
- Minimum: 245 BTU (70 watts)
- Maximum: 700 BTU (204 watts)65
Electrical Input
Sine-wave input (50 to 60 Hz) required.
Low range input voltage:
- Minimum: 90 V ac
- Maximum: 137 V ac
High range input voltage:
- Minimum: 180 V ac
- Maximum: 265 V ac
Input kVA (approximately):
- Minimum: 0.08 kVA
- Maximum: 0.52 kVA
Airflow
Approximately 0.56 cubic
meters/minute (20 CFM)
Acoustical
Noise Emission
Values
Average sound pressure levels:
At operator position:
- 37 dB operating
- 34 dB idle
At bystander position (1 meter):
- 32 dB operating
- 29 dB idle
Declared (upper limit) sound power
levels:
- 4.9 bels operating
- 4.5 bels idle
64 Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed.
Figures above are a system fully populated with options.
65 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the
145-watt maximum capacity of the system power supply.
66 For additional information, see the ISO Supplier's Declaration
available from IBM.
Reference information
225
Specifications Type 6898
Feature
Description
Size
Depth: 445 mm (17.5 inches)
Height: 492 mm (19.4 inches)
Width: 200 mm (7.9 inches)
Weight
Weight: 17.3 kg (38 pounds)67
Environment
Air temperature:
- System on: 10° to 35°C
(50° to 95°F)
- System off: 10° to 43°C
(50° to 110°F)
Humidity:
- System on: 8% to 80%
- System off: 8% to 80%
Maximum altitude: 2134 m (7000 ft)
Heat Output
Approximate heat output in BTUs per
hour:
- Maximum (as shipped): 306 BTU
(90 watts)68
- Deep sleep: 15 BTU (4 watts)
Electrical Input
Sine-wave input (50 to 60 Hz) required.
Low range input voltage:
- Minimum: 90 V ac
- Maximum: 137 V ac
High range input voltage:
- Minimum: 180 V ac
- Maximum: 265 V ac
Input kVA (approximately):
- Maximum (as shipped): 0.70 kVA
Airflow
Approximately 0.56 cubic
meters/minute (20 CFM)
Acoustical
Noise Emission
Values
Average sound pressure levels:
At operator position:
- 46 dB operating
- 42 dB idle
At bystander position (1 meter):
- 40 dB operating
- 36 dB idle
Declared (upper limit) sound power
levels:
- 5.5 bels operating
- 5.1 bels idle
67 Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed.
Figures above are a system fully populated with options.
68 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the
330-watt maximum capacity of the system power supply.
69 For additional information, see the ISO Supplier's Declaration
available from IBM.
226
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Specifications Type 6899
Feature
Description
Size
Depth: 427 mm (16.8 inches)
Height: 429 mm (16.9 inches)
Width: 241 mm (9.5 inches) with
pedestal
Weight
Weight: 12.9 kg (28.5 pounds)70
Environment
Air temperature:
- System on: 10° to 35°C
(50° to 95°F)
- System off: 10° to 43°C
(50° to 110°F)
Humidity:
- System on: 8% to 80%
- System off: 8% to 80%
Maximum altitude: 2134 m (7000 ft)
Heat Output
Approximate heat output in BTUs per
hour:
- Minimum: 137 BTU (40 watts)
- Maximum: 785 BTU (230 watts)71
- Deep sleep: 15 BTU (4 watts)
Electrical Input
Sine-wave input (50 to 60 Hz) required.
Low range input voltage:
- Minimum: 90 V ac
- Maximum: 137 V ac
High range input voltage:
- Minimum: 180 V ac
- Maximum: 265 V ac
Input kVA (approximately):
- Minimum: 0.08 kVA
- Maximum: 0.52 kVA
Airflow
Approximately 0.56 cubic
meters/minute (20 CFM)
Acoustical
Noise Emission
Values
Average sound pressure levels:
At operator position:
- 46 dB operating
- 42 dB idle
At bystander position (1 meter):
- 40 dB operating
- 36 dB idle
Declared (upper limit) sound power
levels:
- 5.5 bels operating
- 5.1 bels idle
70 Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed.
Figures above are a system fully populated with options.
71 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the
200-watt maximum capacity of the system power supply.
72 For additional information, see the ISO Supplier's Declaration
available from IBM.
Reference information
227
Security features
Security features in this section include:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Passwords
Vital Product Data
Management Information Format (MIF)
Alert on LAN
AssetCare
Asset ID
Passwords
The following provides information about computer
hardware and software-related passwords:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Power-on Password
Administrator Password
Operating System Password
Power-on and Administrator passwords are set in the
Setup Utility program. See “Setup Utility program” on
page 261 for information about running the Setup Utility.
Power-on password: A power-on password denies
access to the computer by an unauthorized user when the
computer is powered on. When a power-on password is
active, the password prompt appears on the screen each
time the computer is powered on. The computer starts
after the proper password is entered.
Removing a power-on password
To service a computer with an active and unknown
power-on password, power-off the computer and do the
following:
Note
On some models, this procedure will also remove the
administrator password.
1. Unplug the power cord and remove the top cover.
2. Refer to “System board layouts” on page 383 and
locate the system board type you are servicing.
Depending on the system board, the password is
reset by a jumper or switch block.
3. Move the password jumper to connect the center pin
and the pin on the opposite end of the connector; or,
change the switch setting as appropriate.
4. Power-on the computer. The system senses the
change in the position and erases the password.
Ÿ
It is necessary to move the jumper back to the
previous position and to reset the switch setting.
5. Remind the user to enter a new password when
service is complete.
228
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Administrator password:
The administrator
password is used to restrict access to the
Configuration/Setup Utility program. If the administrator
password is activated, and you do not enter the
administrator password, the configuration can be viewed
but not changed.
Note
Type 6862, 6865, 6872, 6892, 6889, 6897 has
Enhanced Security Mode. If Enhanced Security mode
is enabled and there is no password given, the
computer will act as if Enhanced Security is disabled.
If Enhanced Security is Enabled and an administrator
password is given, the administrator password must
be entered to use the computer. If the administrator
password is lost or forgotten, the system board in the
computer must be replaced in order to regain access
to the Configuration/Setup Utility program.
For PC 700 computers, the administrator password is set
by jumpering an administrator password control jumper,
which can be on the riser card or the system board.
Note: The administrator password control jumper will not
remove the password.
Administrator password control jumper on
riser card: Refer to “Riser card layouts” on page 459
for PC 700 Series riser cards that have an administrator
password control jumper. Pins shown on the riser card are
jumpered in the default (D) position.
Jumper Position
Results
1-2 (D)
Administrator Password can
be set
2-3
Administrator password
cannot be set
Administrator password control
jumper/switch on system board:
Refer to
“System board layouts” on page 383 and locate the
system board type you are servicing. Depending on the
system board, the password is set by a jumper or switch
block.
Reference information
229
Important
PC 700 Series Only:
If the Administrator Password is lost or forgotten, the
password cannot be changed or removed. If this
occurs, the system board must be replaced and the
customer charged accordingly.
PC 300 Series and IntelliStation:
The Administrator Password can be reset on PC 300
Series and IntelliStation computers.
Operating system password: An operating
system password is very similar to a power-on password
and denies access to the computer by an unauthorized
user when the password is activated. The computer is
unusable until the password is entered and recognized by
the computer.
Vital product data
Each computer has a unique vital product data (VPD) code
stored in the nonvolatile memory on the system board.
After you replace the system board, the VPD must be
updated. To update the VPD, see “Flash (BIOS/VPD)
update procedure” on page 241.
Management Information Format (MIF)
Management Information Format (MIF) is a file used to
maintain a list of the system unit serial number along with
all serialized components; for example: system board,
riser card, memory, and processor. MIF is used on Type:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
6561,
6562,
6862,
6889,
6591
6592,
6865, 6872, 6892,
6897
At the time of computer manufacture, the EPROM (located
on the riser card) will be loaded with the serial numbers of
the system and all major components. The customer will
have access to the MIF file via the DMI MIF Browser that
is installed with the preload and is also available on the
RTC CD provided with the system.
A company called Retain-a-Group is a central data
warehouse offering serial number data management.
Retain-a-Group acts as a focal point to law enforcement.
The customer has the option to purchase serial number
information and services from Retain-a-Group. It is the
customer's responsibility to maintain the MIF file and to
inform Retain-a-Group of any changes to the file.
Some customers may request their servicers to assist
them in maintaining the MIF file when serialized
components are replaced during hardware service. This
assistance is between the customer and the servicer. The
230
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
servicer can use the DMI MIF Browser to update the MIF
information in the EPROM. It is anticipated that some
servicers might charge for this service.
To update the EPROM using the DMI MIF Browser:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Click Start from the desktop, then Programs.
Select IBM SystemView Agent.
Select Serial Number Information icon.
Click the plus sign to expand.
Select the component you want to view or edit.
Double click on the component you want to change.
Enter new data in the Value field, then click Apply.
Alert on LAN
Alert on LAN is supported on these computer Types:
Ÿ
Ÿ
6862, 6865, 6872, 6892
6889, 6893, 6897
Alert on LAN provides notification of changes in the
computer, even when the computer power is turned off.
Working with DMI and Wake on LAN technologies, Alert on
LAN helps to manage and monitor the hardware and
software features of the computer. Alert on LAN generates
notifications to the server of these occurrences:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Cover removed
Processor(s) removed
Computer disconnected from the network
Computer unplugged from the power outlet
Voltage out of specifications
Temperature out of specifications
Fan speed out of specifications
All POST errors
Operating system or POST hang condition
Alert on LAN events are configured to be Enabled or
Disabled from the LAN server only, and not from the
computer. See the LAN administrator for configuration
status information.
AssetCare
AssetCare is supported on these computer Types:
Ÿ
Ÿ
6862, 6865, 6872, 6892
6889, 6893, 6897
AssetCare is part of the security software that allows the
reading and tracking of computer and user data in the
EEPROM. The EEPROM is a dual port device that can be
accessed through a wireless RF interface or standard
system bus.
With an appropriate RF reader, the RFID data can be read
even with the system still in the box.
Reference information
231
With a DMI compliant software and the AssetCare software
installed, read/write access to the EEPROM data via the
keyboard is available.
The 256-byte data fields in the EEPROM are as follows:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Serial number (read only, RF)
Configuration data (read only, RF)
User area (read/write)
– Lease information
– Asset information
– Owner information
– Warranty information
– User defined fields (5)
AssetCare Enablement can be enabled or disabled under
System Security in Setup/Configuration Utility. Disabling
AssetCare will disable the RF read/write functions to the
EEPROM.
Asset ID
Asset ID is supported on these computer Types:
Ÿ
Ÿ
6862, 6865, 6872, 6892
6889, 6893, 6897
Asset ID is the application of using radio frequency
technology to communicate with the AssetCare EEPROM
described above. Asset ID assists customers in
performing electronic property pass, system deployment,
and physical inventory applications using radio frequency
equipment from third party vendors. The electronic
property pass application can be set so that if unauthorized
removal of the PC from the enterprise occurs an
administrator password is required during the next boot up
of the system.
Asset ID Enablement can be enabled or disabled under
System Security in Setup/Configuration Utility.
Note
Disabling both AssetCare and Asset ID will disable the
RF antenna testing during POST and will not cause a
POST error 184 (No RFID Antenna).
Universal Management Agent (UMA)
UMA operates with these computer types:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
6267, 6277, 6287
6272, 6282, 6284
6561, 6591
6562, 6592
6862, 6872, 6892
6588
IntelliStation 6865, 6888, 6889, 6897, 6898, 6899
232
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
The Universal Management Agent (UMA) program is a
collection of tools designed to manage computers in a
network environment. The Universal Management Browser
launches and manages each tool from a central interface
using ActiveX controls in an Internet or Intranet
environment. You can use the tools locally on the
computer where UMA is installed or remotely by using the
Internet or Intranet to access the computer where UMA is
installed.
The tools that are accessible through UMA can vary from
model to model based on two factors:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Whether or not additional plug-in programs have been
added.
Whether or not a specific model provides the
hardware necessary to use the tool.
If a tool is not supported, it does not appear within the
UMA interface. However, information about that tool is still
accessible through the UMA help system.
Note
Any information on the UMA screens reflecting status,
inventory, and so on, is a snapshot of that information
when the screen was accessed. The information is
not dynamically refreshed on the screen; you must
either navigate away from that screen then return to it
or use the following method to refresh the information:
1. Move the mouse pointer to an open area in the
right frame, then click using the right mouse
button.
2. When the pop-up appears, click on Refresh. Do
not use the refresh button in the Browser toolbar
to refresh the UMA screens; the Refresh button
will take you to the top-level screen (index.html).
UMA major components
The UMA program contains the following major
components:
Note
After selecting one of the components, you can
access the help system for that component by clicking
on the help button.
System monitors:
This component contains Events,
Alarms, and Responses (EAR); Enterprise SNMP
Automation; PC Health; BIOS Error Logging; and the Event
Log Viewer. These programs allow you to monitor
computer hardware status, set up automatic responses to
system alerts, schedule events (such as backup
operations), and view a history of errors, alerts, and
events.
Reference information
233
Resource utilization: This component allows you
to gather information about audio, drives, input/output
ports, memory, network, system resources, video, battery
(mobile computers only), keyboard, and mouse.
Advanced management tools:
This component
gives you access to Desktop Management Interface (DMI)
information and Alert on LAN information. Also included is
System Updates, which gives you access to information
and files provided by IBM through the Internet.
Inventory data:
This component allows you to view
information about the basic hardware, access a computer
summary report, view a software inventory, view
information about the operating system and associated
device drivers, and view AssetCare information.
Configuration and diagnostics:
This
component contains the Memory-Scrubbing program (to
correct latent errors in ECC memory), and the User
Manager program (used to configure security features
associated with UMA). Also included is the SNMP Trap
Configuration program, which allows you to add or change
SNMP trap community names and destinations.
Accessing UMA
Notes
1. The computer using UMA must be connected to
a network (Intranet) or the Internet.
2. UMA must be accessed from Microsoft Internet
Explorer.
To access UMA on a local computer
1. Type
http://local:6500/
in the Internet Explorer Address field.
2. Select the UMA component you want to use.
To access UMA on a remote computer
1. Type
http://computername:6500/
in the Internet Explorer Address field.
Note
The computername is the name used in the
Network Identification Control Panel.
2. Select the UMA component you want to use.
234
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Hard disk drive jumper settings
IDE hard disk drives for the PC 300/700 series computers
use jumpers to set the drives as primary (master) or
secondary (slave).
For SCSI hard disk drives, see “SCSI hard disk drive
settings” on page 236.
Attention
For drives not listed below, refer to the label on the
hard disk drive for the hard disk drive settings.
IDE hard disk drive settings
.1/
Primary (Master) Hard Disk Drive
.2/
Secondary (Slave) Hard Disk Drive
IDE Drives
Reference information
235
SCSI hard disk drive settings
540 MB SCSI
SCSI
ID
Position
.1/.2/.3/
6
: J
5
J
4
: :
3
J
SCSI
ID
Position
.1/.2/.3/
J
2
:
J
: J
1
J
:
:
0
:
:
:
J
J
:
:
1 GB SCSI
A2
A0
A1
SCSI
ID
236
PK
TE
Position
.A2/.A1/.Að/
SCSI
ID
Position
.A2/.A1/.Að/
7
On On On
3
Off On On
6
On On Off
2
Off On Off
5
On Off On
1
Off Off On
4
On Off Off
0
Off Off Off
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
1.12 GB, 2.25 GB SCSI
J3
C2
SCSI
ID
Position
.4/.3/.2/.1/
SCSI
ID
Position
.4/.3/.2/.1/
0
:
: :
:
8
:
:
:
J
1
J
:
: :
9
J
:
:
J
2
:
J
: :
10
:
J
:
J
3
J
J
:
:
11
J
J
:
J
4
:
: J
:
12
:
:
J
J
5
J
:
J
:
13
J
:
J
J
6
:
J
J
:
14
:
J
J
J
15
J
J
J
J
7
—Reserved—
2 GB SCSI
SCSI
ID
Position
.4/.3/.2/
6
: J
5
J
4
: :
3
J
SCSI
ID
Position
.4/.3/.2/
J
2
:
: J
1
J
:
:
0
:
:
:
J
J
J
:
:
Reference information
237
2.1 GB, 4.5 GB SCSI
SCSI
ID
SCSI
ID
Position
.4/.3/.2/.1/
0
:
: :
:
8
:
:
:
J
1
J
:
: :
9
J
:
:
J
2
:
J
: :
10
:
J
:
J
3
J
J
:
:
11
J
J
:
J
4
:
: J
:
12
:
:
J
J
5
J
:
J
:
13
J
:
J
J
6
:
J
J
:
14
:
J
J
J
15
J
J
J
J
7
238
Position
.4/.3/.2/.1/
—Reserved—
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
CD-ROM, PD/CD-ROM drive jumper
settings
CD-ROM and PC/CD-ROM drives use jumpers or tabs to
set the drives as primary (master) or secondary (slave).
Refer to the drive connector labels or the figures below for
the drive settings.
AUDIO
IDE INTERFACE
DC INPUT
1
2
39
40
RGGL
5V G G 12V
See Jumper
Settings Below
CD-ROM, PD/CD-ROM
Type
Primary
(Master)
Secondary
(Slave)
2X CD-ROM
FRU 06H5906
: : J : :
: J : : :
4X CD-ROM
FRU 06H7654
: : J : :
: J : : :
6X CD-ROM
: : J
: J :
8X CD-ROM
: : J
: J :
6X PD/CD-ROM
: : J
: J :
16X Max CD-ROM
: : J
: J :
24X Max CD-ROM
: : J
: J :
32X Max CD-ROM
: : J
: J :
40X Max CD-ROM
: : J
: J :
Reference information
239
BIOS levels
An incorrect level of BIOS can cause false error and
unnecessary FRU replacement. Use the following
information to determine the current level of BIOS installed
in the computer, the latest BIOS available for the
computer, and where to obtain the latest level of BIOS.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Current Level BIOS information.
– Run the Configuration Utility to determine the
level of BIOS installed.
Sources for determining the latest level BIOS
available.
1. IBM PC Company Home Page
http://www.pc.ibm.com/us/
2. PC PartnerInfo-Technical Database
(CTSTIPS.NSF)
3. Bulletin Board System (BBS)
4. HelpCenter
5. Levels 1 and 2 Support
6. RETAIN
Sources for obtaining the latest level BIOS available.
1. IBM PC Company Home Page
http://www.pc.ibm.com/us/
2. PC PartnerInfo-Technical Database
(CTSTIPS.NSF)
3. Bulletin board system (BBS)
4. HelpCenter
5. Levels 1 and 2 Support
To update (flash) the BIOS, see “Flash (BIOS/VPD) update
procedure” on page 241.
240
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Flash (BIOS/VPD) update procedure
Attention
Refer to the information label located inside the
system unit cover for any model-specific information.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Power-off the computer.
Insert the flash update diskette into drive A.
Power-on the computer.
When the Update Utility appears; select your
country/keyboard, then press Enter.
5. If the computer serial number was previously
recorded, the number is displayed with an option to
update it. Press Y to update the serial number.
6. Type the 7-digit serial number of the computer you
are servicing; then, press Enter.
7. Follow the instructions on the screen to complete the
flash (BIOS/VPD) update procedure.
Flash recovery boot block jumper
Attention
If an interruption occurs during a Flash/BIOS upgrade,
the BIOS might be left in an unusable state. The Boot
Block jumper or switch enables you to restart the
system and recover the BIOS.
To perform a Flash/BIOS recovery using the Boot Block
jumper:
1. Power-off the computer and remove the cover.
2. Move the system board Boot Block jumper or switch
to the recover position. Refer to “System board
layouts” on page 383 or the information label inside
the computer for more information.
3. Insert the upgrade diskette into the diskette drive.
4. Power-on the computer. The IBM Logo will appear.
5. When the Flash Update Utility appears; select your
country/keyboard, then press Enter.
6. If the computer serial number was previously
recorded, the number is displayed with an option to
update it. Press Y to update the serial number.
7. Type the 7-digit serial number of the computer you
are servicing; then, press Enter.
8. Follow the instructions on the screen to complete the
flash (BIOS/VPD) update procedure.
9. When you are instructed to reboot the computer,
power-off the computer and move the Boot Block
jumper or switch to the normal position. Then,
replace the cover and power-on the computer.
Reference information
241
PC 360-S150 (Type 6598) flash recovery
jumper
Attention
If an interruption occurs during a Flash/BIOS upgrade,
the BIOS might be left in an unusable state. This
jumper enables you to restart the system and recover
the BIOS.
To perform a Flash/BIOS recovery:
1. Power-off the computer and remove the cover.
2. Move the system board Flash jumper from pins 23-24
to pins 22-23. Refer to “PC 360-S150 (Type 6598) Pentium Pro 150/200 MHz jumper settings” on
page 423 for more information.
3. Insert the upgrade diskette into the diskette drive.
4. Power-on the computer and listen to the speaker.
You should hear beeps in the following sequence.
a. After you restart the computer, it beeps once.
This beep marks the beginning of the power-on
self test (POST).
b. After a short delay (less than 10 seconds), the
computer beeps again. This marks the
beginning of the recovery process; the recovery
code is being copied into the flash component.
c. After about 30 seconds, the computer beeps
twice, marking the end of the recovery process.
Wait until the diskette drive in-use light goes out.
5. Power-off the computer and move the jumper back to
the normal (default) position.
6. Leave the upgrade diskette in the diskette drive and
power-on the computer.
7. Continue with the original upgrade.
242
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Diagnostics and test information
The following tools are available to help identify and
resolve hardware-related problems:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Power-on self-test (POST)
POST Beep Codes
Error Code Format
Diagnostic Test Programs
– IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics (For all Types,
except 6571, 6581, 6573, 6583, 6875, 6885)
– PC 300/700 Series, IntelliStation Diagnostics
(Only for Types 6571, 6581, 6573, 6583, 6875,
6885)
Power-on self-test (POST)
Each time you power-on the system, it performs a series of
tests that check the operation of the system and some
options. This series of tests is called the power-on
self-test, or POST. POST does the following:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Checks some basic system-board operations
Checks the memory operation
Starts the video operation
Verifies that the diskette drive is working
Verifies that the hard disk drive is working
If the POST finishes without detecting any problems, a
single beep sounds and the first screen of your operating
system or application program appears.
Note
Type 6263, 6265, 6267, 6275, 6277, 6285, 6287,
6561, 6591, 6862, 6865, 6872, 6889, 6892, 6893,
6897 computers are default to come up quiet (No
beep and no memory count and checkpoint code
display) when no errors are detected by POST.
To enable Beep and memory count and checkpoint
code display when a successful POST occurs:
1. Enable Power on Status in setup. See “Setup
Utility program” on page 261.
If the POST detects a problem, an error message appears
on your screen. A single problem can cause several error
messages to appear. When you correct the cause of the
first error message, the other error messages probably will
not appear on the screen the next time you turn on the
system.
POST beep codes
The Power On Self-Test generates a beeping sound to
indicate successful completion of POST or to indicate that
the tests detect an error.
Reference information
243
One beep and the appearance of text on the display
indicates successful completion of the POST. More than
one beep indicates that the POST detects an error.
Note
Type 6263, 6265, 6267, 6275, 6277, 6285, 6287,
6561, 6591, 6862, 6865, 6872, 6889, 6892, 6893,
6897 computers are default to come up quiet (No
beep and no memory count and checkpoint code
display) when no errors are detected by POST.
To enable Beep and memory count and checkpoint
code display when a successful POST occurs:
1. Enable Power on Status in setup. See “Setup
Utility program” on page 261.
Error code format
This section provides an explanation of the encoded
non-SCSI and SCSI POST error codes.
Error messages are displayed on the screen as three, four,
five, eight, twelve, or thirteen digits. An “X” in an error
message can be any number or letter. The shorter POST
errors are highlighted in the Symptom-to-FRU Index.
Some digits will represent different information for SCSI
errors versus non-SCSI errors.
The following figure shows which digits display the shorter
POST errors. The figure also defines additional SCSI
information.
Notes
Ÿ
Non-IBM device error codes and documentation
supersede this list.
Ÿ
Duplicate SCSI ID settings will cause misleading
error symptoms or messages.
RDDDPLSCB QEET
│└┬┘│││││ │└┤└─
│ │ │││││ │ └──
│ │ │││││ └────
│ │ │││││
│ │ ││││└─────
│ │ │││└──────
│ │ ││└───────
│ │ │└────────
│ │ └─────────
│ │
│ └───────────
└─────────────
244
Test state
Error code Extension
Qualifier
Bus (ð=internal 1=external)
Capacity of the device
Slot number of the device
LUN (usually ð)
PUN (SCSI ID #)
Device Number
Reserved Digit (usually ð)
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Diagnostics test programs
There are now two diagnostics programs that you can use
to service the IBM PC 300/700 Series, IntelliStation
computers.
Ÿ
Ÿ
IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics, developed by
Watergate Software with IBM Advanced Memory
Diagnostics.
PC300/700 Series, IntelliStation Diagnostics,
developed by Diagsoft for IBM.
Note
See “General Checkout (Type 6272 Models 88X,
89X, 90X, 91X)” on page 5 for diagnostic options
and procedures for these Type 6272
(disketteless) models.
IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics:
The IBM PC
Enhanced Diagnostics programs use a full range of
diagnostic utilities to determine the operating condition of
the computers hardware components. The user interface
is WaterGate's PC-Doctor which serves as the control
program for running the IBM Advanced Memory
Diagnostics and the suite of diagnostic tests provided by
PC-Doctor.
The IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics are available on-line
and can be downloaded from:
http://www.pc.ibm.com/us/
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Select
Select
Select
Select
Support
IBM IntelliStation Support
Downloadable Files
Diagnostics
This diagnostic diskette includes:
Ÿ
Ÿ
A new user interface (WaterGate Software's
PC-Doctor)
– This interface serves as the control program for
running both the IBM Advanced Memory
Diagnostics and the suite of diagnostic tests
provided by PC-Doctor.
IBM Advanced Memory Diagnostics
– The memory diagnostic tests determine which
memory module (SIMM or DIMM) is defective
and report the socket where the failing module is
located. The Memory diagnostics can run a
quick and full test of the system. Diagnostics
can also be run on a single SIMM or DIMM.
Note
See “Symptom-to-FRU index” on page 33 for the IBM
PC Enhanced Diagnostics error codes.
Reference information
245
Supported systems
The IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics will run on all of the
IBM PC 300/700, and IntelliStation computer systems,
except for Type 6571, 6581, 6573, 6583, 6875, 6885.
Starting the IBM PC Enhanced
Diagnostics Program
To start the program:
1. Shut down and power-off the system.
2. Wait 10 seconds.
3. Insert the IBM Enhanced Diagnostics Diskette into
diskette drive A.
4. Power-on the system.
The initial diagnostics menu will be displayed.
Navigating through the diagnostic
programs
Use either the mouse or the keyboard to navigate through
the Enhanced Diagnostics program.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Use the cursor movement keys to navigate within the
menus.
The Enter key is used to select a menu item.
The Esc key is used to back up to the previous
menu.
For online help select F1.
Running diagnostic tests
There are four ways to run the diagnostic tests:
1. Using the cursor movement keys, highlight Run
Normal Test or Run Quick Test from the
Diagnostics Menu and then press Enter.
This will automatically run a pre-defined group of tests
from each test category. Run Normal Test runs a
more extensive set of tests than does Run Quick
Test and takes longer to execute.
2. Press F5 to automatically run all selected tests in all
categories. See “Test selection” on page 247.
3. From within a test category, press Ctrl-Enter to
automatically run only the selected tests in that
category. See “Test selection” on page 247.
4. Using the cursor movement keys, highlight a single
test within a test category and then press Enter. This
will run only that test.
Press Esc at any time to stop the testing process.
Test results, (N/A, PASSED, FAILED, ABORTED), are
displayed in the field beside the test description and in the
test log. See “Viewing the test log” on page 250.
246
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Test selection
To select one or more tests:
1. Open the corresponding test category.
2. Using the cursor movement keys, highlight the
desired test.
3. Press Space bar.
A selected test is marked with a chevron, >>.
Pressing the space bar again de-selects a test and
removes the chevron.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 above to select all desired
tests.
IBM Advanced Memory Diagnostics
The IBM Advanced Memory Diagnostics provide the
capability to identify a particular memory module
(SIMM/DIMM) which fails during testing. Use the System
Board Layouts section in the latest PC 300/700,
IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (HMM) to
reference the memory sockets, or select F1 twice to load
the Online Manual and select Chapter 11 'SIMM/DIMM
Locator'.
Follow the steps below to locate the IBM Advanced
Memory Diagnostics test options.
1. Select the DIAGNOSTICS option on the toolbar and
press Enter.
2. Highlight either the 'Memory Test-Full' or 'Memory
Test-Quick option and press Enter.
Ÿ
Memory Test-Full
The full memory test will take about 80 seconds per
MB of memory and will detect marginal, intermittent,
and solid (stuck) memory failures.
Ÿ
Memory Test-Quick
The quick memory test will take about 20 seconds per
MB of memory and will detect solid (stuck) memory
failures only.
Notes
Either level of memory testing can be performed on all
memory or a single SIMM/DIMM socket.
Only sockets containing a SIMM or DIMM can be
selected for testing. Unpopulated sockets are noted
by ........ besides the test description.
Reference information
247
Alert On LAN test
The Alert On LAN test does the following:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Determines if Alert On LAN is supported on the
system.
Checks the revision ID register.
Verifies the EEPROM checksum.
Validates that a software alert can be sent.
Asset ID test
The Asset ID test does the following:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Determines if Asset ID is supported on the system.
Verifies the EEPROM areas.
Performs an antenna detection test.
Test results
IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostic test results will produce this
error code format:
Function Failure
Code
Type
Function Code:
Failure Type:
DeviceID:
Date:
ChkDigits:
Text:
DeviceID Date
ChkDigits Text
Represents the feature or function
within the PC.
Represents the type of error
encountered.
Contains the component's unit-id which
corresponds to either a fixed disk drive,
removable media drive, serial or
parallel port, processor, specific DIMM,
or a device on the PCI bus.
Contains the date on which the
diagnostic test was run. Date is
retrieved from CMOS and displayed
using the YYYYMMDD format.
Contains a 2-digit check-digit value to
ensure that:
Ÿ Diagnostics were run on the
specified date
Ÿ Diagnostics were run on the
specified IBM computer
Ÿ The diagnostic error code is
recorded correctly
Description of the error.
Note
See “Symptom-to-FRU index” on page 33 for the IBM
PC Enhanced Diagnostics error codes.
248
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Hard file Smart test
Use the Hard File Smart Test when the system
management tool has detected a hard file SMART alert.
The Smart test does the following:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Interrogates IDE devices for support of the SMART
instruction set.
Issues a ENABLE SMART command to make sure
SMART functionality is active.
Checks the SMART RETURN STATUS command to
determine if any thresholds have been exceeded.
If thresholds have been exceeded, an error message is
shown, and the test fails. If no SMART is supported by
the drive, the test returns with N/A.
Quick and Full erase - hard drive
The IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics Program offers two
hard drive format utilities:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Quick Erase Hard Drive
Full Erase Hard Drive
The Quick Erase Hard Drive provides a DOS utility that
performs the following:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Destroys the Master Boot Record (MBR) on the hard
drive.
Destroys all copy of the FAT Table on all partitions
(both the master and backup).
Destroys the partition table.
Provides messages that warn the user that this is a
non-recoverable process.
The Full Erase Hard Drive provides a DOS utility that
performs the following:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Performs all the steps in Quick Erase.
Provides a DOS utility that writes random data to all
sectors of the hard drive.
Provide an estimate of time to completion along with
a visual representation of completion status.
Provides messages that warn the user that this is a
non-recoverable process.
Important
Make sure customer backs up all data before using
the Quick or Full Erase function.
To select the Quick Erase or Full Erase Hard Drive utility:
1. Select the UTILITY option on the toolbar and press
enter.
2. Select either the QUICK ERASE or FULL ERASE
HARD DISK option and then, follow the instructions.
Reference information
249
Asset EEPROM backup
When replacing a system board, this utility allows the
backup of all Asset information from the EEPROM to
diskette. This utility also restores data to the EEPROM
from diskette after replacement of the system board.
To run this utility:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Select Utility
Select Asset EEPROM Backup
follow instructions on screen.
Viewing the test log
Errors reported by the diagnostic test will be displayed by
the program as a failed test.
To view details of a failure or to view a list of test results,
do the following from any test category screen:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Press F3 to activate the log File
Press F3 again to save the file to diskette or F2 to
print the file.
SIMM/DIMM memory errors:
SIMM/DIMM error
messages issued by the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics:
Message
Failure Found
Recommended
Actions
2xx-1y
A memory error
was detected in
SIMM socket Y
Replace the
SIMM in the
socket identified
by the last digit of
the error code.
Re-run the test.
If the same error
code occurs
again, replace
the system
board.
2xx-2y
A memory error
was detected in
DIMM socket Y
Replace the
DIMM in the
socket identified
by the last digit of
the error code.
Re-run the test.
If the same error
code occurs
again, replace
the system board
or where memory
is on the
processor card,
replace the
processor card.
250
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Message
Failure Found
Recommended
Actions
Corrupt BIOS
Information in
BIOS is not as
expected.
Reflash the
BIOS.
Not able to find
expected DMI
information from
BIOS.
Replace the
system board.
Memory controller
chipset vendor ID
does not match
expected value.
Test aborted by
user
User stopped
test.
Restart test.
Note:
"Y" is the SIMM/DIMM socket number. Use the System
Board Layouts section in the latest PC 300/700, IntelliStation
Hardware Maintenance Manual, HMM, to reference the
memory sockets.
PC 300/700 Series, IntelliStation
diagnostics: Always use the latest PC 300/700
Series, IntelliStation Diagnostics Diskette. As of this HMM
printing, the current release is Version 5.50.
The Diagnostics test programs, developed by DiagSoft for
IBM, is used to test the IBM components of the system
and some external devices. The amount of time required
to test all components depends on the number of
components.
QAPlus/WIN: QAPlus/WIN, a Windows program, is
included in the preinstalled software on certain IBM
computers. QAPlus/WIN provides an effective tool for
isolating software-related problems, because it
encompasses the entire operating system. QAPlus/WIN
gathers Windows-related information and also does some
hardware device testing.
QAPlus/PRO:
QAPlus/PRO is a DOS diagnostic
program that is available either in preinstalled software or
on a diskette. If the computer has DOS or DOS with
Windows preinstalled, you can access QAPlus/PRO by
typing QAPRO and the C:\ prompt. You must first exit
from Windows to use QAPRO.
QAPlus/PRO provides similar diagnostic capacity to
QAPlus/WIN, but is more balanced between software and
hardware problem determination. The Windows-related
information that is available in QAPlus/WIN is not available
in QAPlus/PRO. However, QAPlus/PRO does gather a
wealth of information about the DOS environment,
including device drivers. It more effectively isolates
Reference information
251
hardware problems than QAPlus/WIN, because it is not
limited by the operating system environment.
When OS/2 is preinstalled, QAPlus/PRO is not available
from the hard disk. However, you can use the Diskette
Factory available on the computer to build the
QAPlus/PRO diskette.
Typically, if software was not preinstalled on the computer,
QAPlus/PRO is provided on a diskette supplied with the
computer. To access QAPlus/PRO, boot the computer
with the QAPlus/PRO diskette in the primary diskette drive.
CoSession for Windows:
If the CoSession for
Windows program is preinstalled in the computer, IBM
HelpCenter personnel can use that program to diagnose
the system from a remote location. To use CoSession for
Windows, you must have a modem attached to your
computer. Contact the IBM HelpCenter for instructions
before attempting to use CoSession for Windows.
252
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
The test programs include the following features.
Feature
Description
Advanced Diagnostic Tests
Identifies most problems
associated with the
following major components:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Flexible Test Control
System board
Hard disk drives
Diskette drives
CD-ROM drives
RAM
Serial and parallel
ports
Video adapter
Printer
Keyboard
Mouse
Allows you to:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Run groups of tests in
batch
Specify parameters to
use for each test (for
example, video modes,
disk cylinders, and port
addresses)
Specify the number of
passes you want to run
(one to continuous)
Log the test results to
a text dBase (DBF)
format file
Save all test settings
for future use
View System
Information
View the server's
configuration
information. (For
example, you can view
the IRQ/DMA
assignments, memory
usage, and device
drivers)
Select System Utilities
Run a low-level format
also contains system
utilities.
Format a diskette
Reference information
253
Error messages
Messages generated by the software—the operating
system or application programs—generally are text
messages, but they also can be numeric. Basically, there
are five types of error messages.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
POST error messages
POST beep codes
Diagnostic error messages
Software generated messages
Multiple messages
Error Message
Description
POST Error Messages
Displayed when POST finds
problems with the hardware
or detects a change in the
hardware configuration.
POST Beep Codes
Sounds emitted from the
speaker if POST finds a
problem. One beep
indicates POST completed
successfully. Multiple
beeps indicate a problem
was found by the POST.
Diagnostic Error Messages
Displayed when a test
program finds a problem
with a hardware option.
Software Generated Error
Messages
Displayed if a problem or
conflict is found by an
application program, the
operating system, or both.
For an explanation of these
messages, refer to the
information supplied with
that software package.
Multiple Messages
The first error that occurs
can cause additional errors.
Follow the suggested action
of the first error displayed.
In this case, the system
displays more than one
error message. Always
follow the suggested action
instructions for the first error
message displayed.
254
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Return codes
For the test programs to properly determine if a test
Passed, Failed, or Aborted, the test programs check the
error-return code at test completion. To register the test
properly in the test log, the test programs must generate
one of the following return codes:
Return Code
Description
0
Indicates the device passed
its test.
1
Indicated the device failed
its test.
2 or greater
Indicates the test stopped or
was aborted.
Reference information
255
Using the test programs
The test programs provide advanced functions and utilities
for users and service or support professionals to
troubleshoot even the most difficult problems.
Program navigation
You can maneuver within the test programs by typing the
first letter of a menu choice, using the function keys, or
using command-line options.
Using the first letter of a menu choice
Throughout the test programs, pressing the first letter of an
option on a menu is the same as moving to that item with
the cursor and pressing Enter; however, this function is
not enabled on Test Group Screens.
Using the function keys
Use the following keys to maneuver throughout the test
programs:
Keys
Action
Enter
Select an item, run the test module, or run
the test
Down
Arrow (↓)
Moves the cursor down
Up
Arrow (↑)
Moves the cursor up
F1
Calls up the appropriate Help information.
Use the up arrow key (↑) or the down arrow
key (↓) to scroll through the information.
Pressing F1 from within a Help screen
provides a help index from which you can
select different categories. One of the
important help categories is function key
usage. Pressing Esc exits Help and returns
to where you left off.
Esc
Go back to the previous menu
Additional functions are available in the Test Module
Selection screen and the Test Group screen using the
following keys:
Keys
Action
Tab
Move to test group (or move to parameters)
Spacebar
Toggle modules on/off (or toggle tests on/off)
F2
View test results log
F10
Local menu
+
Next logical unit number (for example, LUN
1, LUN 2, and so on)
−
Previous logical unit number
256
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Command line options
The following Command Line Options are available when
initially starting the diagnostic program from within its
directory.
Type QAPLPRO/XXX (where /XXX represents one of the
following from the list below) then press Enter.
Command
Action
/B&W
The /B&W command line option forces the
program to load in Black and White
(Monochrome) mode, which is often more
readable on laptop computers.
/LOG=file
The /LOG=file command line option directs
the test programs to start using a specified
Error Log file.
/INT10
The /INT10 command line option forces the
test programs to use the BIOS for screen
writes.
/OXXX
The /OXXX command line option, where
XXX=test group (for example,
MBD/MEM/VID/HDU/ FDU/KBD/COM/LPT,
and so on), omits the designated test group
from testing.
/USRCONFIG
=file
The /USERCONFIG=file command line
option tells the test programs to look for a
user diagnostic configuration file other than
the default USERDIAG.CFG.
/SCRIPT
=file[,R]
The /SCRIPT=file[,R] command line option
with the “,R” runs the selected script. Please
see “Scripting” on page 258 for a description
of scripting.
Note: You can use a “–” instead of a “/” as
the command line switch.
Viewing the test groups
As you move the cursor bar up or down in the Test Module
Selection window, the right hand screen changes to show
the attributes, parameters, and the selected tests of the
corresponding Test Group. The ♦ indicates a module
selected for testing.
The indicated attributes are characteristics of the selected
test module that are used by the test programs to
determine which tests to run or how to run selected tests.
Attributes are also used to limit the allowable range of
parameters (for example, – ending cylinder).
Parameters are values you select to establish the scope of
tests. For example, you can select Extended Memory
testing parameters and limit the testing to a specific range
of test blocks by specifying the starting and ending
memory block. This might be appropriate if prior
experience indicates that problems are likely to exist in a
Reference information
257
specific area of memory. By selecting these limiting
parameters, you reduce memory testing time.
Scripting
Scripting allows you to select specific groups of tests,
testing parameters, and options. Your selection is saved
for later use as a test Script. To set up a test script, first
select all the appropriate test groups and specific tests you
want to run from the Module Testing section under
Diagnostics. You should also select appropriate testing
parameters and options. See “Program navigation” on
page 256, for instructions to save a test script.
Changing logical unit numbers
In some instances, you can have more than one logical
unit number (LUN) for a particular module. LUNs
represent individual devices within a test group or module.
For example, you might have two diskette drives or two
hard disk drives; or, you might have base, extended,
shadow, and cache memory installed in the computer.
This configuration might result in as many as four or five
different LUNs in the Memory Test Group. Or you might
have base, extended, shadow, and cache memory
installed in the system which might result in as many as
four or five different LUNs in the Memory Test Group.
From either the Module Test Menu or the Test Group
window, you can change to a different LUN (where
applicable) by pressing the plus (+) key (next LUN), or the
minus (−) key (previous LUN).
Test group specifications
In the upper-right-hand portion of the testing screen (or just
the upper portion if you switched to an individual test group
screen) are the specifications for the related test group.
Note: In the Hard Disk Test Group specification area, if a
software program was to compress your drive, the
indicated size is the compressed size of the logical
drive.
Starting the diagnostics diskette
1. Insert the Diagnostics diskette into drive A.
2. Power-on the computer.
3. When the Diagnostics Main Menu is displayed, press
Ctrl+A. (The screen will not change.)
4. Select Diagnostics; then, press Enter.
5. Follow the instructions that appear on your screen. If
an error is displayed, go to “Symptom-to-FRU index”
on page 33.
258
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Module testing mode
If the test programs do not find a problem, or you want to
perform in-depth testing, the Module Testing mode
provides a method to run individual tests on a single
module. For example, you can run an individual test for
the diskette drive, or you can run groups of tests for
several modules.
In the Module Testing mode, you can define how many
times each test should run and how the test program
should log the errors.
To start the Module Testing mode:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Start the Diagnostics diskette.
Select Diagnostic Menu from the Main Menu.
Select Quick Checks from the next menu.
Use the up and down arrow keys (↑ and ↓) to move
the highlight bar from one selection to the next.
5. Follow the instructions on the screen.
Note: As you scroll down the selection menu, the Test
Group window to the right changes to correspond
to the highlighted Module.
Running selected module tests
To run all selected tests for a test group:
1. Use the up and down arrow keys (↑ and ↓) to move
the cursor to your selection.
2. Press Enter.
Note: A ♦ appears next to your selection.
Running all selected modules
To run all selected test modules:
1. Use the down arrow key (↓) to move the cursor to the
last choice, Run All Selected Modules.
2. Press Enter.
Note: A ♦ appears next to your selection.
Changing selected tests in test groups
To change selected tests in a Test Group:
1. In the Module Tests Menu, use the up and down
arrow keys (↑ and ↓) to move the cursor to your
selection.
2. Press Tab to move into the expanded Test Group
window.
3. Scroll to the test you want to select or deselect.
Warning: Items indicated by a directly adjacent “*”
(red text on color screens) are destructive tests.
4. Press the spacebar at the highlighted test to toggle
between select (indicated by a ♦) and deselect.
Reference information
259
Note: Pressing the first letter of a test does not
activate the test, unlike menu operation.
5. Press Enter.
Running an individual test
To run an individual test:
1. Use the up and down arrow keys (↑ and ↓) to move
to the highlighted bar to the test you want to run.
2. Press Enter to run the test.
Note: The results of the test appear in the
lower-right-hand Test Log window. Also, if
you enabled Test Logging, the results are
recorded in the Test Log.
3. When the test completes, press Esc to return to the
Test Group Menu.
Stopping the tests
To stop running a specific test or stop testing after you
have started a test, press Esc while the test is running.
The test pauses at the first possible opportunity, and the
Skip/Abort Test Menu appears with the following options:
Option
Action
Continue
The test program begins testing where
it left off.
Skip to next test
The test program skips the current test,
but remaining tests for the selected
Test Module continue.
Skip to next
group
The test program skips the remaining
tests in the current test group.
Abort all tests
The test program stops and returns to
the previous menu.
260
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Setup Utility program
Attention
A customized setup configuration (other than default
settings) might exist on the computer you are
servicing. Running the Setup Utility program might
alter those settings. Note the current configuration
settings and verify that the settings are in place when
service is complete. To start the Setup Utility
program, see “Setup Utility program.”
The Setup Utility (configuration) program is stored in the
permanent memory of the computer. This program
includes settings for the following:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Devices and I/O Ports
Date and Time
Security
Start Options
Advanced Setup
ISA Legacy Resources
Rapid Resume Manager
To run the Setup Utility program, do the following:
1. Power-off the computer and wait for a few seconds
until all in-use lights go off.
2. Power-on the computer.
3. When the Setup Utility prompt appears on the screen
during start-up, press F1. The Setup Utility menu
appears.
4. Follow the instructions on the screen.
5. When finished, select System Summary to verify that
any configuration changes have been accepted.
Adapter configuration
To add adapters to past generations of ISA computers, a
variety of switches are provided on the adapters. These
switches control the assignment of computer resources
such as interrupt request (IRQ) lines, direct memory
access (DMA) channels, and memory address ranges.
Determining how to set switches for (or configuring) these
resources can be complex. Plug and Play adapters and
devices make this task easier.
Plug and Play adapters
Plug and Play adapters are easier to install and set up
because they are auto-configuring (no jumpers or
switches) to set. A Plug and Play adapter comes with
built-in identification and configuration specifications set in
the adapter memory. This information is sensed by the I/O
bus and interpreted by the computer BIOS. The BIOS
routines then automatically configure the adapter around
the resources already in use by other devices.
Reference information
261
PCI adapters are generally Plug and Play devices. Many
ISA adapters are not Plug and Play devices. If the adapter
you are installing is not a Plug and Play adapter (a legacy
device), you must configure it manually.
Legacy adapters
ISA adapters that are not Plug and Play devices are
referred to as legacy devices. The Configuration/Setup
Utility program can help you manually configure legacy
adapters.
The Configuration/Setup Utility program screens show the
legacy resources typically required by adapters:
I/O port address
Memory address
Interrupt request (IRQ) line
Direct memory access (DMA) channel
Resources not currently being used by adapters already
installed in your computer are highlighted. From these
screens you can select available resources for the adapter
you are installing. Set the resources used by installed
legacy adapters to not available. This enables the Plug
and Play code to configure around legacy adapters. Then
you can make the appropriate jumper or switch settings on
the adapter. Using this procedure helps prevent conflicts
with other adapters. Refer to the adapter documentation
for information about required resources. If your computer
comes with preinstalled software, you can also select
these resources using the Plug and Play icon.
Note
The Plug and Play feature uses memory addresses
ED00h to EFFFh. If you install an ISA legacy adapter
or use a memory manager program, do not use the
addresses within this range.
Formatting diskettes
To format a diskette within the Diagnostic programs, select
one of the following options:
Format A:
high density — 1.44 MB
Format A:
low density — 720 KB
Format B:
high density — 1.44 MB
Format B:
low density — 720 KB
After selecting a diskette format option, follow the
instructions that appear on the screen.
Hard disk drive boot error
A hard disk drive boot error (error codes 1962 and
I999030X) can be caused by the following:
262
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Cause
Actions
The start-up drive is not in
the boot sequence in
configuration.
Check the configuration and
ensure the start-up drive is
in the boot sequence.
No operating system
installed on the boot drive.
Install an operating system
on the boot drive.
The boot sector on the
start-up drive is corrupted.
The drive must be
formatted, do the following:
1. Attempt to access and
recover (back-up) the
failing hard disk drive.
2. Using the operating
systems programs,
format the hard disk
drive.
3. Go to “Preparing the
hard disk drive for use”
on page 263.
The drive is defective.
Replace the hard disk drive.
When to use the Low-Level Format
program
Notes
1. The low-level format is not available on all
diagnostic diskettes.
2. Before formatting the hard disk drive, make a
back-up copy of the files on the drive to be
formatted.
Use the Low-Level Format program:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
When you are installing software that requires a
low-level format
When you get recurring messages from the test
programs directing you to run the Low-Level Format
program on the hard disk
As a last resort before replacing a hard disk drive
Preparing the hard disk drive for use
When the Low-Level Format program is finished, restore to
the hard disk all the files that you previously backed up.
1. Partition the remainder of the hard disk for your
operating system. (The commands vary with the
operating system. Refer to your operating-system
manual for instructions.)
2. Format the hard disk using your operating system.
(The commands vary with the operating system.
Refer to your operating-system manual for
instructions.)
3. Install the operating system.
Reference information
263
You are now ready to restore the files.
File Editor
The File Editor is an ASCII text editor that uses simple
function key commands.
To access the File Editor:
1. Select File Editor from the Utility Menu; then press
Enter.
2. Insert a diskette into Drive A or Drive B before
selecting the file you want to edit, then select the file
you want to edit from the Files selection box.
3. Make your changes. The arrow keys move the
cursor, and the function keys perform search and
block editing functions. (See “File edit function
keys.”)
4. When you are done, press F10 to update the file with
the changes you made, or press Esc to quit the
editing process without saving the changes.
File edit function keys
The following information describes the function of the
function keys and keyboard keys when you are using the
File Editor.
Key
Description
Arrows
Move the cursor to the place in the text
where you want to make changes.
Home
Press Home once, to move the cursor to the
start of the current line.
Press Home twice, to move to the beginning
of the file.
Press Home three times, to move to the
beginning of the file.
End
Press End once, to move the cursor to the
end of the current line.
Press End twice, to move the cursor to the
end of the current screen.
Press End three times, to move the end of
the file.
F2
Press F2 to be in search mode, You are
prompted to enter the search word or words
on a reverse highlighted line at the bottom of
the File Edit Screen. After typing in the
search word, press Enter.
F3
Press F3 to find the next occurrence of a
search word.
F4
Press F4 to mark the start of a block of text
(if you have not previously marked it).
If you previously marked the block of text,
pressing this key unmarks the text block.
264
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Key
Description
F5
Press F5 to complete the block marking
(started with F4).
If you did not previously press F4 to start
marking a block of text, F5 is ignored.
F6
Press F6 while the cursor is within the active
block to move an active (marked) block of
text. Move the cursor to the new location
where the active block is to be moved, then
press F6 again.
If there is no active block of text, F6 is
ignored.
F7
To copy an active (marked) block of text to a
new location, move the cursor to the new
location and then press F7.
If there is no active block of text F7 is
ignored.
F8
To delete an active (marked) block of text,
move the cursor within the active block and
press F8.
If there is no active block of text, F8 is
ignored.
F10
Press F10, to save all changes and exit the
file.
Notes:
1. Always make a backup copy on a self-starting
diskette of the AUTOEXEC.BAT and CONFIG.SYS
files before making any changes.
2. The default text editing mode of the File Editor is the
insert mode. To toggle between overtype and insert
modes, press Insert.
Diagnostics control keys
The following is a list of the Diagnostics Control Keys,
when used and a description of the Diagnostics response.
Control Keys
When Used
Diagnostics
Response
Ctrl+A
Main Menu
Allows you to
select test from
the sub menus
that are
highlighted with
red letters.
Attention: If
selected, these
test will erase
the information
stored on the
diskette or hard
disk drive.
Reference information
265
Control Keys
When Used
Diagnostics
Response
Up and Down
Arrow Keys
Main Menu
Module Test
Menu
Test Group
Menu
Highlights an
item you want to
select.
Space Bar
Module Test
Menu
Test Group
Menu
Adds a diamond
to the left of the
highlighted test.
The test will run
when Run All
Selected is
highlighted and
the Enter key is
pressed.
Also removes
the diamond to
the left of the
item. The test
will not run when
Run All
Selected is
highlighted and
the Enter key is
pressed.
Tab Key
Main Menu
Module Test
Menu
Selects the
additional test
for the menu you
are in.
+/− Keys
Test Group
Menu
Selects
additional test.
The LUN
displayed on the
top right Test
Group Menu
shows which test
is selected and
how and remain
(example LUN 1
of 2).
266
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Power management
Power management reduces the power consumption of
certain components of the computer such as the system
power supply, processor, hard disk drives, and some
monitors. Advanced Power Management and Rapid
Resume Manager are features of some personal
computers.
Automatic configuration and power
interface (ACPI) BIOS mode
When ACPI BIOS mode is enabled, the operating system
is allowed to control the power management features of
the computer and the setting for Advanced Power
Management (APM) BIOS mode are ignored. Not all
operating systems support ACPI BIOS mode. ACPI BIOS
mode can be enabled or disabled in Setup under Power
Management.
Advanced Power Management
Energy-saving settings can be viewed and changed by
using the Advanced Power Management menu in the
Configuration/Setup Utility program.
Attention
If a device, such as a monitor, does not have
power-management capabilities, it can be damaged
when exposed to a reduced-power state. Before
making energy-saving selections for the monitor,
check the documentation supplied with the monitor to
see if it supports Display Power Management
Signaling (DPMS).
Automatic Hardware Power Management
features: Automatic Hardware Power Management
can reduce the power states of the computer, processor,
and monitor (if monitor supports DPMS) if they are inactive
for a predetermined length of time.
There are three levels of specified time that the computer
must be inactive before the power management options
that are selected take effect. Select the amount of time
that is offered within each level.
Level 1
Set time from 5 minutes to 4 hours.
Level 2
Set time from 10 minutes to 5 hours.
Level 3
Set time from 15 minutes to 6 hours.
At each level, you can define the amount of energy
savings by specifying values for the following options:
Ÿ
System Power:
– Select On for the computer to remain on.
– Select Off for the computer to shut down.
Reference information
267
Ÿ
Processor Speed:
Set the microprocessor to be disabled, or to run at 1,
10, 25, or 50 percent of its internal clock speed.
Ÿ
Display:
Set display to be disabled or to be reduced at these
power states:
– Standby: Screen is blank, but can be restored
immediately when any activity is detected.
– Suspend: Monitor uses less power than in
Standby mode. Screen image is restored after a
few seconds when any activity is detected.
– Off: Monitor power is off. Press Monitor power
button to restore power. On some monitors, you
might have to depress the power button twice.
Setting Automatic Hardware Power
Management features
1. Start the Configuration/Setup Utility program (see
“Setup Utility program” on page 261).
2. Select Advanced Power Management from the
Configuration/Setup Utility program menu.
3. Be sure APM BIOS Mode is set to Enabled. If it is
not, press Left Arrow (←) or Right Arrow (→) to
change the setting.
4. Select Automatic Hardware Power Management.
5. Set Automatic Hardware Power Management to
Enabled.
6. Select values for the three levels of power
management (system power, processor speed, and
display), as necessary.
7. Set Hard Disk to Enabled or Disabled.
Note: This does not apply to SCSI drives.
8. Press Esc twice to return to the Configuration/Setup
Utility program menu.
9. Before you exit from the program, select Save
Settings from the Configuration/Setup Utility program
menu.
10. To exit from the Configuration/Setup Utility program,
press Esc and follow the instructions on the screen.
Automatic Power-On features:
The Automatic
Power-On features within the Advanced Power
Management menu allow you to enable and disable
features that turn the computer on automatically.
Ÿ
268
Serial Port Ring Detect: With this feature set to
Enabled and an external modem connected to the
serial port, the computer will turn on automatically
when a ring is detected on the modem.
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Ÿ
Modem Ring Detect: With this feature set to
Enabled, the computer will turn on automatically
when a ring is detected on the internal modem.
Ÿ
Wake Up on Alarm: You can specify a date and
time at which the computer will be turned on
automatically. This can be either a single event or a
daily event.
Ÿ
Wake on LAN: If the computer has a properly
configured token-ring or Ethernet LAN adapter card
that is Wake on LAN-enabled and there is remote
network management software, you can use the
IBM-developed Wake on LAN feature. When you set
Wake on LAN to Enabled, the computer will turn on
when it receives a specific signal from another
computer on the local area network (LAN). For
further information, see “Wake on LAN” on page 271.
Rapid Resume Manager
Personal computers come with built-in energy-saving
capabilities. Rapid Resume Manager reduces the power
consumption of the computer. The following are features
of Rapid Resume Manager:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Rapid Resume
Standby
Scheduler
Wake Up on Ring
Rapid Resume: With Rapid Resume activated, the
computer saves its current state when you power it off with
the power switch. Rapid Resume retains all current
settings, remembers which programs were active, and
saves the position and size of windows and other objects
on the screen. When the computer is restarted (with the
power-on switch, the Scheduler, or Wake-Up on Ring), it
quickly returns to full-power operation in exactly the same
state. The programs that were being used will reappear in
the state they were in when you suspended operation of
the computer.
Running Rapid Resume Manager: To select
and activate, deactivate, or change Rapid Resume
Manager, do the following.
1. From Program Manager, select IBM Management
Plus.
2. Select Rapid Resume Manager.
3. View or change settings.
4. Follow the instructions on the screen.
Standby: When the Standby feature is enabled, it
initiates reduced power modes for the display,
microprocessor, and hard disk drive after a specified
period of inactivity. The default setting for automatically
initiating standby is 20 minutes. The display is blanked
Reference information
269
and the hard disk drive "spins down' (enters a
reduced-power state). Any use of the keyboard, mouse, or
hard disk drive causes the computer to exit standby and
return to full-power operation. For example, if 40 minutes
is selected as the specified period, the computer goes into
standby state if the mouse, keyboard, or microprocessor is
not active for more than 40 minutes.
To select and activate, deactivate, or change the Standby
feature, see “Running Rapid Resume Manager” on
page 269.
Scheduler:
Use the Scheduler to set a time for the
computer to do the following:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Start a program
Display a message
Power-off the computer
If the computer will not already be powered-on when it is
time to start a program or display a message, a setting can
be selected to power-on the computer at the appropriate
time.
To select and activate, deactivate, or change the
Scheduler feature, see “Running Rapid Resume Manager”
on page 269.
Wake Up on Ring:
You can select settings so that,
if the modem receives a call and the computer is in the
suspend state, the computer "wakes up" on the first ring;
that is, it returns to full-power.
To select the Wake Up on Ring settings, feature, see
“Running Rapid Resume Manager” on page 269.
Network settings
This section applies only to computers linked to a network.
The Configuration/Setup Utility program includes settings
that can be enabled and disabled to configure the network
interface in the computer. These settings are:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Flash over LAN (Update POST/BIOS over Network)
Wake on LAN
Flash over LAN (update POST/BIOS
over network)
Note: For local Flash (BIOS/VPD) update, see “Flash
(BIOS/VPD) update procedure” on page 241.
This setting is used to enable or disable the Flash over
LAN feature. When the feature is enabled, the system
programs, in the computer, can be updated remotely from
a network server. If the administrator password is set in
the computer, it does not have to be entered by the server.
270
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
To access the Flash over LAN setting:
1. Start the Configuration/Setup Utility program. See
“Setup Utility program” on page 261.
2. Select System Security.
3. Select POST/BIOS Update from the
Configuration/Setup Utility program menu.
4. To enable Flash over LAN, select Enabled. To
disable Flash over LAN, select Disabled.
5. Press Esc twice to return to the Configuration/Setup
Utility program menu.
6. Before you exit from the program, select Save
Settings from the Configuration/Setup Utility program
menu.
7. To exit from the Configuration/Setup Utility program,
press Esc and follow the instructions on the screen.
Wake on LAN
This setting is used to enable or disable the
IBM-developed Wake on LAN feature. This feature makes
it possible for the computer to be turned on remotely by a
network server. Remote network management software
must be used in conjunction with this feature.
To access the Wake on LAN setting:
1. Start the Configuration/Setup Utility program. See
“Setup Utility program” on page 261.
2. Select Advanced Power Management.
3. Select Automatic Power On from the program menu.
4. Select Wake on LAN from the Automatic Power On
menu.
5. To enable Wake on LAN, select Enabled. To disable
Wake on LAN, select Disabled.
6. Press Esc until you return to the Configuration/Setup
Utility program menu.
7. Before you exit from the program, select Save
Settings from the Configuration/Setup Utility program
menu.
8. To exit from the Configuration/Setup Utility program,
press Esc and follow the instructions on the screen.
Reference information
271
Recovering from software problems
(Type 68X7)
Note
The following software-related information is also
included in the About Your Software booklet supplied
with certain model IBM PC Computers. It is included
here for reference only.
This section provides information and procedures to help a
customer recover from problems that prevent either OS/2
Warp or DOS from starting. To follow many of these
procedures, you will need the following diskettes that were
created when the computer was initially installed.
Ÿ
Ÿ
OS/2 Warp Utility Diskettes
PC DOS 7 Diskettes
Notes:
1. If these diskettes are not available and a problem with
the computer prevents you from making them now,
you can make them from another IBM Personal
Computer that has the same version of PC DOS and
OS/2 Warp installed.
2. PC DOS 7.0 Disk 1 is a multipurpose diskette. It not
only is the starting point for installing DOS 7, it is also
a general-purpose utility diskette.
Utility diskettes
Utility diskettes help you correct problems when you
cannot start your computer from the hard disk.
The utility diskettes contain programs that allow you to
start an editor program, check your hard disk for errors or
problems, view and define hard disk partition information,
and format a diskette or hard disk. The OS/2 Warp utility
diskettes also contain programs that allow you to back up
and restore OS/2 Warp. The preinstalled software
includes programs to create utility diskettes for both DOS
and OS/2 Warp. Make these utility diskettes at the earliest
opportunity.
Creating utility diskettes
To create the utility diskette for DOS:
1. Start the Diskette Factory in either OS/2 Warp or
Windows.
2. Select IBM PC DOS 7.0 and follow the instructions on
the screen.
To create utility diskettes for OS/2 Warp:
1. On the Desktop, double-click on OS/2 System.
2. Double-click on System Setup.
272
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
3. Double-click on Create Utility Diskettes, and follow
the instructions on the screen.
4. Label the diskettes:
Ÿ OS/2 Warp Utility Diskette 1
Ÿ OS/2 Warp Utility Diskette 2
Ÿ OS/2 Warp Utility Diskette 3
OS/2 Warp Recovery Choices program
The Recovery Choices Program built into OS/2 Warp
provides a means to recover from some problems that
prevent OS/2 Warp from loading successfully, such as:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
A video mode not supported by your hardware
An incorrect statement in the OS/2 Warp
CONFIG.SYS file
A damaged .INI file
A hard disk error
If you get an unreadable screen or a message that OS/2
Warp cannot start correctly, you can try to resolve the
problem using the Recovery Choices Program.
To start the Recovery Choices Program:
1. Power-on the computer. If the computer is already
on, restart it using the Ctrl+Alt+Del key sequence.
2. When a small white box appears in the upper
left-hand corner of the screen, press Alt+F1.
3. When the Recovery Choices screen appears, select
from the following:
Ÿ Esc: Quits the Recovery Choices program and
continues the OS/2 Warp boot (startup)
sequence.
Ÿ C: Gives you access to an OS/2 command
prompt.
Ÿ V: Resets the video mode to a base VGA mode
and restarts the computer. After the computer
restarts, you can select another video mode, if
necessary.
Ÿ X: Restores OS/2 Warp to its original state (as it
was originally installed).
Ÿ 1, 2, or 3: Starts OS/2 Warp using a set of
configuration files used during one of the last
three times OS/2 Warp was started. The date
when these files were archived appears next to
each selection. These selections do not appear
on the Recovery Choices screen unless you
previously opened the Desktop Settings
notebook and selected Create archive at each
system restart from the Archive page.
For more information about the Recovery Choices
program, refer to the Master Help Index located in the
Information folder on the OS/2 Desktop.
Reference information
273
Editing the CONFIG.SYS file
A CONFIG.SYS file contains lines of instructions that
control how the computer starts up and how the computer
works with the devices attached to it. The active
CONFIG.SYS file for DOS and OS/2 Warp is stored in the
root directory. OS/2 Warp maintains other CONFIG.SYS
files in other subdirectories for error recovery and other
purposes.
Important: If you need to edit the CONFIG.SYS file to
remedy a problem, edit the one in your root
directory.
For information about statements that can appear in the
CONFIG.SYS file, refer to the Command Reference
located in the Information folder on the OS/2 Desktop.
Using OS/2 Warp to edit the
CONFIG.SYS file
To edit the CONFIG.SYS file while OS/2 Warp is active:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
On the Desktop, double-click on OS/2 System.
Double-click on Command Prompts.
Double-click on OS/2 Window or OS/2 Full Screen.
Type COPY CONFIG.SYS CONFIG.OLD and press Enter.
This copies the current CONFIG.SYS file as
CONFIG.OLD in case you need it for future reference.
Type E C:\CONFIG.SYS where
Ÿ E is the command to start the System Editor.
Ÿ C is the drive where OS/2 Warp is installed.
Ÿ \ is the symbol for the root directory.
Then press Enter.
When you are done working on the file, select File,
and then select Save.
Select Type in the Save Notification window.
Select Plain text, and then select Set.
Press Alt+F4 to exit from the System Editor.
Shut down your computer. (You must restart your
computer in order for the changes to take effect.)
Using OS/2 Warp utility diskettes to edit
the CONFIG.SYS file
To edit the CONFIG.SYS file using the OS/2 Warp Utility
Diskettes:
1. Insert Utility Diskette 1 in your diskette drive.
2. Power-on the computer. If the computer is already
on, restart the computer using the Ctrl+Alt+Del key
sequence.
3. Follow the instructions on the screen until you get to
a command prompt.
4. Insert Utility Diskette 3.
5. Type COPY C:\CONFIG.SYS CONFIG.OLD and press
Enter. This copies your current CONFIG.SYS file as
CONFIG.OLD in case you need it for future reference.
274
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
6. Type TEDIT C:\CONFIG.SYS and press Enter.
7. Press Esc to move the cursor from the command line
to the editing area.
8. When you are done working on the file, press F4
(File) to save the file and exit from the editor.
9. Shut down your computer. (You must restart your
computer in order for the changes to take effect.)
Using the DOS utility diskette to edit
the CONFIG.SYS file
To edit the CONFIG.SYS file from the DOS Utility Diskette:
1. Insert PC DOS Disk 1 in your diskette drive.
2. Power-on the computer. If the computer is already
on, restart the computer using the Ctrl+Alt+Del key
sequence.
3. When the following prompt appears:
Do you want to install PC DOS 7 (Y,N)?
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
type N. The command prompt appears.
Type COPY C:\CONFIG.SYS CONFIG.OLD and press
Enter. This copies your current CONFIG.SYS file as
CONFIG.OLD in case you need it for future reference.
Type CD \DOS and press Enter.
Type E C:\CONFIG.SYS and press Enter.
When you are done working on the file, press F4
(File) to save the file and exit from the editor.
Shut down your computer. (You must restart your
computer in order for the changes to take effect.)
Recovering from OS/2 Warp problems
The following are some problems that might occur when
you try to start your system or switch from one operating
system to another.
Ÿ
Internal Processing Error Message Appears
Symptom: The system stops and the screen
displays INTERNAL PROCESSING ERROR at the top of the
message.
Ÿ
Action: Record the information exactly as it is
displayed on the screen, and write a description of
what you were doing when the problem occurred.
Contact an IBM HelpWare technician for assistance.
Unable to switch from DOS or Windows to OS/2
Warp
Symptom (DOS): Unable to switch from DOS to
OS/2 using the C:\OS2\BOOT /OS2 command.
Symptom (Windows): Unable to switch from DOS
with Windows to OS/2 using the Go to Warp icon.
Action: You might have one or more active
terminate-and-stay-resident (TSR) or DOS cache
programs that take up the available computer
memory. End the TSR programs before attempting to
switch to OS/2 Warp.
Reference information
275
Ÿ
If you suspect the problem is caused by TSR
programs that are loaded from the AUTOEXEC.BAT
file, deactivate the programs before attempting to
switch to OS/2 Warp. Refer to the instructions that
come with your TSR program. If this solves the
problem, you might need to deactivate the TSR
programs each time you want to switch to OS/2
Warp.
System Stops Working
Symptom: The system stops and the keyboard and
mouse do not respond.
Ÿ
Action: Press Ctrl+Esc or Alt+Esc and wait a few
seconds to see if the system responds. If this does
not resolve the problem, do the following:
1. Determine if you can move the mouse pointer,
but cannot select any object when you press
mouse button 1.
2. Press the Caps Lock and Num Lock keys to see
if their status lights come on.
3. Record a description of what you were doing
when the system stopped. If any messages
appeared on the screen, record the message
text and number.
4. Call a HelpWare technician for assistance.
Stacked Icons
Symptom: Some of the icons on your Desktop
appear to be stacked on each other.
Ÿ
Action: Refresh your Desktop by doing the following:
1. Position the pointer on a blank area of the
Desktop.
2. Press mouse button 2. A pop-up menu appears.
3. Select Refresh.
4. If your screen goes blank, press Alt+Esc to
switch between programs and force “repainting”
of your screen.
Folders open and close immediately
Symptom: When you attempt to open a folder, it will
not stay open.
Action: Use the OS/2 Warp Recovery Choices
Program to recover a set of archived system files.
See “OS/2 Warp Recovery Choices program” on
page 273 for instructions.
Recovering from errors on the hard
disk
You can use the CHKDSK command with the /F parameter
to check the hard disk for errors and, if any errors are
found, correct them.
276
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Correcting disk errors from DOS
To run the CHECKDSK program from DOS:
1. Close all active programs, including Windows.
2. At the DOS command prompt type CHKDSK /F and
press Enter.
The program will check the hard disk and correct any
errors found.
Correcting disk errors from the DOS
diskette
If you cannot get to a DOS command prompt from your
hard disk, use the following procedure.
1. Insert PC DOS Disk 1 in your diskette drive.
2. Power-on the computer. If the computer is already
on, restart the computer using the Ctrl+Alt+Del key
sequence.
3. When the following prompt appears:
Do you want to install PC DOS 7 (Y,N)?
type N. The command prompt appears.
4. Type COPY C:\CONFIG.SYS CONFIG.OLD and press
Enter. This copies your current CONFIG.SYS file as
CONFIG.OLD in case you need it for future reference.
5. At the DOS command prompt type CHKDSK /F and
press Enter.
Correcting disk errors from OS/2 Warp
When you use the CHKDSK /F command, you cannot
have any other activity on that disk. Therefore, if you need
to use the CHKDSK /F command on the disk where OS/2
is installed, you must shut down OS/2 and use the OS/2
Warp Utility Diskettes.
To correct disk errors on the disk where OS/2 Warp is
installed:
1. Shut down OS/2.
2. Insert Utility Diskette 1 in your diskette drive.
3. Power-on your computer. If the computer is already
on, restart it using the Ctrl+Alt+Del key sequence.
4. Follow the instructions on the screen until you get to
a command prompt.
5. Insert Utility Diskette 3.
6. Type CHKDSK C:/F:2; then press Enter. (C is the
drive on which OS/2 is installed.)
7. Follow any instructions that appear on the screen.
8. Remove the diskette from drive A.
9. Restart your computer using the Ctrl+Alt+Del key
sequence.
To correct disk errors on another drive:
1. On the Desktop, double-click on OS/2 System.
2. Double-click on Command Prompts.
Reference information
277
3. Double-click on OS/2 Window or OS/2 Full Screen.
4. Type CHKDSK D: /F:2 and press Enter. (If you are
checking a drive other than D, substitute that drive
letter for the D used in this example.)
5. Follow any instructions that appear on the screen.
Recovering from a forgotten OS/2
password
If you forget your OS/2 lockup password, use the following
procedure.
1. Power-on the computer.
2. When a small white box appears in the upper
left-hand corner of the screen, press Alt+F1.
3. When the Recovery Choices screen appears, press
C.
4. Type CD \OS/2 and press Enter.
5. Type the following:
MAKEINI OS2.INI LOCK.RC
6. Press Enter.
7. Restart the computer.
Backing up and restoring files
The backup routines provided with OS/2 and DOS allow
you to back up a single file, a directory, or the entire
contents of a disk. Backing up files that contain your
day-to-day work will help to protect you from losing data
that cannot be recovered from another source. Backing up
the entire contents of each disk takes longer, but ensures
that you can reinstall your operating system, programs,
and data files exactly as they were before a major problem
occurred.
Procedures for backing up and restoring files using DOS
are in the DOS/Windows users guide. Procedures for
backing up and restoring files using OS/2 Warp are in the
online OS/2 Command Reference.
If a problem occurs, you might not be able to view the
online OS/2 Command Reference, or you might not be
able to get to a command prompt. Therefore, the following
short procedures have been included to help you to back
up and restore the entire contents of your hard disk using
the OS/2 Warp Utility Diskettes.
Backing up the hard disk
To back up the entire contents of the hard disk:
1. Insert Utility Diskette 1 in the diskette drive.
2. Power-on the computer. If the computer is already
on, restart the computer using the Ctrl+Alt+Del key
sequence.
3. Follow the instructions on the screen until you get to
a command prompt.
4. Insert Utility Diskette 3.
278
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
5. To backup the entire contents of drive C, type
BACKUP C:\\.\ A: /S
and press Enter. (To back up another drive,
substitute that drive letter for the C in this example.)
6. Follow the instructions on the screen. Be sure to
label the diskettes in the correct sequence.
Restoring the Hard Disk
The hard disk must have a formatted partition before you
can use the following procedure. If the hard disk does not
already have a formatted partition, you can create one
using the FDISK and FORMAT programs on Utility
Diskette 3.
To restore the entire contents of the hard disk:
1. Insert Utility Diskette 1 in the diskette drive.
2. Power-on the computer. If the computer is already
on, restart the computer using the Ctrl+Alt+Del key
sequence.
3. Follow the instructions on the screen until you get to
a command prompt.
4. Insert Utility Diskette 3.
5. To restore the entire contents of drive C, type
RESTORE A: C:\\.\ /S
and press Enter. (To restore the data to another
drive, substitute that drive letter for the C in this
example.)
6. Follow the instructions on the screen.
Reference information
279
IBM Wireless LAN
This section provides information on the IBM Wireless
LAN. For additional help, detailed messages, and
recommended actions, refer to the Installing and Operating
Your Network manual, supplied with the IBM Wireless LAN
product.
ISA bus switch settings
To install the adapter in a computer with an ISA bus, set
the dip switches as shown below:
ISA Type Connector
0
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Figure 1. Preparing the Adapter Card for an ISA Based
Computer
The switch positions shown in Figure 1 represent the
value 00000001, that is, switch 8 has been set to value 1
(one), the others are set to value 0 (zero).
Important
Ÿ
For setting the switch positions 0 or 1, use
the values shown on the adapter card. DO
NOT use the values printed or inscribed on
the switch itself.
Ÿ
The settings shown in Figure 1 apply to most
computer configurations.
ISA mode operations parameters
The following provides the possible values for ISA mode
operation parameters that you can select according to your
system configuration:
Ÿ
280
Input/Output (I/O) Base Address (this is used by the
computer to identify and communicate with each
individual adapter).
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Table 1. I/O Base Address, ISA Mode
Ÿ
Switch Positions
123
I/O Base Address
000
86A0
100
96A0
010
A6A0
110
B6A0
001
C6A0
101
D6A0
011
E6A0
111
F6A0
Remote Program Loading (RPL) capability (this
allows you to enable or disable the RPL memory).
Table 2. RPL Memory Enable, ISA Mode
Ÿ
Switch Position
4
RPL Memory
0
Disabled (not using the RPL
feature)
1
Enabled
Interrupt Level, also called Interrupt Request
Level IRQ (this establishes the priority by which the
adapter can interrupt the computer, the lowest value
is given the highest priority).
Table 3. Interrupt Level (IRQ), ISA Mode
Switch Positions
56
Interrupt Level
00
9
10
10
01
11
11
15
Important
The IBM Wireless LAN adapter does not
support interrupt level sharing. Therefore,
make sure that no other adapter in your
computer uses the same interrupt level. If
necessary, change the interrupt level of the IBM
Wireless LAN adapter.
If you want to use interrupt level 9 for the IBM
Wireless LAN adapter, make sure that no other
adapter in your computer uses interrupt level 2.
Ÿ
Direct Memory Access (DMA) arbitration level (this
establishes the priority by which the adapter can
access the computer memory, the lowest value is
given the highest priority. The recommended value
is 3).
Reference information
281
Table 4. DMA Arbitration Level, ISA Mode
Switch Positions
78
ISA DMA Level
00
0
10
1
01
3
11
Invalid
Important
Ÿ
Some values are recommended for specific
machine types. For further information, refer
to the README.OS2 file, on the IBM
Wireless LAN 'OS/2 Base-Workstation
diskette' (volume 2).
Ÿ
Make sure that no other adapter in your
computer uses the same DMA level.
Micro Channel adapter installation
The IBM Wireless LAN 'OS/2 Base-Workstation diskette'
(volume2), is the option diskette and contains the adapter
description file (ADF).
PCMCIA portable computer support
To operate a Wireless adapter and NDIS Device Driver in
a computer using PCMCIA, you must have installed and
configured the set of Card and Socket Services
support supplied with your computer, by following the
instructions in the computer documentation. The chosen
set of Card and Socket Services must match the machine
model and operating system used.
This section also applies to computers with a PCMCIA slot
connected to a PCI bus.
Initialization failure
If the set of Card and Socket Services support supplied
with your computer is installed and configured and you
have an initialization failure, you might have one of the
following problems.
Problem 1 - memory allocation conflict
between EMM386 (DOS or Windows) and
Resource Manager
Ÿ
NDIS Workstations: You must reserve 16K of
memory to be used as attribute memory for PC cards.
This is the /MA parameter for Resource Manager,
from the Card and Socket Services you are using,
and the X=nnnn parameter for EMM386 in the
CONFIG.SYS file.
For example:
282
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
DEVICE=C:\DOS\EMM386.EXE RAM X=Cððð-C3FF
Ÿ
ODI Workstations:
–
If you are using Enabler, you must:
1. Edit the NET.CFG file and add: /R:Cððð to
the following statement:
Enabler c:\xxxx\IBMWLENA.EXE
where Cððð is a memory zone between
C000 to EF00 in multiples of 100 and xxxx
is the directory where the IBM Wireless
LAN has been installed, for example,
WIRELESS.
2. Exclude memory area C000 to C1FF in the
parameter for EMM386 in the CONFIG.SYS
file.
DEVICE=C:\DOS\EMM386.EXE RAM X=Cððð-C1FF
–
If you are using both Enabler and Card and
Socket Services and your PCMCIA machine
does not have an INTEL 82365SL or
compatible port controller, you must exclude only
the memory area used by the Enabler.
Problem 2 - incorrect or missing
parameters for multiple adapter slots:
For a
PCMCIA machine with multiple adapter slots, update the
corresponding switch parameter according to the
documentation supplied with your socket services support.
Problem 3 - incompatibility with card and
socket services: Compatibility problems may exist
with non-IBM PCMCIA Card & Socket Services. In such
cases you are recommended to use "universal" Card and
Socket Services such as "PlayAtWill" (Ref: 5764-085)
when available.
Important
When using PlayAtWill, make sure that no statements
from a former Card and Socket Services installation
are left in your CONFIG.SYS.
Problem 4 - IO base address or interrupt
level conflicts
Sometimes the Resource Manager (part of Card and
Socket Services support) returns an IRQ (INT parameter)
or an IO Base Address (PORT parameter) as valid, even if
already used by the system.
To resolve the conflicts, you must:
1. Find available values by using a configuration
analysis program such as: CardView, CardInfo, MSD,
and EZPlay.
Reference information
283
2. Change the value(s):
Ÿ
Of your computer feature by using its utilities.
Ÿ
Of the IBM Wireless LAN adapter by updating
these parameters in the PROTOCOL.INI file for
NDIS workstations or, in the NET.CFG file for
ODI workstations.
Problem 5 - detection problem for ODI
workstations
Important
This section only applies to DOS and Windows ODI
wireless workstations with a PCMCIA Type II slot.
If the PCMCIA Credit Card is not detected when you start
your computer:
1. Be sure there is no potential conflict (memory
allocation, IRQ, PORT ...)
2. Your PCMCIA machine does not have an INTEL
82365SL or compatible port controller. You must add
Card and Socket Services support to your machine.
Radio interference problem
If there is radio interference caused by other equipment,
follow these steps:
Ÿ
Determine what equipment is creating the
interference. For example, a microwave oven or any
product working in the 2.4 to 2.5 GHz frequency
band.
Ÿ
Move the base radio module.
Ÿ
Move the equipment (if possible) that is causing the
interference.
Ÿ
Move the base itself.
Ÿ
When you have identified the frequency on which
there is interference, go to the NAP and forbid that
frequency.
See Installing and Operating Your Network manual for a
table of radio allocations by country.
Running adapter diagnostics from the
Utilities diskette
To run the adapter diagnostics, do the following:
1. Insert the IBM Wireless LAN 'Utilities diskette' in drive
A, and restart the workstation by pressing
Ctrl+Alt+Del.
284
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Important
Wireless Utilities for MCA Bus with Ethernet
Adapter: Computers with an MCA bus and an
Ethernet adapter may lock up if the Wireless
'Utilities diskette' is booted when the Ethernet
cable is not present or unplugged. A specific
message identifies the problem (Code 06421
referring to Ethernet cable unplugged). Once the
cable is plugged back in, the 'Utilities diskette'
works properly.
2. If the workstation has a PCMCIA Type II slot and you
have problems when booting the 'Utilities diskette',
you would need to modify your 'Utilities diskette'
CONFIG.SYS file to call DOS Card and Socket
Services support. This may be the case if your
PCMCIA machine does not have an INTEL 82365SL
or compatible port controller.
The following are samples from the CONFIG.SYS file:
DEVICE=C:\IBMDSSð2.SYS
DEVICE=C:\IBMDOSCS.SYS
DEVICE=C:\DICRMUð2.SYS
DEVICE=C:\$ICPMDOS.SYS
3. Select Diagnostics Utilities from the main menu,
wait for the diagnostics to complete and follow the
recommended action.
Troubleshooting wireless network
problems
If you are experiencing wireless network problems and
tests of the adapter and radio are OK (through diagnostics
from the 'Utilities diskette'), you might have a wireless
software problem (such as product installation,
configuration) or a networking problem.
The Installing and Operating Your Network manual
supplied with the product contains a troubleshooting
appendix with the following specific sections:
Ÿ
Base or NAP station initialization failure,
Ÿ
Base status is 'Not Ready' at the NAP,
Ÿ
The NAP application is not available,
Ÿ
OS/2 bridge does not operate,
Ÿ
Data exchange problems through OS/2 bridged base,
Ÿ
Workstation registration problems (all red RSSI),
Ÿ
Communication problems when using 3270 emulation,
Ÿ
Workstation performance problems,
Ÿ
Network management does not operate (NetView
6000, NMS,WNM).
Reference information
285
Problem resolution worksheet
Before calling your service representative:
1. Make a copy of the problem resolution worksheet
contained in the Installing and Operating Your
Network manual or in the README.OS2 file available
on the IBM Wireless LAN 'OS/2 Base - Workstation
diskette' (volume2).
2. Collect and fill in the information listed in it (see
“Obtaining the necessary data”).
3. Make a backup copy of the important files, depending
on your station type (see “Making a backup copy of
files” on page 287).
Obtaining the necessary data
Ÿ
Find the level of the operating system, and the date
and size of certain system files:
–
–
OS/2 base:
-
Type SYSLEVEL at the OS/2 Prompt and
record the IBM Wireless LAN application
level.
-
Get the size and dates for files by typing:
DIR IBMWLB.OS2 /S.
NetWare Base:
Type MODULE at the server prompt on the system
console and get size and dates for the following
modules:
–
–
-
IBMWLCOM.NLM
-
IBMWLNAP.NLM
-
IBMWLWNC.NLM
-
IBMWLWCA.NLM
-
IBMWLERL.NLM or IBMWLPRX.NLM
-
IBMWL.LAN
OS/2 Workstation:
-
Type SYSLEVEL at the OS/2 Prompt and
record the IBM Wireless LAN application
level.
-
For an NDIS workstation, get size and
dates for files by typing DIR IBMWLO.OS2 /S.
-
For an ODI workstation, get size and dates
for files by typing DIR IBMWL\.SYS /S.
DOS/Windows Remote station
-
286
For an NDIS workstation:
Ÿ
Type IBMWLLV2 at the DOS Prompt and
record the IBM Wireless LAN
application level.
Ÿ
Get the size and dates for files by
typing DIR IBMWL.DOS /S.
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
-
Ÿ
For an ODI workstation:
Ÿ
Type IBMWLLV1 at the DOS Prompt and
record the IBM Wireless LAN
application level.
Ÿ
Get the size and dates for files by
typing DIR IBMWL\.COM /S.
Obtain vital product data (VPD) for adapter and radio.
To do so, follow these steps:
–
Insert the IBM Wireless LAN Utilities diskette in
drive A.
–
Restart your workstation.
–
Select Diagnostic Utilities from the main menu.
–
When the first set of instruction panels is
displayed note the following information:
-
Hardware Change Level
Product change level
Radio Type and Model
Radio Country Type.
Making a backup copy of files
Ÿ
For a NetWare base (directory: SYS:\SYSTEM\):
–
–
–
–
Ÿ
For an OS/2 base:
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Ÿ
IBMWL*.LOG
IBMWL*.BAK
IBMWL.NCF
AUTOEXEC.NCF
LANTRAN.LOG
CONFIG.SYS
PROTOCOL.INI
For an ODI wireless workstation:
–
–
–
Ÿ
IBMWL*.LOG
IBMWL*.BAK
IBMWL.NCF
AUTOEXEC.NCF
CONFIG.SYS
NET.CFG
AUTOEXEC.BAT, if this workstation is running
under DOS or Windows.
For an NDIS wireless workstation:
–
–
–
–
CONFIG.SYS
PROTOCOL.INI
LANTRAN.LOG, if this workstation is running
under OS/2.
WIRELESS.LOG and AUTOEXEC.BAT, if this
workstation is running under DOS or Windows.
Reference information
287
Upgrading adapter microcode from the
Utilities diskette
Warning: When you update the adapter functional code
on a wireless workstation, data traffic on the wireless
workstation is stopped.
To update the adapter functional code, do the following:
1. Stop all operations on your computer (by using the
Shutdown function if you are in OS/2), then insert the
IBM Wireless LAN 'Utilities diskette' in drive A.
2. Restart the workstation by pressing Ctrl+Alt+Del. If
you have a PCMCIA slot and you experience
problems when you start your system, refer to the
step 2 on page 285.
3. Select Wireless LAN Adapter Utilities from the main
menu and press Enter.
4. Select Functional Code Update from the Utility
menu, press Enter and follow the instructions on the
screen.
Note: Code update files (IBMWLMC1.UPD for
ISA/MCA and IBMWLMC2.UPD for PCMCIA) are
available from the current IBM Wireless 'Utilities
diskette' or from a Corrective Service Diskette.
288
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
System board memory
The following matrix cross-references the name of the
computer (printed on the logo) and the size, speed, and
type of memory modules supported in the computer.
Attention
For SIMM memory, PC 300/700 Series computers
support gold-plated SIMMs, except Types 6560,
6576/6586, 6577/6587, 6598, and 6877/6887 that
support only tin-lead SIMMS.
Computer
Name
Memory Module
Size
Speed
PC 300
Celeron
Models
300/333
366/400/433
MHz
Type 6267,
6277, 6287
16 MB
32 MB
64 MB
128 MB
100 MHz
PC 300
Pentium II
Pentium III
Models
350/400
450/500
MHz
Type 6277,
6287
16 MB
32 MB
64 MB
128 MB
PC 300
Pentium
Models
133/233
MHz
Type 6272,
6282, 6284
8 MB
16 MB
32 MB
64 MB
Type
SDRAM
Non-Parity
Industry
Standard
256 MB
Maximum
100 MHz
SDRAM
Non-Parity
Industry
Standard
384 MB
Maximum
60 ns
128 MB
Maximum
PC 300
Pentium II,
Pentium III,
Celeron
Models
Type 6263,
6265,
6275, 6285
16 MB
32 MB
64 MB
128 MB
PC 300
Pentium II
Models
233/266/333
MHz
Type 6561,
6591
16 MB
32 MB
64 MB
128 MB
Industry
Standard
100 MHz.
384 MB
Maximum
256 MB
Maximum
EDO
Non-Parity
or
SDRAM
SDRAM
ECC
or
Non-Parity
Industry
Standard
66 MHz
SDRAM
Non-Parity
or
ECC
Industry
Standard
Reference information
289
Computer
Name
Memory Module
Size
PC 300
Pentium
Models
166/200/233
MHz
Type 6562,
6592
16 MB
32 MB
64 MB
128 MB
PC 300
Pentium II
Models
233/266
MHz
Type 6588
16 MB
32 MB
64 MB
128 MB
256 MB
Speed
60 ns
384 MB
Maximum
Industry
Standard
60 ns
4 MB
8 MB
16 MB
32 MB
PC 340
Pentium
Models
100/133
MHz
Type 6560
4 MB
8 MB
16 MB
32 MB
PC
330/350
Pentium
Models
75/90/100/120
133/150/166
MHz
Type 6576,
6586
16 MB
32 MB
290
70 ns
128 MB
Maximum
PC
330/350
Pentium
60 MHz
Model
Type 6575,
6585
Parity or
Non-Parity
Gold-plate
72-pin
Industry
Standard
70 ns
128 MB
Maximum
Parity or
Non-Parity
Gold-plate
72-pin
Industry
Standard
(Matched
pairs)
60 ns
Non-Parity
Tin-lead
72-pin
EDO
Industry
Standard
(Matched
pairs)
128 MB
Maximum
128 MB
Maximum
EDO
Non-Parity
or
ECC
Industry
Standard
512 MB
Maximum
PC
330/350
80486
Models
Type 6571,
6573
6581, 6583
Type
EDO
Non-Parity
or
ECC
70 ns
Parity or
Non-Parity
Tin-lead
72-pin
Industry
Standard
(Matched
pairs)
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Computer
Name
Memory Module
Size
PC
330/350
Pentium
Models
100/133/166/
200 MHz
Type 6577,
6587
4 MB
8 MB
16 MB
32 MB
PC
360-S150
Pentium
Pro
Models
150/200
MHz
Type 6598
8 MB
16 MB
32 MB
ECC
PC 365
Pentium
Pro Models
180/200
MHz
Type 6589
16 MB
32 MB
PC 300
Pentium II,
Pentium III,
Celeron
Models
Type 6862,
6872, 6892
16 MB
32 MB
64 MB
128 MB
256 MB
IntelliStation
Pentium II
Xeon,
Pentium III
Xeon
Models
450/500
MHz
Type 6865
128 MB
256 MB
512 MB
PC
730/750
Pentium
Models
75/90/100
120/133
MHz
Type 6875,
6876,
6885, 6886
4 MB
8 MB
16 MB
32 MB
Speed
70 ns
Type
Parity or
Non-Parity
Tin-lead
72-pin
Industry
Standard
(Matched
pairs)
192 MB
Maximum
60 ns
Fast Page
Non-Parity
Tin-lead
72-pin
Industry
Standard
(Matched
pairs)
128 MB
Maximum
60 ns
EDO
Non-Parity
or Parity
or
ECC
Industry
Standard
100 MHz.
SDRAM
ECC
or
Non-Parity
512 MB
Maximum
Industry
Standard
768 MB
Maximum
100 MHz
SDRAM
ECC
Industry
Standard
70 ns
Parity
2 GB
Maximum
192 MB
Maximum
Gold-plate
72-pin
Industry
Standard
(Matched
pairs)
Reference information
291
Computer
Name
Memory Module
Size
PC
730/750
Pentium
Models
100/133
150/166
MHz
Type 6877,
6887
4 MB
8 MB
16 MB
32 MB
IntelliStation
Pentium II
Models
266 MHz
Type 6888
16 MB
32 MB
64 MB
128 MB
256 MB
Speed
60 ns
Gold-plate
72-pin
Industry
Standard
(Matched
pairs)
128 MB
Maximum
60 ns
32 MB
64 MB
128 MB
256 MB
IntelliStation
Pentium II,
Pentium III
Models
350/400/450/
500 MHz
Type 6893
16 MB
32 MB
64 MB
128 MB
256 MB
IntelliStation
Pentium II
Models
233/266/300
MHz
Type 6898
32 MB
64 MB
128 MB
256 MB
IntelliStation
Pentium
Pro Models
200 MHz
Type 6899
16 MB
32 MB
64 MB
128 MB
256 MB
EDO
Non-Parity
or
ECC
Industry
Standard
512 MB
Maximum
IntelliStation
Pentium II,
Pentium III
Models
350/400/450/
500 MHz
Type
6889/6897
Type
Parity
100 MHz
SDRAM
ECC
or
Non-Parity
Industry
Standard
100 MHz.
SDRAM
ECC
1 GB
Maximum
Industry
Standard
768 MB
Maximum
66 MHz
or faster
SDRAM
ECC
or
Non-Parity
Industry
Standard
60 ns
EDO
or
ECC
512 MB
Maximum
Industry
Standard
1 GB
Maximum
292
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Supported memory configurations
Refer to the following tables for the acceptable
memory-module kit combinations.
PC 300 (Type 6263, 6265, 6275, 6285):
DIMM
sizes of 16 MB, 32 MB, 64 MB, and 128 MB are
acceptable. Start filling DIMM socket 0, then 1, then 2.
Use 3.3 V unbuffered 100 MHz. SDRAM Non-Registered
DIMMs only. Non-parity or ECC DIMMs are supported.
Install only ECC DIMMs to enable ECC. See “System
board memory” on page 289 for DIMM size, speed, and
type.
PC 300 (Type 6267, 6277, 6287):
Any
combination of 16 MB, 32 MB, 64 MB, or 128 MB DIMM
sizes, are acceptable. Start filling at DIMM socket 0. Use
3.3 V unbuffered Non-parity DIMMs only. See “System
board memory” on page 289 for DIMM size, speed, and
type.
PC 300 (Type 6272, 6282, 6284):
Any
combination of DIMM sizes, up to 128 MB, is acceptable.
Only non-parity DIMMs are supported. EDO, SDRAM, or a
mix of EDO/SDRAM DIMMs are supported. DIMM height
must not exceed 1.2 inches. See “System board memory”
on page 289 for DIMM size, speed, and type.
PC 300 (Type 6561, 6591): Any combination of
16 MB, 32 MB, 64 MB, or 128 MB DIMM sizes, are
acceptable. Start filling DIMM socket 0, then 1. Use 3.3 V
unbuffered DIMMs only. Non-parity or ECC DIMMs are
supported. Install only ECC DIMMs to enable ECC. See
“System board memory” on page 289 for DIMM size,
speed, and type.
PC 300 (Type 6562, 6592): Any combination of
DIMM sizes, up to 128 MB is acceptable. Start filling
DIMM socket 0, then 1, then 2. Use 3.3 V unbuffered
EDO DIMMs only. Non-parity or ECC DIMMs are
supported. Install only ECC DIMMs to enable ECC. See
“System board memory” on page 289 for DIMM size,
speed, and type.
PC 300 (Type 6588): Any combination of DIMM
sizes is acceptable. DIMM height must not exceed 1.2
inches. If EDO NP (non-parity) DIMMs and EDO ECC
DIMMs are mixed, they will configure as non-parity. Install
only EDO ECC DIMMs to enable parity. See “System
board memory” on page 289 for DIMM size, speed, and
type.
PC 330/350 Series (Type 6571, 6573, 6581,
6583) - 80486: These are the recommended
combinations of memory-module kits.
Reference information
293
Memory
MEM1
MEM2
MEM3
MEM4
4 MB
8 MB
4 MB
–
–
–
4 MB
4 MB
–
–
8 MB
8 MB
–
–
–
12 MB
4 MB
4 MB
4 MB
–
12 MB
4 MB
8 MB
–
–
16 MB
16 MB
–
–
–
16 MB
4 MB
4 MB
8 MB
–
16 MB
8 MB
8 MB
–
–
16 MB
4 MB
4 MB
4 MB
4 MB
20 MB
4 MB
8 MB
8 MB
–
20 MB
4 MB
16 MB
–
–
24 MB
8 MB
8 MB
8 MB
–
24 MB
4 MB
4 MB
8 MB
8 MB
24 MB
4 MB
4 MB
16 MB
–
28 MB
4 MB
8 MB
8 MB
8 MB
28 MB
4 MB
4 MB
16 MB
4 MB
32 MB
16 MB
16 MB
–
–
32 MB
32 MB
–
–
–
32 MB
8 MB
8 MB
16 MB
–
32 MB
8 MB
8 MB
8 MB
8 MB
36 MB
4 MB
16 MB
16 MB
–
40 MB
4 MB
4 MB
32 MB
–
40 MB
4 MB
4 MB
16 MB
16 MB
48 MB
16 MB
16 MB
16 MB
–
48 MB
8 MB
8 MB
32 MB
–
48 MB
8 MB
8 MB
16 MB
16 MB
52 MB
4 MB
16 MB
16 MB
16 MB
64 MB
32 MB
32 MB
–
–
64 MB
16 MB
16 MB
32 MB
–
64 MB
16 MB
16 MB
16 MB
16 MB
68 MB
4 MB
32 MB
16 MB
16 MB
72 MB
4 MB
4 MB
32 MB
32 MB
80 MB
8 MB
8 MB
32 MB
32 MB
84 MB
4 MB
32 MB
32 MB
16 MB
96 MB
32 MB
32 MB
32 MB
–
96 MB
16 MB
16 MB
32 MB
32 MB
100 MB
4 MB
32 MB
32 MB
32 MB
128 MB
32 MB
32 MB
32 MB
32 MB
294
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
PC 330/350 Series (Type 6575, 6585) Pentium 60 MHz: These are the recommended
combinations of memory-module kits. Each bank must
contain a matched pair of SIMMs having the same size
and speed.
Total
Memory
Bank 1
MEM 1/2
Bank 2
MEM 3/4
8 MB
4 MB
–
16 MB
4 MB
4 MB
16 MB
8 MB
–
24 MB
8 MB
4 MB
32 MB
8 MB
8 MB
32 MB
16 MB
–
40 MB
16 MB
4 MB
48 MB
16 MB
8 MB
64 MB
16 MB
16 MB
64 MB
32 MB
–
72 MB
32 MB
4 MB
80 MB
32 MB
8 MB
96 MB
32 MB
16 MB
128 MB
32 MB
32 MB
PC 340 Series (Type 6560) - Pentium
100/133/166 MHz: You can install a maximum of
four single inline memory modules (SIMMs) in the
computer. The system supports a minimum of 8 MB and a
maximum of 128 MB of memory. Use only tin lead, 72-pin,
60 ns, Industry Standard EDO, non-parity SIMMs.
Memory modules are installed in two memory banks, Bank
0 and Bank 1 (see “PC 340 Series (Type 6560) - Pentium
100/133/166 MHz system board” on page 415). Each
bank supports 4, 8, 16, or 32 MB single- or double-density
SIMMs. Each bank used must contain a pair of SIMMs of
the same size and density. For best performance, fill Bank
0 first.
The following table shows some possible SIMM
combinations and the total memory size for each
combination:
Bank 0
SIMM 1
SIMM 2
4 MB
(single)
4 MB
(single)
4 MB
(single)
4 MB
(single)
Bank 1
SIMM 3
−
4 MB
(single)
Total
SIMM 4
−
4 MB
(single)
8 MB
16 MB
Reference information
295
−
−
8 MB
(double)
8 MB
(double)
8 MB
(double)
8 MB
(double)
8 MB
(double)
8 MB
(double)
32 MB
8 MB
(double)
8 MB
(double)
16 MB
(single)
16 MB
(single)
48 MB
16 MB
(single)
16 MB
(single)
16 MB
(single)
16 MB
(single)
32 MB
(double)
32 MB
(double)
32 MB
(double)
32 MB
(double)
4 MB
(single)
4 MB
(single)
72 MB
32 MB
(double)
32 MB
(double)
8 MB
(double)
8 MB
(double)
80 MB
32 MB
(double)
32 MB
(double)
16 MB
(single)
16 MB
(single)
96 MB
32 MB
(double)
32 MB
(double)
32 MB
(double)
32 MB
(double)
128 MB
−
16 MB
(single)
−
16 MB
−
32 MB
16 MB
(single)
−
64 MB
64 MB
PC 330/350 Series (Type 6576, 6586) Pentium 75/90/100/120/133/150/166 MHz:
These are the recommended combinations of
memory-module kits. Each bank must contain a matched
pair of SIMMs having the same size and speed.
Total
Memory
Bank 0
Bank 1
8 MB
4 MB
–
16 MB
4 MB
4 MB
16 MB
8 MB
–
24 MB
4 MB
8 MB
24 MB
8 MB
4 MB
32 MB
8 MB
8 MB
32 MB
16 MB
–
40 MB
4 MB
16 MB
40 MB
16 MB
4 MB
72 MB
4 MB
32 MB
72 MB
32 MB
4 MB
80 MB
8 MB
32 MB
80 MB
32 MB
8 MB
128 MB
32 MB
32 MB
296
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
PC 330/350 Series (Type 6577, 6587) Pentium 100/133/166/200 MHz
These are the recommended combinations of
memory-module kits. Each bank must contain a matched
pair of SIMMs having the same size and speed. The
maximum (SIMMs/DIMMs) memory supported is 192 MB.
DIMM (0) and SIMMs (1 and 2) in the following figure
correspond to the memory banks (0, 1, and 2).
Bank 0 holds DIMM memory modules. Bank 1 and Bank 2
hold matched-pair SIMM memory modules. The banks are
filled according to the following memory tables. When
installing SIMM memory, a matched-pair is first installed
into Bank 1, and then into Bank 2.
Notes:
1. Industry standard 72-pin tin-lead SIMMs and 168-pin
gold-lead DIMMs are supported.
2. Install only parity SIMMs/DIMMs to enable parity.
3. A mix of parity and non-parity SIMMs/DIMMs will
configure as non-parity.
4. A mix of EDO and FP SIMMs/DIMMs will work,
provided that matched pairs are installed in each
bank.
5. The Configuration/Setup Utility must be used to install
70 ns memory modules.
0
1
2
SIMMS
DIMM
Important
Only memory modules with a maximum height of no
more than 3.05 cm (1.2 inches) can be installed on
the Type 6577, 6587 system board.
The following table shows the 8 MB and 16 MB standard
memory-module configurations.
Reference information
297
Type
Speed
EDO
Parity
Size
Memory
SIMMs
60 ns
EDO
N
4, 4
MB
8 MB
DIMM
60 ns
EDO
N
16
MB
16
MB
The following table shows the SIMMs and DIMMs that are
supported.
Type
Speed
EDO,
FP
Parity
Sizes
Supported
SIMM
60 ns
EDO
N
4, 8, 16, 32 MB
SIMM
60 ns
FP
Y
4, 8, 16, 32 MB
SIMM
70 ns
FP
N
4, 8, 16, 32 MB
SIMM
70 ns
FP
Y
4, 8 MB
DIMM
60 ns
EDO
N
8, 16, 32 MB
DIMM
60 ns
FP
Y
8, 16, 32 MB
PC 360-S150 Series (Type 6598) - Pentium
Pro 150/200 MHz: These are the recommended
combinations of memory-module kits. Each bank must
contain a matched pair of SIMMs having the same size
and speed. Important: If all four banks are populated, all
memory SIMMs must be the same size and speed.
Total
Memory
Bank 1
Bank 0
16 MB
8 MB
–
32 MB
8 MB
8 MB
32 MB
16 MB
–
64 MB
16 MB
16 MB
64 MB
32 MB
–
128 MB
32 MB
32 MB
PC 365 Series (Type 6589) - Pentium Pro
180/200 MHz: These are the recommended
combinations of DIMMs. However, any combination of
DIMM sizes is acceptable. DIMM height must not exceed
1.2 inches. If EDO NP (non-parity) DIMMs and EDO ECC
DIMMs are mixed, they will configure as non-parity. Install
only EDO ECC DIMMs to enable parity.
Total
Memory
Mem 1
16 MB
16 MB
–
–
–
32 MB
32 MB
–
–
–
32 MB
16 MB
16 MB
–
–
298
Mem 2
Mem 3
Mem 4
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Total
Memory
Mem 1
Mem 2
Mem 3
Mem 4
48 MB
32 MB
16 MB
–
–
48 MB
16 MB
16 MB
16 MB
–
64 MB
64 MB
–
–
–
64 MB
32 MB
32 MB
–
–
64 MB
32 MB
16 MB
16 MB
–
96 MB
32 MB
32 MB
32 MB
–
128 MB
128 MB
–
–
–
128 MB
64 MB
64 MB
–
–
256 MB
128 MB
128 MB
–
–
256 MB
128 MB
64 MB
64 MB
512 MB
128 MB
128 MB
128 MB
–
128 MB
PC 300 (Type 6862, 6872, 6892):
DIMM sizes of
16 MB, 32 MB, 64 MB, and 128 MB are acceptable. Start
filling DIMM socket 0, then 1, then 2. Use 3.3 V
unbuffered 100 MHz. SDRAM Non-Registered DIMMs
only. Non-parity or ECC DIMMs are supported. Install
only ECC DIMMs to enable ECC. See “System board
memory” on page 289 for DIMM size, speed, and type.
IntelliStation (Type 6865): DIMM sizes of 128,
256, and 512 MB are acceptable. Use 100 MHz. SDRAM
ECC, Registered DIMMs. When installing or removing
memory, any sequence of DIMM size is allowed. Fill each
DIMM connector sequentially, starting at DIMM socket 0.
See “System board memory” on page 289 for DIMM size,
speed, and type.
PC 730/750 Series (Type 6875, 6876, 6885,
6886) - Pentium 75/90/100/120/133 MHz:
These are the recommended combinations of
memory-module kits. Each bank must contain a matched
pair of SIMMs having the same size and speed.
Total
Memory
Bank 1
MEM 1/2
Bank 2
MEM 3/4
Bank 3
MEM 5/6
8 MB
4 MB
–
–
16 MB
4 MB
4 MB
–
16 MB
8 MB
–
–
24 MB
4 MB
4 MB
4 MB
24 MB
8 MB
4 MB
–
32 MB
8 MB
8 MB
–
32 MB
16 MB
–
–
40 MB
8 MB
8 MB
4 MB
40 MB
16 MB
4 MB
–
Reference information
299
Total
Memory
Bank 1
MEM 1/2
Bank 2
MEM 3/4
Bank 3
MEM 5/6
48 MB
8 MB
8 MB
8 MB
48 MB
16 MB
8 MB
–
64 MB
16 MB
16 MB
–
64 MB
32 MB
–
–
72 MB
16 MB
16 MB
4 MB
72 MB
32 MB
4 MB
–
80 MB
16 MB
16 MB
8 MB
80 MB
32 MB
8 MB
–
96 MB
16 MB
16 MB
16 MB
96 MB
32 MB
16 MB
–
128 MB
32 MB
32 MB
–
136 MB
32 MB
32 MB
4 MB
144 MB
32 MB
32 MB
8 MB
160 MB
32 MB
32 MB
16 MB
192 MB
32 MB
32 MB
32 MB
PC 730/750 Series (Type 6877, 6887) Pentium 100/133/150/166 MHz: These are the
recommended combinations of memory-module kits. Each
bank must contain a matched pair of SIMMs having the
same size and speed.
DIMM (2) and SIMMs (0 and 1) in the following figure
correspond to the memory banks (0, 1, and 2).
Bank 0 and Bank 1 hold matched-pair SIMM memory
modules. Bank 2 holds DIMM memory modules. The
banks are filled according to the following memory table.
When installing SIMM memory, a matched-pair is first
loaded into Bank 0, and then into Bank 1 as required.
2
0
1
SIMMs
DIMM
300
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Important
Only memory modules with a maximum height of no
more than 3.05 cm (1.2 inches) can be installed on
the Type 6877, 6887 system board.
Type
Speed
Memory-Module
Size
SIMM
60 ns
4 MB, 8 MB, 16 MB, 32 MB
DIMM
60 ns
8 MB, 16 MB, 32 MB, 64
MB
Total
Memory
Bank 0
SIMM 3,4
Bank 1
SIMM 1,2
Bank 2
DIMM
16 MB
0,0
0,0
16
16 MB
4,4
4,4
0
24 MB
0,0
4,4
16
24 MB
4,4
0,0
16
32 MB
0,0
0,0
32
32 MB
8,8
8,8
0
40 MB
4,4
8,8
16
40 MB
0,0
4,4
32
48 MB
4,4
4,4
32
64 MB
8,8
8,8
32
72 MB
4,4
16,16
32
80 MB
8,8
16,16
32
96 MB
16,16
16,16
32
128 MB
16,16
32,32
32
IntelliStation (Type 6888, 6899):
Any
combination of DIMM sizes is acceptable. DIMM height
must not exceed 1.2 inches. If EDO NP (non-parity)
DIMMs and EDO ECC DIMMs are mixed, they will
configure as non-parity. Install only EDO ECC DIMMs to
enable parity. See “System board memory” on page 289
for DIMM size, speed, and type.
IntelliStation (Type 6889/6897):
DIMM sizes of
32, 64, 128, and 256 MB are acceptable. Use 100 MHz.
SDRAM DIMMs. Do not mix Registered and
Non-Registered DIMMs. When installing or removing
memory, any sequence of DIMM size is allowed. Fill each
DIMM connector sequentially, starting at DIMM socket 0.
If SDRAM ECC and SDRAM (non-parity) DIMMs are
mixed, they will configure as non-parity ECC. Install only
SDRAM ECC DIMMs to enable ECC. See “System board
memory” on page 289 for DIMM size, speed, and type.
Reference information
301
IntelliStation (Type 6893): DIMM sizes of 16 MB,
32 MB, 64 MB, and 128 MB are acceptable. Start filling
DIMM socket 0, then 1, then 2. Use 3.3 V unbuffered 100
MHz. SDRAM Non-Registered DIMMs only. Only ECC
DIMMs are supported. See “System board memory” on
page 289 for DIMM size, speed, and type.
IntelliStation (Type 6898): DIMM sizes of 16, 32,
64, and 128 MB are acceptable. Use Non-Registered
DIMMs. DIMM height must not exceed 2.5 inches. If
SDRAM ECC and SDRAM (non-parity) DIMMs are mixed,
they will configure as non-parity ECC. Install only SDRAM
ECC DIMMs to enable ECC. See “System board memory”
on page 289 for DIMM size, speed, and type.
302
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Computer exploded view (Type 6263,
6265, 6275)
Input/output connectors and removal/service procedures
for the cover, system board, and drive cage are on the
following pages.
Reference information
303
Input/Output connectors (Type 6263,
6265, 6275)
USB 2
Mouse
Serial 2
Parallel
2
2
1
1
Monitor
USB 1
Serial 1
Keyboard
Cover removal (Type 6263, 6265, 6275)
Lift
Tabs
Unlock cover from back of the system unit before removing
cover.
304
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
System board removal (Type 6263,
6265, 6275)
System Board
Rail
Latch
Tab
System Board
Lift
Here
Tab
Pull
Here
Lift
Here
System board installation (Type 6263,
6265, 6275)
Hole
System Board
Tab
Push
Here
Tab
Reference information
305
Drive cage service (Type 6263, 6265,
6275)
306
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Computer exploded view (Type 6267,
6277, 6287)
I/O connectors and the removal procedures for the cover,
front bezel, EMC shield, CD-ROM drive, front panel, ZIP
drive, processor bracket, and power supply are on the
following pages.
Reference information
307
I/O connectors (Type 6267, 6277, 6287)
Celeron processor system board, planar 1,
I/O connectors
1
2
Pentium II processor system board, planar 2,
I/O connectors
1
308
2
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Cover removal (Type 6267, 6277, 6287)
To remove top cover:
1. Remove the three cover screws.
2. Slide cover toward the rear of the chassis about
1-Inch (2 cm) to clear the front panel.
3. Lift cover up.
To install top cover:
1. Slide cover down onto the chassis.
2. Make sure bottom cover slots are engaged on the
chassis.
3. Slide cover forward to engage the front cover slots
onto the chassis.
4. Install the three cover screws.
Reference information
309
Front bezel (Type 6267, 6277, 6287)
EMC shield (Type 6267, 6277, 6287)
310
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
CD-ROM drive removal (Type 6267,
6277, 6287)
To remove the CD-ROM drive:
1. Remove the top cover.
2. Remove two screws securing the CD-ROM drive.
3. Push the CD-ROM drive into the chassis about
2-Inches (4 cm)
4. From the opening of the picture frame bezel, reach in
and unlatch the left and right bezel latches to remove
the bezel.
5. Pull the CD-ROM drive out of the chassis and
disconnect the cables.
Note
When connecting the CD-ROM Audio Cable, make
sure the cable is routed along the system board
between the ISA adapter slot and the adjacent PCI
adapter slot. Continue routing the cable along the
system board between the power connector and
primary IDE connector and then up to the CD-ROM
drive. Do not route the CD-ROM cable near the
system board I/O connectors.
Reference information
311
Front panel (Type 6267, 6277, 6287)
Top Latches
Bottom Latches
To remove the front panel:
1. Remove the top cover.
2. Remove the top blank bezel and EMC shield or the
CD-ROM drive.
Note
Depending on which one is installed, the blank
bezel and EMC shield or the CD-ROM drive must
be removed in order to remove the front panel.
312
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
3. Reach inside the chassis and pull apart the two
bottom latches inside the front panel while pulling the
panel out. The two bottom latches will unlatch from
the chassis.
4. Next, pull apart the top two latches from inside the
panel while pulling the panel out.
5. To remove the front panel, pivot the bottom of the
panel out and down at the same time.
ZIP drive removal (Type 6267, 6277,
6287)
Reference information
313
Processor bracket (Type 6267, 6277,
6287)
Note
Make sure you do not scratch or scrape the system
board with the screw driver.
Note
If bracket pins have large heads, use pliers to pull the
head up in order to remove the bracket assembly.
314
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
To install the processor bracket:
1. Install the bracket on the processor connector making
sure the bracket pins are inserted through the system
board.
2. Push down on each bracket pin to lock the pins in
place.
Reference information
315
Power supply removal (Type 6267,
6277, 6287)
Notes
1. Remove the power supply bracket from the old
power supply and install it on the new power
supply.
2. Make sure the power supply voltage switch is set
to the proper operating voltage; 115V or 230V.
316
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Computer exploded view (Type 6272)
Note
For models 88X, 89X, 90X, 91X, use a T15 Torx
driver to remove the top cover.
The 88X, 89X, 90X, 91X models do not have a
CD-ROM drive or diskette drive. To perform general
checkout and diagnostics for these models, see
“General Checkout (Type 6272 Models 88X, 89X, 90X,
91X)” on page 5 and “Diagnostics test programs” on
page 245.
Reference information
317
Computer exploded view (Type 6282,
6284)
318
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Computer exploded view (Type 6285)
Input/output connectors and removal procedures for the
cover, system board, and hard disk drive cage are on the
following pages.
Reference information
319
Input/Output connectors (Type 6285)
Parallel
USB 2
USB 1
2
1
Serial 1
Serial 2
2
1
Keyboard
Mouse
Monitor
320
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Cover removal (Type 6285)
CoverRelease
Tab
7 tekcoS
Unlock cover from back of the system unit before removing
cover.
Top handle cover removal (Type 6285)
Attention
Do not lift handle cover too high or the tabs will break.
Reference information
321
System board removal (Type 6285)
System Board
Rail
Latch
Tab
System Board
Lift
Here
Tab
Pull
Here
Lift
Here
System board installation (Type 6285)
Hole
System Board
Tab
Push
Here
Tab
Non removable hard disk drive cage
(Type 6285)
322
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Tab removal (Type 6285)
Fan removal (Type 6285)
Tab
Hooks
Reference information
323
Computer exploded view (Type 6598)
Removal procedures for the side cover, bezel, and
processor are on the following page.
324
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Side cover removal
Rear Screws
Padlock
Bezel Removal
Tabs
Bezel
Processor removal
Attention
Do not flex or twist the system board while removing
or installing the processor. The system board can be
damaged during this procedure.
Reference information
325
Computer exploded view (Type 6X7X)
326
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Computer exploded view (Type 6X8X)
Reference information
327
Computer exploded view (Type 6560)
328
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Computer exploded view (Type 6561)
Input/Output connectors and removal procedures for the
cover, system board, drive cage, and fan are on the
following pages.
Reference information
329
Input/Output connectors (Type 6561)
Parallel
USB 1
1
2
USB 2
2
1
Keyboard
Serial 2
Mouse
Serial 1
Monitor
Cover removal (Type 6561)
Unlock cover from back of the system unit before removing
cover.
Lift
Tabs
330
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
System board removal (Type 6561)
The computer you are servicing might have one of two
styles of the right system board rail. Below are the
removal and install procedures for both rail styles.
Style 1 system board rail with scribe line:
System Board
System Board
Rail
Latch
Tab
Pull
Here
Lift
Here
After unlatching and extending the system board latch
handle, grasp both system board rails and carefully slide
the system board out from the chassis.
Hole
System Board
Push
Here
Tab
Alignment
Mark
Rotate the latch handle and firmly push in on the end of
the right-hand rail. When the system board is fully seated,
the alignment mark on the chassis is visible.
Reference information
331
Style 2 system board rail with latching tab:
System Board
Rail
Latch
Tab
System Board
Lift
Here
Tab
Pull
Here
Lift
Here
Lift the end of the right-hand rail to disengage the plastic
tab from the bottom of the chassis.
Hole
System Board
Tab
Push
Here
Tab
Rotate the latch handle and firmly push in on the end of
the right-hand rail to engage the tab in the opening of the
chassis.
332
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Drive cage service (Type 6561)
Fan removal (Type 6561)
Tab
Reference information
333
Computer exploded view (Type 6562)
Removal and service procedures for the cover, system
board, and drive cage are on the following pages.
334
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Cover removal (Type 6562)
Lift
Tabs
Unlock cover from back of the system unit before removing
cover.
System board removal (Type 6562)
Reference information
335
System board installation (Type 6562)
Tab
Latch
Support
System
Board
Latch
336
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Drive cage service (Type 6562)
Reference information
337
Computer exploded view (Type 6588,
6888)
Removal and installation of the Pentium II microprocessor
and the retainer bracket and system board plate are on the
following pages.
338
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Microprocessor removal (Type 6588,
6888)
Airflow
Cover
Tabs
Push in until the tabs release.
Reference information
339
Microprocessor removal (Type 6588,
6888) - continued
Carefully place one hand on the system board and pull the
microprocessor up and out of the connector with the other
hand.
Note
To install the Pentium II microprocessor, see
“Microprocessor installation (Type 6588, 6888)” on
page 341.
340
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Microprocessor installation (Type 6588,
6888)
Tabs can be pressed in or out.
Press the microprocessor down until it seats in the
connector.
Press the tabs out to latch the microprocessor in place.
Airflow
Cover
Note
See “Microprocessor bracket and plate
removal/installation (Type 6588, 6888)” on page 342
when replacing the system board.
Reference information
341
Microprocessor bracket and plate
removal/installation (Type 6588, 6888)
Retention Bracket
Washers(2)
System
Board
Microprocessor
Connector
Washers(6)
System Board Plate
When replacing the system board, keep the following:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Retention Bracket
System Board Plate
Screws and Washers
Install these parts on the new system board.
See “System board replacement (Type 6588, 6888)” on
page 84.
Important
Make sure the plastic washers are attached to the six
mounting tabs of the system board plate, and that the
washers are under the two front screw heads that
secure the system board plate.
If any of the washers are not installed, the system
board can be damaged.
342
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Computer exploded view (Type 6591)
Input/Output connectors and removal procedures for the
cover, system board, drive cage, and fan are on the
following pages.
Reference information
343
Input/Output connectors (Type 6591)
USB 2
USB 1
1
2
Mouse
Keyboard
Serial 2
2
Serial 1
1
Parallel
Monitor
344
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Cover removal (Type 6591)
CoverRelease
Tab
7 tekcoS
Unlock cover from back of the system unit before removing
cover.
Top handle cover removal (Type 6591)
Attention
Do not lift handle cover too high or the tabs will break.
Reference information
345
System board removal (Type 6591)
The computer you are servicing might have one of two
styles of the right system board rail. Below are the
removal and install procedures for both rail styles.
Style 1 system board rail with scribe line:
System Board
System Board
Rail
Latch
Tab
Pull
Here
Lift
Here
After unlatching and extending the system board latch
handle, grasp both system board rails and carefully slide
the system board out from the chassis.
Hole
System Board
Push
Here
Tab
Alignment
Mark
Rotate the latch handle and firmly push in on the end of
the right-hand rail. When the system board is fully seated,
the alignment mark on the chassis is visible.
346
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Style 2 system board rail with latching tab:
System Board
Rail
Latch
Tab
System Board
Lift
Here
Tab
Pull
Here
Lift
Here
Lift the end of the right-hand rail to disengage the plastic
tab from the bottom of the chassis.
Hole
System Board
Tab
Push
Here
Tab
Rotate the latch handle and firmly push in on the end of
the right-hand rail to engage the tab in the opening of the
chassis.
Drive cage removal (Type 6591)
7 tekcoS
7 tekcoS
Note
Some Type 6591 computers have a non-removable
drive cage. See “Non removable drive cage (Type
6591)” on page 348 and “Tab removal (Type 6591)”
on page 348.
Reference information
347
Non removable drive cage (Type 6591)
Tab removal (Type 6591)
Fan removal (Type 6591)
Tab
348
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Computer exploded view (Type 6592)
Removal procedures for the cover, system board, and
drive cage are on the following pages.
Reference information
349
Cover removal (Type 6592)
CoverRelease
Tab
7 tekcoS
Unlock cover from back of the system unit before removing
cover.
Top handle cover removal (Type 6592)
Attention
Do not lift handle cover too high or the tabs will break.
350
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Drive cage removal (Type 6592)
7 tekcoS
7 tekcoS
System Board Removal (Type 6592)
Reference information
351
Computer exploded view (Type 6598)
Removal procedures for the side cover, bezel, and
processor are on the following page.
352
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Side cover removal
Rear Screws
Padlock
Bezel removal
Tabs
Bezel
Processor removal
Attention
Do not flex or twist the system board while removing
or installing the processor. The system board can be
damaged during this procedure.
Reference information
353
Computer exploded view (Type 6862,
6872)
Input/output connectors and removal/service procedures
for the cover, system board, and drive cage are on the
following pages.
354
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Input/Output connectors (Type 6862,
6872)
USB 2
Mouse
Serial 2
Yellow
LED
Green
LED
Mic
Ethernet
Parallel
Line In
Line Out
2
2
1
1
Monitor
USB 1
Serial 1
Keyboard
Cover removal (Type 6862, 6872)
Lift
Tabs
Unlock cover from back of the system unit before removing
cover.
System board removal (Type 6862,
6872)
System Board
Rail
Latch
Tab
System Board
Lift
Here
Tab
Pull
Here
Lift
Here
Reference information
355
System board installation (Type 6862,
6872)
Hole
System Board
Tab
Push
Here
Tab
Drive cage service (Type 6862, 6872)
356
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Computer exploded view (Type 6865)
Input/Output connectors and removal procedures for the
cover, bezels, drive cage, adapter cards, support bar, air
baffle, and terminator card are on the following pages.
Reference information
357
Input/Output connectors (Type 6865)
Mouse
Keyboard
USB 1
USB 2
2
1
Serial 1
Parallel
1
Serial 2
2
RJ45
(Ethernet)
Audio
Line Out
Audio
Line In
Microphone
Monitor
Slot 1 (AGP)
Slot 2 (PCI)
Slot 3 (PCI)
Slot 4 (PCI)
Slot 5 (PCI)
Slot 6 (PCI)
Slot 7 (Shared ISA/PCI)
358
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
SCSI
Side cover removal (Type 6865)
CoverRelease
Tab
Unlock cover from back of the system unit before removing
cover.
Top handle cover removal (Type 6865)
Attention
Do not lift handle cover too high or the tabs will break.
Reference information
359
Bezel and tab removal (Type 6865)
360
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Drive cage removal (Type 6865)
Note
Make sure the vibration insulation mounts are installed
on the cage when installing a disk drive.
Adapter removal (Type 6865)
Adapter
Card Retainer
Reference information
361
Support bar removal (Type 6865)
Air Baffle removal (Type 6865)
Note
The baffle must be installed for proper air flow to the
microprocessor(s).
Terminator card removal (Type 6865)
Terminator
Retainer
Note
Use this same procedure to remove the processor.
362
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Computer exploded view (Type
6889/6897)
Input/Output connectors and removal procedures for the
cover, drive cages, and baffle are on the following pages.
Reference information
363
Input/Output connectors (Type
6889/6897)
Keyboard
Mouse
USB 1
USB 2
2
1
Serial 1
Parallel
1
Serial 2
2
RJ45
(Ethernet)
Audio
Line Out
Audio
Line In
SCSI
Device
Microphone
Monitor
Slot 1 (AGP)
Slot 2 (PCI)
Slot 3 (PCI)
Slot 4 (PCI)
Slot 5 (PCI)
Slot 6 (Shared ISA/PCI)
364
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Side cover removal (Type 6889/6897)
CoverRelease
Tab
Unlock cover from back of the system unit before removing
cover.
Top handle cover removal (Type
6889/6897)
Attention
Do not lift handle cover too high or the tabs will break.
Reference information
365
Cage removal (Type 6889/6897)
366
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Baffle removal (Type 6889/6897)
Carefully remove the SCSI signal cable from the baffle
before removing the baffle.
Note
The baffle must be installed for proper air flow to the
microprocessor(s).
Reference information
367
Computer exploded view (Type 6892)
Input/output connectors and removal procedures for the
cover, system board, and hard disk drive cage are on the
following pages.
368
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Input/Output connectors (Type 6892)
Microphone
Line In
Line Out
Yellow
LED
Ethernet
Green
LED
Parallel
USB 2
USB 1
2
1
Serial 1
Serial 2
2
1
Keyboard
Mouse
Monitor
Reference information
369
Cover removal (Type 6892)
CoverRelease
Tab
7 tekcoS
Unlock cover from back of the system unit before removing
cover.
Top handle cover removal (Type 6892)
Attention
Do not lift handle cover too high or the tabs will break.
370
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
System board removal (Type 6892)
System Board
Rail
Latch
Tab
System Board
Lift
Here
Tab
Pull
Here
Lift
Here
System board installation (Type 6892)
Hole
System Board
Tab
Push
Here
Tab
Non removable hard disk drive cage
(Type 6892)
Reference information
371
Tab removal (Type 6892)
Fan removal (Type 6892)
Tab
Hooks
372
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Computer exploded view (Type 6893)
Input/output connectors and removal/service procedures
for the cover, system board, and drive cage are on the
following pages.
Reference information
373
Input/Output connectors (Type 6893)
USB 2
Mouse
Serial 2
Yellow
LED
Green
LED
Mic
Ethernet
Parallel
Line In
Line Out
2
2
1
1
Monitor
USB 1
(not used)
Serial 1
Keyboard
Cover removal (Type 6893)
Lift
Tabs
Unlock cover from back of the system unit before removing
cover.
System board removal (Type 6893)
System Board
Rail
Latch
374
Tab
System Board
Lift
Here
Tab
Lift
Here
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Pull
Here
System board installation (Type 6893)
Hole
System Board
Tab
Push
Here
Tab
Drive cage service (Type 6893)
Reference information
375
Computer exploded view (Type 6898)
Input/Output connectors and removal procedures for the
cover and drive cages are on the following pages.
For system board installation notice, see “System board
replacement (Type 6898)” on page 85.
376
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Input/Output connectors (Type 6898)
Keyboard
Mouse
USB 1
USB 2
2
1
Serial 1
Parallel
1
Serial 2
2
RJ45
(Ethernet)
Audio
Line Out
Audio
Line In
SCSI
Device
Microphone
Monitor
Slot 1 (AGP)
Slot 2 (PCI)
Slot 3 (PCI)
Slot 4 (PCI)
Slot 5 (Shared ISA/PCI)
Slot 6 (ISA)
Monitor
(Intergraph)
Reference information
377
Side cover removal (Type 6898)
CoverRelease
Tab
Unlock cover from back of the system unit before removing
cover.
Top handle cover removal (Type 6898)
Attention
Do not lift handle cover too high or the tabs will break.
378
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Cage removal (Type 6898)
Reference information
379
Computer exploded view (Type 6899)
Removal procedures for the top cover is on the following
page.
380
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Unlock the cover before removing.
Reference information
381
Keylock assembly exploded view
(Desktop Models)
382
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
System board layouts
PC 300 (Type 6272, 6282, 6284) Pentium 133/233 MHz system board
31
123
Reference information
383
PC 300 (Type 6272, 6282, 6284) Pentium 133/233 MHz system board
locations
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/ - J11
.1ð/
.11/
.12/ - J9
.13/ - J6
.14/ - J7
.15/
.16/
.17/
.18/ - J8
.19/
.2ð/
.21/
.22/
.23/
.24/
.25/
.26/
.27/
.28/
.29/
.3ð/ - J28
.31/ - J27
384
Monitor connector
Parallel port connector
USB (Universal Serial Bus) 2 connector
USB (Universal Serial Bus) 1 connector
Mouse connector
Keyboard connector
Serial port A connector (Serial port B
connector located on back of base
frame)
Ethernet connector (All models Type
6272; some models Type 6282)
Serial port B system board connector
AUI Ethernet connector
Main power connector
5 V auxiliary connector
CMOS clear (password) jumper
Power switch connector
Diskette drive connector
Primary EIDE connector
Secondary EIDE connector
Hard disk drive and power LED
connector
DIMM connectors
Switch set (SW1)
Power connector (3.3 V)
Fan connector
LAN activity LED connector
L2 Cache connector
microprocessor socket
Riser card connector
Battery
Video memory sockets
VESA feature connector
Wake-Up on LAN connector
Modem wake-up connector
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
PC 300 (Type 6272, 6282, 6284) Pentium 133/233 MHz switch/jumper
settings
The following tables contain the switch and jumper setting
information. (D) indicates the default setting.
Processor Speed Switch Setting (SW1 1-4)
Speed
SW1-1
SW1-2
SW1-3
SW1-4
75 MHz
Off
Off
On
On
90 MHz
Off
Off
On
Off
100
MHz
Off
Off
Off
On
120
MHz
On
Off
On
Off
133
MHz
On
Off
Off
On
150
MHz
On
On
On
Off
166
MHz
On
On
Off
On
200
MHz
Off
On
Off
On
233
MHz
Off
Off
Off
On
Additional Switch Settings (SW1 5-6)
Description
SW1-5
SW1-6
Option
Off (D)
N/A
Option
On
N/A
Normal
Diskette
Operation
N/A
Off (D)
Read-Only
Diskette
Operation
N/A
On
Jumper Settings
Jumper
Setting
Description
J6
1-2 (D)
2-3
Password Enabled
Password Disabled (Clear CMOS)
Reference information
385
PC 300 Series (Type 6263, 6265, 6275,
6285) - Pentium II, Pentium III, Celeron
system board
Note
For other system connectors, see “Riser card layouts”
on page 459 under Type 6263, 6265, 6275, 6285.
PC 300 Series (Type 6263, 6265, 6275,
6285) - Pentium II, Pentium III, Celeron
System Board Locations
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/
386
Battery
Switch SW1
Microprocessor socket
DIMM socket 0
DIMM socket 1
DIMM socket 2
CMOS clear Jumper J9
Video Memory connector
Display connector
Mouse/Keyboard connectors (top=mouse,
bottom=keyboard)
Serial connectors (top=serial port 2,
bottom=serial port 1)
USB connectors (top=USB2, bottom=USB1)
Parallel connector
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
PC 300 Series (Type 6263, 6265, 6275,
6285) - Pentium II, Pentium III, Celeron
jumper/switch settings
The following table contains the jumper setting information.
(D) indicates the default setting.
Jumper
Setting
Description
CMOS Reset J9
2-3
1-2 (D)
CMOS reset.
Normal
The following tables contains the switch setting
information. (D) indicates the default setting.
Note
Pentium III processors do not require speed settings.
For Pentium III processors, you can ignore the speed
settings.
Celeron Processor Speed Switch Setting (SW1 1-4)
CPU
Switch
Settings
SW1-1
SW1-2
SW1-3
SW1-4
300
MHz
Celeron
Off
On
Off
On
333
MHz
Celeron
On
Off
Off
On
366
MHz
Celeron
Off
Off
Off
On
433
MHz
Celeron
Off
On
On
Off
Pentium II Processor Speed Switch Setting (SW1 1-4)
CPU
Switch
Settings
SW1-1
SW1-2
SW1-3
SW1-4
233/66
MHz
Off
Off
On
On
266/66
MHz
On
On
Off
On
300/66
MHz
Off
On
Off
On
333/66
MHz
On
Off
Off
On
350/100
MHz
Off
Off
On
On
Reference information
387
CPU
Switch
Settings
SW1-1
SW1-2
SW1-3
SW1-4
400/100
MHz
On
On
Off
On
450/100
MHz
Off
On
Off
On
ROM Operation Switch (SW1-5)
ROM Operation
SW1-5
ROM Recovery Mode
On
Normal ROM Operation
Off (D)
Reserved Switch (SW1-6)
Reserved
SW1-6
Reserved
Off (D)
Privilege Access Password (PAP) Switch (SW1-7)
PAP
SW1-7
Disable
Off (D)
Enable
On
Diskette Write Access Switch (SW1-8)
388
Diskette Access
SW1-8
Write Enabled
Off (D)
Write Protected
On
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
PC 300 Series (Type 6267, 6277, 6287) Celeron system board
Note
This system board, planar 1, is for the Celeron
processor.
See page 392 for the Pentium II, Pentium III
processor, planar 2, system board.
321
On Off
6
5
4
3
2
1
On Off
6
5
4
3
2
1
Reference information
389
PC 300 Series (Type 6267, 6277, 6287) Celeron system board locations
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/
.14/
.15/
.16/
.17/
.18/
.19/
.2ð/
.21/
.22/
.23/
.24/
390
Processor socket
DIMM socket 0
DIMM socket 1
Video memory upgrade connector
Power Switch connector
LED connector
Wake on LAN connector
Primary Disk Drive connector
Secondary Disk Drive connector
Diskette Drive connector
Power connector
Wake on Ring connector
CMOS Clear jumper
Switch SW1
Battery
ISA slot
PCI 3 slot
PCI 2 slot
PCI 1 slot
USB connectors (top=USB2, bottom=USB1)
Mouse/Keyboard connectors (top=mouse,
bottom=keyboard)
Serial connector
Parallel connector
Display connector
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
PC 300 Series (Type 6267, 6277, 6287) Celeron jumper/switch settings
The following table contains the jumper setting information.
(D) indicates the default setting.
Jumper
Setting
Description
CMOS Reset
2-3
1-2 (D)
CMOS reset.
Normal
The following tables contains the switch setting
information. (D) indicates the default setting.
Celeron Processor Speed Switch Setting (SW1 1-4)
CPU
Switch
Settings
SW1-1
SW1-2
SW1-3
SW1-4
300
MHz
Celeron
Off
On
Off
On
333
MHz
Celeron
On
Off
Off
On
366
MHz
Celeron
Off
Off
Off
On
400
MHz
Celeron
On
On
On
Off
433
MHz
Celeron
Off
On
On
Off
Flash Boot Block Recovery Switch (SW1-5)
Flash Boot Block
SW1-5
Normal Mode
Off (D)
Recovery Mode
On
Diskette Write Access Switch (SW1-6)
Diskette Access
SW1-6
Write Enabled
Off (D)
Write Protected
On
Reference information
391
PC 300 Series (Type 6277, 6287) Pentium II, Pentium III system board
Note
This system board, planar 2, is for the Pentium II,
Pentium III processor.
See page 389 for the Celeron processor, planar 1,
system board.
321
On Off
6
5
4
3
2
1
On Off
6
5
4
3
2
1
392
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
PC 300 Series (Type 6277, 6287) Pentium II, Pentium III system board
locations
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/
.14/
.15/
.16/
.17/
.18/
.19/
.2ð/
.21/
.22/
.23/
.24/
.25/
.26/
.27/
.28/
.29/
.3ð/
Processor socket
DIMM socket 0
DIMM socket 1
DIMM socket 2
Power Switch connector
LED connector
Wake on LAN connector
Primary Disk Drive connector
Secondary Disk Drive connector
Diskette Drive connector
Power connector
Wake on Ring connector
CMOS Clear jumper
Switch SW1
Battery
ISA slot
CD-ROM Audio connector
PCI 3 slot
Speaker connector
PCI 2 slot
PCI 1 slot
Midi/Joystick connector
Microphone in
Line out
Headphone
USB connectors (top=USB2, bottom=USB1)
Mouse/Keyboard connectors (top=mouse,
bottom=keyboard)
Serial connector
Parallel connector
Display connector
Reference information
393
PC 300 Series (Type 6277, 6287) Pentium II, Pentium III jumper/switch
settings
The following table contains the jumper setting information.
(D) indicates the default setting.
Jumper
Setting
Description
CMOS Reset
2-3
1-2 (D)
CMOS reset.
Normal
The following tables contains the switch setting
information. (D) indicates the default setting.
Note
Pentium III processors do not require speed settings.
For Pentium III processors, you can ignore the speed
settings.
Pentium II Processor Speed Switch Setting (SW1 1-4)
CPU
Switch
Settings
SW1-1
SW1-2
SW1-3
SW1-4
350
MHz
Pentium
II
Off
Off
On
On
400
MHz
Pentium
II
On
On
Off
On
450
MHz
Pentium
II
Off
On
Off
On
Flash Boot Block Recovery Switch (SW1-5)
Flash Boot Block
SW1-5
Normal Mode
Off (D)
Recovery Mode
On
Diskette Write Access Switch (SW1-6)
394
Diskette Access
SW1-6
Write Enabled
Off (D)
Write Protected
On
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
PC 300 Series (Type 6561, 6591) Pentium II 233/266/333 MHz system
board
321
321
123
DIMM0
DIMM1
Notes
For other system connectors, see “Riser card layouts”
on page 459 under Type 6561 and Type 6591.
For main power supply connection, see “20-pin main
power supply connection” on page 30.
For Type 6561 system board input/output connectors,
see “Input/Output connectors (Type 6561)” on
page 330.
For Type 6591 system board input/output connectors,
see “Input/Output connectors (Type 6591)” on
page 344.
Reference information
395
PC 300 Series (Type 6561, 6591) Pentium II 233/266/333 MHz system
board locations
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/
.14/
.15/
.16/
396
CMOS Clear Jumper (J6C1)
Buzzer
Processor socket
Fan Connector for processor Fansink if
required.
Reserved Jumper (J2A1)
DIMM socket 0
DIMM socket 1
Battery
Monitor Connector
Parallel connector
Serial 1 connector
Serial 2 connector
Keyboard connector
Mouse connector
USB connectors (top=USB1, bottom=USB2)
Boot Block Recovery Jumper (J7H1)
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
PC 300 Series (Type 6561, 6591) Pentium II 233/266/333 MHz jumper
settings
The following table contains the jumper setting information.
(D) indicates the default setting.
Jumper
Setting
Description
CMOS Clear
J6C1
2-3
1-2 (D)
CMOS Clear
Normal
Boot Block
Recovery J7H1
2-3
1-2 (D)
Recovery
Normal
Reserved
Jumper J2A1
1,2
2-3 (D)
Reserved
Normal
Note
Settings such as Diskette write enable and
Processor speed control are performed within the
Configuration/Setup Utility.
To start the Configuration/Setup Utility, see “Setup
Utility program” on page 261.
Listed below are some of the settings in the
Configuration/Setup Utility:
System Security
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Secure IDE Devices and Diskette Drives
Remote Administration
Power-on Password
Administrator Password
Adapter ROM Security
Advanced Setup
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Cache Control
ROM Shadowing
PCI Control
Plug and Play Control
Processor Speed Control
Reference information
397
PC 300 Series (Type 6562, 6592) Pentium Pro 166/200/233 MHz system
board
8
OFF
1
ON
Note
For other system connectors, see “Riser card layouts”
on page 459 under Type 6562, 6592.
398
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
PC 300 Series (Type 6562, 6592) Pentium Pro 166/200/233 MHz system
board locations
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/
.14/
.15/
.16/
.17/
.18/
.19/
.2ð/
.21/
Display connector
Mouse/Keyboard connectors (top=mouse,
bottom=keyboard)
Serial connectors (top=serial port 2,
bottom=serial port 1)
USB connectors (top=USB2, bottom=USB1)
Parallel connector
Ethernet RJ45 connector
Audio line in
Audio line out
Matrox Rainbow Runner Studio upgrade
connector
VESA feature connector
115 Kbps infrared connector
Video memory or Rainbow Runner Studio
upgrade connector
Battery
Switch SW1
Processor socket
DIMM socket 0
DIMM socket 1
DIMM socket 2
CMOS clear Jumper J15
System board latch
Video memory or Rainbow Runner Studio
upgrade connector
Reference information
399
PC 300 Series (Type 6562, 6592) Pentium Pro 166/200/233 MHz
jumper/switch settings
The following table contains the jumper setting information.
(D) indicates the default setting.
Jumper
Setting
Description
CMOS Reset
J15
2-3
1-2 (D)
CMOS reset.
Normal
The following tables contains the switch setting
information. (D) indicates the default setting.
P55C Processor Speed Switch Setting (SW1 1-4)
CPU
Switch
Settings
SW1-1
SW1-2
SW1-3
SW1-4
166
MHz
On
On
On
Off
200
MHz
Off
On
On
Off
233
MHz
Off
Off
On
Off
Reserved Switch (SW1-5)
Reserved
SW1-5
Reserved
Off (D)
System Board Ethernet Disable Switch (SW1-6)
System Board Ethernet
Disable
SW1-6
Disable
On
Enable
Off (D)
Privilege Access Password (PAP) Switch (SW1-7)
PAP
SW1-7
Disable
Off (D)
Enable
On
Diskette Write Access Switch (SW1-8)
400
Diskette Access
SW1-8
Write Enabled
Off (D)
Write Protected
On
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
PC 300 (Type 6588) - Pentium II 233/266
MHz system board
Note
The PC 300 (Type 6588) system board and system
board jumper settings are the same as the
IntelliStation (Type 6888). See “IntelliStation (Type
6888) - Pentium II 266/300 MHz system board” on
page 441 for system board locations and jumper
settings.
35
654
32
31
321
33
A B C D
34
Reference information
401
PC 330/350 Series (Type 657X, 658X) 80486 system board
35
36
37
38
39
43
44
34
45
33
46
32
31
PC 330/350 Series (Type 657X, 658X) 80486 system board locations
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.11/
.11/
.12/
.13/
402
- J8
- JP1
- J7
- J9
- J10
-
J24
J23
JP3
JP4
JP7
- JP10
Power supply connector
On/Off Switch Power Supply Connector
Diskette drive write protect jumper
Diskette drive connector
Primary hard disk drive connector
Modem Ring Detect jumper
Secondary hard disk drive connector
Processor socket
SX/DX CPU selection jumper
P24T, CPU selection jumper
Local bus configuration jumper
Local bus configuration jumper
Local bus configuration jumper
Processor Regulator Connector
DX4 clock selection jumper
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
.14/
.14/
.14/
.15/
.16/
.17/
.18/
.19/
.2ð/
.21/
.22/
.23/
.24/
.25/
.26/
.27/
.28/
.29/
.3ð/
.31/
.32/
.33/
.34/
.35/
.36/
.37/
.38/
.39/
.4ð/
.41/
.41/
.42/
.43/
.44/
.45/
.46/
-
J16
J17
J38
JP13
-
J27
J19
J20
J21
J22
-
JP11
JP12
J37
J36
J35
JP15
J14
JP14
J15
J6
J5
J4
J13
J3
J11
JP8
JP9
J2
J1
- J34
Cache size selection jumper
Cache size selection jumper
Cache size selection jumper
VESA/PCI jumper
128K cache memory connectors
Cache TAG RAM connector
Power LED connector
Hard disk drive LED connector
Speaker connector, with enable jumper
Memory module connector, MEM 4
Memory module connector, MEM 3
Memory module connector, MEM 2
Memory module connector, MEM 1
256K cache memory connectors
VHIMEM jumper
IRQ12 jumper
CPU speed selection
CPU speed selection
CPU speed selection
IRQ9 jumper
VESA feature connector
Power-on password jumper
VGA jumper
Display connector
Parallel connector
Serial connector, COM2
Flash jumper
Serial connector, COM1
ISA riser connector
ECP DMA-selection jumper
ECP DMA-selection jumper
Mouse connector
Keyboard connector
Battery
VL riser connector
On/Off Switch Connector
See “PC 330/350 Series (Type 657X, 658X) - 80486
jumper settings” on page 404 for jumper settings.
Reference information
403
PC 330/350 Series (Type 657X, 658X) 80486 jumper settings
The following tables contain the jumper setting information.
(D) indicates the default setting.
CPU Type Selection
Processor
J23
J24
486SX (D)
1-2
Open
486DX
2-3
Open
P24T
2-3
Closed
CPU Speed Selection
Speed
J35
J36
J37
20 MHz
On
Off
Off
25 MHz (D)
Off
On
On
33 MHz
Off
On
Off
40 MHz
Off
Off
On
50 MHz
Off
Off
Off
Cache Size Selection
Size
J16
J17
256 K (D)
1-2
Close
128 K
2-3
Open
P24 Clock Selection
JP10
1-2
3-4
Internal Clock
- X3 (D)
Off
Off
Internal Clock
- X2
Off
On
Other
Multiplier
On
Off
404
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
ECP DMA Selection
Setting
JP8
JP9
DRQ3 (D)
1-2
1-2
DRQ1
2-3
2-3
Local Bus Configuration
Selection
JP3
JP4
VESA Local BUS
1-2
1-2
PCI Local BUS
2-3
2-3
Miscellaneous Jumpers
Jumper
Setting
Description
J15
1-2
2-3
Enable system board VGA (D)
Disable system board VGA
J13
1-2
2-3
Program Flash Disable (D)
Program Flash Enable
JP14
1-2
2-3
Normal (D)
Discard CMOS Data
Reference information
405
PC 330/350 Series (Type 65X5) Pentium 60 MHz system board
406
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
PC 330/350 Series (Type 65X5) Pentium 60 MHz system board
locations
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/
.14/
.15/
.16/
.17/
.18/
.19/
.2ð/
- WP
- J38
- J37
- PWD
Modem Ring Detect jumper
Diskette drive write protect jumper
Diskette drive connector
Hard disk drive connectors
On/Off Switch Power Supply Connector
On/Off Switch Connector
Power supply connectors
Processor connector
Memory connectors (Bank 1)
Memory connectors (Bank 2)
Video memory modules
Power-on password jumper
Battery
Display connector
Parallel connector
Serial connector
Serial connector
Keyboard connector
Mouse connector
Riser connector
PC 330/350 Series (Type 65X5) Pentium 60 MHz jumper settings
The following table contains the jumper setting information.
(D) indicates the default setting.
Jumper
Setting
Description
MRD
2-3 (D)
1-2
Modem answer on ring.
Modem no answer on ring.
WP
2-3 (D)
1-2
Enable writing to a diskette
Disable writing to a diskette.
PWD
1-2 (D)
2-3
Password enabled.
Password reset.
Reference information
407
PC 330/350 Series (Type 65X6) Pentium 75/90/100 MHz system board
..
..
.
.
.
.
.
This system board is for models 3XX, 4XX, 5XX.
See “PC 330/350 Series (Type 65X6) - Pentium 133/166
MHz system board” on page 412 for 6XX, 7XX, 8XX, and
9XX models.
408
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
PC 330/350 Series (Type 65X6) Pentium 75/90/100 MHz system board
locations
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/
.14/
.15/
.16/
.17/
.18/
.19/
.2ð/
.21/
.22/
.23/
- J5J1
- J9D1
- J9C1
- J2A2
- J1D1
- SW1
Video display connector
Parallel port connector
Serial port connector
BIOS Flash jumper
Serial port connector
Mouse port connector
Keyboard connector
PCI/ISA Riser connector
Primary (outer) IDE connectors
Secondary (inner) IDE connectors
Power connector
Diskette drive connector
Processor VRE Enable
Memory module connectors
CPU 3.3V voltage regulator
RTC Battery
512 KB Cache memory connectors
Processor connector
Front panel I/O connector
Cache Tag memory connector
Front panel I/O connector
Configuration switch block
- L2 Cache
- CMOS settings
- Power-on password
- Processor type
VESA connector
2MB Video memory connectors
See “PC 330/350 Series (Type 65X6) - Pentium 75/90/100
MHz jumper settings” on page 410 for jumper and switch
settings.
Reference information
409
PC 330/350 Series (Type 65X6) Pentium 75/90/100 MHz jumper settings
The following tables contain the jumper and switch setting
information. (D) indicates the default setting.
L2 Cache Size - SW1 Switch 1, 2
L2 Cache Size
Switch 1
Switch 2
0 KB
On
N/A
256 KB
Off
Off
512 KB
Off
On
CMOS Setup Utility - SW1 Switch 3, 4, 5
Description
Switch 3
Switch 4
Switch 5
Power-on
Password
Enabled
Off (D)
Off
Off
Power-on
Password
Reset
On (D)
Off
Off
Normal
CMOS
Settings
Off
Off (D)
Off
Reset
CMOS
Settings
Off
On
Off
Processor Type - SW1 Switch 6, 7, 8
Processor
Switch 6
Switch 7
Switch 8
50/75 MHz
Off
Off
Off
60/90 MHz
Off
On
Off
66/100
MHz
Off
Off
On
Reserved
Off
N/A
N/A
410
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
BIOS Flash Reset - J5J1
Jumper
Position
Description
J5J1
1-3
Normal (D)
J5J1
1-2
Reset
ISA Bus Clock Speed Jumper - J5J1
CPU External
Clock Speed
ISA 1/6 Clock
Speed
Jumper 5-7 Not
Installed
ISA 1/8 Clock
Speed
Jumper 5-7
Installed
50/75 MHz
8.33 MHz (D)
6.25 MHz
60/90 MHz
10 MHz
7.5 MHz (D)
66/100 MHz
11 MHz
8.25 MHz
Note: J5J1 pins 4, 6, and 8 are reserved and should not be
jumpered.
Processor VRE Enable - J9C1
Jumper
Description
J9C1 1-3 (D)
Standard Voltage Processor
J9C1 5-7
VRE Rated Processor
Reference information
411
PC 330/350 Series (Type 65X6) Pentium 133/166 MHz system board
24
..
. .
. .
. .
..
This system board is for models 6XX, 7XX, 8XX, 9XX.
See “PC 330/350 Series (Type 65X6) - Pentium 75/90/100
MHz system board” on page 408 for 3XX, 4XX, and 5XX
models.
412
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
PC 330/350 Series (Type 65X6) Pentium 133/166 MHz system board
locations
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/ - J4K2
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/ - J4J2
.9/ - J4J1
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/
.14/
.15/
.16/
.17/
.18/
.19/
.2ð/
.21/
.22/
.23/
.24/ - J4K1
Video Port
ECP/EPP Parallel Port
Serial (B) Port
Configuration Jumpers
Serial (A) Port
Mouse Port
Keyboard Port
Configuration Jumpers
Configuration Jumpers
ISA/PCI Riser Connector
Enhanced IDE Connectors
Primary Input Power Supply
Diskette Connector
Four SIMM Sockets (Two Banks)
Power-On LED Connector
Hard Disk Activity LED Connector
Auxiliary Fan Connector
Processor Socket (7)
Speaker Connector
256 KB L2 Cache Sockets
Battery
1MB Video Memory Sockets (Optional)
VESA Feature Connector
Configuration Jumpers
See “PC 330/350 Series (Type 65X6) - Pentium 133/166
MHz jumper settings” on page 414 for jumper and switch
settings.
Reference information
413
PC 330/350 Series (Type 65X6) Pentium 133/166 MHz jumper settings
The following tables contain the jumper setting information.
(D) indicates the default setting.
Processor Speed - J4J1, J4J2, J4K1
Processor
J4J1
J4J2
J4K1
75 MHz
Pin 2-3
Pin 4-5
Pin 2-3
Pin 4-5
Pin 2-3
90 MHz
Pin 2-3
Pin 5-6
Pin 2-3
Pin 4-5
Pin 1-2
100 MHz
Pin 1-2
Pin 4-5
Pin 2-3
Pin 4-5
Pin 1-2
120 MHz
Pin 2-3
Pin 5-6
Pin 2-3
Pin 5-6
Pin 1-2
133 MHz
Pin 1-2
Pin 4-5
Pin 2-3
Pin 5-6
Pin 1-2
150 MHz
Pin 2-3
Pin 5-6
Pin 1-2
Pin 5-6
Pin 1-2
166 MHz
Pin 1-2
Pin 4-5
Pin 1-2
Pin 5-6
Pin 1-2
CMOS Setup Access and ISA Bus Speed - J4K1
Jumper
Position
Description
J4K1
1-2
1/4 PCI (D)
J4K1
2-3
1/3 PCI
J4K1
4-5
Enabled (D)
J4K1
5-6
Disabled
CMOS and Power-on Password - J4K2
Jumper
Position
J4K2
1-2
Description
Normal (D)
J4K2
2-3
Reset CMOS
J4K2
4-5
Normal (D)
J4K2
5-6
Reset Password
BIOS Flash Recovery - J4A2
414
Jumper
Position
J4A2
1-2
Description
Normal (D)
J4A2
2-3
Flash Enabled
J4A2
4-5
Reserved
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
PC 340 Series (Type 6560) - Pentium
100/133/166 MHz system board
27
28
29 30
31 32
33 34
26
1
2
3
25
4
24
5
6
23
7
8
22
9
10
11
21 20 19 18 17 16 15b 15a 14 13 12
See page 416 for Cache information.
Reference information
415
PC 340 Series (Type 6560) - Pentium
100/133/166 MHz system board
locations
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/
.14/
.15a/
.15b/
.16/
.17/
.18/
.19/
.2ð/
.21/
.22/
.23/
.24/
.25/
.26/
.27/
.28/
.29/
.3ð/
.31/
.32/
.33/
.34/
-
J3
JP11
JP21
JP4
J5
JP23
J8
J7
- J9
- JP22
- JP19
-
J12
J12
J13
JP17
-
J6
JP13
JP14
JP3
P4
P1
- P2
- P3
- J2
- J1
Power supply connector
Flash Jumper
FDD write protect
PS/2 Mouse Enable/Disable
Diskette drive connector
HDD Detect
Primary IDE hard disk drive connector
Secondary IDE hard disk drive connector
Battery
Power-on password/CMOS mode
CACHE memory connectors (soldered
cache for Models 4XX, 5XX, 6XX)
Burst Mode
CPU voltage
Processor socket
Hard disk drive LED connector
Power LED connector
CPU fan connector
CPU clock
Memory module connector 1 - Bank1
Memory module connector 2 - Bank1
Memory module connector 3 - Bank0
Memory module connector 4 - Bank0
Tag RAM socket
Feature connector
Cache memory size
CPU Bus clock
On-board VGA
Display connector
Parallel connector
Video memory sockets
Serial connector COM2
PCI/ISA riser connector
Serial connector COM1
Mouse connector
Keyboard connector
See “PC 340 Series (Type 6560) - Pentium 100/133/166
MHz system board jumper settings” on page 417 for
jumper settings.
416
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
PC 340 Series (Type 6560) - Pentium
100/133/166 MHz system board jumper
settings
The following tables contain the jumper setting information.
A (D) indicates the default setting.
Processor Type Selection
Processor
JP14
JP17
P75 MHz
1-2
Open
P90 MHz
3-4
Open
P100 MHz
1-2, 3-4
Open
P120 MHz
3-4
1-2
P133 MHz
1-2, 3-4
1-2
P166 MHz
1-2, 3-4
1-2, 3-4
Cache Size Selection
Size
JP13
256 KB (D)
1-2
512 KB
2-3
Miscellaneous Jumpers
Jumper
Setting
JP3
Short
Open
Description
Enable on-board VGA (D)
Disable on-board VGA
JP4
Short
Open
Enable PS/2 mouse (D)
Disable PS/2 mouse
J9
1-2
2-3
Normal (D)
CMOS Data Clear (all setup data
reset to default and
Power-On-Password cleared)
JP11
1-2
2-3
Enable Flash (D)
Flash Lock
JP19
1-2
2-3
STD 3.3 volt
VRE 3.52 volt (D)
JP21
1-2
2-3
FDD protect, Normal (D)
FDD Write protect
JP22
1-2
2-3
Non-Linear burst, Async Cache (D)
Linear burst, sync Cache (D for
models 4XX, 5XX, 6XX only)
JP23
1-2
2-3
HDD detect (D)
HDD non-detect
Reference information
417
PC 330/350 Series (Type 6577, 6587) Pentium 100/133/166/200 MHz system
board
0
418
1
2
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
PC 330/350 Series (Type 6577, 6587) Pentium 100/133/166/200 MHz system
board locations
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/
.14/
.15/
.16/
.17/
.18/
.19/
.2ð/
.21/
.22/
.23/
.24/
.25/
.26/
.27/
.28/
.29/
.3ð/
Power connector (5 V)
Modem ring
LAN Wake-Up
Modem ring
Password jumper (CMOS clear)
Auxiliary power
On/Off switch
Configuration switch set
Diskette connector
Primary IDE connector
Secondary IDE connector
Battery
Power connector (3.3 V)
Voltage Regulator connector (Pentium MMX
only)
Processor upgrade socket
Cache memory module connector
Power LED connector
Hard disk access LED connector
SIMM connectors (Bank 1/2)
DIMM connector (Bank 0)
Riser connector
VESA passthrough connectors
Video upgrade sockets
Video port
ECP/EPP parallel port
USB ports (1, 2)
Serial (A) port
Mouse port
Keyboard port
Infrared port
Reference information
419
PC 330/350 Series (Type 6577, 6587) Pentium 100/133/166/200 MHz
switch/jumper settings
The following tables contain the switch and jumper setting
information. (D) indicates the default setting.
Processor Speed Switch Settings (SW1 1-4)
Speed
SW1-1
SW1-2
SW1-3
SW1-4
75 MHz
Off
Off
On
On
90 MHz
Off
Off
On
Off
100 MHz
Off
Off
Off
On
120 MHz
On
Off
On
Off
133 MHz
On
Off
Off
On
150 MHz
On
On
On
Off
166 MHz
On
On
Off
On
200 MHz
Off
On
Off
On
Additional Switch Settings (SW1 5-6)
Description
SW1-5
SW1-6
Normal
Diskette
Operation
N/A
Off (D)
Read-Only
Diskette
Operation
N/A
On
Password Jumper Settings
Jumper
Setting
Description
J15
1-2
2-3 (D)
Password Disabled
Password Enabled
420
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
..
PC 360-S150 (Type 6598) - Pentium Pro
150/200 MHz system board
.
.
..
.
.
..
.. .. ..
.. ..
..
Also see “Matrox Graphics Adapter (MGA) switch settings”
on page 425 for MGA video adapter locations and switch
settings.
Reference information
421
PC 360-S150 (Type 6598) - Pentium Pro
150/200 MHz system board locations
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/
.14/
.15/
.16/
.17/
.18/
Processor connector
Power supply connector
Front panel I/O connector
Diskette drive connector
Hard Disk Drive connector
CD-ROM drive connector
Configuration jumpers (J25)
ISA adapter slots
PCI/ISA adapter slots
PCI adapter slots
Backup battery
Bank 0 memory connectors
Serial port 2
Bank 1 memory connectors
Parallel port
Mouse port
Keyboard port
Serial port 1
See “PC 360-S150 (Type 6598) - Pentium Pro 150/200
MHz jumper settings” on page 423 and “PC 360-S150
(Type 6598) - Pentium Pro 150/200 MHz jumper setting
procedures” on page 424 for jumper settings and
procedures.
422
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
PC 360-S150 (Type 6598) - Pentium Pro
150/200 MHz jumper settings
See “PC 360-S150 (Type 6598) - Pentium Pro 150/200
MHz jumper setting procedures” on page 424 for
additional jumper procedure information.
Attention
The following are the factory-configuration jumper
settings. Do not change jumper 26-27 from the
factory setting.
27
25
24
22
21
19
18
16
15
13
12
10
9
7
6
4
3
2
1
The following table contains the jumper setting information.
(D) indicates the default setting.
Jumper
Setting
Description
Bus Speed
Clock Ratio
PCI/ISA
1-2
4-5
7-8
11-12
150 MHz Processor
Bus = 60.14 MHz
Clock ratio = 5/2
PCI = 30 MHz
ISA = 7.51 MHz
Bus Speed
Clock Ratio
PCI/ISA
2-3
5-6
7-8
10-11
200 MHz Processor
Bus = 66.48 MHz
Clock ratio = 3/1
PCI = 33 MHz
ISA = 8.31 MHz
Password
14-15 (D)
13-14
Password Enabled
Password Reset
CMOS
17-18 (D)
16-17
CMOS Normal
CMOS Reset
Setup Utility
20-21 (D)
19-20
Setup Enabled
Setup Disabled
Flash Recovery
23-24 (D)
22-23
Normal
Flash Recovery
Enabled
Reserved
26-27 (D)
(Do Not Change)
Reference information
423
PC 360-S150 (Type 6598) - Pentium Pro
150/200 MHz jumper setting procedures
Processor/Bus-Speed/Clock-Ratio Jumper
Set these jumpers to match the processor installed.
Password Reset
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Move the jumper from pins 14-15 to 13-14.
3. Power-on the computer. This erases both the
power-on and administrator passwords.
4. Power-off the computer.
5. Move the jumper from pins 13-14 to 14-15.
CMOS Jumper
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Move the jumper from pins 17-18 to 16-17.
3. Power-on the computer. This erases the CMOS
information.
4. Power-off the computer.
5. Move the jumper from pins 16-17 to 17-18.
Configuration/Setup Utility Jumper
This jumper setting enables and disables the
Configuration/Setup Utility.
Flash Recovery Jumper
If an interruption occurs during a Flash/BIOS upgrade, the
BIOS might be left in an unusable state. This jumper
enables you to restart the system and recover the BIOS.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Power-off the computer.
Move the jumper from pins 23-24 to 22-23.
Insert the upgrade diskette into the drive A.
Power-on the computer and listen to the speaker.
You should hear beeps in the following sequence.
a. After the computer is powered-on, it beeps once.
This beep marks the beginning of the POST.
b. After a short delay (less than 10 seconds), the
computer beeps again. This marks the
beginning of the recovery process. The recovery
code is being copied into the flash component.
c. After about 30 seconds, the computer beeps
twice, marking the end of the recovery process.
Wait until the diskette drive in-use light goes out.
5. Power-off the computer and move the jumper from
pins 22-23 to 23-24.
6. Leave the upgrade diskette in the diskette drive and
power-on the computer.
7. Retry the original upgrade procedure.
424
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Matrox Graphics Adapter (MGA) switch
settings
There are two switches on the adapter that are used to
change the way the adapter operates.
Access bus
. ...
VGA feature connector
(output only)
.............
............
.......
.......
Connectors for
RAM expansion
module
................................
................................
BIOS
Monitor
connector
MGA
ON
Switches
1 2
Bus connector
VGA BIOS flash upgrade enable - Switch 1
To upgrade the VGA BIOS, use the software utility diskette
and BIOS upgrade file.
1. Remove the adapter to access the switches.
2. Set Switch 1 to On to allow re-programming of the
Flash EPROM.
Note: Do not leave this switch On during normal
use, as the Flash EPROM in this state is
susceptible to being erased without warning.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Reinstall the adapter.
Follow the instructions supplied with the flash utility.
Power-off the computer and remove the adapter.
Set Switch 1 to Off.
Reinstall the adapter.
Remove the flash utility diskette.
VGA enable/disable switch - Switch 2
By default, the MGA adapter VGA feature is enabled
(Switch 2=Off) for single-screen operation, which means
that any other installed VGA must be disabled.
This switch should be set to On to support a dual-screen
configuration. In this case, a VGA adapter in another
expansion slot will be used for output to the second
monitor.
1. Remove the adapter to access the switches.
2. Set Switch 2 to On to enable dual-screen operation.
3. Reinstall the adapter.
Reference information
425
PC 365 (Type 6589) - system board
Also see “Matrox Graphics Adapter (MGA) switch settings”
on page 425 for MGA video adapter locations and switch
settings.
426
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
PC 365 (Type 6589) - system board
locations
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/
.14/
.15/
Diskette drive connector
CMOS, Password Jumper
Processor, Diskette Switch
Wake on Ring connector J13 (style 1)
Wake on Ring connector J11 (style 2)
Secondary IDE connector
Primary IDE connector
3.3V power connector
Battery
Main power connector
Second processor connector
Voltage regulator module (VRM) connector for
second processor
Primary processor connector
Memory connectors
Riser-card connector
Note
The two Wake on Ring connectors, J13 and J11,
accommodate two different style connectors. The two
connectors share the same function.
PC 365 (Type 6589) switch settings
The following table contains the switch setting information.
(D) indicates the default setting.
Description
Setting
180 MHz Processor
1, 3, 4, 5 On
2, 6, 7, 8 Off
200 MHz Processor
1, 3, 4, 6 On
2, 5, 7, 8 Off
Normal Diskette Operation
8 On (D)
Read-only Diskette
Operation
8 Off
Password/CMOS Enabled
J8 1-2 (D)
Password/CMOS Erase
J8 2-3
Note
Refer to Configuration/Setup for other system
parameter settings.
Reference information
427
PC 300 Series (Type 6862, 6872, 6892) Pentium II, Pentium III, Celeron system
board
Note
For other system connectors, see “Riser card layouts”
on page 459 under Type 6862, 6872, 6892.
428
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
PC 300 Series (Type 6862, 6872, 6892) Pentium II, Pentium III, Celeron system
board locations
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/
.14/
.15/
.16/
.17/
Battery
Switch SW1
Microprocessor socket
DIMM socket 0
DIMM socket 1
DIMM socket 2
CMOS clear Jumper J9
AGP 2X connector
Display connector
Mouse/Keyboard connectors (top=mouse,
bottom=keyboard)
Serial connectors (top=serial port 2,
bottom=serial port 1)
USB connectors (top=USB2, bottom=USB1)
Parallel connector
Ethernet RJ45 connector
Audio line out
Audio line in
Microphone connector
Reference information
429
PC 300 Series (Type 6862, 6872, 6892) Pentium II, Pentium III, Celeron
jumper/switch settings
The following table contains the jumper setting information.
(D) indicates the default setting.
Jumper
Setting
Description
CMOS Reset J9
2-3
1-2 (D)
CMOS reset.
Normal
The following tables contains the switch setting
information. (D) indicates the default setting.
Note
Pentium III processors do not require speed settings.
For Pentium III processors, you can ignore the speed
settings.
Pentium II Processor Speed Switch Setting (SW1 1-4)
CPU
Switch
Settings
SW1-1
SW1-2
SW1-3
SW1-4
233/66
MHz
Off
Off
On
On
266/66
MHz
On
On
Off
On
300/66
MHz
Off
On
Off
On
333/66
MHz
On
Off
Off
On
350/100
MHz
Off
Off
On
On
400/100
MHz
On
On
Off
On
450/100
MHz
Off
On
Off
On
Celeron Processor Speed Switch Setting (SW1 1-4)
CPU
Switch
Settings
SW1-1
SW1-2
SW1-3
SW1-4
300
MHz
Celeron
Off
On
Off
On
333
MHz
Celeron
On
Off
Off
On
433
MHz
Celeron
Off
On
On
Off
430
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
ROM Operation Switch (SW1-5)
ROM Operation
SW1-5
ROM Recovery Mode
On
Normal ROM Operation
Off (D)
Reserved Switch (SW1-6)
Reserved
SW1-6
Reserved
Off (D)
Privilege Access Password (PAP) Switch (SW1-7)
PAP
SW1-7
Disable
Off (D)
Enable
On
Diskette Write Access Switch (SW1-8)
Diskette Access
SW1-8
Write Enabled
Off (D)
Write Protected
On
Reference information
431
IntelliStation (Type 6865) - Pentium II
Xeon Pentium III Xeon 400, 500, 550
MHz system board
31
1
32 33
34
35
36
3
1
1
3
3
1
4
432
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
37
IntelliStation (Type 6865) - Pentium II
Xeon, Pentium III Xeon 400, 500, 550
MHz system board locations
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
- J3J1
- J4J1
- J4J2
-
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/
.14/ - J12G1
.15/
.16/
.17/
.18/
.19/
.2ð/
.21/
.22/
.23/
.24/
.25/
.26/
.27/
.28/
.29/
.3ð/
.31/ - J2G1
.32/
.33/
.34/
.35/
.36/
.37/
Fan connector, rear panel
Clear CMOS jumper
Administration jumper
Secondary microprocessor socket
Primary microprocessor socket
Secondary microprocessor fansink
connector
Primary microprocessor fansink
connector
DIMM connectors (Bank 3,2,1,0)
Power connectors, dual 20-pin
Auxiliary Power connector
Voltage Regulator Module, for secondary
processor
Diskette drive connector
Fan connector, upper front
Boot Block jumper
Front Panel LED connector
SCSI LED connector
Battery
Tamper detect switch connector
Fan connector, lower front
Speaker connector
Wake On LAN connector
RFID antenna connector
Secondary IDE connector
Wake On Modem connector
Primary IDE connector
Shared ISA/PCI connectors
PCI slot connectors
CDROM audio connector
AGP slot connector
MIDI connector
Ethernet Power jumper
Microphone connector
Audio line In/Out connectors
RJ-45 Ethernet connector
Parallel/Serial 1/Serial 2 connectors
USB 1/USB 2 connectors
Keyboard/Mouse connectors
Reference information
433
IntelliStation (Type 6865) - Pentium II
Xeon, Pentium III Xeon 400, 500, 550
MHz jumper settings
The following tables contain the jumper setting information.
(D) indicates the default setting.
Clear CMOS Request Jumper Setting
Jumper
Setting
Description
J4J1
1-2 (D)
2-3
Normal Operation
Erase Password and Configuration
(Clear CMOS)
Boot Block Jumper Setting
Jumper
Setting
Description
J12G1
1-2 (D)
2-3
Normal Operation
Boot Block Recovery
Administration Jumper Setting
Jumper
Setting
Description
J4J2
1-2
2-3 (D)
Enable Administration Password
Normal Operation
Ethernet Power Jumper Setting
Jumper
Setting
Description
J2G1
1-2 (D)
2-3
Enable, power-on
Disable, power-off
434
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
PC 730/750 Series (Type 6875, 6876,
6885, 6886) - Pentium 75/90/100/120/133
MHz system board
27
29
Reference information
435
PC 730/750 Series (Type 6875, 6876,
6885, 6886) - Pentium 75/90/100/120/133
MHz system board locations
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/
.14/
.15/
.16/
.17/
.18/
.19/
.2ð/
.21/
.22/
.23/
.24/
.25/
.26/
.27/
.28/
.29/
- J15
- J29
- J38
- J37
- J19
- J40
- J28
Riser connector
Modem Ring Detect connector
Diskette drive write protect jumper
Diskette drive connector
Hard disk drive connectors
On/Off Switch power supply connector
On/Off Switch connector
Power supply connectors
Bus/CPU Speed (MHz)
L2 Cache size jumpers
Processor connector
Bus/Core Ratio
Cache connectors
Memory connectors (Bank 2)
Memory connectors (Bank 1)
Memory connectors (Bank 3)
Video memory connectors
Power-on password jumper
Battery
Display connector
Parallel connector
Serial connector
Serial connector
Mouse connector
Keyboard connector
Audio jack
Audio jack
IDE CD-ROM audio connector
Mouse jumper
See “PC 730/750 Series (Type 6875, 6876, 6885, 6886) Pentium 75/90/100/120/133 MHz jumper settings” on
page 437 for jumper settings.
436
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
PC 730/750 Series (Type 6875, 6876,
6885, 6886) - Pentium 75/90/100/120/133
MHz jumper settings
The following table contains the jumper setting information.
(D) indicates the default setting.
Jumper
Setting
Description
J19
open (D)
short
2/3 Bus/Core Ratio
1/2 Bus/Core Ratio
J28
1-2 (D)
2-3
Mouse enabled
Mouse disabled
J29
(WP)
2-3 (D)
1-2
Enable writing to a diskette
Disable writing to a diskette.
J40
(PWD)
1-2 (D)
2-3
Password enabled.
Password reset.
Bus/CPU speed MHz setting
The following table contains the Bus/CPU Speed settings.
Jumper
50/75
60/90
60/120
66/100
66/133
J26
J27
2-3
2-3
2-3
1-2
1-2
1-2
Cache jumper settings
The following table contains the cache jumper settings.
Cache
J21
J22
J23
J24
256 KB
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
Reference information
437
PC 730/750 Series (Type 6877, 6887) Pentium 100/133/150/166 MHz system
board
31
2
438
0
32
1
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
PC 730/750 Series (Type 6877, 6887) Pentium 100/133/150/166 MHz system
board locations
.1/
.2/ .3/ .4/ .5/ .6/ .7/ .8/ .9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/
.14/
.15/
.16/
.17/
.18/
.19/
.2ð/
.21/
.22/
.23/
.24/
.25/
.26/
.27/
.28/
.29/
.3ð/
.31/
.32/
J9
J14
J13
J15
J16
J18
J19
Power connector (5 V)
Modem ring
LAN wake-up
External ring wake-up
Password jumper (CMOS Clear)
Auxiliary power
On/Off switch
Tamper connector
Secondary IDE connector
Primary IDE connector
Diskette connector
Tamper (Reserved)
Battery
Voltage regulator connector
Power connector (3.3 V)
Switch set (SW1)
Processor socket
Cache memory module connector
Power LED connector
Hard Disk access LED connector
Speaker connector
DSP Audio connector
DIMM/SIMM connectors
VESA passthrough connector
Riser connector
Video port
ECP/EPP parallel port
Serial (B) port
Serial (A) port
Mouse port
Keyboard port
Infrared port
Reference information
439
PC 730/750 Series (Type 6877, 6887) Pentium 100/133/150/166 MHz
switch/jumper settings
The following tables contain the switch and jumper setting
information. (D) indicates the default setting.
Processor Speed Switch Settings (SW1 1-4)
Speed
SW1-1
SW1-2
SW1-3
SW1-4
75 MHz
Off
Off
On
On
90 MHz
Off
Off
On
Off
100 MHz
Off
Off
Off
On
120 MHz
On
Off
On
Off
133 MHz
On
Off
Off
On
150 MHz
On
On
On
Off
166 MHz
On
On
Off
On
Additional Switch Settings (SW1 5-6)
Description
SW1-5
SW1-6
Administrator
Password
Enabled
On (D)
N/A
Administrator
Password
Disabled
Off
N/A
Normal
Diskette
Operation
N/A
Off (D)
Read-Only
Diskette
Operation
N/A
On
Jumper Settings
Jumper
Setting
Description
J15
1-2 (D)
2-3
Password Enabled
Password Disabled
440
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
IntelliStation (Type 6888) - Pentium II
266/300 MHz system board
Note
This system board and jumper settings are the same
as the PC 300 (Type 6588).
35
654
32
31
321
33
A B C D
34
Reference information
441
IntelliStation (Type 6888) - Pentium II
266/300 MHz system board locations
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/
.14/
.15/
.16/
.17/
.18/
.19/
.2ð/
.21/
.22/
.23/
.24/
.25/
.26/
.27/
.28/
.29/
.3ð/
.31/
.32/
.33/
.34/
.35/
442
Display connector
Ethernet RJ45 connector
Infrared connector (J3M1)
USB (Universal Serial Bus) 2 connector
Serial port system board connector (J4M1)
(Serial port A located in back of chassis)
USB (Universal Serial Bus) 1 connector
Parallel port connector
5 V auxiliary connector
Mouse connector
Keyboard connector
Audio line out
Audio line in
Tela jack audio
Diskette drive connector
CD-ROM connector
Wave table audio
Primary IDE connector
Secondary IDE connector
System board jumper block
Power connector (3.3 V)
Main power connector
Boot block recovery jumper
Chassis security connector
Microprocessor connector
Power switch connector
Power LED/hard disk LED connector
Processor fan connector (300 MHz model only)
Fan connector
DIMM connectors
SCSI activity LED connector
Wake-Up on LAN
Modem Wake-Up
Battery
Feature connector
Riser card connector
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
IntelliStation (Type 6888) - Pentium II
266/300 MHz jumper settings
The following tables contain the jumper setting information.
(D) indicates the default setting.
Note
These jumper settings also apply to (Type 6588)
System Board Jumper Block
A6
1
233 MHz
B6 C6 D6
1
1
1
A6
1
266 MHz
B6 C6 D6
1
1
1
300 MHz
FDD Read-Only
FDD Read/Write
Normal CMOS
Clear CMOS
Setup Normal Enabled
Setup Disabled
Password Normal
Password Reset
Reserved
Boot Block Recovery Jumper
Jumper
Setting
Description
Boot
Block
Recovery
5-6 (D)
4-5
Normal
Recover
Reference information
443
IntelliStation (Type 6889/6897) - Pentium
II, Pentium III 350/400/450/500 MHz
system board
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
444
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
IntelliStation (Type 6889/6897) - Pentium
II, Pentium III 350/400/450/500 MHz
system board locations
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
-
U25
U24
J5M1
J4
.5/ - J2M1
.6/ - J3
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/
.14/
.15/
.16/
.17/
.18/
.19/
.2ð/
.21/
.22/
.23/
.24/
.25/
.26/
.27/
.28/
.29/
.3ð/
.31/
.32/
.33/
.34/
.35/
.36/
.37/
.38/
-
J10D1
J9L1
J11B1
J8F2
J9F1
J15
J10E1
J8F1
-
J12B3
J7E1
J5
J6
J12B1
SW12A1
J6D1
J13
J10F1
J4D1
- J2E3
- J1F1
- J4F1
- J7
Secondary microprocessor socket
Primary microprocessor socket
Power connector
Secondary microprocessor fansink
connector
Power connector
Primary microprocessor fansink
connector
DIMM connectors (DIMM 0,1,2,3)
SCSI channel B 16-bit connector
Power switch and LED connector
Hard disk LED connector
Diskette drive connector
Primary IDE connector
RF ID antenna connector
SCSI channel B 8-bit connector
Secondary IDE connector
Battery
Internal speaker connector
Clear CMOS jumper
Fan connector, front panel
Fan connector, front panel
Tamper detect switch connector
Switches
Wake On LAN connector
Wake On Modem connector
SCSI channel A connector
RAIDport extension
Shared ISA/PCI connectors
PCI slot connectors
AGP slot connector
CD audio connector
Microphone connector
Audio line In/Out connector
RJ-45 Ethernet connector
JTAG
Rear panel fan connector
Parallel/Serial 1/Serial 2 connectors
USB 1/USB 2 connectors
Keyboard/Mouse connectors
Reference information
445
IntelliStation (Type 6889/6897) - Pentium
II, Pentium III 350/400/450/500 MHz
switch/jumper settings
The following tables contain the switch and jumper setting
information. (D) indicates the default setting.
Note
Pentium III processors do not require speed settings.
For Pentium III processors, you can ignore the speed
settings.
Processor Speed Switch Setting (SW1 1-4)
Speed
SW1-1
SW1-2
SW1-3
SW1-4
350
MHz
Off
Off
On
On
400
MHz
On
On
Off
On
450
MHz
Off
On
Off
On
Normal ROM Operation Switch (SW1-5)
ROM Operation
SW1-5
Normal
Off (D)
ROM Recovery Mode
On
Enet Normal Operation Switch (SW1-6)
Enet Operation
SW1-6
Normal
Off (D)
Enet Disabled
On
Admin Password Lock Switch (SW1-7)
Admin Password
SW1-7
Locked
Off (D)
Unlocked
On
Diskette Operation Switch (SW1-8)
Diskette Operation
SW1-8
Normal
Off (D)
Read Only
On
Clear CMOS Request Jumper Setting
446
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Jumper
Setting
Description
J7E1
1-2 (D)
2-3
Normal Operation
Erase Password and Configuration
(Clear CMOS)
Reference information
447
IntelliStation (Type 6893) - Pentium II,
Pentium III 350/400/450/500 MHz system
board
Note
For other system connectors, see “Riser card layouts”
on page 459 under Type 6893.
448
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
IntelliStation (Type 6893) - Pentium II,
Pentium III 350/400/450/500 MHz system
board locations
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/
.14/
.15/
.16/
.17/
Battery
Switch SW1
Microprocessor socket
DIMM socket 0
DIMM socket 1
DIMM socket 2
CMOS clear Jumper J9
AGP 2X connector
Display connector (not used)
Mouse/Keyboard connectors (top=mouse,
bottom=keyboard)
Serial connectors (top=serial port 2,
bottom=serial port 1)
USB connectors (top=USB2, bottom=USB1)
Parallel connector
Ethernet RJ45 connector
Audio line out
Audio line in
Microphone connector
Reference information
449
IntelliStation (Type 6893) - Pentium II,
Pentium III 350/400/450/500 MHz
jumper/switch settings
The following tables contains the switch setting
information. (D) indicates the default setting.
Jumper
Setting
Description
CMOS Reset J9
2-3
1-2 (D)
CMOS reset.
Normal
Note
Pentium III processors do not require speed settings.
For Pentium III processors, you can ignore the speed
settings.
Pentium II Processor Speed Switch Setting (SW1 1-4)
CPU
Switch
Settings
SW1-1
SW1-2
SW1-3
SW1-4
233/66
MHz
Off
Off
On
On
266/66
MHz
On
On
Off
On
300/66
MHz
Off
On
Off
On
333/66
MHz
On
Off
Off
On
350/100
MHz
Off
Off
On
On
400/100
MHz
On
On
Off
On
450/100
MHz
Off
On
Off
On
ROM Operation Switch (SW1-5)
ROM Operation
SW1-5
ROM Recovery Mode
On
Normal ROM Operation
Off (D)
Ethernet Switch (SW1-6)
450
Ethernet
SW1-6
Enabled
Off (D)
Disable
On
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Privilege Access Password (PAP) Switch (SW1-7)
PAP
SW1-7
Disable
Off (D)
Enable
On
Diskette Write Access Switch (SW1-8)
Diskette Access
SW1-8
Write Enabled
Off (D)
Write Protected
On
Reference information
451
IntelliStation (Type 6898) - Pentium II
233/266/300/333 MHz system board
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
IntelliStation (Type 6898) - Pentium II
233/266/300/333 MHz system board
locations
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
- J1F1
- J1M1
- J7E1
- J9L1
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/
.14/
.15/
.16/
.17/
.18/
.19/
.2ð/
452
-
J4F1
J11B1
J12B3
J12B1
J12B2
CD-ROM audio connector (MPC3)
Fan connector, rear panel
3.3 V, 5 V power connector
Primary microprocessor socket
Power connector
Secondary microprocessor socket
DIMM connectors (MEM 3,2,1,0)
CMOS clear request
Power switch and power/Hard disk LED
connector
Secondary IDE connector
Diskette drive connector
Primary IDE connector
Channel A SCSI connector (68 pin)
Channel B SCSI connector (50 pin)
Channel B SCSI connector (68 pin)
Reserved
SCSI LED connector (4 pin)
Internal speaker connector
Tamper detect switch connector
Fan connector, front panel (upper)
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
.21/
.22/
.23/
.24/
.25/
.26/
.27/
.28/
.29/
.3ð/
.31/
.32/
- J12A1
- J10A1
- J6D1
- J9A1
- J0B1
- J3F2
.33/ - J2E1
.34/
.35/
.36/
.37/
.38/
.39/
Fan connector, front panel (lower)
Switch set (SW1)
Battery
SCSI LED connector (2 pin)
Wake On LAN connector
Wake On Modem connector
RAIDport extension
ISA slot connectors
External SMBus connector
PCI slot connectors
AGP slot connectors
Secondary microprocessor fansink
connector
Primary microprocessor fansink
connector
Microphone connector
Audio line In/Out
RJ-45 Ethernet connector
Parallel/Serial 1/Serial 2 connectors
USB 1/USB 2 connectors
Keyboard/Mouse connectors
IntelliStation (Type 6898) - Pentium II
233/266/300/333 MHz switch/jumper
settings
The following tables contain the switch and jumper setting
information. (D) indicates the default setting.
Processor Speed Switch Setting (SW1 1-4)
Speed
SW1-1
SW1-2
SW1-3
SW1-4
233
MHz
Off
Off
On
On
266
MHz
On
On
Off
On
300
MHz
Off
On
Off
On
333
MHz
On
Off
Off
On
Normal ROM Operation Switch (SW1-5)
Normal ROM Operation
SW1-5
Normal Operation
Off (D)
ROM Recovery Mode
On
Reference information
453
Enet Normal Operation Switch (SW1-6)
Enet Normal Operation
SW1-6
Normal Operation
Off (D)
Enet MAC Disabled
On
Admin Password Lock Switch (SW1-7)
Admin Password Lock
SW1-7
Locked
Off (D)
Unlocked
On
Diskette Operation Switch (SW1-8)
Diskette Operation
SW1-8
Normal Diskette Operation
Off (D)
Read Only Diskette
On
Clear CMOS Request Jumper Setting
Jumper
Setting
Description
J7E1
1-2 (D)
2-3
Normal Operation
Erase Password and Configuration
(Clear CMOS)
454
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
IntelliStation (Type 6899) - Pentium Pro
200 MHz system board
3
2
1
35
34
33
32
31
Reference information
455
IntelliStation (Type 6899) - Pentium Pro
200 MHz system board locations
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/
.14/
.15/
.16/
.17/
.18/
.19/
.2ð/
.21/
.22/
.23/
.24/
.25/
.26/
- J15
- J8
- J13
- J11
- J12
.27/
.28/
.29/
.3ð/
.31/
.32/
.33/ - J34
.34/
.35/ - J20
456
Audio line out
Audio line in
Microphone
Parallel port connector
USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector
Serial port A connector (Serial port B
connector located on back of base frame)
Mouse connector
Keyboard connector
Infrared connector
Wake-Up on LAN
5 V auxiliary connector
Power switch connector
CMOS clear (password) jumper
Diskette drive connector
Switch set (SW1)
SCSI LED connector
Modem wake-up
Modem wake-up
Primary IDE connector
Secondary IDE connector
Battery
Power connector (3.3 V)
Main power connector
Second microprocessor socket
Fan connector (second microprocessor)
Voltage Regulator Module connector
(second microprocessor)
Primary microprocessor socket
Power LED connector
Hard disk drive LED connector
Fan connector, front panel
Internal speaker connector
DIMM connectors
CD-ROM audio connector
Riser card connector
Serial port B system board connector
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
IntelliStation (Type 6899) - Pentium Pro
200 MHz second microprocessor option
Some models come with two microprocessors.
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
Fan-sink retaining clip
Fan-sink power cable
Fan-sink
Secondary microprocessor
Voltage Regulator Module (VRM)
Secondary microprocessor socket
Fan-sink power cable connector
VRM connector
Primary microprocessor socket
Pin 1 location
Heat spreader
Reference information
457
IntelliStation (Type 6899) - Pentium Pro
200 MHz switch/jumper settings
The following tables contain the switch and jumper setting
information. (D) indicates the default setting.
Processor Speed Switch Setting (SW1 1-6)
Speed
200
MHz
SW1-1
On
SW1-2
Off
SW1-3
On
SW1-4
On
SW1-5
Off
SW1-6
N/A
Additional Switch Settings (SW1 7-8)
Description
SW1-7
SW1-8
Serial B
Enabled
On (D)
N/A
Serial B
Disabled
Off
N/A
Normal
Diskette
Operation
N/A
Off (D)
Read-Only
Diskette
Operation
N/A
On
Jumper Settings
Jumper
Setting
Description
J8
1-2 (D)
2-3
Password Enabled
Password Disabled (Clear CMOS)
458
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Riser card layouts
Notes
Ÿ
Ÿ
PCI adapters plug into the PCI riser slot with the
component-side facing the system board.
ISA adapters plug into the ISA riser slot with the
component-side facing upward.
PC 300 (Type 6272) PCI/ISA
PCI
ISA
PCI
ISA
Shared Slot 2
Shared Slot 1
PC 300 (Type 6263, 6265, 6275) ISA/PCI
Asset ID Connector
SCSI Hard Drive LED
Secondary IDE
Connector
PCI
PCI
Diskette Drive
Connector
Power
(Back)
Fan Connector
PCI
Shared
ISA
System Front
Panel Connector
ISA
CD
Audio
Primary IDE
Connector
(Back)
340-Pin
Connector
Modem
Wakeup
Wake on LAN
Alert on LAN
PC 300 (Type 6282, 6284) PCI/ISA
PCI 2
(On other side)
(On other side)
ISA 3
PCI 3
Shared Slot
ISA 2
PCI 1
ISA 1
Shared Slot
Reference information
459
PC 300 (Type 6285) ISA/PCI
Power
Diskette
Drive
ISA
ISA
ISA
PCI
Disk
Fan A
Disk
Fan B
Fan
Alert
on LAN
Wake on LAN
Asset ID
Antenna
ChassisIntrusion
Detector
PCI
PCI
CD
Audio
340-Pin
Connector
Primary
LED
IDE
Panel
Secondary
SCSI
IDE
Hard Disk
LED
Internal
Speaker
Modem
Wakeup
PC 340 (Type 6560) PCI/ISA
PCI
On Other Side
Shared Slot
460
3.3 Volt PCI
Connector
On Other Side
ISA
On Other Side
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
PC 300 (Type 6561) PCI/ISA
Secondary IDE
Connector
PCI
PCI
Diskette Drive
Connector
Power
(Back)
Fan Connector
PCI
Shared
ISA
System Front
Panel Connector
ISA
Primary IDE
Connector
(Back)
340-Pin
Connector
Modem Wakeup
Connector
Wake On LAN
Connector
PC 300 (Type 6562) PCI/ISA
Diskette Power
PCI
Secondary IDE
PCI
Diskette Drive
Power
(Back)
SCSI Hard
Disk LED
PCI
Shared
ISA
System Front
Panel
ISA
Front
Panel
Audio
Primary IDE
(Back)
CD-ROM
Audio
340-Pin
Connector
Modem
Wakeup
Wake
On LAN
PC 330 (Type 6571) ISA/VESA
ISA
VESA
Share Slot
PC 330 (Type 6573) PCI/ISA
ISA
PCI
ISA
PCI
ISA
Share
Slot
Share
Slot
1-2 25/33
2-3 40/50
Reference information
461
PC 330 (Type 6575) PCI/ISA
ISA
PCI
Shared Slot
ISA
PCI
Shared Slot
ISA
PC 330 (Type 6576) PCI/ISA
ISA
PCI
Share Slot
ISA
PCI
Share Slot
ISA
PC 330 (Type 6577) ISA/PCI
Shared PCI
Slot 3 ISA
Shared PCI
Slot 2 ISA
Shared PCI
Slot 1 ISA
PC 350 (Type 6581) ISA/VESA
(On other side)
ISA
VESA
Share Slot
462
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
PC 350 (Type 6583) PCI/ISA
ISA
ISA
PCI
Share
Slot
ISA
PCI
Share
Slot
ISA
1-2 25/33
2-3 40/50
PC 350 (Type 6585) PCI/ISA
ISA
(On other side)
ISA
ISA
PCI
Shared Slot
ISA
PCI
Shared Slot
ISA
PC 350 (Type 6586) PCI/ISA
ISA
(On other side)
ISA
ISA
PCI
Share Slot
ISA
PCI
Share Slot
ISA
Reference information
463
PC 350 (Type 6587) ISA/PCI
ISA 5
(On other side)
ISA 4
Shared PCI
Slot 3
ISA
Shared PCI
Slot 2
ISA
Shared PCI
Slot 1 ISA
PC 300 (Type 6588) ISA/PCI
ISA 5
(On other side)
ISA 4
Shared PCI
Slot 3
ISA
Shared PCI
Slot 2
ISA
Shared PCI
Slot 1 ISA
Same as IntelliStation (Type 6888) riser card.
464
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
PC 365 (Type 6589) ISA/PCI
ISA 5
(On other side)
ISA 4
Shared PCI
Slot 3
ISA
Shared PCI
Slot 2
ISA
Shared PCI
Slot 1 ISA
(3 Shared / 2 ISA)
PCI 5
PCI 4
(On other side)
Shared PCI
Slot 3 ISA
Shared PCI
Slot 2
ISA
Shared PCI
Slot 1 ISA
(3 Shared / 2 PCI)
PC 300 (Type 6591) ISA/PCI
ISA
Diskette Drive
ISA
Primary IDE
ISA
Secondary IDE
Fan
LED Panel
SCSI Hard Disk LED
PCI
PCI
Wake on LAN
PCI
Power
340-Pin
Connector
Modem
Wakeup
Reference information
465
PC 300 (Type 6592) ISA/PCI
Diskette Drive (Back)
ISA
3.5 V Select (Back)
ISA
Fan
ISA
Modem Wakeup
PCI
SCSI Hard Disk LED
PCI
Wake on LAN
PCI
Speaker
Front
Panel
Audio
CD-ROM
Audio
340-Pin
Connector
Power
(Back)
Primary
IDE
(Back)
Secondary
IDE
(Back)
LED
Panel
(Back)
PC 300 (Type 6862, 6872) ISA/PCI
SCSI Hard Drive LED
Asset ID Connector
Secondary IDE
Connector
PCI
PCI
Diskette Drive
Connector
Power
(Back)
Fan Connector
PCI
Shared
ISA
System Front
Panel Connector
ISA
CD
Audio
Primary IDE
Connector
(Back)
340-Pin
Connector
Modem
Wakeup
Wake on LAN
Alert on LAN
Note
The Fan connector is thermally controlled. The fan
can run at high or low speed, or can be turned off
depending on the ambient air temperature.
PC 730 (Type 6875) PCI/ISA
ISA
PCI
ISA
PCI
ISA
Share Slot
Share Slot
PC 730 (Type 6876) PCI/Micro Channel
Micro Channel
PCI
Micro Channel
PCI
Shared Slot
Shared Slot
Micro Channel
466
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
PC 730 (Type 6877) ISA/PCI
Shared PCI
Slot 3 ISA
Shared PCI
Slot 2 ISA
Shared PCI
Slot 1 ISA
PC 750 (Type 6885) ISA/PCI
(On other side)
ISA
ISA
ISA
PCI
Shared Slot
ISA
PCI
Shared Slot
ISA
PC 750 (Type 6886) PCI/Micro Channel
Micro Channel
(On other side)
Micro Channel
Micro Channel
PCI
Micro Channel
PCI
Share Slot
Share Slot
Micro Channel
PC 750 (Type 6887) ISA/PCI
ISA 5
(On other side)
ISA 4
Shared PCI
Slot 3
ISA
Shared PCI
Slot 2
ISA
Shared PCI
Slot 1 ISA
Reference information
467
IntelliStation (Type 6888) ISA/PCI
ISA 5
(On other side)
ISA 4
Shared PCI
Slot 3
ISA
Shared PCI
Slot 2
ISA
Shared PCI
Slot 1 ISA
Same as PC 300 (Type 6588) riser card.
PC 300 (Type 6892) ISA/PCI
Power
Diskette
Drive
ISA
ISA
ISA
PCI
Disk
Fan A
Disk
Fan B
Fan
Alert
on LAN
Wake on LAN
Asset ID
Antenna
ChassisIntrusion
Detector
PCI
PCI
CD
Audio
340-Pin
Connector
Primary
LED
IDE
Panel
Secondary
SCSI
IDE
Hard Disk
LED
Internal
Speaker
Modem
Wakeup
Note
The Front Fan and Disk Fan A connectors are
thermally controlled. These fans can run at high or
low speed, or can be turned off depending on the
ambient air temperature.
Disk Fan B connector is not thermally controlled. The
fan connected to Disk Fan B should be running when
the computer is powered on.
468
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
IntelliStation (Type 6893) ISA/PCI
Asset ID Connector
SCSI Hard Drive LED
Secondary IDE
Connector
PCI
PCI
Diskette Drive
Connector
Power
(Back)
Fan Connector
PCI
Shared
ISA
System Front
Panel Connector
ISA
CD
Audio
Primary IDE
Connector
(Back)
340-Pin
Connector
Modem
Wakeup
Wake on LAN
Alert on LAN
Note
The Fan connector is thermally controlled. The fan
can run at high or low speed, or can be turned off
depending on the ambient air temperature.
IntelliStation (Type 6899) ISA/PCI
J1
3.3V only
Slot 1
Primary
PCI Slots
Slot 2 Shared
PCI/ISA
Slot 3
ISA
Slots
Slot 4
Slot 6
Slot 7
Secondary
PCI Slots
Slot 8
Reference information
469
Type/Model number conversion
This section provides an explanation of the Type and
Model numbers for Type 62XX, 65XX, and 68XX
computers.
Note
See “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478
for these Types and Models:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Type 6267, 6277, 6287
Type 6272, 6282, 6284
Type 6263, 6265, 6275
Type 6285
Type 6560 Models 4XX, 5XX, 6XX
Type 6561, 6591
Type 6562
Type 6588
Type 6589
Type 6592
Type 6862, 6872
Type 6892
IntelliStation Type 6865, 6888, 6889, 6893, 6897,
6898, 6899
The following numbers identify the features of the
computer.
The Type Number contains the following information:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Commercial Desktop series computer identification
(300 or 700)
Number of slots and bays
Type of system board/riser connector(s) (Series
specific)
The Model Number contains the following information:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Processor Type
Hard disk drive size and type
Amount of memory installed and preloaded software
information, if installed
The following figure shows the position of each digit of the
type number and model number, and description of each
position.
┌─────── Type number
│
┌── Model number
┌┴─┐ ┌┴┐
CDBS-PHM
└┤││ ││└─ M = Memory/Preloaded software
│││ │└── H = Hard disk drive size and type
│││ └─── P = Processor
││└───── S = System board/Riser connector(s)
││
(Series specific)
│└────── B = Slots/Bays
└─────── CD = Commercial Desktop series
(65=3ðð 68=7ðð)
470
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
As an example, if the machine type number and model
number are 6573-H3C, each digit decodes as follows:
Digits
Information
65
Commercial Desktop 300 Series computer
7
Computer has 3 slots and 3 bays
3
486 MHz System board with PCI/ISA Riser
connector(s) (300 Series computers only)
H
486DX-33 MHz processor installed
3
270 MB IDE hard disk drive installed
C
Shipped with 4 MB of memory and
preloaded with OS/2
The codes for the type and model numbers, followed by
descriptions for the codes are listed below.
Note
See “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478
for these Types and Models:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Type 6267, 6277, 6287
Type 6272, 6282, 6284
Type 6263, 6265, 6275
Type 6285
Type 6560 Models 4XX, 5XX, 6XX
Type 6561, 6591
Type 6562
Type 6588
Type 6589
Type 6592
Type 6862, 6872
Type 6892
IntelliStation Type 6865, 6888, 6889, 6893, 6897,
6898, 6899
Reference information
471
CD — Commercial Desktop Series Codes
CD
Commercial Desktop Series
65
300
68
700
B — Slots/Bay Codes
B
Slots and Bays
6
4 Slots and 4 Bays
7
3 Slots and 3 Bays
8
5 Slots and 5 Bays
9
6 Slots and 6 Bays
S — System Board/Riser Connector - 300 Series only
S
System Board/Riser connector
1
486 MHz with VL/ISA
3
486 MHz with PCI/ISA
5
Pentium 5V with PCI/ISA
6, 0
Pentium 3V with PCI/ISA
8
Pentium Pro with PCI/ISA
9
Pentium Pro with PCI/ISA
(with Dual Processor capability)
S — System Board/Riser Connector - 700 Series only
S
System Board/Riser Connector
5
Pentium-3V with PCI/ISA (2 PCI Slots)
6
Pentium-3V with PCI/MCA (2 PCI Slots)
7
Pentium-3V with PCI/ISA (3 PCI Slots)
P — Processor, Hard Disk Drive (Type 68X7 Only)
P
Processor, Hard Disk Drive
6
P54C-166 MHz, 1.2 GB IDE
8
P54C-166 MHz, 1.6 GB IDE
9
P54C-166 MHz, 2.0 GB SCSI
E
P54C-100 MHz, Open Bay
F
P54C-133 MHz, Open Bay
H
P54C-166 MHz, Open Bay
K
P54C-100 MHz, 1.2 GB IDE
M
P54C-100 MHz, 1.2 GB SCSI
N
P54C-100 MHz, 1.6 GB IDE
V
P54C-133 MHz, 1.2 GB IDE
X
P54C-133 MHz, 1.2 GB SCSI
472
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
P
Processor, Hard Disk Drive
Y
P54C-133 MHz, 1.6 GB IDE
P — Processor (Type 6577, 6587 Only)
P
Processor
K
P55C-166 MHz
L
P55C-200 MHz
P — Processor (All Other Types)
P
Processor
C
S150 Pentium Pro (Type 6598)
G
P54C-200 MHz
H
486DX-33 MHz
K
486DX2-25/50 MHz
L
486DX2-33/66 MHz
P
P54C-90 MHz
R
P54C-100 MHz
T
P54C-133 MHz
W
486DX4-100 MHz with regulator
1
P5-60 MHz or P54C-100 MHz (No Cache)
2
P54C-75 MHz (No Cache)
3
P54C-75 MHz (256 KB L2 Cache)
4
P54C-90 MHz (256 KB L2 Cache)
5
P54C-100 MHz
6
P54C-120 MHz
7
P54C-133 MHz
8
P54C-150 MHz
9
P54C-166 MHz
H — CD-ROM, Network Adapter, DSP/Video
(Type 68X7 Only)
H
CD-ROM, Network Adapter, DSP/Video
1
6X CD-ROM, No Network Adapter, DSP
6
6X CD-ROM, No Network Adapter, Matrox
Graphics Adapter
A
No Features Installed
B
Ethernet Adapter Only
C
Token-Ring Adapter Only
F
4X CD-ROM, No Network Adapter, DSP
P
4X CD-ROM, No Network Adapter, Matrox
Graphics Adapter
Reference information
473
H — Hard Disk Drive Size and Type (Type 6577, 6587
Only)
If not in this list, see 'H — Hard Disk Drive Size and Type
(All Other Types) in table below.
H
Hard Disk Drive Size and Type
B
2.5 GB IDE
F
1.2 GB IDE with Windows 95
G
2.5 GB IDE with Windows 95
H
4.2 GB IDE with Windows 95
N
1.6 GB IDE with Windows NT
S
2.5 GB IDE with Windows NT
T
4.2 GB IDE with Windows NT
H — Hard Disk Drive Size and Type (All Other Types)
H
Hard Disk Drive Size and Type
0
No Hard Disk Drive Installed
2
170 MB IDE
3
270 MB IDE
4
364 MB IDE
5
540 MB IDE
6
635 MB IDE
7
850 MB IDE
8
1 GB IDE
9
1.2 GB IDE
A
1.6 GB IDE
B
360 MB SCSI
C
540 MB SCSI
D
720 MB SCSI
E
1 GB SCSI
F
2.2 GB SCSI with Multimedia (CD-ROM)
N
270 MB IDE with Multimedia (CD-ROM)
P
364 MB IDE with Multimedia (CD-ROM)
R
540 MB IDE with Multimedia (CD-ROM)
S
850 MB IDE with Multimedia (CD-ROM)
T
1 GB IDE with Multimedia (CD-ROM)
U
Universal
V
Open Bay System
W
Special Bid
Y
635 MB IDE with Multimedia (CD-ROM)
X
1.2 GB IDE with Multimedia (CD-ROM)
Z
1.6 GB IDE with Multimedia (CD-ROM)
474
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
M — Memory and Preloaded Software - 300 Series, All
Types
M
Memory and Preload Software - U.S. only
A
4 MB (Open Bay System) or 8 MB with
DOS/Windows
B
4 MB with DOS and Microsoft Windows
D
4 MB with no Preloaded Software
E
8 MB (Open Bay System)
F
8 MB with SelectaSystem
G
8 MB with OS/2
H
16 MB with SelectaSystem
J
16 MB with OS/2 Warp/Connect Full Pack
K
32 MB with OS/2 Warp/Connect Full Pack
M
16 MB with DOS/Windows
S
8 MB with Windows 95 or DOS and
Windows
T
16 MB with Windows 95 or DOS and
Windows
U
16 MB
V
32 MB with Windows 95 or DOS and
Windows
X
32 MB
M — Memory and Preloaded Software - 700 Series
(Type 68X7 Only)
M
Memory and Preload Software - U.S. only
A
16 MB EDO, Ready to Configure
C
16 MB Parity, Ready to Configure
D
32 MB Parity, Ready to Configure
E
16 MB EDO, SelectaSystem Preload
F
32 MB EDO, SelectaSystem Preload
G
16 MB Parity, SelectaSystem Preload
H
32 MB Parity, SelectaSystem Preload
N
16 MB EDO, Windows 95
P
32 MB EDO, Windows 95
R
16 MB Parity, Windows 95
S
32 MB Parity, Windows 95
M — Memory and Preloaded Software - 700 Series
(All Other Types)
M
Memory and Preload Software - U.S. only
E
8 MB (Open Bay System)
F
8 MB with DOS and Microsoft Windows
Reference information
475
M
Memory and Preload Software - U.S. only
G
8 MB with OS/2
H
16 MB with DOS and Microsoft Windows
J
16 MB with OS/2
M
16 MB with SelectaSystem, High-Video
N
16 MB with OS/2, High-Video
476
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Country/Language model configuration
Use this table to identify the country/language of the
specific Models that are listed in the “Type/Model
configuration tables” on page 478.
In most cases, country or language designation will be
identified by the last digit of the model number. Some
models might be listed twice, as X and (J), for
Country/Language identification. (J) is for Japan only.
Table 5. Country/Language Model Definition.
EMEA
Model
EMEA preload
xx0
North America
Model
US English
xxU
Canadian French
xxF
Latin America (LA)
Model
Portuguese (Brazil)
xxP
LA Spanish
xxS
LA English
xxL
Asia Pacific (AP)
Model
AP English w/Keyboard
xxA
AP English w/o Keyboard
xxB
Japan (Japanese)
xxJ
Hong Kong (AP English)
xxH
China (Chinese)
xxC
China (AP English)
xxD
Thailand (Thai)
xxT
Taiwan (Chinese)
xxV
Taiwan (AP English)
xxW
Korea (Korean)
xxK
Korea (AP English)
xxR
Reference information
477
Type/Model configuration tables
Table
Page
PC 300 Type 6263
480
PC 300 Type 6265
481
PC 300 Type 6267
482
PC 300 Type 6272
483
PC 300 Type 6275
485
PC 300 Type 6277
494
PC 300 Type 6282
499
PC 300 Type 6284
503
PC 300 Type 6285
504
PC 300 Type 6287
508
PC 300 Type 6560 Models 4XX, 5XX, 6XX
518
PC 300 Type 6561
520
PC 300 Type 6562
526
PC 300 Type 6588
529
PC 300 Type 6589
531
PC 300 Type 6591
532
PC 300 Type 6592
535
PC 300 Type 6862
536
PC 300 Type 6872
549
PC 300 Type 6892
550
IntelliStation Type 6865
556
IntelliStation Type 6888
561
IntelliStation Type 6889/6897
562
IntelliStation Type 6893
578
IntelliStation Type 6898
587
IntelliStation Type 6899
589
478
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Notes
Ÿ
Some open bay models are identified as AAP
(Authorized Assembler Program) models. AAP
models are manufactured by IBM without certain
devices such as:
– Graphics
– Hard Disk Drive
– CD-ROM unit
– Memory
– Video or other option card
– Preload
AAP IBM Dealers and Business Partners install
certain devices (IBM options) in these open bay
models.
Other then AAP IBM Dealers and Business
Partners can purchase these open bay models.
Ÿ
The IBM HelpCenter has information, based on
system serial number, for identifying installed IBM
options in open bay AAP models.
16X Max CD-ROM drive runs at a constant
speed. This allows for eight-speed reading at the
disk hub and sixteen-speed reading at the disk
edge.
– For 24X Max CD-ROM drives, the disk hub
and disk edge speeds are 10 and 24.
– For 32X Max CD-ROM drives, the disk hub
and disk edge speeds are 14 and 32.
– For 40X Max CD-ROM drives, the disk hub
and disk edge speeds are 17 and 40.
Reference information
479
480
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
400 MHz
Pentium II
450 MHz
Pentium II
366 MHz
Celeron
66X
74X
G3X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Memory
32 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
Hard Drive
4.2 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
Graphics
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Processor = Pentium II with 512 KB L2 Cache = ECC
Intel Celeron processor = 128 KB Cache
Graphics = S3-TRIO3D with 2 MB VRAM integrated on the system board
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
Processor
Model
Table 6. PC 300 Type 6263
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
N/A
N/A
N/A
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows 98
Windows NT
Windows NT
Reference information
481
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Processor
300 MHz Celeron
128 KB
Memory
32 MB SDRAM
Hard Drive
3.2 GB EIDE
Graphics
S3-TRIO3D
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Processor = Pentium II with 512 KB L2 Cache = ECC
Intel Celeron processor = No Cache unless stated 128K
Graphics = S3-TRIO3D with 2 MB VRAM integrated on the system board
Models 25X and 61U come with a Waterford 3 Audio adapter.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
12X
Model
Table 7. PC 300 Type 6265
4X4
Bays/Slots
N/A
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows 98
482
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
333 MHz Celeron
366 MHz Celeron
22X
32X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Memory
32 MB NP
SDRAM
32 MB NP
SDRAM
32 MB NP
SDRAM
32 MB NP
SDRAM
Hard Drive
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
3.2 GB EIDE
3.2 GB EIDE
Graphics
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Video memory = 2 MB standard; 4 MB maximum
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Intel Celeron processor = 128 KB Cache
Notes:
333 MHz Celeron
21X
Processor
300 MHz Celeron
15x
Model
Table 8. PC 300 Type 6267
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows 98
Windows 98
Windows 98
Windows 98
Reference information
483
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
32 MB
32 MB
32 MB
32 MB
16 MB
32 MB
32 MB
16 MB
16 MB
16 MB
8 MB
Memory
Hard Drive
2.5 GB IDE
2.5 GB IDE
2.5 GB IDE
2.5 GB IDE
2.5 GB IDE
4.2 GB IDE
2.5 GB IDE
2.5 GB IDE
2.5 GB IDE
1.2 GB IDE
1.2 GB IDE
Graphics
Cirrus 5446, 2 MB
Cirrus 5446, 2 MB
Cirrus 5446, 2 MB
Cirrus 5446, 2 MB
Cirrus 5446, 2 MB
Cirrus 5446, 2 MB
Cirrus 5446, 2 MB
Cirrus 5446, 2 MB
Cirrus 5446, 2 MB
Cirrus 5446, 1 MB
Cirrus 5446, 1 MB
N/A = Not included in model. For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Memory = DIMM, SDRAM, Non-Parity. Video memory = 1 MB soldered; 1 MB with two pluggable modules.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Processors have 256 KB L2 Cache. Processors are Pentium or Pentium MMX.
Models 76X, 77X have Ethernet on the system board. Models 88X, 89X, 91X, have an Ethernet 10/100 Adapter card.
See “General Checkout (Type 6272 Models 88X, 89X, 90X, 91X)” on page 5 for models 88X, 89X, 90X, 91X.
Notes:
233 MHz/MMX
166 MHz/MMX
88X
G2X
166 MHz/MMX
77X
233 MHz/MMX
166 MHz/MMX
76X
91X
133 MHz
16X
200 MHz/MMX
166 MHz
14X
90X - Open Bay
166 MHz
12X
200 MHz/MMX
133 MHz
10X
89X
Processor
Model
Table 9 (Page 1 of 2). PC 300 Type 6272
3X2
3X2
3X2
3X2
3X2
3X2
3X2
3X2
3X2
3X2
3X2
Bays/Slots
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
16X Max
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows 95
Windows NT
N/A
Windows 95
Windows 95
Windows 95
Windows 95
Windows 95
Windows 95
Windows 95
Windows 95
484
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
233 MHz/MMX
G3X
G8X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
32 MB
32 MB
Memory
Hard Drive
4.2 GB IDE
4.2 GB IDE
Graphics
Cirrus 5446, 2 MB
Cirrus 5446, 2 MB
N/A = Not included in model. For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Memory = DIMM, SDRAM, Non-Parity. Video memory = 1 MB soldered; 1 MB with two pluggable modules.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Processors have 256 KB L2 Cache. Processors are Pentium or Pentium MMX.
Models 76X, 77X have Ethernet on the system board. Models 88X, 89X, 91X, have an Ethernet 10/100 Adapter card.
See “General Checkout (Type 6272 Models 88X, 89X, 90X, 91X)” on page 5 for models 88X, 89X, 90X, 91X.
Notes:
Processor
233 MHz/MMX
Model
Table 9 (Page 2 of 2). PC 300 Type 6272
3X2
3X2
Bays/Slots
N/A
16X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows 95
Windows 95
Reference information
485
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Memory
64 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
3.2 GB EIDE
3.2 GB EIDE
3.2 GB EIDE
N/A
N/A
3.2 GB EIDE
3.2 GB EIDE
3.2 GB EIDE
N/A
N/A
Hard Drive
Graphics
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Processors listed as Pentium II, unless stated Pentium III or Celeron
Celeron processor = 128 KB Cache. Pentium II, Pentium III = 512 KB L2 Cache.
Graphics = S3-TRIO3D with 2 MB VRAM integrated on the system board
Models 25X, 61U, B7X, F1X come with a Waterford 3 Audio adapter.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
333 MHz Celeron
333 MHz Celeron
21X - Open Bay
333 MHz Celeron
333 MHz Celeron
20X - Open Bay
24X
300 MHz Celeron
16X
23X
300 MHz Celeron
13X
333 MHz Celeron
300 MHz Celeron
12X
22X
300 MHz Celeron
11X - Open Bay
Processor
300 MHz Celeron
10X - Open Bay
Model
Table 10 (Page 1 of 9). PC 300 Type 6275
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
32X Max
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
CD-ROM
Windows 98
Windows NT
Windows 98
N/A
N/A
Windows 98
Windows NT
Windows 98
N/A
N/A
Preload
486
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
300 MHz
300 MHz
333 MHz
333 MHz
35X
36X
37X
40X - Open Bay
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Memory
32 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
Hard Drive
N/A
3.2 GB EIDE
3.2 GB EIDE
3.2 GB EIDE
3.2 GB EIDE
N/A
3.2 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
3.2 GB EIDE
3.2 GB EIDE
Graphics
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Processors listed as Pentium II, unless stated Pentium III or Celeron
Celeron processor = 128 KB Cache. Pentium II, Pentium III = 512 KB L2 Cache.
Graphics = S3-TRIO3D with 2 MB VRAM integrated on the system board
Models 25X, 61U, B7X, F1X come with a Waterford 3 Audio adapter.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
300 MHz
34X
333 MHz Celeron
29X
300 MHz
333 MHz Celeron
27X
30X - Open Bay
333 MHz Celeron
26X
Processor
333 MHz Celeron
25X
Model
Table 10 (Page 2 of 9). PC 300 Type 6275
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
N/A
N/A
32X Max
N/A
N/A
N/A
32X Max
32X Max
32X Max
32X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
N/A
Windows 98
Windows 95
Windows NT
Windows 95
N/A
Windows 98
Windows NT
Windows NT
Windows 98
Reference information
487
350 MHz
350 MHz
54X
55X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Memory
32 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
Hard Drive
3.2 GB EIDE
3.2 GB EIDE
3.2 GB EIDE
3.2 GB EIDE
3.2 GB EIDE
N/A
3.2 GB EIDE
3.2 GB EIDE
3.2 GB EIDE
3.2 GB EIDE
Graphics
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Processors listed as Pentium II, unless stated Pentium III or Celeron
Celeron processor = 128 KB Cache. Pentium II, Pentium III = 512 KB L2 Cache.
Graphics = S3-TRIO3D with 2 MB VRAM integrated on the system board
Models 25X, 61U, B7X, F1X come with a Waterford 3 Audio adapter.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
350 MHz
350 MHz
50X - Open Bay
58X
333 MHz
47X
350 MHz
333 MHz
46X
57X
333 MHz
45X
350 MHz
333 MHz
44X
56X
Processor
Model
Table 10 (Page 3 of 9). PC 300 Type 6275
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
CD-ROM
Preload
OS/2 License
Windows 98
Windows NT
Windows NT
Windows 95
N/A
OS/2 License
Windows NT
Windows NT
Windows 95
488
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
350 MHz
400 MHz
350 MHz
400 MHz
400 MHz
400 MHz
400 MHz
400 MHz
400 MHz
450 MHz
59X
60X - Open Bay
61(U)
64X
65X
66X
67X
68X
69X
70X - Open Bay
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Memory
64 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
Hard Drive
N/A
3.2 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
3.2 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
3.2 GB EIDE
3.2 GB EIDE
3.2 GB EIDE
N/A
3.2 GB EIDE
Graphics
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Processors listed as Pentium II, unless stated Pentium III or Celeron
Celeron processor = 128 KB Cache. Pentium II, Pentium III = 512 KB L2 Cache.
Graphics = S3-TRIO3D with 2 MB VRAM integrated on the system board
Models 25X, 61U, B7X, F1X come with a Waterford 3 Audio adapter.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
Processor
Model
Table 10 (Page 4 of 9). PC 300 Type 6275
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
N/A
32X Max
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
32X Max
N/A
N/A
CD-ROM
Preload
N/A
Windows 98
Windows 98
Windows 98
Windows NT
Windows NT
Windows 95
Windows 98
N/A
Windows 98
Reference information
489
450 MHz
450 MHz
450 MHz
450 MHz
Pentium III
450 MHz
Pentium III
450 MHz
Pentium III
450 MHz
Pentium III
73X
74X
75X
80X - Open Bay
81X
83X
86X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Memory
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
Hard Drive
6.4 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
N/A
6.4 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
Graphics
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Processors listed as Pentium II, unless stated Pentium III or Celeron
Celeron processor = 128 KB Cache. Pentium II, Pentium III = 512 KB L2 Cache.
Graphics = S3-TRIO3D with 2 MB VRAM integrated on the system board
Models 25X, 61U, B7X, F1X come with a Waterford 3 Audio adapter.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
Processor
Model
Table 10 (Page 5 of 9). PC 300 Type 6275
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
N/A
40X Max
N/A
N/A
32X Max
N/A
N/A
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows 98
Windows 98
Windows 98
N/A
Windows NT
Windows NT
Windows 98
490
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
500 MHz
Pentium III
500 MHz
Pentium III
500 MHz
Pentium III
300 MHz Celeron
333 MHz Celeron
333 MHz Celeron
350 MHz
350 MHz
90X - Open Bay
94X
95X
A7(J)
A8(J)
A9(J)
B3X
B4X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Memory
64 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
8.4 GB EIDE
8.4 GB EIDE
N/A
Hard Drive
Graphics
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Processors listed as Pentium II, unless stated Pentium III or Celeron
Celeron processor = 128 KB Cache. Pentium II, Pentium III = 512 KB L2 Cache.
Graphics = S3-TRIO3D with 2 MB VRAM integrated on the system board
Models 25X, 61U, B7X, F1X come with a Waterford 3 Audio adapter.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
Processor
Model
Table 10 (Page 6 of 9). PC 300 Type 6275
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
N/A
N/A
32X Max
32X Max
32X Max
40X Max
40X Max
N/A
CD-ROM
Windows NT
Windows NT
Windows NT
Windows 98
Windows 98
Windows NT
Windows 98
N/A
Preload
Reference information
491
366 MHz Celeron
366 MHz Celeron
F1X
G3X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Memory
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
Hard Drive
8.4 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
Graphics
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Processors listed as Pentium II, unless stated Pentium III or Celeron
Celeron processor = 128 KB Cache. Pentium II, Pentium III = 512 KB L2 Cache.
Graphics = S3-TRIO3D with 2 MB VRAM integrated on the system board
Models 25X, 61U, B7X, F1X come with a Waterford 3 Audio adapter.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
366 MHz Celeron
350 MHz
B9X
366 MHz Celeron
350 MHz
B8X
G6X
350 MHz
B7X
G5X
350 MHz
B6X
366 MHz Celeron
350 MHz
B5X
G4X
Processor
Model
Table 10 (Page 7 of 9). PC 300 Type 6275
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
32X Max
32X Max
N/A
N/A
32X Max
N/A
N/A
32X Max
N/A
N/A
CD-ROM
Windows NT
Windows NT
Windows NT
Windows 98
Windows 98
Windows 98
Windows 95
Windows 98
Windows 98
OS/2
Preload
492
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
333 MHz Celeron
333 MHz Celeron
333 MHz Celeron
400 MHz
400 MHz
400 MHz
400 MHz
400 MHz
H1X
H2X
H3X
M1X
M2X
M3X
M4X
M5X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Memory
32 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
N/A
N/A
Hard Drive
Graphics
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Processors listed as Pentium II, unless stated Pentium III or Celeron
Celeron processor = 128 KB Cache. Pentium II, Pentium III = 512 KB L2 Cache.
Graphics = S3-TRIO3D with 2 MB VRAM integrated on the system board
Models 25X, 61U, B7X, F1X come with a Waterford 3 Audio adapter.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
366 MHz Celeron
G9X - Open Bay
Processor
366 MHz Celeron
G8X - Open Bay
Model
Table 10 (Page 8 of 9). PC 300 Type 6275
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
N/A
N/A
32X Max
N/A
N/A
32X Max
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
CD-ROM
OS/2
Windows 98
Windows 98
Windows 98
Windows NT
Windows NT
Windows 98
Windows 98
N/A
N/A
Preload
Reference information
493
433 MHz Celeron
433 MHz Celeron
433 MHz Celeron
433 MHz Celeron
433 MHz Celeron
R1X
R2X
R3X
R4X
R5X - Open Bay
R6X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Memory
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
Hard Drive
4.2 GB EIDE
N/A
8.4 GB EIDE
8.4 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
Graphics
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Processors listed as Pentium II, unless stated Pentium III or Celeron
Celeron processor = 128 KB Cache. Pentium II, Pentium III = 512 KB L2 Cache.
Graphics = S3-TRIO3D with 2 MB VRAM integrated on the system board
Models 25X, 61U, B7X, F1X come with a Waterford 3 Audio adapter.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
Processor
433 MHz Celeron
Model
Table 10 (Page 9 of 9). PC 300 Type 6275
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
32X Max
N/A
32X Max
32X Max
32X Max
N/A
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows 98
N/A
Windows 98
Windows NT
Windows NT
Windows 98
494
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
366 MHz Celeron
366 MHz Celeron
350 MHz
Pentium II
350 MHz
Pentium II
433 MHz Celeron
34X
35X
53X
55X
5DX
64 MB
64 MB
64 MB
64 MB
64 MB
32 MB
32 MB
Memory
Hard Drive
8.4 GB EIDE
8.4 GB EIDE
8.4 GB EIDE
8.4 GB EIDE
8.4 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
Graphics
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
CD-ROM
32X MAX
32X MAX
32X MAX
32X MAX
32X MAX
32X MAX
32X MAX
Preload
Windows 98
Windows 98
Windows 98
Windows 98
Windows 98
Windows 98
Windows 98
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Memory = DIMM, Non-Parity (NP)
Video memory on Celeron processor models = 2 MB standard, 4 MB maximum; on Pentium II, Pentium III processor models = 4 MB.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
See System Board Layout on pages 389 and 392 for Celeron (planar 1) and Pentium II, Pentium III (planar 2) processor models.
Ethernet models = 35X, 51X, 55X, 5DX, 70X, 72X, 7DX, 7HX, 87X, 8JX, 98X, 9JX -- Modem models = 53X, 5FX, 71X, 73X, 7EX, 7KX, 7LX, 88X, 89X, 8KX, 94X, 9KX -- Zip drive models
= 89X.
8. Intel Pentium II, Pentium III = 512 KB Cache
9. Intel Celeron processor = 128 KB Cache
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Notes:
333 MHz Celeron
27X
Processor
333 MHz Celeron
24X
Model
Table 11 (Page 1 of 5). PC 300 Type 6277
Reference information
495
400 MHz
Pentium II
400 MHz
Pentium II
400 MHz
Pentium II
71X
72X
73X
64 MB
64 MB
64 MB
64 MB
64 MB
Memory
Hard Drive
8.4 GB EIDE
8.4 GB EIDE
8.4 GB EIDE
8.4 GB EIDE
8.4 GB EIDE
Graphics
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
CD-ROM
40X MAX
40X MAX
32X MAX
32X MAX
32X MAX
Preload
Windows 98
Windows 98
Windows 98
Windows 98
Windows 98
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Memory = DIMM, Non-Parity (NP)
Video memory on Celeron processor models = 2 MB standard, 4 MB maximum; on Pentium II, Pentium III processor models = 4 MB.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
See System Board Layout on pages 389 and 392 for Celeron (planar 1) and Pentium II, Pentium III (planar 2) processor models.
Ethernet models = 35X, 51X, 55X, 5DX, 70X, 72X, 7DX, 7HX, 87X, 8JX, 98X, 9JX -- Modem models = 53X, 5FX, 71X, 73X, 7EX, 7KX, 7LX, 88X, 89X, 8KX, 94X, 9KX -- Zip drive models
= 89X.
8. Intel Pentium II, Pentium III = 512 KB Cache
9. Intel Celeron processor = 128 KB Cache
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Notes:
400 MHz
Pentium II
70X
Processor
433 MHz Celeron
5FX
Model
Table 11 (Page 2 of 5). PC 300 Type 6277
496
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
450 MHz
Pentium III
450 MHz
Pentium III
450 MHz
Pentium III
450 MHz
Pentium III
450 MHz
Pentium III
7DX
7EX
7HX
7KX
7LX
64 MB
128 MB
128 MB
64 MB
64 MB
Memory
Hard Drive
8.4 GB EIDE
20.4 GB EIDE
13.5 GB EIDE
8.4 GB EIDE
8.4 GB EIDE
Graphics
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
CD-ROM
40X MAX
40X MAX
40X MAX
40X MAX
40X MAX
Preload
Windows 98
Windows 98
Windows 98
Windows 98
Windows 98
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Memory = DIMM, Non-Parity (NP)
Video memory on Celeron processor models = 2 MB standard, 4 MB maximum; on Pentium II, Pentium III processor models = 4 MB.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
See System Board Layout on pages 389 and 392 for Celeron (planar 1) and Pentium II, Pentium III (planar 2) processor models.
Ethernet models = 35X, 51X, 55X, 5DX, 70X, 72X, 7DX, 7HX, 87X, 8JX, 98X, 9JX -- Modem models = 53X, 5FX, 71X, 73X, 7EX, 7KX, 7LX, 88X, 89X, 8KX, 94X, 9KX -- Zip drive models
= 89X.
8. Intel Pentium II, Pentium III = 512 KB Cache
9. Intel Celeron processor = 128 KB Cache
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Notes:
Processor
Model
Table 11 (Page 3 of 5). PC 300 Type 6277
Reference information
497
450 MHz
Pentium II
450 MHz
Pentium II
500 MHz
Pentium III
88X
89X
8JX
128 MB
128 MB
64 MB
128 MB
64 MB
Memory
Hard Drive
20.4 GB EIDE
20.4 GB EIDE
12.8 GB EIDE
12.8 GB EIDE
12.8 GB EIDE
Graphics
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
CD-ROM
40X MAX
40X MAX
32X MAX
32X MAX
32X MAX
Preload
Windows 98
Windows 98
Windows 98
Windows 98
Windows 98
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Memory = DIMM, Non-Parity (NP)
Video memory on Celeron processor models = 2 MB standard, 4 MB maximum; on Pentium II, Pentium III processor models = 4 MB.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
See System Board Layout on pages 389 and 392 for Celeron (planar 1) and Pentium II, Pentium III (planar 2) processor models.
Ethernet models = 35X, 51X, 55X, 5DX, 70X, 72X, 7DX, 7HX, 87X, 8JX, 98X, 9JX -- Modem models = 53X, 5FX, 71X, 73X, 7EX, 7KX, 7LX, 88X, 89X, 8KX, 94X, 9KX -- Zip drive models
= 89X.
8. Intel Pentium II, Pentium III = 512 KB Cache
9. Intel Celeron processor = 128 KB Cache
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Notes:
500 MHz
Pentium III
450 MHz
Pentium II
87X
8KX
Processor
Model
Table 11 (Page 4 of 5). PC 300 Type 6277
498
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
500 MHz
Pentium III
550 MHz
Pentium III
98X
9KX
128 MB
128 MB
Memory
Hard Drive
20.4 GB EIDE
20.4 GB EIDE
Graphics
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
CD-ROM
40X MAX
40X MAX
Preload
Windows 98
Windows 98
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Memory = DIMM, Non-Parity (NP)
Video memory on Celeron processor models = 2 MB standard, 4 MB maximum; on Pentium II, Pentium III processor models = 4 MB.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
See System Board Layout on pages 389 and 392 for Celeron (planar 1) and Pentium II, Pentium III (planar 2) processor models.
Ethernet models = 35X, 51X, 55X, 5DX, 70X, 72X, 7DX, 7HX, 87X, 8JX, 98X, 9JX -- Modem models = 53X, 5FX, 71X, 73X, 7EX, 7KX, 7LX, 88X, 89X, 8KX, 94X, 9KX -- Zip drive models
= 89X.
8. Intel Pentium II, Pentium III = 512 KB Cache
9. Intel Celeron processor = 128 KB Cache
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Notes:
Processor
Model
Table 11 (Page 5 of 5). PC 300 Type 6277
Reference information
499
166 MHz
166 MHz/MMX
32X
34X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
16 MB
16 MB
16 MB
32 MB
16 MB
16 MB
16 MB
16 MB
16 MB
8 MB
Memory
Hard Drive
N/A
2.5 GB IDE
2.5 GB IDE
2.5 GB IDE
2.5 GB IDE
1.2 GB IDE
2.5 GB IDE
2.5 GB IDE
1.2 GB IDE
1.2 GB IDE
Graphics
Cirrus 5446, 1 MB
Cirrus 5446, 1 MB
Cirrus 5446, 2 MB
Cirrus 5446, 2 MB
Cirrus 5446, 2 MB
Cirrus 5446, 1 MB
Cirrus 5446, 1 MB
Cirrus 5446, 1 MB
Cirrus 5446, 1 MB
Cirrus 5446, 1 MB
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Memory = DIMM, SDRAM, Non-Parity
Video memory = 1 MB soldered; 1 MB with two pluggable modules
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Processors have 256 KB L2 Cache. Processors are Pentium or Pentium MMX.
Models 24X, 28X, 36X, 48X, 52X, 64X, 67X, 68X, 70X, 71X, 81X, have Ethernet on the system board.
Notes:
133 MHz
166 MHz
30X
44X - Open Bay
133 MHz
28X
166 MHz
133 MHz
26X
166 MHz
133 MHz
24X
38X
133 MHz
22X
36X
Processor
Model
Table 12 (Page 1 of 4). PC 300 Type 6282
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
16X Max
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
CD-ROM
Preload
N/A
Windows 95
Windows 95
Windows NT
Windows 95
Windows 95
Windows 95
Windows 95
Windows 95
Windows 95
500
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
200 MHz/MMX
66X
67X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
32 MB
32 MB
32 MB
32 MB
32 MB
16 MB
16 MB
32 MB
16 MB
16 MB
Memory
2.5 GB IDE
2.5 GB IDE
2.5 GB IDE
2.5 GB IDE
N/A
N/A
1.2 GB IDE
2.5 GB IDE
1.2 GB IDE
N/A
Hard Drive
Graphics
Cirrus 5446, 2 MB
Cirrus 5446, 2 MB
Cirrus 5446, 2 MB
Cirrus 5446, 2 MB
Cirrus 5446, 2 MB
Cirrus 5446, 1 MB
Cirrus 5446, 1 MB
Cirrus 5446, 2 MB
Cirrus 5446, 1 MB
Cirrus 5446, 1 MB
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Memory = DIMM, SDRAM, Non-Parity
Video memory = 1 MB soldered; 1 MB with two pluggable modules
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Processors have 256 KB L2 Cache. Processors are Pentium or Pentium MMX.
Models 24X, 28X, 36X, 48X, 52X, 64X, 67X, 68X, 70X, 71X, 81X, have Ethernet on the system board.
Notes:
200 MHz
200 MHz/MMX
64X
200 MHz
63X
133 MHz
54X
200 MHz
166 MHz/MMX
52X
62X - Open Bay
166 MHz
48X
166 MHz/MMX
166 MHz
46X - Open Bay
58X - Open Bay
Processor
Model
Table 12 (Page 2 of 4). PC 300 Type 6282
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
16X Max
16X Max
16X Max
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
16X Max
N/A
N/A
CD-ROM
Windows NT
Windows 95
Windows NT
Windows 95
N/A
N/A
Windows 95
Windows 95
Windows 95
N/A
Preload
Reference information
501
200 MHz
200 MHz/MMX
79X
80X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
16 MB
32 MB
32 MB
32 MB
16 MB
32 MB
16 MB
32 MB
16 MB
16 MB
Memory
Hard Drive
2.5 GB IDE
N/A
4.2 GB IDE
4.2 GB IDE
2.5 GB IDE
2.5 GB IDE
2.5 GB IDE
2.5 GB IDE
2.5 GB IDE
2.5 GB IDE
Graphics
Cirrus 5446, 2 MB
Cirrus 5446, 2 MB
Cirrus 5446, 2 MB
Cirrus 5446, 2 MB
Cirrus 5446, 2 MB
Cirrus 5446, 2 MB
Cirrus 5446, 1 MB
Cirrus 5446, 2 MB
Cirrus 5446, 2 MB
Cirrus 5446, 2 MB
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Memory = DIMM, SDRAM, Non-Parity
Video memory = 1 MB soldered; 1 MB with two pluggable modules
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Processors have 256 KB L2 Cache. Processors are Pentium or Pentium MMX.
Models 24X, 28X, 36X, 48X, 52X, 64X, 67X, 68X, 70X, 71X, 81X, have Ethernet on the system board.
Notes:
200 MHz/MMX
200 MHz/MMX
78X
83X
166 MHz
72X
166 MHz/MMX
200 MHz
70X
166 MHz/MMX
166 MHz/MMX
69X
82X - Open Bay
200 MHz
68X
81X
Processor
Model
Table 12 (Page 3 of 4). PC 300 Type 6282
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
N/A
N/A
16X Max
N/A
N/A
16X Max
N/A
16X Max
N/A
N/A
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows 95
N/A
Windows 95
Windows NT
Windows 95
Windows 95
OS/2 License
Windows 95
Windows 95
Windows 95
502
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
233 MHz/MMX
233 MHz/MMX
200 MHz/MMX
200 MHz/MMX
233 MHz/MMX
233 MHz/MMX
86X
87X - Open Bay
G4X
G5X
G6X
G7X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
32 MB
16 MB
32 MB
16 MB
32 MB
32 MB
32 MB
32 MB
Memory
Hard Drive
4.2 GB IDE
2.5 GB IDE
2.1 GB IDE
2.1 GB IDE
N/A
2.5 GB IDE
4.2 GB IDE
2.5 GB IDE
Graphics
Cirrus 5446, 2 MB
Cirrus 5446, 2 MB
Cirrus 5446, 2 MB
Cirrus 5446, 2 MB
Cirrus 5446, 2 MB
Cirrus 5446, 2 MB
Cirrus 5446, 2 MB
Cirrus 5446, 2 MB
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Memory = DIMM, SDRAM, Non-Parity
Video memory = 1 MB soldered; 1 MB with two pluggable modules
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Processors have 256 KB L2 Cache. Processors are Pentium or Pentium MMX.
Models 24X, 28X, 36X, 48X, 52X, 64X, 67X, 68X, 70X, 71X, 81X, have Ethernet on the system board.
Notes:
233 MHz/MMX
85X
Processor
200 MHz/MMX
84X
Model
Table 12 (Page 4 of 4). PC 300 Type 6282
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
16X Max
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows 95
Windows 95
Windows 95
Windows 95
N/A
Windows 95
Windows NT
OS/2 License
Reference information
503
200 MHz
10X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
16 MB
Memory
Hard Drive
2.1 GB IDE
Graphics
Cirrus 5446, 1 MB
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Memory = DIMM, SDRAM, Non-Parity
Video memory = 1 MB soldered; 1 MB with two pluggable modules
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Processors have 256 KB L2 Cache. Processors are Pentium or Pentium MMX.
Notes:
Processor
Model
Table 13. PC 300 Type 6284
4X4
Bays/Slots
N/A
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows 95
504
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
333 MHz Celeron
333 MHz Celeron
333 MHz Celeron
333 MHz Celeron
300 MHz
300 MHz
300 MHz
333 MHz
333 MHz
13X
14X
20X - Open Bay
21X - Open Bay
30X - Open Bay
34X
35X
40X - Open Bay
44X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Memory
32 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
3.2 GB EIDE
N/A
3.2 GB EIDE
3.2 GB EIDE
N/A
N/A
N/A
6.4 GB EIDE
3.2 GB EIDE
N/A
N/A
Hard Drive
Graphics
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Processors listed as Pentium II, unless stated Pentium III or Celeron
Celeron processor = 128 KB Cache. Pentium II, Pentium III = 512 KB L2 Cache.
Graphics = S3-TRIO3D with 2 MB VRAM integrated on the system board.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
300 MHz Celeron
11X - Open Bay
Processor
300 MHz Celeron
10X - Open Bay
Model
Table 14 (Page 1 of 4). PC 300 Type 6285
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
Bays/Slots
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
32X Max
N/A
N/A
N/A
CD-ROM
Windows 95
N/A
Windows NT
Windows 95
N/A
N/A
N/A
Windows NT
Windows 98
N/A
N/A
Preload
Reference information
505
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Memory
32 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
Hard Drive
3.2 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
3.2 GB EIDE
3.2 GB EIDE
N/A
3.2 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
3.2 GB EIDE
3.2 GB EIDE
N/A
3.2 GB EIDE
Graphics
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Processors listed as Pentium II, unless stated Pentium III or Celeron
Celeron processor = 128 KB Cache. Pentium II, Pentium III = 512 KB L2 Cache.
Graphics = S3-TRIO3D with 2 MB VRAM integrated on the system board.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
400 MHz
400 MHz
60X - Open Bay
67X
350 MHz
57X
400 MHz
350 MHz
56X
400 MHz
350 MHz
55X
66X
350 MHz
54X
65X
350 MHz
50X - Open Bay
400 MHz
333 MHz
45X
64X
Processor
Model
Table 14 (Page 2 of 4). PC 300 Type 6285
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
Bays/Slots
N/A
32X Max
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
32X Max
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows 98
Windows NT
Windows NT
Windows 95
N/A
Windows 98
Windows NT
Windows NT
Windows 95
N/A
Windows NT
506
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
500 MHz
Pentium III
90X - Open Bay
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Memory
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
8.4 GB EIDE
8.4 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
N/A
N/A
6.4 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
N/A
Hard Drive
Graphics
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Processors listed as Pentium II, unless stated Pentium III or Celeron
Celeron processor = 128 KB Cache. Pentium II, Pentium III = 512 KB L2 Cache.
Graphics = S3-TRIO3D with 2 MB VRAM integrated on the system board.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
366 MHz Celeron
450 MHz
Pentium III
80X - Open Bay
G2X
450 MHz
75X
366 MHz Celeron
450 MHz
74X
333 MHz Celeron
450 MHz
73X
G1X
450 MHz
70X - Open Bay
F2X
Processor
Model
Table 14 (Page 3 of 4). PC 300 Type 6285
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
Bays/Slots
32X Max
32X Max
N/A
N/A
N/A
32X Max
N/A
N/A
N/A
CD-ROM
Windows NT
Windows 98
Windows 98
N/A
N/A
Windows NT
Windows NT
Windows 98
N/A
Preload
Reference information
507
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Processor
366 MHz Celeron
Memory
64 MB SDRAM
N/A
Hard Drive
Graphics
S3-TRIO3D
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Processors listed as Pentium II, unless stated Pentium III or Celeron
Celeron processor = 128 KB Cache. Pentium II, Pentium III = 512 KB L2 Cache.
Graphics = S3-TRIO3D with 2 MB VRAM integrated on the system board.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
G9X - Open Bay
Model
Table 14 (Page 4 of 4). PC 300 Type 6285
6X6
Bays/Slots
N/A
CD-ROM
N/A
Preload
508
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
333 MHz Celeron
333 MHz Celeron
333 MHz Celeron
20X - Open Bay
21X
22X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Memory
32 MB NP
SDRAM
32 MB NP
SDRAM
32 MB NP
SDRAM
32 MB NP
SDRAM
32 MB NP
SDRAM
Hard Drive
4.2 GB EIDE
3.2 GB EIDE
N/A
3.2 GB EIDE
3.2 GB EIDE
Graphics
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Memory = DIMM, Non-Parity (NP) SDRAM
Video memory on Celeron processor models = 2 MB standard, 4 MB maximum; on Pentium II, Pentium III processor models = 4 MB.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
See System Board Layout on pages 389 and 392 for Celeron (planar 1) and Pentium II, Pentium III (planar 2) processor models.
Ethernet models = 17X, 25X, 26X, 28X, 29X, 31X, 33X, 35X, 4CX, 4DX, 4EX, 50X, 5CX, 5DX, 5EX; modem model = 7LX.
Pentium II, Pentium III = 512 KB Cache; Celeron processor = 128 KB Cache
Notes:
300 MHz Celeron
17X
Processor
300 MHz Celeron
15x
Model
Table 15 (Page 1 of 10). PC 300 Type 6287
N/A
N/A
N/A
32X Max
N/A
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows 98
Windows 98
N/A
Windows 98
Windows 98
Reference information
509
333 MHz Celeron
29X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Memory
32 MB NP
SDRAM
64 MB NP
SDRAM
32 MB NP
SDRAM
32 MB NP
SDRAM
32 MB NP
SDRAM
Hard Drive
N/A
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
3.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
Graphics
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Memory = DIMM, Non-Parity (NP) SDRAM
Video memory on Celeron processor models = 2 MB standard, 4 MB maximum; on Pentium II, Pentium III processor models = 4 MB.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
See System Board Layout on pages 389 and 392 for Celeron (planar 1) and Pentium II, Pentium III (planar 2) processor models.
Ethernet models = 17X, 25X, 26X, 28X, 29X, 31X, 33X, 35X, 4CX, 4DX, 4EX, 50X, 5CX, 5DX, 5EX; modem model = 7LX.
Pentium II, Pentium III = 512 KB Cache; Celeron processor = 128 KB Cache
Notes:
366 MHz Celeron
333 MHz Celeron
28X
30X - Open Bay
333 MHz Celeron
26X
Processor
333 MHz Celeron
25X
Model
Table 15 (Page 2 of 10). PC 300 Type 6287
CD-ROM
N/A
N/A
N/A
32X Max
32X MAX
Preload
N/A
Windows NT
Windows 98
Windows 98
Windows 98
510
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
366 MHz Celeron
35X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Memory
64 MB NP
SDRAM
32 MB NP
SDRAM
64 MB NP
SDRAM
32 MB NP
SDRAM
32 MB NP
SDRAM
Hard Drive
N/A
4.2 GB EIDE
8.4 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
Graphics
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Memory = DIMM, Non-Parity (NP) SDRAM
Video memory on Celeron processor models = 2 MB standard, 4 MB maximum; on Pentium II, Pentium III processor models = 4 MB.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
See System Board Layout on pages 389 and 392 for Celeron (planar 1) and Pentium II, Pentium III (planar 2) processor models.
Ethernet models = 17X, 25X, 26X, 28X, 29X, 31X, 33X, 35X, 4CX, 4DX, 4EX, 50X, 5CX, 5DX, 5EX; modem model = 7LX.
Pentium II, Pentium III = 512 KB Cache; Celeron processor = 128 KB Cache
Notes:
350 MHz
Pentium II
366 MHz Celeron
33X
40X - Open Bay
366 MHz Celeron
32X
Processor
366 MHz Celeron
31X
Model
Table 15 (Page 3 of 10). PC 300 Type 6287
N/A
32X MAX
N/A
N/A
N/A
CD-ROM
Preload
N/A
Windows 98
Windows NT
Windows 98
Windows 98
Reference information
511
400 MHz Celeron
4DX
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Memory
64 MB NP
SDRAM
32 MB NP
SDRAM
32 MB NP
SDRAM
32 MB NP
SDRAM
32 MB NP
SDRAM
Hard Drive
8.4 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
N/A
4.2 GB EIDE
Graphics
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Memory = DIMM, Non-Parity (NP) SDRAM
Video memory on Celeron processor models = 2 MB standard, 4 MB maximum; on Pentium II, Pentium III processor models = 4 MB.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
See System Board Layout on pages 389 and 392 for Celeron (planar 1) and Pentium II, Pentium III (planar 2) processor models.
Ethernet models = 17X, 25X, 26X, 28X, 29X, 31X, 33X, 35X, 4CX, 4DX, 4EX, 50X, 5CX, 5DX, 5EX; modem model = 7LX.
Pentium II, Pentium III = 512 KB Cache; Celeron processor = 128 KB Cache
Notes:
400 MHz Celeron
400 MHz Celeron
4BX
4EX
400 MHz Celeron
350 MHz
Pentium II
41X
4AX - Open Bay
Processor
Model
Table 15 (Page 4 of 10). PC 300 Type 6287
N/A
32X Max
N/A
N/A
N/A
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows NT
Windows 98
Windows 98
N/A
Windows 98
512
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
433 MHz Celeron
5CX
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Memory
32 MB NP
SDRAM
32 MB NP
SDRAM
32 MB NP
SDRAM
64 MB NP
SDRAM
32 MB NP
SDRAM
Hard Drive
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
N/A
8.4 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
Graphics
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Memory = DIMM, Non-Parity (NP) SDRAM
Video memory on Celeron processor models = 2 MB standard, 4 MB maximum; on Pentium II, Pentium III processor models = 4 MB.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
See System Board Layout on pages 389 and 392 for Celeron (planar 1) and Pentium II, Pentium III (planar 2) processor models.
Ethernet models = 17X, 25X, 26X, 28X, 29X, 31X, 33X, 35X, 4CX, 4DX, 4EX, 50X, 5CX, 5DX, 5EX; modem model = 7LX.
Pentium II, Pentium III = 512 KB Cache; Celeron processor = 128 KB Cache
Notes:
433 MHz Celeron
5BX
350 MHz
Pentium II
54X
433 MHz Celeron
350 MHz
Pentium II
50X
5AX - Open Bay
Processor
Model
Table 15 (Page 5 of 10). PC 300 Type 6287
N/A
N/A
N/A
32X MAX
N/A
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows 98
Windows 98
N/A
Windows NT
Windows 98
Reference information
513
400 MHz
Pentium II
62X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Memory
64 MB NP
SDRAM
32 MB NP
SDRAM
32 MB NP
SDRAM
64 MB NP
SDRAM
64 MB NP
SDRAM
Hard Drive
8.4 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
N/A
8.4 GB EIDE
Graphics
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Memory = DIMM, Non-Parity (NP) SDRAM
Video memory on Celeron processor models = 2 MB standard, 4 MB maximum; on Pentium II, Pentium III processor models = 4 MB.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
See System Board Layout on pages 389 and 392 for Celeron (planar 1) and Pentium II, Pentium III (planar 2) processor models.
Ethernet models = 17X, 25X, 26X, 28X, 29X, 31X, 33X, 35X, 4CX, 4DX, 4EX, 50X, 5CX, 5DX, 5EX; modem model = 7LX.
Pentium II, Pentium III = 512 KB Cache; Celeron processor = 128 KB Cache
Notes:
400 MHz
Pentium II
400 MHz
Pentium II
61X
69X
400 MHz
Pentium II
5EX
60X - Open Bay
Processor
433 MHz Celeron
Model
Table 15 (Page 6 of 10). PC 300 Type 6287
32X MAX
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows NT
Windows 98
Windows 98
N/A
Windows NT
514
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
450 MHz
Pentium III
450 MHz
Pentium III
450 MHz
Pentium III
450 MHz
Pentium III
450 MHz
Pentium II
7BX
7CX
7FX
7LX
80X - Open Bay
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Memory
64 MB NP
SDRAM
64 MB NP
SDRAM
64 MB NP
SDRAM
64 MB NP
SDRAM
64 MB NP
SDRAM
Hard Drive
N/A
8.4 GB EIDE
13.5 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
Graphics
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Memory = DIMM, Non-Parity (NP) SDRAM
Video memory on Celeron processor models = 2 MB standard, 4 MB maximum; on Pentium II, Pentium III processor models = 4 MB.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
See System Board Layout on pages 389 and 392 for Celeron (planar 1) and Pentium II, Pentium III (planar 2) processor models.
Ethernet models = 17X, 25X, 26X, 28X, 29X, 31X, 33X, 35X, 4CX, 4DX, 4EX, 50X, 5CX, 5DX, 5EX; modem model = 7LX.
Pentium II, Pentium III = 512 KB Cache; Celeron processor = 128 KB Cache
Notes:
Processor
Model
Table 15 (Page 7 of 10). PC 300 Type 6287
N/A
40X Max
40X Max
N/A
N/A
CD-ROM
Preload
N/A
Windows 98
Windows 98
Windows NT
Windows 98
Reference information
515
450 MHz
Pentium II
500 MHz
Pentium III
450 MHz
Pentium III
86X
8FX
90X - Open Bay
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Memory
64 MB NP
SDRAM
64 MB NP
SDRAM
64 MB NP
SDRAM
64 MB NP
SDRAM
64 MB NP
SDRAM
Hard Drive
8.4 GB EIDE
N/A
13.5 GB EIDE
8.4 GB EIDE
8.4 GB EIDE
Graphics
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Memory = DIMM, Non-Parity (NP) SDRAM
Video memory on Celeron processor models = 2 MB standard, 4 MB maximum; on Pentium II, Pentium III processor models = 4 MB.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
See System Board Layout on pages 389 and 392 for Celeron (planar 1) and Pentium II, Pentium III (planar 2) processor models.
Ethernet models = 17X, 25X, 26X, 28X, 29X, 31X, 33X, 35X, 4CX, 4DX, 4EX, 50X, 5CX, 5DX, 5EX; modem model = 7LX.
Pentium II, Pentium III = 512 KB Cache; Celeron processor = 128 KB Cache
Notes:
450 MHz
Pentium III
450 MHz
Pentium II
85X
91X
Processor
Model
Table 15 (Page 8 of 10). PC 300 Type 6287
CD-ROM
40X MAX
N/A
40X Max
32X MAX
32X MAX
Preload
Windows 98
N/A
Windows 98
Windows NT
Windows 98
516
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
450 MHz
Pentium III
500 MHz
Pentium III
500 MHz
Pentium III
500 MHz
Pentium III
550 MHz
Pentium III
92X
95X - Open Bay
96X
97X
9AX - Open Bay
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Memory
64 MB NP
SDRAM
64 MB NP
SDRAM
64 MB NP
SDRAM
64 MB NP
SDRAM
64 MB NP
SDRAM
Hard Drive
N/A
8.4 GB EIDE
8.4 GB EIDE
N/A
8.4 GB EIDE
Graphics
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Memory = DIMM, Non-Parity (NP) SDRAM
Video memory on Celeron processor models = 2 MB standard, 4 MB maximum; on Pentium II, Pentium III processor models = 4 MB.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
See System Board Layout on pages 389 and 392 for Celeron (planar 1) and Pentium II, Pentium III (planar 2) processor models.
Ethernet models = 17X, 25X, 26X, 28X, 29X, 31X, 33X, 35X, 4CX, 4DX, 4EX, 50X, 5CX, 5DX, 5EX; modem model = 7LX.
Pentium II, Pentium III = 512 KB Cache; Celeron processor = 128 KB Cache
Notes:
Processor
Model
Table 15 (Page 9 of 10). PC 300 Type 6287
CD-ROM
N/A
40X MAX
40X MAX
N/A
40X MAX
Preload
N/A
Windows NT
Windows 98
N/A
Windows NT
Reference information
517
550 MHz
Pentium III
550 MHz
Pentium III
9FX
9GX
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Memory
64 MB NP
SDRAM
64 MB NP
SDRAM
Hard Drive
13.5 GB EIDE
13.5 GB EIDE
Graphics
AGP S3-TRIO3D
AGP S3-TRIO3D
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Memory = DIMM, Non-Parity (NP) SDRAM
Video memory on Celeron processor models = 2 MB standard, 4 MB maximum; on Pentium II, Pentium III processor models = 4 MB.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
See System Board Layout on pages 389 and 392 for Celeron (planar 1) and Pentium II, Pentium III (planar 2) processor models.
Ethernet models = 17X, 25X, 26X, 28X, 29X, 31X, 33X, 35X, 4CX, 4DX, 4EX, 50X, 5CX, 5DX, 5EX; modem model = 7LX.
Pentium II, Pentium III = 512 KB Cache; Celeron processor = 128 KB Cache
Notes:
Processor
Model
Table 15 (Page 10 of 10). PC 300 Type 6287
40X Max
40X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows NT
Windows 98
518
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
133 MHz
133 MHz
133 MHz
133 MHz
133 MHz
166 MHz
166 MHz
120 MHz
120 MHz
120 MHz
120 MHz
133 MHz
40X
42X
44X
46X
48X
50X
52X
56X
58X
60X
62X
64X
1.
2.
3.
4.
Memory
8 MB EDO
16 MB EDO
16 MB EDO
8 MB EDO
16 MB EDO
16 MB EDO
16 MB EDO
16 MB EDO
16 MB EDO
16 MB EDO
16 MB EDO
16 MB EDO
850 MB
1.2 GB
1.2 GB
1.2 GB
N/A
2.5 GB
N/A
2.5 GB
2.5 GB
1.2 GB
1.2 GB
N/A
Hard Drive
Graphics
Cirrus 5436, 1 MB
Cirrus 5436, 1 MB
Cirrus 5436, 1 MB
Cirrus 5436, 1 MB
Cirrus 5436, 1 MB
Cirrus 5436, 1 MB
Cirrus 5436, 1 MB
Cirrus 5436, 1 MB
Cirrus 5436, 1 MB
Cirrus 5436, 1 MB
Cirrus 5436, 1 MB
Cirrus 5436, 1 MB
Refer to “Type/Model number conversion” on page 470 for 6560 models not listed here.
N/A = Not included in model. For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Memory = SIMM 60 ns., Non Parity.
Processors = Pentium
Notes:
Processor
Model
Table 16 (Page 1 of 2). PC 300 Type 6560 Models 4xx, 5xx, 6xx.
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
6X
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
CD-ROM
DOS/Windows
Windows 95
DOS/Windows
DOS/Windows
N/A
Windows 95
N/A
Windows 95
Windows 95
Windows 95
DOS/Windows
N/A
Preload
Reference information
519
166 MHz
66X
1.
2.
3.
4.
Memory
16 MB EDO
1.2 GB
Hard Drive
Graphics
Cirrus 5436, 1 MB
Refer to “Type/Model number conversion” on page 470 for 6560 models not listed here.
N/A = Not included in model. For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Memory = SIMM 60 ns., Non Parity.
Processors = Pentium
Notes:
Processor
Model
Table 16 (Page 2 of 2). PC 300 Type 6560 Models 4xx, 5xx, 6xx.
4X4
Bays/Slots
N/A
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows 95
520
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
233 MHz
233 MHz
233 MHz
233 MHz
233 MHz
10X - Open Bay
11X
13X
15X
16X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Memory
32 MB NP
32 MB NP
32 MB NP
16 MB NP
32 MB NP
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
2.5 GB EIDE
2.5 GB EIDE
N/A
Hard Drive
Graphics
AGP Cirrus 5465
3-D SVGA
AGP Cirrus 5465
3-D SVGA
AGP Cirrus 5465
3-D SVGA
AGP Cirrus 5465
3-D SVGA
AGP Cirrus 5465
3-D SVGA
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Memory = DIMM, Non-Parity (NP) or ECC
Video memory = 2 MB standard; 4 MB maximum
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
OS/2 License = License Certificate only. No preload.
Intel Pentium II = 512 KB Cache or 512 KB ECC.
Intel Celeron processor = No Cache
Notes:
Processor
Model
Table 17 (Page 1 of 6). PC 300 Type 6561
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
CD-ROM
Windows NT
Windows 95
Windows 95
Windows 95
N/A
Preload
Reference information
521
266 MHz Celeron
processor
22X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Memory
32 MB NP
32 MB NP
16 MB NP
32 MB NP
32 MB NP
Hard Drive
2.1 GB EIDE
2.1 GB EIDE
2.1 GB EIDE
N/A
4.2 GB EIDE
Graphics
AGP Cirrus 5465
3-D SVGA
AGP Cirrus 5465
3-D SVGA
AGP Cirrus 5465
3-D SVGA
AGP Cirrus 5465
3-D SVGA
AGP Cirrus 5465
3-D SVGA
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Memory = DIMM, Non-Parity (NP) or ECC
Video memory = 2 MB standard; 4 MB maximum
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
OS/2 License = License Certificate only. No preload.
Intel Pentium II = 512 KB Cache or 512 KB ECC.
Intel Celeron processor = No Cache
Notes:
266 MHz Celeron
processor
266 MHz Celeron
processor
21X
23X
266 MHz Celeron
processor
266 MHz
19X
20X - Open Bay
Processor
Model
Table 17 (Page 2 of 6). PC 300 Type 6561
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows NT
Windows 95
Windows 95
N/A
OS/2 License
522
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
266 MHz
266 MHz
266 MHz
30X - Open Bay
32X
34X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Memory
32 MB NP
32 MB NP
32 MB NP
32 MB NP
32 MB ECC
Hard Drive
4.2 GB EIDE
2.5 GB EIDE
N/A
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
Graphics
AGP Cirrus 5465
3-D SVGA
AGP Cirrus 5465
3-D SVGA
AGP Cirrus 5465
3-D SVGA
AGP Cirrus 5465
3-D SVGA
AGP Cirrus 5465
3-D SVGA
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Memory = DIMM, Non-Parity (NP) or ECC
Video memory = 2 MB standard; 4 MB maximum
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
OS/2 License = License Certificate only. No preload.
Intel Pentium II = 512 KB Cache or 512 KB ECC.
Intel Celeron processor = No Cache
Notes:
233 MHz
28X
Processor
266 MHz Celeron
processor
27X
Model
Table 17 (Page 3 of 6). PC 300 Type 6561
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
N/A
N/A
N/A
32X
32X
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows 95
Windows 95
N/A
Windows 95
Windows NT
Reference information
523
300 MHz Celeron
processor
300 MHz Celeron
processor
300 MHz Celeron
processor
37X
38X
39X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Memory
32 MB NP
32 MB NP
32 MB NP
16 MB NP
32 MB NP
Hard Drive
N/A
3.2 GB EIDE
3.2 GB EIDE
2.1 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
Graphics
AGP Cirrus 5465
3-D SVGA
AGP Cirrus 5465
3-D SVGA
AGP Cirrus 5465
3-D SVGA
AGP Cirrus 5465
3-D SVGA
AGP Cirrus 5465
3-D SVGA
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Memory = DIMM, Non-Parity (NP) or ECC
Video memory = 2 MB standard; 4 MB maximum
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
OS/2 License = License Certificate only. No preload.
Intel Pentium II = 512 KB Cache or 512 KB ECC.
Intel Celeron processor = No Cache
Notes:
300 MHz Celeron
processor
266 MHz
35X
40X - Open Bay
Processor
Model
Table 17 (Page 4 of 6). PC 300 Type 6561
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
CD-ROM
Preload
N/A
Windows NT
Windows 95
Windows 95
Windows NT
524
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
266 MHz
266 MHz
300 MHz Celeron
processor
45X
46X
48X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Memory
32 MB NP
32 MB NP
32 MB ECC
32 MB NP
32 MB NP
Hard Drive
N/A
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
Graphics
AGP Cirrus 5465
3-D SVGA
AGP Cirrus 5465
3-D SVGA
AGP Cirrus 5465
3-D SVGA
AGP Cirrus 5465
3-D SVGA
AGP Cirrus 5465
3-D SVGA
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Memory = DIMM, Non-Parity (NP) or ECC
Video memory = 2 MB standard; 4 MB maximum
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
OS/2 License = License Certificate only. No preload.
Intel Pentium II = 512 KB Cache or 512 KB ECC.
Intel Celeron processor = No Cache
Notes:
300 MHz
266 MHz
42X
50X - Open Bay
Processor
Model
Table 17 (Page 5 of 6). PC 300 Type 6561
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
N/A
32X
32X
32X
32X
CD-ROM
Preload
N/A
Windows 95
Windows 95
Windows 95
Windows 95
Reference information
525
300 MHz
300 MHz
300 MHz
54X
55X
56X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Memory
64 MB NP
32 MB ECC
32 MB ECC
32 MB NP
32 MB NP
Hard Drive
N/A
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
Graphics
AGP Cirrus 5465
3-D SVGA
AGP Cirrus 5465
3-D SVGA
AGP Cirrus 5465
3-D SVGA
AGP Cirrus 5465
3-D SVGA
AGP Cirrus 5465
3-D SVGA
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Memory = DIMM, Non-Parity (NP) or ECC
Video memory = 2 MB standard; 4 MB maximum
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
OS/2 License = License Certificate only. No preload.
Intel Pentium II = 512 KB Cache or 512 KB ECC.
Intel Celeron processor = No Cache
Notes:
333 MHz
300 MHz
53X
60X - Open Bay
Processor
Model
Table 17 (Page 6 of 6). PC 300 Type 6561
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
N/A
32X
32X
N/A
N/A
CD-ROM
Preload
N/A
Windows NT
Windows 95
Windows NT
Windows 95
526
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
166 MHz
200 MHz
233 MHz
166 MHz
200 MHz
200 MHz
10X
20X
30X
32X
34X
36X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Memory
32 MB EDO NP
32 MB EDO NP
32 MB EDO NP
32 MB EDO NP
32 MB EDO NP
16 MB EDO NP
Hard Drive
4.2 GB EIDE
2.5 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
2.5 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
2.5 GB EIDE
Graphics
Matrox Hurricane
(3-D)
Matrox Hurricane
(3-D)
Matrox Hurricane
(3-D)
Matrox Hurricane
(3-D)
Matrox Hurricane
(3-D)
Matrox Hurricane
(3-D)
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Memory = DIMM, EDO Non-Parity (NP) or ECC
Video memory = 2 MB standard; 4 MB maximum
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
OS/2 License = License Certificate only. No preload.
Processor = Pentium MMX with 512 KB L2 Cache.
Notes:
Processor
Model
Table 18 (Page 1 of 3). PC 300 Type 6562
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
N/A
N/A
24X Max
N/A
24X Max
N/A
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows 95
Windows 95
Windows 95
Windows NT
Windows NT
Windows 95
Reference information
527
233 MHz
50X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Memory
32 MB
32 MB
32 MB
32 MB
32 MB EDO ECC
32 MB EDO NP
Hard Drive
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
2.5 GB EIDE
2.1 GB Ultra SCSI
4.2 GB EIDE
Graphics
Matrox Hurricane
(3-D)
Matrox Hurricane
(3-D)
Matrox Hurricane
(3-D)
Matrox Hurricane
(3-D)
Matrox Hurricane
(3-D)
Matrox Hurricane
(3-D)
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Memory = DIMM, EDO Non-Parity (NP) or ECC
Video memory = 2 MB standard; 4 MB maximum
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
OS/2 License = License Certificate only. No preload.
Processor = Pentium MMX with 512 KB L2 Cache.
Notes:
233 MHz
166 MHz
46X
54X
200 MHz
42X
233 MHz
200 MHz
38X
52X
Processor
Model
Table 18 (Page 2 of 3). PC 300 Type 6562
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
N/A
N/A
24X Max
N/A
N/A
24X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows NT
Windows 95
Windows 95
Windows 95
OS/2 License
Windows 95
528
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
166 MHz
200 MHz
233 MHz
84X - Open Bay
86X - Open Bay
88X - Open Bay
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
32 MB
32 MB
32 MB
Memory
N/A
N/A
N/A
Hard Drive
Graphics
Matrox Hurricane
(3-D)
Matrox Hurricane
(3-D)
Matrox Hurricane
(3-D)
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Memory = DIMM, EDO Non-Parity (NP) or ECC
Video memory = 2 MB standard; 4 MB maximum
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
OS/2 License = License Certificate only. No preload.
Processor = Pentium MMX with 512 KB L2 Cache.
Notes:
Processor
Model
Table 18 (Page 3 of 3). PC 300 Type 6562
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
N/A
N/A
N/A
CD-ROM
N/A
N/A
N/A
Preload
Reference information
529
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Memory
32 MB EDO
32 MB EDO
32 MB EDO
32 MB EDO
32 MB EDO
32 MB EDO
32 MB EDO
32 MB EDO
32 MB EDO
32 MB EDO
32 MB EDO
Hard Drive
4.2 GB EIDE
N/A
2.5 GB EIDE
N/A
4.3 GB SCSI
4.3 GB SCSI
4.2 GB EIDE
N/A
2.5 GB EIDE
2.5 GB EIDE
2.5 GB EIDE
S3-V2
S3-V2
S3-V2
S3-V2
S3-V2
S3-V2
S3-V2
S3-V2
S3-V2
S3-V2
S3-V2
Graphics
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Memory = DIMM, EDO Non-Parity.
Processor = Pentium II with 512 KB Cache.
Graphics = S3-V2 integrated on the system board.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
266 MHz
233 MHz
32X
300 MHz
233 MHz
30X
51X
233 MHz
20X
43X - OPEN BAY
233 MHz
15X - Open Bay
266 MHz
233 MHz
12X
42X
233 MHz
11X
266 MHz
233 MHz
10X
41X - Open Bay
Processor
Model
Table 19 (Page 1 of 2). PC 300 Type 6588
5X5
5X5
5X5
5X5
5X5
5X5
5X5
5X5
5X5
5X5
5X5
Bays/Slots
16X Max
N/A
N/A
N/A
16X Max
16X Max
16X Max
N/A
N/A
N/A
16X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows NT 4.0
N/A
Windows 95
N/A
OS/2
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
N/A
Windows 95
Windows 95
Windows NT 4.0
530
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
300 MHz
266 MHz
266 MHz
233 MHz
300 MHz
53X
61X
71J
72J
73J
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Memory
32 MB EDO
32 MB EDO
32 MB EDO
32 MB EDO
32 MB EDO
Hard Drive
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
4.3 GB SCSI
4.2 GB EIDE
Matrox Millenium
Matrox Millenium
Matrox Millenium
S3-V2
S3-V2
Graphics
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Memory = DIMM, EDO Non-Parity.
Processor = Pentium II with 512 KB Cache.
Graphics = S3-V2 integrated on the system board.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
Processor
Model
Table 19 (Page 2 of 2). PC 300 Type 6588
5X5
5X5
5X5
5X5
5X5
Bays/Slots
16X Max
16X Max
16X Max
16X Max
16X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
Reference information
531
180 MHz
200 MHz
180 MHz
200 MHz
200 MHz
180 MHz
13O
15O
10X
12X
14X
17X - Open Bay
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Memory
32 MB EDO
32 MB EDO
32 MB EDO ECC
32 MB EDO
16 MB EDO
32 MB EDO ECC
32 MB EDO
32 MB EDO
Hard Drive
N/A
N/A
2.2 GB SCSI
1.6 GB IDE
1.6 GB IDE
4.2 GB IDE
2.5 GB IDE
2.5 GB IDE
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Memory = DIMM, EDO Non-Parity.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with
Processors = Pentium Pro “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
200 MHz
200 MHz
11O
18X - Open Bay
Processor
Model
Table 20. PC 300 Type 6589
S3
S3
Matrox
S3
S3
Matrox
S3
S3
Graphics
5X5
5X5
5X5
5X5
5X5
3X3
3X3
3X3
Bays/Slots
N/A
N/A
6X PD-CD
8X
N/A
16X Max
16X Max
16X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
N/A
N/A
Windows NT
Windows NT
N/A
Windows NT
Windows NT
Windows NT
532
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
266 MHz
34X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Memory
32 MB NP
32 MB NP
32 MB NP
32 MB NP
32 MB NP
Hard Drive
4.2 GB EIDE
N/A
2.1 GB EIDE
N/A
4.2 GB EIDE
Graphics
AGP Cirrus 5465
3-D SVGA
AGP Cirrus 5465
3-D SVGA
AGP Cirrus 5465
3-D SVGA
AGP Cirrus 5465
3-D SVGA
AGP Cirrus 5465
3-D SVGA
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Memory = DIMM, Non-Parity (NP) or ECC
Video memory = 2 MB standard; 4 MB maximum
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
OS/2 License = License Certificate only. No preload.
Intel Pentium II = 512 KB Cache or 512 KB ECC.
Intel Celeron processor = No Cache
Notes:
266 MHz
266 MHz Celeron
processor
22X
30X - Open Bay
266 MHz Celeron
processor
233 MHz
15X
20X - Open Bay
Processor
Model
Table 21 (Page 1 of 3). PC 300 Type 6591
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
Bays/Slots
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows 95
N/A
Windows 95
N/A
Windows 95
Reference information
533
300 MHz Celeron
processor
300 MHz Celeron
processor
300 MHz
38X
40X - Open Bay
50X - Open Bay
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Memory
32 MB NP
32 MB NP
32 MB NP
32 MB NP
32 MB NP
Hard Drive
4.2 GB EIDE
N/A
N/A
3.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
Graphics
AGP Cirrus 5465
3-D SVGA
AGP Cirrus 5465
3-D SVGA
AGP Cirrus 5465
3-D SVGA
AGP Cirrus 5465
3-D SVGA
AGP Cirrus 5465
3-D SVGA
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Memory = DIMM, Non-Parity (NP) or ECC
Video memory = 2 MB standard; 4 MB maximum
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
OS/2 License = License Certificate only. No preload.
Intel Pentium II = 512 KB Cache or 512 KB ECC.
Intel Celeron processor = No Cache
Notes:
300 MHz
266 MHz
35X
54X
Processor
Model
Table 21 (Page 2 of 3). PC 300 Type 6591
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
Bays/Slots
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows NT
N/A
N/A
Windows 95
Windows NT
534
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
333 MHz
333 MHz
60X - Open Bay
76X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Memory
64 MB NP
64 MB NP
4.2 GB EIDE
N/A
Hard Drive
Graphics
AGP Cirrus 5465
3-D SVGA
AGP Cirrus 5465
3-D SVGA
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Memory = DIMM, Non-Parity (NP) or ECC
Video memory = 2 MB standard; 4 MB maximum
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
OS/2 License = License Certificate only. No preload.
Intel Pentium II = 512 KB Cache or 512 KB ECC.
Intel Celeron processor = No Cache
Notes:
Processor
Model
Table 21 (Page 3 of 3). PC 300 Type 6591
6X6
6X6
Bays/Slots
32X
N/A
CD-ROM
Windows NT
N/A
Preload
Reference information
535
166 MHz
233 MHz
200 MHz
16X
50X
84X - Open Bay
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Memory
32 MB
32 MB
32 MB
32 MB
32 MB EDO
Hard Drive
N/A
N/A
4.3 GB Ultra SCSI
2.5 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
Graphics
Matrox Hurricane
(3-D)
Matrox Hurricane
(3-D)
Matrox Hurricane
(3-D)
Matrox Hurricane
(3-D)
Matrox Hurricane
(3-D)
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Memory = DIMM, EDO Non-Parity (NP) or ECC
Video memory = 2 MB standard; 4 MB maximum
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Processor = Pentium MMX with 512 KB L2 Cache.
Notes:
233 MHz
200 MHz
12X
86X - Open Bay
Processor
Model
Table 22. PC 300 Type 6592
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
Bays/Slots
N/A
N/A
24X Max
N/A
24X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
N/A
N/A
Windows NT
Windows 95
Windows 95
536
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
333 MHz
333 MHz
333 MHz
350 MHz
300 MHz
266 MHz
266 MHz
300 MHz
300 MHz
350 MHz
400 MHz
11X
12X
13X
14X
16X
18X
20X
22X
23X
24X
25X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Memory
32 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
Hard Drive
4.2 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
4.5 GB SCSI
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
Graphics
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Processor = Pentium II with 512 KB L2 Cache = ECC (unless stated as Celeron or Pentium III)
Graphics = S3-TRIO3D integrated on the system board, unless otherwise specified.
Standard integrated features = 4 MB VRAM, 10/100 Ethernet, Audio.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
Processor
Model
Table 23 (Page 1 of 13). PC 300 Type 6862
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
N/A
32X Max
32X Max
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
32X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows 95
Window NT
Windows 95
Windows 95
Windows NT
Windows 95
OS/2 License
Windows 95
Windows NT
Windows 95
Windows NT
Reference information
537
350 MHz
350 MHz
400 MHz
400 MHz
29X
30X
32X
34X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Memory
32 MB ECC
SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
Hard Drive
6.4 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
4.5 GB SCSI
6.4 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
Graphics
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Processor = Pentium II with 512 KB L2 Cache = ECC (unless stated as Celeron or Pentium III)
Graphics = S3-TRIO3D integrated on the system board, unless otherwise specified.
Standard integrated features = 4 MB VRAM, 10/100 Ethernet, Audio.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
350 MHz
350 MHz
28X
44(J)
400 MHz
27X
450 MHz
300 MHz
26X
41X
Processor
Model
Table 23 (Page 2 of 13). PC 300 Type 6862
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
32X Max
N/A
32X Max
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
32X Max
N/A
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows 95
Windows 98
Windows 98
Windows 98
Windows 98
Windows 98
OS/2 License
Windows NT
Windows NT
538
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
500 MHz
Pentium III
433 MHz Celeron
433 MHz Celeron
433 MHz Celeron
5D(J)
5J(J)
5K(J)
5L(J)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Memory
32 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
64 MB ECC
64 MB ECC
64 MB ECC
64 MB ECC
64 MB ECC
64 MB SDRAM
32 MB ECC
SDRAM
Hard Drive
N/A
N/A
6.4 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
Graphics
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Processor = Pentium II with 512 KB L2 Cache = ECC (unless stated as Celeron or Pentium III)
Graphics = S3-TRIO3D integrated on the system board, unless otherwise specified.
Standard integrated features = 4 MB VRAM, 10/100 Ethernet, Audio.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
266 MHz
500 MHz
Pentium III
5C(J)
333 MHz
450 MHz
52X
82X - Open Bay
350 MHz
45(J)
80X - Open Bay
Processor
Model
Table 23 (Page 3 of 13). PC 300 Type 6862
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
N/A
N/A
40X Max
40X Max
40X Max
40X Max
40X Max
32X Max
32X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
N/A
N/A
Windows NT
Windows 95
Windows 98
Windows NT
Windows 98
Windows NT
Windows NT
Reference information
539
300 MHz Celeron
128 KB
B4(J)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Memory
64 MB ECC
SDRAM
64 MB ECC
SDRAM
64 MB ECC
SDRAM
64 MB ECC
SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
6.4 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Hard Drive
Graphics
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Processor = Pentium II with 512 KB L2 Cache = ECC (unless stated as Celeron or Pentium III)
Graphics = S3-TRIO3D integrated on the system board, unless otherwise specified.
Standard integrated features = 4 MB VRAM, 10/100 Ethernet, Audio.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
300 MHz Celeron
128 KB
B3(J)
450 MHz
88X - Open Bay
333 MHz Celeron
128 KB
400 MHz
85X - Open Bay
B2(J)
350 MHz
84X - Open Bay
300 MHz Celeron
128 KB
300 MHz
83X - Open Bay
B1(J)
Processor
Model
Table 23 (Page 4 of 13). PC 300 Type 6862
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
32X Max
32X Max
32X Max
32X Max
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
CD-ROM
Windows NT
Windows 95
Windows 98
Windows 98
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Preload
540
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
333 MHz Celeron
128 KB
350 MHz
400 MHz
400 MHz
400 MHz
B5(J)
B6(J)
B7(J)
C5X
C6X
C7X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Memory
64 MB ECC
SDRAM
64 MB ECC
SDRAM
64 MB ECC
SDRAM
32 MB ECC
SDRAM
64 MB ECC
SDRAM
64 MB ECC
SDRAM
Hard Drive
6.4 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
Graphics
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Processor = Pentium II with 512 KB L2 Cache = ECC (unless stated as Celeron or Pentium III)
Graphics = S3-TRIO3D integrated on the system board, unless otherwise specified.
Standard integrated features = 4 MB VRAM, 10/100 Ethernet, Audio.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
Processor
333 MHz Celeron
128 KB
Model
Table 23 (Page 5 of 13). PC 300 Type 6862
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
32X Max
32X Max
32X Max
32X Max
32X Max
32X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows NT
Windows 95
Windows 98
Windows 98
Windows NT
Windows 95
Reference information
541
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Memory
64 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB ECC
SDRAM
64 MB ECC
SDRAM
Hard Drive
6.4 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
4.5 GB SCSI
N/A
N/A
13.5 GB EIDE
13.5 GB EIDE
Graphics
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
Matrox Millennium
G200-Rev D 8MB
Matrox Millennium
G200-Rev D 8MB
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Processor = Pentium II with 512 KB L2 Cache = ECC (unless stated as Celeron or Pentium III)
Graphics = S3-TRIO3D integrated on the system board, unless otherwise specified.
Standard integrated features = 4 MB VRAM, 10/100 Ethernet, Audio.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
450 MHz
Pentium III
N0X
500 MHz
Pentium III
D2X - AAP
400 MHz
450 MHz
Pentium III
D1X - AAP
400 MHz
550 MHz
Pentium III
C9(J)
F3(O)
550 MHz
Pentium III
C8(J)
F1(O)
Processor
Model
Table 23 (Page 6 of 13). PC 300 Type 6862
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
40X Max
40X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows 95
Windows NT
O/S 2 License
N/A
N/A
Windows NT
Windows 98
542
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
450 MHz
Pentium III
450 MHz
Pentium III
500 MHz
Pentium III
500 MHz
Pentium III
450 MHz
Pentium III
500 MHz
Pentium III
N1X
N2X
N3X
N4X
N5X
N6X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Memory
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
Hard Drive
13.5 GB EIDE
13.5 GB EIDE
13.5 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
13.5 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
Graphics
Matrox Millennium
G200-Rev D 8MB
Matrox Millennium
G200-Rev D 8MB
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Processor = Pentium II with 512 KB L2 Cache = ECC (unless stated as Celeron or Pentium III)
Graphics = S3-TRIO3D integrated on the system board, unless otherwise specified.
Standard integrated features = 4 MB VRAM, 10/100 Ethernet, Audio.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
Processor
Model
Table 23 (Page 7 of 13). PC 300 Type 6862
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
40X Max
40X Max
40X Max
40X Max
40X Max
N/A
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows NT
Windows NT
Windows NT
Windows 98
Windows NT
Windows 98
Reference information
543
550 MHz
Pentium III
S1X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Memory
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
Hard Drive
6.4 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
N/A
N/A
6.4 GB EIDE
Graphics
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Processor = Pentium II with 512 KB L2 Cache = ECC (unless stated as Celeron or Pentium III)
Graphics = S3-TRIO3D integrated on the system board, unless otherwise specified.
Standard integrated features = 4 MB VRAM, 10/100 Ethernet, Audio.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
550 MHz
Pentium III
500 MHz
Pentium III
N9X - Open Bay
S3X
450 MHz
Pentium III
N8X - Open Bay
550 MHz
Pentium III
500 MHz
Pentium III
N7X
S2X
Processor
Model
Table 23 (Page 8 of 13). PC 300 Type 6862
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
40X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows NT
Windows 95
Windows 98
N/A
N/A
Windows 95
544
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
550 MHz
Pentium III
550 MHz
Pentium III
550 MHz
Pentium III
550 MHz
Pentium III
550 MHz
Pentium III
550 MHz
Pentium III
S4X
S5X
S6X
S7X
S9X
U2X - Open Bay
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Memory
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
Hard Drive
N/A
13.5 GB EIDE
13.5 GB EIDE
13.5 GB EIDE
13.5 GB EIDE
13.5 GB EIDE
Graphics
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-AGP2
S3-AGP2
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Processor = Pentium II with 512 KB L2 Cache = ECC (unless stated as Celeron or Pentium III)
Graphics = S3-TRIO3D integrated on the system board, unless otherwise specified.
Standard integrated features = 4 MB VRAM, 10/100 Ethernet, Audio.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
Processor
Model
Table 23 (Page 9 of 13). PC 300 Type 6862
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
N/A
40X Max
40X Max
40X Max
40X Max
40X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
N/A
Windows 95
Windows NT
Windows 98
Windows NT
Windows 98
Reference information
545
450 MHz
Pentium III
U7X - Open Bay
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Memory
64 MB SDRAM
N/A
N/A
128 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
6.4 GB EIDE
N/A
N/A
N/A
9.1 GB SCSI
N/A
Hard Drive
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
Matrox G200
S3-TRIO3D
S3-AGP2
Graphics
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Processor = Pentium II with 512 KB L2 Cache = ECC (unless stated as Celeron or Pentium III)
Graphics = S3-TRIO3D integrated on the system board, unless otherwise specified.
Standard integrated features = 4 MB VRAM, 10/100 Ethernet, Audio.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
450 MHz
Pentium III
500 MHz
Pentium III
U6X - Open Bay
V1X
450 MHz
Pentium III
U5X
500 MHz
Pentium III
550 MHz
Pentium III
U3X - Open Bay
U8X - Open Bay
Processor
Model
Table 23 (Page 10 of 13). PC 300 Type 6862
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
CD-ROM
Windows NT
N/A
N/A
N/A
OS/2 License
N/A
Preload
546
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
450 MHz
Pentium III
450 MHz
Pentium III
500 MHz
Pentium III
500 MHz
Pentium III
500 MHz
Pentium III
500 MHz
Pentium III
V2X
V3X
V4X
V5X
V6X
V7X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Memory
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
Hard Drive
13.5 GB EIDE
13.5 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
13.5 GB EIDE
13.5 GB EIDE
Graphics
Matrox Millennium
G200-Rev D 8MB
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
Matrox Millennium
G200-Rev D 8MB
S3-TRIO3D
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Processor = Pentium II with 512 KB L2 Cache = ECC (unless stated as Celeron or Pentium III)
Graphics = S3-TRIO3D integrated on the system board, unless otherwise specified.
Standard integrated features = 4 MB VRAM, 10/100 Ethernet, Audio.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
Processor
Model
Table 23 (Page 11 of 13). PC 300 Type 6862
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
40X Max
40X Max
N/A
N/A
40X Max
40X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows 98
Windows 98
Windows NT
Windows 98
Windows 98
Windows 98
Reference information
547
600 MHz
Pentium III
W3X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Memory
N/A
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
128 MB SDRAM
Hard Drive
N/A
13.5 GB EIDE
13.5 GB EIDE
13.5 GB EIDE
13.5 GB EIDE
20.4 GB EIDE
Graphics
S3-TRIO3D
S3-AGP2
S3-AGP2
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
Matrox Millennium
G200-Rev D 8MB
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Processor = Pentium II with 512 KB L2 Cache = ECC (unless stated as Celeron or Pentium III)
Graphics = S3-TRIO3D integrated on the system board, unless otherwise specified.
Standard integrated features = 4 MB VRAM, 10/100 Ethernet, Audio.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
600 MHz
Pentium III
600 MHz
Pentium III
W2X
W5X - Open Bay
600 MHz
Pentium III
W1X
600 MHz
Pentium III
500 MHz
Pentium III
V8X
W4X
Processor
Model
Table 23 (Page 12 of 13). PC 300 Type 6862
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
N/A
40X Max
40X Max
N/A
N/A
40X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
N/A
Windows NT
Windows 98
Windows 98
Windows NT
548
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
600 MHz
Pentium III
600 MHz
Pentium III
600 MHz
Pentium III
W6X - Open Bay
W7(J)
W8(J)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
64 MB ECC
64 MB ECC
N/A
Memory
13.5 GB EIDE
13.5 GB EIDE
N/A
Hard Drive
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-AGP2
Graphics
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Processor = Pentium II with 512 KB L2 Cache = ECC (unless stated as Celeron or Pentium III)
Graphics = S3-TRIO3D integrated on the system board, unless otherwise specified.
Standard integrated features = 4 MB VRAM, 10/100 Ethernet, Audio.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
Processor
Model
Table 23 (Page 13 of 13). PC 300 Type 6862
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
40X Max
40X Max
N/A
CD-ROM
Windows NT
Windows 98
N/A
Preload
Reference information
549
400 MHz
450 MHz
450 MHz
Pentium III
34X
52X
N1X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Memory
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
Hard Drive
6.4 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
Graphics
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Processor = Pentium II with 512 KB L2 Cache = ECC (unless stated as Celeron or Pentium III)
Graphics = S3-TRIO3D integrated on the system board.
Standard integrated features = 4 MB VRAM, 10/100 Ethernet, Audio.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
Processor
Model
Table 24. PC 300 Type 6872
4X4
4X4
4X4
Bays/Slots
N/A
32X Max
32X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows 98
Windows NT
Windows 98
550
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
266 MHz
300 MHz
350 MHz
400 MHz
350 MHz
350 MHz
350 MHz
450 MHz
12X
14X
16X
20X
37X
44(J)
45(J)
45X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Memory
64 MB SDRAM
ECC
32 MB SDRAM
ECC
32 MB SDRAM
ECC
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
ECC
32 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
Hard Drive
6.4 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
Graphics
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Processor = Pentium II with 512 KB L2 Cache = ECC (unless stated Pentium III)
Standard integrated features = 4 MB VRAM, 10/100 Ethernet, Audio.
Graphics = S3-TRIO3D integrated on the system board, unless otherwise stated.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
Processor
Model
Table 25 (Page 1 of 6). PC 300 Type 6892
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
Bays/Slots
32X Max
32X Max
32X Max
32X Max
32X Max
32X Max
32X Max
N/A
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows 98
Windows NT
Windows 95
Windows 98
Windows NT
Windows NT
Windows 95
Windows 95
Reference information
551
400 MHz
48(J)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Memory
64 MB SDRAM
ECC
64 MB SDRAM
ECC
64 MB SDRAM
ECC
64 MB SDRAM
ECC
64 MB SDRAM
ECC
64 MB SDRAM
ECC
Hard Drive
6.4 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
Graphics
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Processor = Pentium II with 512 KB L2 Cache = ECC (unless stated Pentium III)
Standard integrated features = 4 MB VRAM, 10/100 Ethernet, Audio.
Graphics = S3-TRIO3D integrated on the system board, unless otherwise stated.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
450 MHz
450 MHz
47X
5A(J)
400 MHz
47(J)
450 MHz
400 MHz
46(J)
50(J)
Processor
Model
Table 25 (Page 2 of 6). PC 300 Type 6892
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
Bays/Slots
32X Max
32X Max
32X Max
32X Max
32X Max
32X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows 95
Windows NT
Windows NT
Windows NT
Windows 98
Windows NT
552
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
450 MHz
500 MHz
Pentium III
500 MHz
Pentium III
333 MHz
266 MHz
300 MHz
350 MHz
400 MHz
450 MHz
5B(J)
5E(J)
5F(J)
79X - Open Bay
80X - Open Bay
81X - Open Bay
82X - Open Bay
83X - Open Bay
89X - Open Bay
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Memory
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
32 MB SDRAM
64 MB ECC
64 MB ECC
64 MB SDRAM
ECC
Hard Drive
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
6.4 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
Graphics
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Processor = Pentium II with 512 KB L2 Cache = ECC (unless stated Pentium III)
Standard integrated features = 4 MB VRAM, 10/100 Ethernet, Audio.
Graphics = S3-TRIO3D integrated on the system board, unless otherwise stated.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
Processor
Model
Table 25 (Page 3 of 6). PC 300 Type 6892
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
Bays/Slots
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
40X Max
40X Max
32X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Windows NT
Windows 98
Windows 98
Reference information
553
450 MHz
Pentium III
N1X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Memory
64 MB ECC
64 MB ECC
64 MB ECC
64 MB ECC
64 MB ECC
64 MB SDRAM
ECC
Hard Drive
13.5 GB EIDE
13.5 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
13.5 GB EIDE
13.5 GB EIDE
6.4 GB EIDE
Graphics
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Processor = Pentium II with 512 KB L2 Cache = ECC (unless stated Pentium III)
Standard integrated features = 4 MB VRAM, 10/100 Ethernet, Audio.
Graphics = S3-TRIO3D integrated on the system board, unless otherwise stated.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
500 MHz
Pentium III
550 MHz
Pentium III
C9(J)
N3X
550 MHz
Pentium III
C8(J)
450 MHz
Pentium III
400 MHz
B8(J)
N2X
Processor
Model
Table 25 (Page 4 of 6). PC 300 Type 6892
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
Bays/Slots
40X Max
40X Max
40X Max
40X Max
40X Max
32X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows 98
Windows NT
Windows 98
Windows NT
Windows 98
Windows 95
554
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
500 MHz
Pentium III
500 MHz
Pentium III
450 MHz
Pentium III
500 MHz
Pentium III
550 MHz
Pentium III
550 MHz
Pentium III
N4X
N6X
N8X - Open Bay
N9X - Open Bay
S1X
S2X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Memory
64 MB ECC
64 MB ECC
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
128 MB ECC
64 MB ECC
Hard Drive
13.5 GB EIDE
13.5 GB EIDE
N/A
N/A
20.4 GB EIDE
13.5 GB EIDE
Graphics
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Processor = Pentium II with 512 KB L2 Cache = ECC (unless stated Pentium III)
Standard integrated features = 4 MB VRAM, 10/100 Ethernet, Audio.
Graphics = S3-TRIO3D integrated on the system board, unless otherwise stated.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
Processor
Model
Table 25 (Page 5 of 6). PC 300 Type 6892
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
Bays/Slots
40X Max
40X Max
N/A
N/A
40X Max
40X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows NT
Windows 98
N/A
N/A
Windows NT
Windows NT
Reference information
555
500 MHz
Pentium III
600 MHz
Pentium III
600 MHz
Pentium III
U4X - Open Bay
W3X - Open Bay
W4(J)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Memory
64 MB ECC
64 MB ECC
N/A
128 MB ECC
64 MB ECC
13.5 GB EIDE
13.5 GB EIDE
N/A
N/A
N/A
Hard Drive
Graphics
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
S3-TRIO3D
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Processor = Pentium II with 512 KB L2 Cache = ECC (unless stated Pentium III)
Standard integrated features = 4 MB VRAM, 10/100 Ethernet, Audio.
Graphics = S3-TRIO3D integrated on the system board, unless otherwise stated.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
600 MHz
Pentium III
550 MHz
Pentium III
U2X - Open Bay
W5(J)
Processor
Model
Table 25 (Page 6 of 6). PC 300 Type 6892
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
6X6
Bays/Slots
40X Max
40X Max
N/A
N/A
N/A
CD-ROM
Windows NT
Windows 98
N/A
N/A
N/A
Preload
556
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
DUAL Pentium II
XEON 450 MHz
Pentium II XEON
450 MHz
22X
25X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Memory
256 MB SDRAM
ECC
256 MB SDRAM
ECC
256 MB SDRAM
ECC
128 MB SDRAM
ECC
Hard Drive
9.1 GB U-2 SCSI
10K RPM
9.1 GB U-2 SCSI
10K RPM
9.1 GB U-2 SCSI
10K RPM
4.5 GB U-2 SCSI
7.2K RPM
Graphics
Graphics - AGP
Intergraph Intense
3D Pro 3400
Graphics - AGP
2D Matrox G200
Graphics - AGP
2D Matrox G200
Graphics - AGP
2D Matrox G200
Bays/Slots
7X7 Mini Tower
7X7 Mini Tower
7X7 Mini Tower
7X7 mini Tower
32X Max
32X Max
32X Max
32X Max
CD-ROM
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Pentium II XEON and Pentium III XEON processors have 512 KB ECC Cache.
Standard integrated features = 10/100 Ethernet with Wake on LAN, Audio (Crystal 4235). Systems are SCSI enabled.
CD-ROM drives are EIDE interface.
The Geometry Accelerator option adapter for the Intergraph Intense 3D Pro 3400 adapter can not be used alone. It must be used with the 3D Pro 3400 adapter.
2D G200-8MB = 2D Matrox Millennium G200-Rev D 8MB (AGP)
Intergraph Intense 3D 3600+4000GA-80MB (16MB Frame, 64MB structure) with Geometry Accelerator (2 adapters PCI and AGP)
IBM Fire GL1 = 32MB Flexible frame/texture buffer AGP)
Notes:
Pentium II XEON
450 MHz
21X
Processor
Pentium II XEON
450 MHz
20X
Model
Table 26 (Page 1 of 5). IntelliStation Type 6865
Preload
Windows NT 4.0
SR (3.0 or higher)
Windows NT 4.0
SR (3.0 or higher)
Windows NT 4.0
SR (3.0 or higher)
Windows NT 4.0
SR (3.0 or higher)
Reference information
557
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Memory
256 MB SDRAM
ECC
256 MB SDRAM
ECC
Hard Drive
9.1 GB U-2 SCSI
10K RPM
9.1 GB U-2 SCSI
10K RPM
Graphics
Graphics - AGP
Intergraph Intense
3D Pro 3400 with
Geometry
Accelerator
Graphics - AGP
Intergraph Intense
3D Pro 3400 with
Geometry
Accelerator
Bays/Slots
7X7 Mini Tower
7X7 Mini Tower
32X Max
32X Max
CD-ROM
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Pentium II XEON and Pentium III XEON processors have 512 KB ECC Cache.
Standard integrated features = 10/100 Ethernet with Wake on LAN, Audio (Crystal 4235). Systems are SCSI enabled.
CD-ROM drives are EIDE interface.
The Geometry Accelerator option adapter for the Intergraph Intense 3D Pro 3400 adapter can not be used alone. It must be used with the 3D Pro 3400 adapter.
2D G200-8MB = 2D Matrox Millennium G200-Rev D 8MB (AGP)
Intergraph Intense 3D 3600+4000GA-80MB (16MB Frame, 64MB structure) with Geometry Accelerator (2 adapters PCI and AGP)
IBM Fire GL1 = 32MB Flexible frame/texture buffer AGP)
Notes:
DUAL Pentium II
XEON
450 MHz
27X
Processor
Pentium II XEON
450 MHz
26X
Model
Table 26 (Page 2 of 5). IntelliStation Type 6865
Preload
Windows NT 4.0
SR (3.0 or higher)
Windows NT 4.0
SR (3.0 or higher)
558
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Pentium III XEON
500 MHz
Pentium III XEON
500 MHz
Pentium III XEON
550 MHz
36X
38X - Open Bay
40X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Memory
128 MB SDRAM
ECC
256 MB SDRAM
ECC
256 MB SDRAM
ECC
128 MB SDRAM
ECC
256 MB SDRAM
ECC
9.1 GB U-2W
SCSI 7.2K RPM
N/A
9.1 GB U-2W
SCSI 10K RPM
9.1 GB U-2W
SCSI 7.2K RPM
N/A
Hard Drive
Graphics
2D G200-8MB
N/A
3DII-3600+4000GA
2D G200-8MB
Open Graphics
Bays/Slots
7X7 mini Tower
7X7 mini Tower
7X7 mini Tower
7X7 mini Tower
7X7 Mini Tower
40X Max
40X Max
40X Max
40X Max
32X Max
CD-ROM
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Pentium II XEON and Pentium III XEON processors have 512 KB ECC Cache.
Standard integrated features = 10/100 Ethernet with Wake on LAN, Audio (Crystal 4235). Systems are SCSI enabled.
CD-ROM drives are EIDE interface.
The Geometry Accelerator option adapter for the Intergraph Intense 3D Pro 3400 adapter can not be used alone. It must be used with the 3D Pro 3400 adapter.
2D G200-8MB = 2D Matrox Millennium G200-Rev D 8MB (AGP)
Intergraph Intense 3D 3600+4000GA-80MB (16MB Frame, 64MB structure) with Geometry Accelerator (2 adapters PCI and AGP)
IBM Fire GL1 = 32MB Flexible frame/texture buffer AGP)
Notes:
Pentium III XEON
500 MHz
30X
Processor
Pentium II XEON
450 MHz
28X - Open Bay
Model
Table 26 (Page 3 of 5). IntelliStation Type 6865
Windows NT 4.0
SR (4.0, RTC)
N/A
Windows NT 4.0
SR (4.0, RTC)
Windows NT 4.0
SR (4.0, RTC)
N/A
Preload
Reference information
559
DUAL Pentium III
XEON
550 MHz
43X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Memory
256 MB SDRAM
ECC
256 MB SDRAM
ECC
128 MB SDRAM
ECC
Hard Drive
13.5 GB EIDE
9.1 GB U-2W
SCSI 10K RPM
9.1 GB U-2W
SCSI 7.2K RPM
Graphics
2D G200-8MB
2D-Matrox
Millennium
G400-16 MB
(AGP)
2D-Matrox
Millennium
G400-16 MB
(AGP)
Bays/Slots
7X7 mini Tower
7X7 mini Tower
7X7 mini Tower
32X Max
40X Max
40X Max
CD-ROM
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Pentium II XEON and Pentium III XEON processors have 512 KB ECC Cache.
Standard integrated features = 10/100 Ethernet with Wake on LAN, Audio (Crystal 4235). Systems are SCSI enabled.
CD-ROM drives are EIDE interface.
The Geometry Accelerator option adapter for the Intergraph Intense 3D Pro 3400 adapter can not be used alone. It must be used with the 3D Pro 3400 adapter.
2D G200-8MB = 2D Matrox Millennium G200-Rev D 8MB (AGP)
Intergraph Intense 3D 3600+4000GA-80MB (16MB Frame, 64MB structure) with Geometry Accelerator (2 adapters PCI and AGP)
IBM Fire GL1 = 32MB Flexible frame/texture buffer AGP)
Notes:
(DUAL) Pentium
III XEON
550 MHz
42X
Processor
Pentium III XEON
550 MHz
41X
Model
Table 26 (Page 4 of 5). IntelliStation Type 6865
Preload
Windows NT 4.0
SR (4.0, RTC)
Windows NT 4.0
SR (4.0, RTC)
Windows NT 4.0
SR (4.0, RTC)
560
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Pentium III XEON
550 MHz
48X - Open Bay
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Memory
256 MB SDRAM
ECC
256 MB SDRAM
ECC
256 MB SDRAM
ECC
Hard Drive
N/A
9.1 GB U-2W
SCSI 10K RPM
9.1 GB U-2W
SCSI 10K RPM
Graphics
N/A
3DII-3600+4000GA
IBM Fire GL1
Bays/Slots
7X7 mini Tower
7X7 mini Tower
7X7 mini Tower
40X Max
40X Max
40X Max
CD-ROM
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Pentium II XEON and Pentium III XEON processors have 512 KB ECC Cache.
Standard integrated features = 10/100 Ethernet with Wake on LAN, Audio (Crystal 4235). Systems are SCSI enabled.
CD-ROM drives are EIDE interface.
The Geometry Accelerator option adapter for the Intergraph Intense 3D Pro 3400 adapter can not be used alone. It must be used with the 3D Pro 3400 adapter.
2D G200-8MB = 2D Matrox Millennium G200-Rev D 8MB (AGP)
Intergraph Intense 3D 3600+4000GA-80MB (16MB Frame, 64MB structure) with Geometry Accelerator (2 adapters PCI and AGP)
IBM Fire GL1 = 32MB Flexible frame/texture buffer AGP)
Notes:
Pentium III XEON
550 MHz
46X
Processor
Pentium III XEON
550 MHz
45X
Model
Table 26 (Page 5 of 5). IntelliStation Type 6865
Preload
N/A
Windows NT 4.0
SR (4.0, RTC)
Windows NT 4.0
SR (4.0, RTC)
Reference information
561
266 MHz
266 MHz
266 MHz
300 MHz
22X
26X
28X - Open Bay
36U
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Memory
128 MB EDO
ECC
32 MB EDO ECC
128 MB EDO
ECC
64 MB EDO ECC
Hard Drive
4.3 GB Ultra SCSI
N/A
4.3 GB Ultra SCSI
4.3 GB Ultra SCSI
Graphics
Intense 3D
Pro1000/T
N/A
Intense 3D
Pro1000/T
Matrox Millenium
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Processor = Pentium II with 512 KB Cache.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Models come with integrated S3-V2 video on the system board. Graphics = Video adapter card.
Notes:
Processor
Model
Table 27. IntelliStation Type 6888
Bays/Slots
5X5 Desktop
5X5 Desktop
5X5 Desktop
5X5 Desktop
16X Max
16X Max
16X Max
16X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows NT 4.0
N/A
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
562
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Pentium II
350 MHz
Pentium II
400 MHz
Pentium II
400 MHz
Pentium II
400 MHz
Pentium II
400 MHz
10X
11X
13X
14X
15X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Memory
128 MB SDRAM
ECC
128 MB SDRAM
ECC
64 MB SDRAM
ECC
64 MB SDRAM
ECC
64 MB SDRAM
ECC
Hard Drive
9.1 GB 7200 IDE
9.1 GB Wide Ultra
SCSI
9.1 GB Wide Ultra
SCSI
9.1 GB IDE
6.4 GB IDE
Graphics
AGP - Permedia
2A (8 MB)
PCI - Intense 3D
3400
AGP - Matrox
Millennium II
AGP - Matrox
Millennium II
AGP - Matrox
Millennium II
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Processor = Pentium II, Pentium III with 512 KB L2 Cache
Standard integrated features = 10/100 Ethernet with Wake on LAN, Audio-(Crystal 4235).
CD-ROM drives are EIDE interface.
IBM Fire GL1 = 32MB Flexible frame/texture buffer AGP)
The Geometry Accelerator option adapter can not be used alone. It must be used with the 3D Pro 3400 adapter.
Notes:
Processor
Model
Table 28 (Page 1 of 16). IntelliStation Type 6889/6897
Bays/Slots
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 mini Tower
32X Max
32X Max
32X Max
32X Max
32X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
Reference information
563
Pentium II
350 MHz
Pentium II
400 MHz.
Pentium II
400 MHz
18X - Open Bay
19X - Open Bay
24X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Memory
128 MB SDRAM
ECC
128 MB SDRAM
ECC
64 MB SDRAM
ECC
64 MB SDRAM
ECC
128 MB SDRAM
ECC
Hard Drive
4.5 GB Wide Ultra
SCSI
7200 RPM
4.5 GB Wide Ultra
SCSI
7200 RPM
N/A - SCSI W U
interface
N/A - SCSI W U
interface
9.1 GB 7200 Wide
Ultra SCSI
Graphics
AGP - Matrox
Millennium II
AGP - Matrox
Millennium II
N/A - Open
graphics adapter
N/A - Open
graphics adapter
AGP - Permedia
2A (8 MB)
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Processor = Pentium II, Pentium III with 512 KB L2 Cache
Standard integrated features = 10/100 Ethernet with Wake on LAN, Audio-(Crystal 4235).
CD-ROM drives are EIDE interface.
IBM Fire GL1 = 32MB Flexible frame/texture buffer AGP)
The Geometry Accelerator option adapter can not be used alone. It must be used with the 3D Pro 3400 adapter.
Notes:
DUAL Pentium II
400 MHz
Pentium II
400 MHz
16X
25X
Processor
Model
Table 28 (Page 2 of 16). IntelliStation Type 6889/6897
Bays/Slots
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
32X Max
32X Max
32X Max
32X Max
32X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
N/A
N/A
Windows NT 4.0
564
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Pentium II
400 MHz
Pentium II
400 MHz
Pentium II
400 MHz
27X
29X
30X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Memory
256 MB SDRAM
ECC
256 MB SDRAM
ECC
256 MB SDRAM
ECC
Hard Drive
9.1 GB Wide Ultra
SCSI
7200 RPM
9.1 GB Wide Ultra
SCSI
7200 RPM
9.1 GB Wide Ultra
SCSI
10,000 RPM
Graphics
PCI - Intergraph
Intense 3D Pro
3400
AGP - Matrox
Millennium II
PCI - Intergraph
Intense 3D Pro
3400 with
Geometry
Accelerator
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Processor = Pentium II, Pentium III with 512 KB L2 Cache
Standard integrated features = 10/100 Ethernet with Wake on LAN, Audio-(Crystal 4235).
CD-ROM drives are EIDE interface.
IBM Fire GL1 = 32MB Flexible frame/texture buffer AGP)
The Geometry Accelerator option adapter can not be used alone. It must be used with the 3D Pro 3400 adapter.
Notes:
Processor
Model
Table 28 (Page 3 of 16). IntelliStation Type 6889/6897
Bays/Slots
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
32X Max
32X Max
32X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
Reference information
565
Pentium II
450 MHz
Pentium II
450 MHz
42X
43X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Memory
128 MB SDRAM
ECC
128 MB SDRAM
ECC
128 MB SDRAM
ECC
128 MB SDRAM
ECC
Hard Drive
9.1 GB Wide Ultra
SCSI
10,000 RPM
9.1 GB Wide Ultra
SCSI
10,000 RPM
4.5 GB Wide Ultra
SCSI
7200 RPM
10.1 GB EIDE
7200 RPM
Graphics
PCI - Intergraph
Pro 3400
AGP - Matrox
Millennium
G200-8 MB
AGP - Matrox
Millennium
G200-8 MB
AGP - Matrox
Millennium
G200-8 MB
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Processor = Pentium II, Pentium III with 512 KB L2 Cache
Standard integrated features = 10/100 Ethernet with Wake on LAN, Audio-(Crystal 4235).
CD-ROM drives are EIDE interface.
IBM Fire GL1 = 32MB Flexible frame/texture buffer AGP)
The Geometry Accelerator option adapter can not be used alone. It must be used with the 3D Pro 3400 adapter.
Notes:
Pentium II
450 MHz
Pentium II
450 MHz
41X
44X
Processor
Model
Table 28 (Page 4 of 16). IntelliStation Type 6889/6897
Bays/Slots
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
32X Max
32X Max
32X Max
32X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
566
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Pentium II
450 MHz
48X - Open Bay
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Memory
128 MB SDRAM
ECC
256 MB SDRAM
ECC (Registered)
256 MB SDRAM
ECC (Registered)
Hard Drive
N/A - EIDE or
SCSI U W
interface
9.1 GB Wide Ultra
SCSI
10,000 RPM
9.1 GB Wide Ultra
SCSI
10,000 RPM
Graphics
N/A - Open
Graphics
PCI - Intergraph
Intense 3D Pro
3400 with
Geometry
Accelerator
AGP - Matrox
Millennium
G200-8 MB
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Processor = Pentium II, Pentium III with 512 KB L2 Cache
Standard integrated features = 10/100 Ethernet with Wake on LAN, Audio-(Crystal 4235).
CD-ROM drives are EIDE interface.
IBM Fire GL1 = 32MB Flexible frame/texture buffer AGP)
The Geometry Accelerator option adapter can not be used alone. It must be used with the 3D Pro 3400 adapter.
Notes:
Pentium II
450 MHz
46X
Processor
DUAL Pentium II
450 MHz
45X
Model
Table 28 (Page 5 of 16). IntelliStation Type 6889/6897
Bays/Slots
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
32X Max
32X Max
32X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
N/A
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
Reference information
567
Pentium III
500 MHz
Pentium III
500 MHz
52X
53X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
256 MB SDRAM
ECC (Registered)
128 MB SDRAM
ECC
(Non-Registered)
128 MB SDRAM
ECC
(Non-Registered)
N/A
Memory
Hard Drive
9.1 GB SCSI
7200 RPM
9.1 GB SCSI
7200 RPM
13.5 GB EIDE
7200 RPM
N/A - SCSI U W
interface
Graphics
AGP-Matrox
Millennium
G200-Rev D 8MB
AGP-Matrox
Millennium
G200-Rev D 8MB
AGP-Matrox
Millennium
G200-Rev D 8MB
N/A - Open
graphics adapter
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Processor = Pentium II, Pentium III with 512 KB L2 Cache
Standard integrated features = 10/100 Ethernet with Wake on LAN, Audio-(Crystal 4235).
CD-ROM drives are EIDE interface.
IBM Fire GL1 = 32MB Flexible frame/texture buffer AGP)
The Geometry Accelerator option adapter can not be used alone. It must be used with the 3D Pro 3400 adapter.
Notes:
Pentium III
500 MHz
N/A
Processor
51X
50X - Open Bay
Model
Table 28 (Page 6 of 16). IntelliStation Type 6889/6897
Bays/Slots
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
40X Max
40X Max
40X Max
32X Max
CD-ROM
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
N/A
Preload
568
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Pentium III
500 MHz
DUAL Pentium III
500 MHz
Pentium III
500 MHz
Pentium III
450 MHz
54X
55X
56X
57X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Memory
128 MB SDRAM
ECC
(Non-Registered)
256 MB SDRAM
ECC (Registered)
256 MB SDRAM
ECC (Registered)
128 MB SDRAM
ECC
(Non-Registered)
Hard Drive
13.5 GB EIDE
7200 RPM
9.1 GB SCSI
10,000 RPM
9.1 GB SCSI
10,000 RPM
9.1 GB SCSI
7200 RPM
AGP-Matrox
Millennium
G200-Rev D 8MB
IBM Fire
GL1-AGP
AGP-Matrox
Millennium
G200-Rev D 8MB
IBM Fire
GL1-AGP
Graphics
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Processor = Pentium II, Pentium III with 512 KB L2 Cache
Standard integrated features = 10/100 Ethernet with Wake on LAN, Audio-(Crystal 4235).
CD-ROM drives are EIDE interface.
IBM Fire GL1 = 32MB Flexible frame/texture buffer AGP)
The Geometry Accelerator option adapter can not be used alone. It must be used with the 3D Pro 3400 adapter.
Notes:
Processor
Model
Table 28 (Page 7 of 16). IntelliStation Type 6889/6897
Bays/Slots
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
40X Max
40X Max
40X Max
40X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
Reference information
569
Pentium III
450 MHz
Pentium III
450 MHz
59X - Open Bay
5EX
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Memory
64 MB SDRAM
ECC
128 MB SDRAM
ECC
(Non-Registered)
128 MB SDRAM
ECC
(Non-Registered)
128 MB SDRAM
ECC
(Non-Registered)
6.4 GB IDE
9.1 GB SCSI
7200 RPM
N/A
N/A
Hard Drive
Matrox Millennium
G200 - 8 MB
AGP-Matrox
Millennium
G200-Rev D 8MB
N/A
N/A
Graphics
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Processor = Pentium II, Pentium III with 512 KB L2 Cache
Standard integrated features = 10/100 Ethernet with Wake on LAN, Audio-(Crystal 4235).
CD-ROM drives are EIDE interface.
IBM Fire GL1 = 32MB Flexible frame/texture buffer AGP)
The Geometry Accelerator option adapter can not be used alone. It must be used with the 3D Pro 3400 adapter.
Notes:
Pentium II
350 MHz
Pentium III
500 MHz
58X - Open Bay
60X
Processor
Model
Table 28 (Page 8 of 16). IntelliStation Type 6889/6897
Bays/Slots
6X6 mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
32X Max
40X Max
40X Max
40X Max
CD-ROM
Windows NT
4.0, SP3
Windows NT 4.0
N/A
N/A
Preload
570
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Pentium II
400 MHz
Pentium II
400 MHz
Pentium II
400 MHz
DUAL Pentium II
400 MHz
61X
63X
64X
65X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Memory
128 MB SDRAM
ECC
128 MB SDRAM
ECC
64 MB SDRAM
ECC
64 MB SDRAM
ECC
Hard Drive
4.5 GB Wide Ultra
SCSI
7200 RPM
4.5 GB Wide Ultra
SCSI
7200 RPM
9.1 GB Wide Ultra
SCSI
9.1 GB IDE
Graphics
Matrox Millennium
G200 - 8 MB
Matrox Millennium
G200 - 8 MB
Matrox Millennium
G200 - 8 MB
Matrox Millennium
G200 - 8 MB
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Processor = Pentium II, Pentium III with 512 KB L2 Cache
Standard integrated features = 10/100 Ethernet with Wake on LAN, Audio-(Crystal 4235).
CD-ROM drives are EIDE interface.
IBM Fire GL1 = 32MB Flexible frame/texture buffer AGP)
The Geometry Accelerator option adapter can not be used alone. It must be used with the 3D Pro 3400 adapter.
Notes:
Processor
Model
Table 28 (Page 9 of 16). IntelliStation Type 6889/6897
Bays/Slots
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
32X Max
32X Max
32X Max
32X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
Reference information
571
Pentium III
550 MHz
Pentium III
550 MHz
72X
73X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Memory
128 MB SDRAM
ECC
(Non-Registered)
128 MB SDRAM
ECC
(Non-Registered)
128 MB SDRAM
ECC
(Non-Registered)
256 MB SDRAM
ECC
Hard Drive
9.1 GB Wide Ultra
SCSI
7200 RPM
9.1 GB Wide Ultra
SCSI
7200 RPM
13.5 GB IDE
7200 RPM
9.1 GB Wide Ultra
SCSI
7200 RPM
Graphics
IBM Fire
GL1-AGP
Matrox Millennium
G200 - 8 MB
Matrox Millennium
G200 - 8 MB
Matrox Millennium
G200 - 8 MB
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Processor = Pentium II, Pentium III with 512 KB L2 Cache
Standard integrated features = 10/100 Ethernet with Wake on LAN, Audio-(Crystal 4235).
CD-ROM drives are EIDE interface.
IBM Fire GL1 = 32MB Flexible frame/texture buffer AGP)
The Geometry Accelerator option adapter can not be used alone. It must be used with the 3D Pro 3400 adapter.
Notes:
Pentium III
550 MHz
Pentium II
400 MHz
69X
75X
Processor
Model
Table 28 (Page 10 of 16). IntelliStation Type 6889/6897
Bays/Slots
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
40X Max
40X Max
40X Max
32X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
572
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Pentium III
550 MHz
Pentium III
550 MHz
Pentium III
500 MHz
Pentium III
500 MHz
76X
78X - Open Bay
80X
81X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Memory
128 MB SDRAM
ECC
(Non-Registered)
128 MB SDRAM
ECC
(Non-Registered)
128 MB SDRAM
ECC
(Non-Registered)
256 MB SDRAM
ECC (Registered)
Hard Drive
9.1 GB Wide Ultra
SCSI
7200 RPM
13.5 GB IDE
7200 RPM
N/A
9.1 GB Wide Ultra
SCSI
10,000 RPM
Matrox Millennium
G400 - 16 MB
Matrox Millennium
G400 - 16 MB
N/A
IBM Fire
GL1-AGP
Graphics
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Processor = Pentium II, Pentium III with 512 KB L2 Cache
Standard integrated features = 10/100 Ethernet with Wake on LAN, Audio-(Crystal 4235).
CD-ROM drives are EIDE interface.
IBM Fire GL1 = 32MB Flexible frame/texture buffer AGP)
The Geometry Accelerator option adapter can not be used alone. It must be used with the 3D Pro 3400 adapter.
Notes:
Processor
Model
Table 28 (Page 11 of 16). IntelliStation Type 6889/6897
Bays/Slots
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
40X Max
40X Max
40X Max
40X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
N/A
Windows NT 4.0
Reference information
573
Pentium III
550 MHz
(DUAL) Pentium
III
550 MHz
83X
84X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Memory
128 MB SDRAM
ECC
(Non-Registered)
256 MB SDRAM
ECC (Registered)
128 MB SDRAM
ECC
(Non-Registered)
128 MB SDRAM
ECC
(Non-Registered)
Hard Drive
9.1 GB Wide Ultra
SCSI
7200 RPM
9.1 GB Wide Ultra
SCSI
10,000 RPM
9.1 GB Wide Ultra
SCSI
7200 RPM
13.5 GB IDE
7200 RPM
Graphics
Appian J Pro 16
MB - PCI
Matrox Millennium
G400 - 16 MB
Matrox Millennium
G400 - 16 MB
Matrox Millennium
G400 - 16 MB
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Processor = Pentium II, Pentium III with 512 KB L2 Cache
Standard integrated features = 10/100 Ethernet with Wake on LAN, Audio-(Crystal 4235).
CD-ROM drives are EIDE interface.
IBM Fire GL1 = 32MB Flexible frame/texture buffer AGP)
The Geometry Accelerator option adapter can not be used alone. It must be used with the 3D Pro 3400 adapter.
Notes:
Pentium III
550 MHz
Pentium III
550 MHz
82X
85X
Processor
Model
Table 28 (Page 12 of 16). IntelliStation Type 6889/6897
Bays/Slots
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
40X Max
40X Max
40X Max
40X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
574
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Pentium III
500 MHz
Pentium III
550 MHz
Pentium III
450 MHz
Pentium III
500 MHz
Pentium III
550 MHz
86X
87X
88U - Open Bay
89U - Open Bay
8AU - Open Bay
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Memory
N/A
N/A
N/A
256 MB SDRAM
ECC (Registered)
128 MB SDRAM
ECC
(Non-Registered)
Hard Drive
N/A
N/A
N/A
9.1 GB Wide Ultra
SCSI
10,000 RPM
13.5 GB IDE
7200 RPM
Graphics
N/A
N/A
N/A
AGP - Intergraph
Intense 3D 4000
Appian J Pro 16
MB - PCI
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Processor = Pentium II, Pentium III with 512 KB L2 Cache
Standard integrated features = 10/100 Ethernet with Wake on LAN, Audio-(Crystal 4235).
CD-ROM drives are EIDE interface.
IBM Fire GL1 = 32MB Flexible frame/texture buffer AGP)
The Geometry Accelerator option adapter can not be used alone. It must be used with the 3D Pro 3400 adapter.
Notes:
Processor
Model
Table 28 (Page 13 of 16). IntelliStation Type 6889/6897
Bays/Slots
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
40X Max
40X Max
40X Max
40X Max
40X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
N/A
N/A
N/A
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
Reference information
575
Pentium III
550 MHz
Pentium III
600 MHz
91X
92X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Memory
128 MB SDRAM
ECC
(Non-Registered)
128 MB SDRAM
ECC
(Non-Registered)
128 MB SDRAM
ECC
(Non-Registered)
256 MB SDRAM
ECC (2-128 MB
DIMMs)
Hard Drive
9.1 GB Wide Ultra
SCSI
7200 RPM
13.5 GB IDE
7200 RPM
13.5 GB IDE
7200 RPM
9.1 GB Wide Ultra
SCSI
7200 RPM
Graphics
Matrox Millennium
G400 - 16 MB
Matrox Millennium
G400 - 16 MB
Appian J Pro 16
MB - PCI
AGP - Matrox
Millennium II
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Processor = Pentium II, Pentium III with 512 KB L2 Cache
Standard integrated features = 10/100 Ethernet with Wake on LAN, Audio-(Crystal 4235).
CD-ROM drives are EIDE interface.
IBM Fire GL1 = 32MB Flexible frame/texture buffer AGP)
The Geometry Accelerator option adapter can not be used alone. It must be used with the 3D Pro 3400 adapter.
Notes:
Pentium III
600 MHz
Pentium II
400 MHz
90X
93X
Processor
Model
Table 28 (Page 14 of 16). IntelliStation Type 6889/6897
Bays/Slots
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
40X Max
40X Max
40X Max
32X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
576
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Pentium III
600 MHz
Pentium III
600 MHz
Pentium III
600 MHz
Pentium III
600 MHz
94X
95X
96X
97X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Memory
256 MB SDRAM
ECC (Registered)
128 MB SDRAM
ECC
(Non-Registered)
256 MB SDRAM
ECC (Registered)
256 MB SDRAM
ECC (Registered)
Hard Drive
9.1 GB Wide Ultra
SCSI
10,000 RPM
13.5 GB IDE
7200 RPM
9.1 GB Wide Ultra
SCSI
7200 RPM
9.1 GB Wide Ultra
SCSI
10,000 RPM
Graphics
AGP - Intergraph
Intense 3D 4000
IBM Fire
GL1-AGP
IBM Fire
GL1-AGP
Matrox Millennium
G400 - 16 MB
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Processor = Pentium II, Pentium III with 512 KB L2 Cache
Standard integrated features = 10/100 Ethernet with Wake on LAN, Audio-(Crystal 4235).
CD-ROM drives are EIDE interface.
IBM Fire GL1 = 32MB Flexible frame/texture buffer AGP)
The Geometry Accelerator option adapter can not be used alone. It must be used with the 3D Pro 3400 adapter.
Notes:
Processor
Model
Table 28 (Page 15 of 16). IntelliStation Type 6889/6897
Bays/Slots
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
40X Max
40X Max
40X Max
40X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
Reference information
577
Pentium III
600 MHz
98U - Open Bay
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
N/A
Memory
N/A
Hard Drive
N/A
Graphics
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Processor = Pentium II, Pentium III with 512 KB L2 Cache
Standard integrated features = 10/100 Ethernet with Wake on LAN, Audio-(Crystal 4235).
CD-ROM drives are EIDE interface.
IBM Fire GL1 = 32MB Flexible frame/texture buffer AGP)
The Geometry Accelerator option adapter can not be used alone. It must be used with the 3D Pro 3400 adapter.
Notes:
Processor
Model
Table 28 (Page 16 of 16). IntelliStation Type 6889/6897
Bays/Slots
6X6 Mini Tower
40X Max
CD-ROM
N/A
Preload
578
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Pentium II
350 MHz
Pentium II
350 MHz
Pentium II
400 MHz
Pentium II
400 MHz
Pentium II
400 MHz
10X
11X
12X
14X
18X - Open Bay
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Memory
64 MB SDRAM
128 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
Hard Drive
N/A
4.2 GB SCSI
6.4 GB EIDE
4.5 GB SCSI
6.4 GB EIDE
Graphics
N/A
AGP-Permedia 2A
AGP-Matrox
Millennium II
AGP-Matrox
Millennium II
AGP-Matrox
Millennium II
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Video Card memory = 8 MB, unless stated otherwise.
IBM Fire GL1 = 32MB Flexible frame/texture buffer AGP)
Processor = Pentium II, Pentium III with 512 KB L2 Cache
Standard integrated features = 10/100 Ethernet with Wake on LAN, Audio-(Crystal 4235).
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
Processor
Model
Table 29 (Page 1 of 9). IntelliStation Type 6893
4X4+AGP
4X4+AGP
4X4+AGP
4X4+AGP
4X4+AGP
Bays/Slots
32X Max
32X Max
32X Max
32X Max
32X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
N/A
Windows NT
Windows NT
Windows NT
Windows NT
Reference information
579
Pentium II
450 MHz
Pentium II
450 MHz
42X
43X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Memory
128 MB SDRAM
128 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
Hard Drive
9.1 GB SCSI
7200 RPM
10.1 GB IDE
7200 RPM
4.5 GB SCSI
7200 RPM
6.4 GB IDE
7200 RPM
Graphics
AGP-Matrox
Millennium
G200-8 MB
AGP-Matrox
Millennium
G200-8 MB
AGP-Matrox
Millennium
G200-8 MB
AGP-Matrox
Millennium
G200-8 MB
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Video Card memory = 8 MB, unless stated otherwise.
IBM Fire GL1 = 32MB Flexible frame/texture buffer AGP)
Processor = Pentium II, Pentium III with 512 KB L2 Cache
Standard integrated features = 10/100 Ethernet with Wake on LAN, Audio-(Crystal 4235).
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
Pentium II
450 MHz
Pentium II
450 MHz
41X
44X
Processor
Model
Table 29 (Page 2 of 9). IntelliStation Type 6893
4X4+AGP
4X4+AGP
4X4+AGP
4X4+AGP
Bays/Slots
32X Max
32X Max
32X Max
32X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
580
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Pentium II
450 MHz
Pentium III
500 MHz
Pentium III
500 MHz
Pentium III
450 MHz
48X - Open Bay
52X
53X
54X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Memory
64 MB SDRAM
128 MB SDRAM
128 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
Hard Drive
4.5 GB SCSI WU
7200
9.1 GB SCSI WU
7200
13.5 GB EIDE
N/A - EIDE or
SCSI U W
interface
Graphics
AGP-Matrox
Millennium
G200-Rev D 8MB
IBM Fire GL1 AGP
AGP-Matrox
Millennium
G200-Rev D 8MB
N/A - Open
Graphics
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Video Card memory = 8 MB, unless stated otherwise.
IBM Fire GL1 = 32MB Flexible frame/texture buffer AGP)
Processor = Pentium II, Pentium III with 512 KB L2 Cache
Standard integrated features = 10/100 Ethernet with Wake on LAN, Audio-(Crystal 4235).
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
Processor
Model
Table 29 (Page 3 of 9). IntelliStation Type 6893
4X4+AGP
4X4+AGP
4X4+AGP
4X4+AGP
Bays/Slots
40X Max
40X Max
40X Max
32X Max
CD-ROM
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
N/A
Preload
Reference information
581
Pentium III
500 MHz
Pentium III
500 MHz
Pentium III
500 MHz
Pentium III
450 MHz
Pentium II
350 MHz
56X
57X
58X - Open Bay
59X - Open Bay
60X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Memory
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
128 MB SDRAM
128 MB SDRAM
Hard Drive
6.4 GB EIDE
N/A
N/A
13.5 GB EIDE
7200
9.1 GB SCSI WU
7200
Graphics
AGP-Matrox
Millennium
G200-8 MB
N/A
N/A
IBM Fire GL1 AGP
AGP-Matrox
Millennium
G200-Rev D 8MB
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Video Card memory = 8 MB, unless stated otherwise.
IBM Fire GL1 = 32MB Flexible frame/texture buffer AGP)
Processor = Pentium II, Pentium III with 512 KB L2 Cache
Standard integrated features = 10/100 Ethernet with Wake on LAN, Audio-(Crystal 4235).
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
Processor
Model
Table 29 (Page 4 of 9). IntelliStation Type 6893
4X4+AGP
4X4+AGP
4X4+AGP
4X4+AGP
4X4+AGP
Bays/Slots
32X Max
40X Max
40X Max
40X Max
40X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows NT
N/A
N/A
Windows NT 4.0
Windows NT 4.0
582
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Pentium II
350 MHz
Pentium II
400 MHz
Pentium III
500 MHz
Pentium III
550 MHz
61X
62X
71X
74X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Memory
128 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
Hard Drive
13.5 GB EIDE
7200 RPM
6.8 GB EIDE
7200 RPM
6.4 GB EIDE
4.5 GB SCSI
Graphics
AGP-Matrox
Millennium
G200-8 MB
AGP-Matrox
Millennium
G200-8 MB
AGP-Matrox
Millennium
G200-8 MB
AGP-Matrox
Millennium
G200-8 MB
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Video Card memory = 8 MB, unless stated otherwise.
IBM Fire GL1 = 32MB Flexible frame/texture buffer AGP)
Processor = Pentium II, Pentium III with 512 KB L2 Cache
Standard integrated features = 10/100 Ethernet with Wake on LAN, Audio-(Crystal 4235).
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
Processor
Model
Table 29 (Page 5 of 9). IntelliStation Type 6893
4X4+AGP
4X4+AGP
4X4+AGP
4X4+AGP
Bays/Slots
40X Max
40X Max
32X Max
32X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows NT
Windows NT
Windows NT
Windows NT
Reference information
583
Pentium III
550 MHz
Pentium III
550 MHz
Pentium III
450 MHz
77X
78X
80X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Memory
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
64 MB SDRAM
128 MB SDRAM
128 MB SDRAM
Hard Drive
6.8 GB EIDE
7200 RPM
6.8 GB EIDE
7200 RPM
N/A
9.1 GB SCSI WU
7200 RPM
13.5 GB EIDE
7200 RPM
Graphics
AGP-Matrox
Millennium
G400-16 MB
AGP-Matrox
Millennium
G400-16 MB
N/A
IBM Fire GL1 AGP
IBM Fire GL1 AGP
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Video Card memory = 8 MB, unless stated otherwise.
IBM Fire GL1 = 32MB Flexible frame/texture buffer AGP)
Processor = Pentium II, Pentium III with 512 KB L2 Cache
Standard integrated features = 10/100 Ethernet with Wake on LAN, Audio-(Crystal 4235).
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
Pentium III
500 MHz
Pentium III
550 MHz
76X
81X
Processor
Model
Table 29 (Page 6 of 9). IntelliStation Type 6893
4X4+AGP
4X4+AGP
4X4+AGP
4X4+AGP
4X4+AGP
Bays/Slots
40X Max
40X Max
40X Max
40X Max
40X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows NT
Windows NT
Windows NT
Windows NT
Windows NT
584
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Pentium III
500 MHz
Pentium III
550 MHz
Pentium III
550 MHz
Pentium III
500 MHz
Pentium III
450 MHz
82X
84X
85X
86X
87X - Open Bay
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Memory
N/A
128 MB SDRAM
128 MB SDRAM
128 MB SDRAM
128 MB SDRAM
Hard Drive
N/A
6.8 GB EIDE
7200 RPM
9.1 GB Wide Ultra
SCSI
7200 RPM
13.5 GB EIDE
7200 RPM
13.5 GB EIDE
7200 RPM
Graphics
N/A
Appian J Pro 16
MB - PCI
AGP-Matrox
Millennium
G400-16 MB
AGP-Matrox
Millennium
G400-16 MB
AGP-Matrox
Millennium
G400-16 MB
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Video Card memory = 8 MB, unless stated otherwise.
IBM Fire GL1 = 32MB Flexible frame/texture buffer AGP)
Processor = Pentium II, Pentium III with 512 KB L2 Cache
Standard integrated features = 10/100 Ethernet with Wake on LAN, Audio-(Crystal 4235).
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
Processor
Model
Table 29 (Page 7 of 9). IntelliStation Type 6893
4X4+AGP
4X4+AGP
4X4+AGP
4X4+AGP
4X4+AGP
Bays/Slots
40X Max
40X Max
40X Max
40X Max
40X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
N/A
Windows NT
Windows NT
Windows NT
Windows NT
Reference information
585
Pentium III
550 MHz
Pentium III
550 MHz
Pentium III
600 MHz
89X - Open Bay
91X
94X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
128 MB SDRAM
128 MB SDRAM
128 MB SDRAM
N/A
N/A
Memory
9.1 GB Wide Ultra
SCSI
7200 RPM
13.5 GB EIDE
7200 RPM
13.5 GB EIDE
7200 RPM
N/A
N/A
Hard Drive
AGP-Matrox
Millennium
G400-16 MB
AGP-Matrox
Millennium
G400-16 MB
Appian J Pro 16
MB - PCI
N/A
N/A
Graphics
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Video Card memory = 8 MB, unless stated otherwise.
IBM Fire GL1 = 32MB Flexible frame/texture buffer AGP)
Processor = Pentium II, Pentium III with 512 KB L2 Cache
Standard integrated features = 10/100 Ethernet with Wake on LAN, Audio-(Crystal 4235).
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
Pentium III
600 MHz
Pentium III
500 MHz
88X - Open Bay
95X
Processor
Model
Table 29 (Page 8 of 9). IntelliStation Type 6893
4X4+AGP
4X4+AGP
4X4+AGP
4X4+AGP
4X4+AGP
Bays/Slots
40X Max
40X Max
40X Max
40X Max
40X Max
CD-ROM
Windows NT
Windows NT
Windows NT
N/A
N/A
Preload
586
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Pentium III
600 MHz
Pentium III
600 MHz
Pentium III
600 MHz
96X
97X
98U - Open Bay
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Memory
N/A
128 MB SDRAM
128 MB SDRAM
Hard Drive
N/A
9.1 GB Wide Ultra
SCSI
7200 RPM
13.5 GB EIDE
7200 RPM
Graphics
N/A
IBM Fire GL1,32
MB - AGP
IBM Fire GL1,32
MB - AGP
N/A = Not included in model.
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Video Card memory = 8 MB, unless stated otherwise.
IBM Fire GL1 = 32MB Flexible frame/texture buffer AGP)
Processor = Pentium II, Pentium III with 512 KB L2 Cache
Standard integrated features = 10/100 Ethernet with Wake on LAN, Audio-(Crystal 4235).
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Notes:
Processor
Model
Table 29 (Page 9 of 9). IntelliStation Type 6893
4X4+AGP
4X4+AGP
4X4+AGP
Bays/Slots
40X Max
40X Max
40X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
N/A
Windows NT
Windows NT
Reference information
587
1.
2.
3.
4.
Memory
32 MB ECC
SDRAM
32 MB ECC
SDRAM
128 MB ECC
SDRAM
64 MB ECC
SDRAM
128 MB ECC
SDRAM
64 MB ECC
SDRAM
32 MB ECC
SDRAM
Hard Drive
N/A
N/A
4.5 GB Ultra SCSI
6.4 GB 5400 RPM
EIDE
4.5 GB Ultra SCSI
4.2 GB EIDE
4.2 GB EIDE
Graphics
N/A - Open
graphics adapter
N/A - Open
graphics adapter
Intergraph Intense
3D Pro 2200/T-20
MB video memory
Permedia II-8 MB
DRAM
Permedia II-8 MB
DRAM
Permedia II-8 MB
DRAM
Permedia II-8 MB
DRAM
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Pentium II processors have 512 KB Cache.
Notes:
Pentium II
300 MHz.
19X - Open Bay
Pentium II
300 MHz
13X
Pentium II
266 MHz
Pentium II
300 MHz
12X
18X - Open Bay
Pentium II
266 MHz
11X
Pentium II
300 MHz
Pentium II
233 MHz
10X
14X
Processor
Model
Table 30 (Page 1 of 2). IntelliStation Type 6898
Bays/Slots
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 mini Tower
24X Max
24X Max
24X Max
24X Max
24X Max
24X Max
24X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
N/A
N/A
Windows NT
4.0, SR3
Windows NT
4.0, SR3
Windows NT
4.0, SR3
Windows NT
4.0, SR3
Windows NT
4.0, SR3
588
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Pentium II
333 MHz
Pentium II
333 MHz
Pentium II
333 MHz
22X
24X
28X - Open Bay
1.
2.
3.
4.
Memory
64 MB ECC
SDRAM
128 MB ECC
SDRAM
64 MB ECC
SDRAM
Hard Drive
N/A
9.1 GB Ultra SCSI
10,000 RPM
6.4 GB 7200 RPM
EIDE
Graphics
N/A - Open
graphics adapter
Intergraph Intense
3D Pro 2200/T-20
MB video memory
Permedia II-8 MB
DRAM
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Pentium II processors have 512 KB Cache.
Notes:
Processor
Model
Table 30 (Page 2 of 2). IntelliStation Type 6898
Bays/Slots
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
6X6 Mini Tower
24X Max
24X Max
24X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
N/A
Windows NT
4.0, SR3
Windows NT
4.0, SR3
Reference information
589
200 MHz
200 MHz
200 MHz
200 MHz/512 KB
Cache
12X
14X
16X
17X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
DUAL 200 MHz
Memory
128 MB EDO
ECC
32 MB EDO ECC
128 MB EDO
ECC
128 MB EDO
ECC
64 MB EDO ECC
64 MB EDO ECC
32 MB EDO ECC
Hard Drive
4.5 GB Ultra SCSI
N/A
4.5 GB Ultra SCSI
4.5 GB Ultra SCSI
4.5 GB Ultra SCSI
4.5 GB Ultra SCSI
2.1 GB Ultra SCSI
Graphics
Intergraph Intense
3D
N/A
Intergraph Intense
3D
Intergraph Intense
3D
Intergraph Intense
3D
Matrox Millennium
Matrox Millennium
N/A = Not included in model
For last digit model number, see “Country/Language model configuration” on page 477.
Open Bay = Authorized Assembler Program. See the note with “Type/Model configuration tables” on page 478.
Processors = 200 MHz Pentium Pro with 256 KB Cache unless specified in table.
DUAL processor indicates model comes with two processors.
Notes:
26X
200 MHz
200 MHz
10X
18X - Open Bay
Processor
Model
Table 31. IntelliStation Type 6899
Bays/Slots
6X7 Mini Tower
6X7 Mini Tower
6X7 Mini Tower
6X7 Mini Tower
6X7 Mini Tower
6X7 Mini Tower
6X7 mini Tower
16X Max
16X Max
16X Max
16X Max
16X Max
16X Max
16X Max
CD-ROM
Preload
Windows NT
N/A
Windows NT
Windows NT
Windows NT
Windows NT
Windows NT
Miscellaneous information
Acronyms, Abbreviations and Terms
Term
Information
ACPA/A
ADP
AGP
Alt
ANSI
ARTIC
ASCII
Audio Capture and Playback Adapter
Automatic Data Processing
Advanced Graphics Port
Alternate
American National Standards Institute
A Real Time Interface Coprocessor
American National Standard Code for Interface
Interchange
Advanced Technology (as in AT Bus)
Audio Video Connection
Basic Input/Output System (Controls System
Resources)
Bits Per Second
Bytes Per Second
The International Telephone and Telegraph
Consultative Committee
Common Command Set
Common Complete Status Block
Configuration Control Sub Board
Compact Disc
Cellular Digital Packet Data
CD Read Only Memory (stores data/audio)
Color Graphics Adapter (See EGA, VGA, XGA)
Cyclic Redundancy Check
Cathode Ray Tube
Canadian Standards Association
Corrective Service Diskette
Direct Access Storage Device (hard disk, diskette)
Direct Memory Access
Dynamic Random Access Memory
Engineering Change Announcement
Error Correction Code
Enhanced Graphics Adapter
Electrostatic Discharge
Enhanced Small Device Interface
Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only
Memory
Energy Work Station
Field Replaceable Unit (replaceable part)
General Purpose Interface Bus (IEEE 348)
General Services Administration
Height
Integrated Drive Electronics
Integrated Circuit
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
International Electrotechnical Commission
Initial Machine Load
Initial Program Load
Industry Standard Architecture
International Organization for Standardization
Integrated-Services Digital Network
Local Area Network
Local Block Address
Local Transfer Bus
Logical Unit Number (as in SCSI)
Maintenance Analysis Procedure
AT
AVC
BIOS
bps
BPS
CCITT
CCS
CCSB
CCSB
CD
CDPD
CD-ROM
CGA
CRC
CRT
CSA
CSD
DASD
DMA
DRAM
ECA
ECC
EGA
ESD
ESDI
EEPROM
EWS
FRU
GPIB
GSA
Ht
IDE
IC
IEEE
IEC
IML
IPL
ISA
ISO
ISDN
LAN
LBA
LTB
LUN
MAP
590
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Term
Information
MCGA
Modified Color Graphics Adapter
(320 x 200 x 256)
Micro Channel Architecture (bus structure)
Mega Hertz (million cycles per second)
Musical Instrument Digital Interface
Multimedia
Not Available or Not Applicable
National Distribution Division
Network Driver Interface Specification
Non-Maskable Interrupt
National Support Center
Non Volatile Random Access Memory
Original Equipment Manufacturer
Peripheral component interconnect
Personal Computer Memory Card
International Association
Programmable Option Select
Physical Unit Number (as in SCSI)
Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks
(disk array models)
Random Access Memory (read/write)
Red Green Blue (as in monitors)
Remote Initial Program Load
Read Only Memory
Sequential Access Storage Device (Tape)
Subsystem Control Block
Small Computer Systems Interface
SCSI Identification Number
(assigned device number)
Software Product Description
Service Representative
Static Random Access Memory
Super Video Graphics Array
Super Twisted Nematic
NDD Technical Advisor
(See your Marketing Representative)
Telecommunications Device for the Deaf
Thin-Film Transistor
ThinkPad File
Terminate and Stay Resident
Underwriters Laboratory
Video Capture Adapter
Video Electronics Standards Association
Video Graphics Array (640x480x16)
Vital Product Data
Video Random Access Memory
Write Once, Read Many Media
Extended Graphics Array (1024 x 768 x 256)
Luminance/Chrominance Signal (Video)
MCA
MHz
MIDI
MM
N/A
NDD
NDIS
NMI
NSC
NVRAM
OEM
PCI
PCMCIA
POS
PUN
RAID
RAM
RGB
RIPL
ROM
SASD
SCB
SCSI
SCSI ID
SPD
SR
SRAM
SVGA
STN
T/A
TDD
TFT
TPF
TSR
UL
VCA
VESA
VGA
VPD
VRAM
WORM
XGA
Y/C
Reference information
591
Send us your comments!
We want to know your opinion about this manual (part
number 00N5798). Your input will help us to improve our
publications.
Please photocopy this survey, complete it, and then fax it
to IBM HMM Survey at 919-543-8167 (USA).
Name
Phone Number
1. Do you like this manual?
_____ Yes
_____ No
2. What would you like to see added, changed, or
deleted in this manual?
3. What is your service experience level?
_____ Less than five years
_____ More than five years
4. Which computers do you service most?
Thanks in advance for your response!
592
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Do you need technical references?
We have a wide range of hardware technical references
that provide in-depth information about IBM personal
computer products. Our Technical Reference Library
includes information about:
Ÿ
Micro Channel, Setup, and Subsystem Control Block
architectures
Ÿ
Common interfaces (including microprocessors,
system timers, parallel and serial port controllers,
keyboards and keystrokes, SCSI, DMA, video, and
more)
Ÿ
Specific Personal System/2 systems (including
system board connectors, jumpers, memory
subsystems, I/O subsystems, programming interfaces
and registers, and error codes)
Ÿ
Basic input/output system (BIOS)
Ÿ
Options and adapters
Note
Technical information manuals for the latest
Commercial Desktop computers are available on the
World Wide Web at:
http://www.pc.ibm.com/us/cdt/hmm.html
These publications can be viewed online in
BookManager format, or they can be downloaded as
PostScript files.
Reference information
593
Problem determination tips
Due to the variety of hardware and software combinations
that can be encountered, use the following information to
assist you in problem determination.
Verify any recent hardware changes. See “Hardware
considerations” on page 595.
Verify any recent software changes. See “Software
considerations” on page 596.
Verify the BIOS is at the latest level. See “BIOS” on
page 596.
Verify the drivers are at latest levels. See “Drivers”
on page 596.
Verify the Configuration matches hardware. See
“System resource conflicts” on page 597.
Verify the Diagnostic diskette is at latest level. See
“File updates” on page 595.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
As you go through problem determination, consider these
questions:
Do diagnostics fail?
What, when, where, single, or multiple systems?
Is the failure repeatable?
Has this configuration ever worked?
If it has been working, what changes were made prior
to it failing?
Is this the original reported failure?
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Important
To eliminate confusion, systems are considered
identical only if they:
1. Are the exact machine type and model
2. Have the same BIOS level
3. Have the same adapters/attachments in the
same locations
4. Have the same address
jumpers/terminators/cabling
5. Have the same software versions and levels
6. Have the same Reference/Diagnostics Diskette
(version)
7. Have the same configuration options set in the
system
8. Have the same setup for the operation system
control files
Comparing the configuration and software set-up
between “working and non-working” systems will often
lead to problem resolution.
594
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
File updates
Use the World Wide Web (WWW) or the IBM BBS to
download Diagnostic, BIOS Flash, and Device Driver files.
For PC Series 300/700 and IntelliStation systems, the
WWW address is:
http://www.pc.ibm.com/us/files.html
For IBM PC Servers, the WWW address is:
http://www.pc.ibm.com/us/servers/
The IBM BBS can be reached at (919) 517-0001.
Hardware considerations
Use the following tools to help identify and resolve
hardware-related problems:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Power-on self-test (POST)
POST Beep codes
Test programs
Error messages
POST does the following:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Checks some basic system board operations
Checks the memory operation
Starts the video operation
Verifies that the diskette drive is working
Verifies that the hard disk drive is working
Use the test programs that come with this HMM or with the
system you are servicing to test the IBM components of
the system and some external devices. Also, from the
DOS command or from OS/2 Utilities, use the CHKDSK
command to check and repair hard disk data allocation
errors.
Error messages generated by the software, (the operating
system or application programs), generally are text
messages, however, error messages can be text, numeric,
or both text and numeric.
Any time there is an error message indicating a problem
with the system, follow the General Checkout procedures
in this HMM to resolve the problem.
Basically, there are five types of error messages:
Ÿ
Ÿ
POST error messages are displayed when the
POST finds problems with the hardware or detects a
change in the hardware configuration.
POST Beep codes are sounds emitted from the
speaker if the POST finds a problem. One beep
indicates the POST completed successfully. Multiple
beeps indicate a problem was found.
Reference information
595
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Diagnostic error messages are displayed when a
test program finds a problem with a hardware
component.
Software-generated error messages are displayed if
a problem or conflict is found by an application
program, the operating system, or both. For an
explanation of these messages, refer to the
information supplied with the installed software
package. Also, refer to “Software considerations.”
Multiple messages occur when the first error causes
additional errors. Follow the suggested action of the
first error displayed.
Software considerations
Suspect a software failure if:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Hardware diagnostics run error-free.
Swapping hardware components fails to isolate the
problem.
A software problem might be the result of a mismatch
between the hardware and the operating system
device drivers or direct drivers.
BIOS: The BIOS acts as an interface between the
system hardware, application software, and the
operating system.
BIOS contains the instructions to operate the basic system
components:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Keyboard
Serial and parallel ports
Diskette drive
Hard disk drive
VGA display
Clock
Memory controller
The BIOS then starts the IPL or Boot functions.
Drivers:
Device drivers are the BIOS for additional
hardware. Device drivers are the communicators of the
hardware assignments to the operating system, including:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
IRQ level
DMA channel
I/O address
ROM or RAM
Some device drivers like HIMEM.SYS are position
sensitive and must be placed before other device drivers in
the CONFIG.SYS file.
All device drivers are not found in the CONFIG.SYS file.
Advanced operating systems use .INI files to setup and
start devices.
Device drivers can access the hardware five ways.
596
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Operating system direct to hardware using a
direct driver. Direct drivers, which bypass BIOS,
have the advantage of faster throughput, but the
disadvantage of limited error-handling capability and
reduced software and hardware compatibility and
flexibility. This method is not used in the IBM PC
Series systems.
Operating system to BIOS to hardware. This is the
recommended way. It's the most flexible because it's
independent of the hardware.
Applications to operating system to BIOS to
hardware. This method is inflexible and operating
system dependent.
Applications to BIOS to hardware. This method
has some flexibility but it is BIOS dependent.
Applications to hardware. This method is hardware
dependent and very inflexible, however, it is very fast,
very efficient, and it has no overhead.
Adding adapters to the system
When adapters are added to the system, an area in
memory has to be allocated to run its programs. This can
be done with either hardware switches or software
mapping.
If there is a conflict in software mapping:
Ÿ
Ÿ
The first device to attach to an IRQ, DMA, I/O
Address, or RAM location will probably function. The
second device will not be found.
Standalone diagnostics might function properly
because the device that was found is the only device
running.
Software configuration conflicts occur when:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Hardware is configured differently then the software
using it expects it to be.
Hardware memory address space is in conflict with
memory used by the application software.
System resource conflicts
System failures occur when there are system resource
conflicts with the:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Interrupt Request Queue (IRQ)
Direct Memory Access (DMA)
I/O Address
ROM and RAM Addresses
IRQ:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Assigns a unique interrupt request line to every I/O
device (line numbers range from 0 to 15).
Interrupts the processor to force it to service the
request.
Handles interrupts on a priority basis (low numbers
have the highest priority).
Reference information
597
Ÿ
Queues interrupt request.
IRQ conflicts occur when there are multiple assignments
to the same interrupt level. If there is an IRQ conflict,
the system will hang. Use the systems diagnostics to
check for multiple assignments to the same interrupt level
before replacing any hardware component.
DMA:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Accesses the memory by bypassing the
processor, which allows the processor more time for
applications and programs.
Accesses memory directly from the serial and parallel
ports on some systems.
Accesses memory directly from some adapters
using a DMA channel, which allows the adapter to
operate faster.
Provides from 4 to 15 DMA channels, the number
varies depending on the system.
If multiple assignments of the same DMA channel
occur, the system will hang. Use the system diagnostics
to check for multiple assignments to the same DMA
channel before replacing any hardware components.
I/O Address:
A unique I/O address is assigned to each system
component.
If multiple assignments of the same I/O address occur, the
system will hang. Use the DOS MEM command to check
for multiple assignments to the same I/O address before
replacing any hardware component.
ROM and RAM Addresses:
Adapter cards with processors can contain RAM and ROM.
If the adapter cards have onboard memory, the:
Ÿ
Ÿ
ROM contains operating instructions for the adapter
I/O.
RAM is used for buffering.
Two adapters using the same memory area will cause
a failure. This failure might appear as a hardware failure.
The IRQ levels, DMA channels, I/O address, and ROM
and RAM addresses all become potential conflicts and
system problems. When conflicts arise, they might show
up as system hangs, lost or missing devices, incorrect or
bad data, or failing diagnostics. Always eliminate
conflicts in these areas before replacing any hardware
components.
598
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
U.S. Authorized Dealers or Servicers
Number
Information
919-517-0001
800-528-7705
800-937-3737
800-426-2472
Bulletin Board Service - PC Company
Bulletin Board Service - TSS Only
IBM Business Partner Education
IBM Customer Engineer Technical
Support
IBM Dealer Support Center
IBM Direct Desktop Software Sales
IBM Part Number ID and Look Up
IBM PC HelpCenter
IBM Software Defect Support (CSDs)
IBM Software Ordering (Publications)
IBM Supplies Technical Hotline
IBM Warranty Parts Claims Center
800-IBM-DEAL
800-342-6672
303-924-4015
800-426-7763
800-237-5511
800-327-5711
800-426-1484
800-388-7080
U.S. Customers and Helpware Subscribers
Number
Information
919-517-0001
800-426-8322
800-999-0052
800-237-4824
800-964-8523
800-742-2493
800-447-4700
800-426-2468
800-426-3333
800-IBM-SERV
800-772-2227
800-426-7282
800-426-9402
(Ext. 150)
800-241-1620
800-342-6672
800-237-5511
800-284-5933
914-962-0310
800-547-1283
Bulletin Board Service - PC Company
Customer Education Business Unit
Customized Operational Services
EduQuest (Educational Computers)
End User HelpDesk Support
IBM Anti-Virus Services
IBM Authorized Dealer Referrals
IBM Dealer Referral
IBM Information Referral Service
IBM Service
IBM PC HelpCenter and HelpDesk
IBM Technical Manuals
Multimedia Information Center
800-551-2832
Multimedia HelpCenter
OS/2 Information Line
OS/2 Support Services
Prodigy
Prodigy User Questions
Technical Coordinator Program
SystemXtra for Personal Systems
LAN Automated Distribution/2
OS/2 Bulletin Board
OS/2 Application Assistance Center
Technical Solutions Magazine
Note
Calls from outside the U.S. will be charged
international call rates.
Reference information
599
IBM Canada Customer and Servicer Support
Number
Information
800-661-PSMT
905-316-5556
Business Partner Marketing Support
Business Partner Marketing Support Toronto
Business Partner Marketing Support French
Customer Relations
Customer Service Dispatch
Customer Service Parts
Customer Support Center (ISC)
Customer Service Repair Centre
Dealer Support Group (DSG)
HelpClub Registration / IBM Direct
HelpFax
HelpFax - Toronto
HelpPC
IBM Certification Administrator
Mail to: 50 Acadia Drive
Markham, Ontario L3R 0B3
IBM Education (A+ Course)
IBM Information Network Support
IBM PC Service Partners
International Warranty Registration
Lexmark Product Information
PartnerLine
Parts Orders, Exchange or Emergency
Parts Regular Orders, Exchange
514-938-6048
800-465-4YOU
800-IBM-SERV
800-263-2769
800-465-2222
416-443-5701
800-505-1855
800-465-7999
800-465-3299
905-316-3299
800-565-3344
905-513-3355
800-661-2131
800-268-3100
800-387-8343
800-487-7426
800-663-7662
800-IBM-9990
800-263-2769
416-443-5808
(Fax)
416-443-5755
514-938-3022
905-316-4255
604-664-6464
204-934-2735
800-661-7768
800-565-3344
800-387-8483
800-465-1234
905-316-4148
905-316-4100
(Fax)
905-316-4150
905-316-4100
(Fax)
905-316-4872
905-316-4100
(Fax)
800-661-2131
800-565-3344
416-443-5835
(Fax)
905-316-2445
905-316-3515
(Fax)
416-443-5778
800-505-1855
800-267-7472
600
Parts Orders, Inquiries
PC Co Bulletin Board - Montreal
PC Co Bulletin Board - Markham
PC Co Bulletin Board - Vancouver
PC Co Bulletin Board - Winnepeg
PS Marketing Support (PSMT)
PS/1 Warranty Customer Helpline
PS/1 Warranty Service (DOAs)
Publications Ordering
Service Management Support
Service Management Support
Service (Warranty) Manager
Service (Warranty) Manager
Service Quality Programs
Service Quality Programs
Skill Dynamics (Education)
ThinkPad EasyServe
Warranty Claim Fulfillment
Warranty Claim Reimbursement
Warranty Claim Reimbursement
Warranty Claim Parts Inquiry
Warranty Provider Support Hotline
Warranty Service, ThinkPad
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
Notices
References in this publication to IBM products, programs,
or services do not imply that IBM intends to make these
available in all countries in which IBM operates. Any
reference to an IBM product, program, or service is not
intended to state or imply that only that IBM product,
program, or service may be used. Subject to IBM’s valid
intellectual property or other legally protectable rights, any
functionally equivalent product, program, or service may be
used instead of the IBM product, program, or service. The
evaluation and verification of operation in conjunction with
other products, except those expressly designated by IBM,
are the responsibility of the user.
IBM may have patents or pending patent applications
covering subject matter in this document. The furnishing
of this document does not give you any license to these
patents. You can send license inquiries, in writing, to:
IBM Director of Licensing
IBM Corporation
North Castle Drive
Armonk, NY 10504-1785
U.S.A.
Reference information
601
Trademarks
The following terms are trademarks of the International
Business Machines Corporation in the United States and/or
other countries:
Asset ID
Business Partner
HelpCenter
HelpWare
Micro Channel
PC 300
Portmaster
PS/ValuePoint
Skill Dynamics
ThinkPad
Wake on LAN
AT
EduQuest
HelpClub
IBM
NetView
PC 700
PS/1
Rapid Resume
SystemView
TrackPoint
XGA
BookManager
FaxConcentrator
HelpFax
IntelliStation
OS/2
Personal System/2
PS/2
SelectaSystem
SystemXtra
TrackPoint II
ActionMedia, Celeron, LANDesk, MMX, Pentium,
ProShare, and Xeon are trademarks or registered
trademarks of Intel Corporation in the U.S. and other
countries.
Microsoft, Windows, Windows NT, and the Windows logo
are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
Other company, product, and service names used in this
publication may be trademarks or service marks of others.
602
IBM PC 300/700, IntelliStation Series HMM
IBM

Part Number: 00N5798
Printed in U.S.A.
S83G-7789-21
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement